Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
GROUP 15
INTAKE AND
EXHAUST
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1151000100480
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1151000300699
SPECIAL TOOL
M1151000600463
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
TURBOCHARGER SUPERCHARGING
PRESSURE CHECK Plug
M1151001000282
CAUTION Vacuum
Two persons should be in the vehicle when the terminal
test is conducted; the person in the passenger
seat should read the indications shown by the
pressure meter.
Waste gate
actuator AK305234 AB
INTAKE AND EXHAUST
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
15-3
1. Disconnect the hose (black) from the vacuum 4. Applying a negative pressure with the hand
terminal, and connect the plug to the hose. vacuum pump, check tightness both when the
Connect a pressure gauge to the vacuum terminal hose end is closed and when it is open.
nipple. Engine state Hose end Normal state
2. Drive at full-throttle acceleration in second gear
Stop Opened Negative
and then measure the supercharging pressure
(Ignition switch: ON) pressure leaks.
when the engine speed in about 3,000 r/min.
Standard value: 96 − 121 kPa Closed Negative
pressure is
3. If the supercharging pressure deviates from the maintained.
standard value, check the following items for
Idling (after Negative
possible cause.
warm-up) pressure leaks.
• Malfunction of the waste gate actuator
• Leakage of supercharging pressure NOTE: If this check indicates an abnormal condi-
• Malfunction of the turbocharger tion, the turbocharger waste gate actuator, turbo-
4. When the indicated supercharging is more than charger waste gate solenoid or hose is broken.
standard value, supercharging control may be
faulty, therefore check the followings. WASTE GATE ACTUATOR CHECK
M1151001200178
• Malfunction of the waste gate actuator
• Malfunction of waste gate valve
• Disconnection or cracks of the waste gate actua-
tor rubber hose
SUPERCHARGING PRESSURE
CONTROL SYSTEM CHECK
M1151001100160
Vacuum
AK200367
terminal Three-way joint
1. Connect a manual pump (pressure-application
Boost hose
type) to nipple.
CAUTION
In order to avoid damage to the diaphragm, do
not apply a pressure of 117 kPa or higher.
Waste gate
actuator 2. While gradually applying pressure, check the
AK305236 AB
pressure that begins to activate (approximately 1
1. Disconnect the hose (black) from the vacuum mm stroke) the waste gate actuator rod.
terminal, and connect a three-way joint between Standard value: Approximately 100 kPa
the hose and the vacuum terminal.
3. If there is a significant deviation from the standard
2. Connect a hand vacuum pump to the three-way value, check the actuator or the waste gate valve,
joint. replace actuator or turbocharger assembly if
3. Disconnect the hose from the turbocharger waste necessary.
gate actuator control boost nipple and plug the
nipple.
15-4 INTAKE AND EXHAUST
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WASTE GATE SOLENOID VALVE CHECK Measure the resistance between solenoid valve ter-
M1151001300131 minals
OPERATION CHECK Standard value: 29 − 35 Ω (at 20°C)
A
AIR BY-PASS VALVE CHECK
B M1151001600121
Battery
AK200441AC
AK200442
INTAKE AND EXHAUST
AIR CLEANER
15-5
AIR CLEANER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1151002100594
CAUTION
Parts marked by * are made of recycled-paper mixed plastic material, so observe the following pre-
cautions.
1. Avoid any shock or load to these parts when removing and installing them.
2. Engage the case hinges securely when assembling these parts.
NOTE: Parts marked by * are made of recycled-paper mixed plastic material. Dispose of according to state
and local laws
11
12 6*
7 2
4.0 ± 1.0 N·m 3
8* 9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
9
10
AC210412 AB
INTERCOOLER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1151002400045
5 4
7 1
3
12 ± 1 N·m
6.0 ± 1.0 N·m 2 12 ± 1 N·m
6
8
12 ± 1 N·m
13
6.0 ± 1.0 N·m
12 12 ± 1 N·m 9
10
6.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC210413 AB
8 N 9
11
13 ± 1 N·m
13
12 N
14 (Engine oil)
AC310728 AB
11 ± 1 N·m
20 ± 2 N·m
26
N 24
36 ± 6 N·m
20 ± 2 N·m
23 31 N
25
21
19
11 ± 1 N·m
17
21 30
18
27 9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
29
11 ± 1 N·m 16 15
28
11 ± 1 N·m 36 ± 6 N·m
20 ± 2 N·m
22 ± 4 N·m
22 24 ± 4 N·m
21
20
31 ± 3 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
AC504960AB
23 ± 3 N·m
64 ± 5 N·m
25 N
1
24
23 ± 3 N·m 29 ± 3 N·m
49 ± 5 N·m
14 ± 1 N·m 17 ± 2 N·m
3 N 18 8N
31 ± 2 N·m
17
19 49 ± 5 N·m
7
N 20 11 ± 1 N·m
2 21
44 ± 5 N·m N8 10 ± 1 N·m
4
59 ± 5 N·m
15
N 11 42 ± 7 N·m
5N
N 14 42 ± 7 N·m
9 12
16 13 6
N 23
N 10
10 ± 1 N·m
35 ± 6 N·m
22
9.0 ± 1.0 N·m 19 ± 1 N·m
14 ± 1 N·m
AC210648 AB
MD998770
ACX02426 AB
AC210649AB
Use special tool oxygen sensor wrench (MD998770)
to remove the oxygen sensor (front). 1. Clean the oil pipe and water pipe fitting, the inside
of eye bolts, and individual pipe for clogs.
<<B>> TURBOCHARGER OIL FEED PIPE CAUTION
REMOVAL Take care not to allow foreign objects to get into
the turbocharger assembly.
CAUTION
Take care not to allow foreign objects to get into 2. Clean or use compressed air to remove any
the oil passage hole of the turbocharger assem- carbon particles stuck to the oil passage of the
bly after the turbocharger oil feed pipe is turbocharger assembly.
removed. 3. Refill new engine oil at the oil feed pipe fitting hole
of the turbocharger assembly.
15-12 INTAKE AND EXHAUST
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND TURBOCHARGER
>>B<< AIR OUTLET FITTING GASKET Use special tool oxygen sensor wrench (MD998770)
INSTALLATION to install the oxygen sensor (front).
Turbocharger INSPECTION
assembly M1151009400013
Protrusion
Check the following points; replace the part if a prob-
lem is found.
Exhaust Manifold Check
1. Check for damage or cracking of any part.
2. Using a straight edge and a feeler gauge, check
View A for distortion of the cylinder head installation
A surface.
AC210650 AB
Standard value: 0.15 mm or less
Install the gasket so that its protrusion faces in the Limit: 0.20 mm
direction shown in the illustration.
Turbocharger Assembly Check
>>C<< TURBOCHARGER OIL RETURN
PIPE GASKET INSTALLATION
Turbocharger Compressor wheel
oil return pipe
AC210683AB
Turbocharger oil return
pipe gasket protrusion 1. Visually check the turbine wheel and the
AC210682AB
compressor wheel for cracking or other damage.
Install the gasket so that its protrusion faces in the 2. Check whether the turbine wheel and the
direction shown in the illustration. compressor wheel can be easily turned by hand.
3. Check for oil leakage from the turbocharger
>>D<< OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT) assembly.
INSTALLATION 4. Check whether or not the turbocharger waste gate
regulating valve remains open. If any problem is
found, replace the part after disassembly.
MD998770
ACX02426 AB
INTAKE AND EXHAUST
EXHAUST PIPE AND MAIN MUFFLER
15-13
EXHAUST PIPE AND MAIN MUFFLER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1151008700390
5
13 ± 2 N·m
1
5
13 ± 2 N·m
11 49 ± 10 N·m 2 N 3
N 9
8
45 ± 5 N·m
59 ± 10 N·m 6
4 N
7 10 N
11
13 ± 2 N·m
50 ± 5 N·m
AC310642AB
GROUP 16
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
CHARGING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1161000100652
The charging system uses the alternator output to The average output voltage fluctuates slightly with
keep the battery charged at a constant level under the alternator load condition.
various electrical loads. When the ignition switch is turned on, current flows in
OPERATION the field coil and initial excitation of the field coil
occurs.
Voltage When the stator coil begins to generate power after
the engine is started, the field coil is excited by the
output current of the stator coil.
The alternator output voltage rises as the field cur-
Approximately rent increases and it falls as the field current
14.4 V decreases. When the battery voltage (alternator "S"
terminal voltage) reaches a regulated voltage of
approximately 14.4 V, the field current is cut off.
Time
When the battery voltage drops below the regulated
AK400075AB voltage, the voltage regulator regulates the output
Rotation of the excited field coil generates AC volt- voltage to a constant level by controlling the field cur-
age in the stator. rent.
This alternating current is rectified through diodes to In addition, when the field current is constant, the
DC voltage having a waveform shown in the illustra- alternator output voltage rises as the engine speed
tion. increases.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Alternator
Stator coil
Engine-ECU
Field coil S
L
+
Voltage
regulator FR Ignition switch
Charge Battery
warning lamp
–
AK304222 AB
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
16-3
ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specifications
Type Battery voltage sensing
Rated output V/A 12/90
Voltage regulator Electronic built-in type
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1161000300407
SPECIAL TOOL
M1161000600356
B991502
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
Ammeter (clamp-type)
Alternator
Voltmeter (digital-type)
Battery
"B" terminal
AK203361AE
This test determines whether the wiring from the 6. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
alternator "B" terminal to the battery (+) terminal 7. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III.
(including the fusible link) is in a good condition or
8. Leave the hood open.
not.
9. Start the engine.
1. Always be sure to check the following before the
test. 10.With the engine running at 2,500 r/min, turn the
• Alternator installation headlamps and other lamps on and off to adjust
• Drive belt tension the alternator load so that the value displayed on
(Refer to GROUP 11A − On-vehicle Service the ammeter is slightly above 30 A.
P.11A-7.) Adjust the engine speed by gradually decreasing
• Fusible link it until the value displayed on the ammeter is 30
• Abnormal noise from the alternator while the A. Take a reading of the value displayed on the
engine is running. voltmeter at this time.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) Limit: maximum 0.3 V
position. NOTE: When the alternator output is high and the
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. value displayed on the ammeter does not
4. Connect a clamp-type DC test ammeter with a decrease until 30 A, set the value to 40 A. Read
range of 0 − 100 A to the alternator "B" terminal the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time.
output wire. When the value range is 40 A, the limit is maxi-
NOTE: The way of disconnecting the alternator mum 0.4 V.
output wire and of connecting the ammeter is pos- 11.If the value displayed on the voltmeter is above
sibly not found the problem that the output current the limit value, there is probably a malfunction in
is dropping due to the insufficient connection the alternator output wire, so check the wiring
between terminal "B" and the output wire. between the alternator "B" terminal and the
5. Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the battery (+) terminal (including fusible link).
alternator "B" terminal and the battery (+) If a terminal is not sufficiently tight or if the
terminal. [Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to harness has become discoloured due to
the "B" terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of overheating, repair and then test again.
the voltmeter to the battery (+) cable].
16-6 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
12.After the test, run the engine at idle. 15.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
13.Turn off all lamps and the ignition switch. 16.Disconnect the ammeter and voltmeter.
14.Remove the M.U.T.-II/III. 17.Connect the negative battery cable.
Load
Ammeter
Voltmeter (clamp-type)
– +
Charge warning
Ignition switch lamp
B
FR
L
S
G
Alternator
+ Engine-ECU
Battery
AK401826 AD
This test determines whether the alternator output 2. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
current is normal. position.
1. Before the test, always be sure to check the 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
following.
CAUTION
• Alternator installation
Never use clips but tighten bolts and nuts to con-
• Battery (Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery −
nect the line. Otherwise loose connections (e.g.
On-vehicle Service P.54A-5).
using clips) will lead to a serious accident
NOTE: The battery should be slightly discharged. because of high current.
The load needed by a fully-charged battery is
4. Connect a clamp-type DC test ammeter with a
insufficient for an accurate test.
range of 0 − 100 A to the alternator "B" terminal
• Drive belt tension
output wire.
(Refer to GROUP 11A − On-vehicle Service
P.11A-7.) NOTE: The way of disconnecting the alternator
• Fusible link output wire and of connecting the ammeter is pos-
sibly not found the problem that the output current
• Abnormal noise from the alternator while the
is dropping due to the insufficient connection
engine is running.
between terminal "B" and the output wire.
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
16-7
5. Connect a voltmeter with a range of 0 − 20 V NOTE: .
between the alternator "B" terminal and the earth • For the nominal current output, refer to the
[Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the "B" Alternator Specifications.
terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the • Because the current from the battery will soon
voltmeter to the earth]. drop after the engine is started, the above step
6. Connect the negative battery cable. should be carried out as quickly as possible in
order to obtain the maximum current output
7. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III.
value.
8. Leave the hood open. • The current output value will depend on the
9. Check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal electrical load and the temperature of the
to the battery voltage. alternator body.
NOTE: If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably • If the electrical load is small while testing, the
an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between specified level of current may not be output
the alternator "B" terminal and the battery (+) ter- even though the alternator is normal. In such
minal. cases, increase the electrical load by leaving
10.Turn the lamp switch on to turn on headlamps and the headlamps turned on for some time to dis-
then start the engine. charge the battery or by using the lighting sys-
tem in another vehicle, and then test again.
11.Immediately after setting the headlamps to high
• The specified level of current also may not be
beam and turning the heater blower switch to the
output if the temperature of the alternator body
high revolution position, increase the engine
or the ambient temperature is too high. In such
speed to 2,500 r/min and read the maximum
cases, cool the alternator and then test again.
current output value displayed on the ammeter.
12.The reading on the ammeter should be above the
Limit: 70% of normal current output
limit value. If the reading is below the limit value
and the alternator output wire is normal, remove
the alternator from the engine and check the
alternator.
13.Run the engine at idle after the test.
14.Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
15.Remove the M.U.T.-II/III.
16.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
17.Disconnect the ammeter and voltmeter.
18.Connect the negative battery cable.
16-8 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
Load
Ammeter (clamp-type)
MB991519
Ignition switch Charge warning lamp
Blue
B
FR
L Alternator
S
G
+ Black
Engine-ECU
Yellow Red
Battery
Voltmeter (digital-type)
+ –
AK401827AC
This test determines whether the voltage regulator is 5. Connect a clamp-type DC test ammeter with a
correctly controlling the alternator output voltage. range of 0 − 100 A to the alternator "B" terminal
1. Always be sure to check the following before the output wire.
test. NOTE: The way of disconnecting the alternator
• Alternator installation output wire and of connecting the ammeter is pos-
• Check that the battery installed in the vehicle is sibly not found the problem that the output current
fully charged. is dropping due to the insufficient connection
(Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery − On-vehicle Serv- between terminal "B" and the output wire.
ice − Charging P.54A-4). 6. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
• Drive belt tension
(Refer to GROUP 11A − On-vehicle Service 7. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III.
P.11A-7.) 8. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position and
• Fusible link check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to
• Abnormal noise from the alternator while the the battery voltage.
engine is running NOTE: If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between
position. the alternator "S" terminal and the battery (+) ter-
minal.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
9. Turn all lamps and accessories off.
4. Use the special tool Alternator test harness
(MB991519) to connect a digital voltmeter 10.Start the engine.
between the alternator "S" terminal and earth 11.Increase the engine speed to 2,500 r/min.
[Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the "S" 12.Read the value displayed on the voltmeter when
terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the the alternator output current alternator becomes
voltmeter to a secure earth or to the battery (-) 10 A or less.
terminal].
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
16-9
13.If the voltage reading conforms to the value in the 16.Remove the M.U.T.-II/III.
voltage regulation, then the voltage regulator is 17.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
operating normally. 18.Disconnect the ammeter and voltmeter.
If the voltage is not within the standard value, 19.Connect the alternator output wire to the
there is a malfunction of the voltage regulator or of alternator "B" terminal.
the alternator. 20.Remove the special tool, and return the connector
14.After the test, lower the engine speed to the idle to the original condition.
speed. 21.Connect the negative battery cable.
15.Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
Voltage Regulation Table
Standard value:
Inspection terminal Voltage regulator ambient Voltage V
temperature °C
Terminal "S" −20 14.2 − 15.4
20 13.9 − 14.9
60 13.4 − 14.6
80 13.1 − 14.5
CH1
STANDARD WAVEFORM
Observation Conditions
Function Special pattern
Pattern height Variable
Variable knob Adjust while viewing the waveform.
Pattern selector Raster
Engine speed Curb idle speed
(V)
0.4
0.2
Voltage at
alternator 0
"B" terminal
–0.2
–0.4
Time
AKX00189AG
AKX00190
AKX00191
AKX00192
AKX00193
AKX00194
16-12 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
ALTERNATOR ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1161001401358
CAUTION
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo™ disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to contact
the caliper with tool or parts, because the caliper paint will be scratched.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Under Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Front • Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly Installation (Refer to
Bumper P.51-2). GROUP 15, Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
• Strut Tower Bar Removal (Refer to GROUP 42, Strut • Crossmember Bar Installation (Refer to GROUP 32,
Tower Bar P.42-9). Engine Roll Stopper and Centremember P.32-7).
• Crossmember Bar Removal (Refer to GROUP 32, Engine • Strut Tower Bar Installation (Refer to GROUP 42, Strut
Roll Stopper and Centremember P.32-7). Tower Bar P.42-9).
• Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP • Drive Belt Tension Check (Refer to GROUP 11A, On-vehi-
15, Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13). cle Service − Drive Belt Tension Check P.11A-7).
• Under Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
Bumper P.51-2).
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
16-13
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3
1 2
11 ± 1 N·m
11 7
6 4
13 ± 1 N·m 9 10
5
17
22 ± 4 N·m
N 12
16
44 ± 10 N·m
8.8 ± 1.0 N·m
15
13
AC406359AB
1
4
3
5
7 6
12
10
9
8
14
13
11
AK202845 AB
AK202779 AB
Rear bracket
Brush
AK202714
CAUTION Wire
Perform operation carefully not to damage the
rotor.
Clamp the rotor in a vise with the pulley facing up to AK202830 AB
remove the pulley.
After installing the regulator assembly, insert a piece
of wire through the hole in the rear bracket while
<<C>> STATOR / REGULATOR pressing the brush to keep the brush against move-
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ment.
Rectifier Solder NOTE: Holding the brush with the wire facilities
assembly installation of the rotor.
Solder
AK202778 AB
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM
16-17
>>B<< ROTOR INSTALLATION 3. If continuity is present, replace the rotor.
STATOR
Wire
AK202779 AB
AK202717
AK202735
2. Check the continuity between coil and core.
1. Measure the resistance between the two slip rings
If there is no continuity, replace the stator.
of the rotor coil to check the continuity between
them.
RECTIFIER ASSEBMLY
Replace the rotor if the resistance is not within the
standard value range.
Standard value: 3 − 5 Ω
2. Check the continuity between the slip rings and
core.
AK202803
BRUSH
Protrusion
length
AK202802
AK202808 AB
2. Check the condition of the (−) heat sink by
checking continuity between the (−) heat sink and 1. Measure the length of the protrusion of the brush.
each of the stator coil lead connecting terminals. Replace the brush if the protrusion length is
If continuity is present in both directions, the diode shorter than the limit.
is shorted. Replace the rectifier assembly. Limit: 2 mm minimum
2. Unsolder the lead of the brush. The brush will
come out, becoming ready for removal.
Solder
AK202804
STARTING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1162000100309
If the ignition switch is turned to the "START" posi- When the ignition switch is returned to the "ON" posi-
tion, current flows in the pull-in and holding coils pro- tion after starting the engine, the starter clutch is dis-
vided inside magnetic switch, attracting the plunger, engaged from the ring gear.
When the plunger is attracted, the lever connected to An overrunning clutch is provided between the pinion
the plunger is actuated to engage the starter clutch. and the armature shaft, to prevent damage to the
On the other hand, attracting the plunger will turn on starter.
the magnetic switch, allowing the "B" terminal and
"M" terminal to conduct. Thus, current flows to
engage the starter motor.
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
STARTING SYSTEM
16-19
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Pull-in coil
Lever
B Overrunning clutch
Ignition switch M
Pinion gear
S
+ Armature
Battery
Brush
Yoke
AK202970 AB
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1162000300080
3
13 ± 2 N·m
30 ± 3 N·m
30 ± 3 N·m
AC210296 AB
PINION GAP ADJUSTMENT 1. Disconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal
of the magnetic switch.
Switch
2. Connect a 12-volt battery between the S-terminal
and M-terminal.
B
CAUTION
S M This test must be performed quickly (in less than
Battery
10 seconds) to prevent the coil from burning.
3. Set the switch to "ON", and the pinion will move
Starter Wire
motor out.
AKX01239 AF
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
STARTING SYSTEM
16-21
MAGNETIC SWITCH HOLD-IN TEST
Stopper
S M Battery
Pinion
Starter
Pinion gap motor
AKX00198 AC
Wire
4. Check the pinion-to-stopper clearance (pinion AKX01245 AF
B Battery
Starter V
motor Voltmeter
S M Battery
AKX01247AF
Starter Wire
motor 1. Place the starter motor in a vise equipped with
AKX01243 AF
soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt
battery to the starter motor as follows:
1. Disconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal
2. Connect a test ammeter (100-ampere scale) and
of the magnetic switch.
carbon pile rheostat in series between the positive
CAUTION battery terminal and starter motor terminal.
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 3. Connect a voltmeter (15-volt scale) across the
10 seconds) to prevent the coil from burning. starter motor.
2. Connect a 12-volt battery between the S-terminal 4. Rotate the rheostat to full-resistance position.
and M-terminal. 5. Connect the battery cable from the negative
3. If the pinion moves out, the pull-in coil is good. If it battery terminal to the starter motor body.
doesn't, replace the magnetic switch. 6. Adjust the rheostat until the battery positive
voltage shown on the voltmeter is 11 V.
16-22 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
STARTING SYSTEM
7. Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the 1. Disconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal
specifications and that the starter motor turns of the magnetic switch.
smoothly and freely. CAUTION
Current: maximum 95 Amps This test must be performed quickly (in less than
10 seconds) to prevent the coil from burning.
MAGNETIC SWITCH RETURN TEST
2. Connect a 12-volt battery between the M-terminal
and body.
WARNING
B Be careful not to get your fingers caught
when pulling out the pinion.
S M Battery
3. Pull the pinion out and release. If the pinion
quickly returns to its original position, everything is
Starter operating properly. If it doesn't, replace the
motor
Wire magnetic switch.
AKX01249AF
2
11
14 12
10
13
19
5.8 ± 1.6 N·m
5.8 ± 1.6 N·m
1 18 4
5
17
16
15
3
8
21 3.4 ± 1.0 N·m
7
9
6
AK304626AB
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
STARTING SYSTEM
16-23
Disassembly steps Disassembly steps (Continued)
1. Screw 10. Packing A
<<A>> 2. Magnetic switch 11. Packing B
3. Screw 12. Plate
4. Bolt 13. Planetary gear
5. Rear bracket 14. Lever
6. Brush holder <<B>> >>A<< 15. Snap ring
7. Rear bearing <<B>> >>A<< 16. Stop ring
8. Armature 17. Overrunning clutch
9. Yoke assembly 18. Internal gear
19. Planetary gear shaft
20. Front bracket
Snap ring
Field coil Snap ring
M terminal lead pliers Pinion gear
Overrunning
clutch
AK202890 AB
CAUTION AK202791 AB
Do not clamp the yoke assembly with a vise.
Disconnect the lead from the M terminal of the mag- 2. Remove the snap ring with snap ring pliers, then
netic switch. remove the stop ring and overrunning clutch.
COMMUTATOR
AK202897
Free
Lock
AK202710 AB
Brush
height
AK202734
AK202846 AB
4. Check the insulation between commutator
1. Check the commutator contacting surface of each segments and armature coils. The armature coils
brush for abnormal roughness. Also check the are properly insulated if no continuity is present.
height of the brush. Replace the brush holder if
the height is lower than the limit.
Limit: 7.0 mm
2. When the contact surface of the brush is rectified
or the brush holder is replaced, recondition the
contact surface with sandpaper wrapped around
the commutator.
MAGNETIC SWITCH
AK202733 AB
B terminal B terminal
M terminal M terminal
AK202892 AB AK202893 AB
IGNITION SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1163000100614
This system is equipped with two ignition coils (A and The engine-ECU turns the two power transistors
B) with built-in power transistors for the No. 1 and inside the ignition coils alternately on and off. This
No. 4 cylinders and the No. 2 and No. 3 cylinders causes the primary currents in the ignition coils to be
respectively. alternately interrupted and allowed to flow to fire the
Interruption of the primary current flowing in the pri- cylinders in the order 1-3-4-2.
mary side of ignition coil A generates a high voltage The engine-ECU determines which ignition coil
in the secondary side of ignition coil A. The high volt- should be controlled by means of the signals from
age thus generated is applied to the spark plugs of the camshaft position sensor which is incorporated in
No. 1 and No. 4 cylinders to generate sparks. At the the camshaft and from the crank angle sensor which
time that the sparks are generated at both spark is incorporated in the crankshaft. It also detects the
plugs, if one cylinder is at the compression stroke, crankshaft position in order to provide ignition at the
the other cylinder is at the exhaust stroke, so that most appropriate timing in response to the engine
ignition of the compressed air/fuel mixture occurs operation conditions. It also detects the crankshaft
only for the cylinder which is at the compression position in order to provide ignition at the most
stroke. appropriate timing in response to the engine opera-
In the same way, when the primary current flowing in tion conditions.
ignition coil B is interrupted, the high voltage thus When the engine is cold or operated at high alti-
generated is applied to the spark plugs of No. 2 and tudes, the ignition timing is slightly advanced to pro-
No. 3 cylinders. vide optimum performance.
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SYSTEM
16-27
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Barometric pressure
Battery
sensor
Vehicle speed
sensor
Cylinder No. 2 3 4 1
Ignition switch-ST
AK101074 AH
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1163000300403
IGNITION COIL
Item Standard value
Secondary coil resistance kΩ 8.5 − 11.5
SPARK PLUG
Item Standard value Limit
Spark plug gap mm 0.5 − 0.6 0.75
SPECIAL TOOL
M1163000600288
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
1.5 V
– + 1 2 3 AC311402AB
AK501917 AB
AKX00382
CAUTION CAUTION
When pulling off the spark plug cable from the • Do not attempt to adjust the gap of the iridium
plug always hold the cable cap, not the cable. plug.
1. Remove the spark plug cables and ignition coils. • Always use a plug cleaner and finish cleaning
2. Remove the spark plugs. within 20 seconds. Do not use wire brushes.
Otherwise, the iridium and platinum tip may
be damaged.
Iridium tip
Platinum tip
AK501797AB
MEASUREMENT METHOD 2. Clamp the spark plug cable with the trigger
1. Clamp the spark plug cable (No. 1 cylinder or No. pickup.
3 cylinder) with the secondary pickup. NOTE: Clamp the trigger pickup to the same
NOTE: . spark plug cable clamped by the secondary
• Because of the two-cylinder simultaneous igni- pickup.
tion system, the waveforms for two cylinders in
each group appear during waveform observa-
tion (No. 1 cylinder - No. 4 cylinder, No. 2 cyl-
inder - No. 3 cylinder). However, waveform
observation is only applicable for the cylinder
with the spark plug cable clamped by the sec-
ondary pickup.
• Identifying which cylinder waveform is dis-
played can be difficult. For reference, remem-
ber that the waveform of the cylinder attached
to the secondary pickup will be displayed as
stable.
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SYSTEM
16-31
STANDARD WAVEFORM
Observation Conditions
Function Secondary
Pattern height High (or Low)
Pattern selector Raster
Engine revolutions Curb idle speed
Ignition voltage
(point D)
Secondary
ignition voltage
wave pattern
Wave damping reduction section (point B)
Dwell section
Point C
Time
AKX00278AC
16-32 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SYSTEM
Observation Conditions (The only change from above condition is the pattern selector.)
Pattern selector Display
kV
NO. 2 cylinder
NO. 1 cylinder NO. 3 cylinder NO. 4 cylinder ignition noise
ignition noise
Secondary ignition
voltage wave pattern Time
0
2 Neutral section
AKX01275 AD
AKX00280
Example 1
• Wave characteristics
Spark line is high and short. AKX00283
• Cause of problem
Example 4
Spark plug gap is too large.
• Wave characteristics
Spark line is high and short.
Difficult to distinguish between this and abnormal
waveform example 1.
• Cause of problem
Spark plug cable is nearly falling off (Causing a
dual ignition).
AKX00281
Example 2
• Wave characteristics
Spark line is low and long, and is sloping.
Also, the second half of the spark line is distorted.
This could be a result of misfiring.
• Cause of problem AKX00284
AKX00282
16-34 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION COIL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1163004000909
10 ± 2 N·m
1
2
4
1
4 3
25 ± 4 N·m
AC210297 AB
N 3
2
1
AC407255
AC505000 AB
CAUTION
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo™ disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to contact
the caliper with tool or parts, because the caliper paint will be scratched.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Timing Belt Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
11A,Timing Belt P.11A-36).
• Radiator Reserve Tank Assembly Removal and Installa-
tion (Refer to GROUP 14, Radiator P.14-24).
12 ± 2 N·m
22 ± 4 N·m
22 ± 4 N·m 2
12 ± 2 N·m
5
1 22 ± 4 N·m
49 ± 9 N·m
AC210409AB
DETONATION SENSOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1163002800664
1
2
AC210411AB
Detonation sensor
MD998773
AC100807AB
MD998773
Use special tool detonation sensor wrench
AC100807AB
(MD998773) to install the detonation sensor.
GROUP 17
ENGINE AND
EMISSION
CONTROL
CONTENTS
ENGINE CONTROL
GENERAL INFORMATION SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1171000100341 M1171000300185
A cable-type accelerator mechanical sus-
pended-type pedal has been adopted.
Item Standard value
Accelerator cable play mm 1−2
Engine idle speed r/min 800 ± 50
Standard value: 800 ± 50 r/min 7. If there is too much slack or no slack, adjust the
4. Stop the engine [ignition switch in the ''LOCK'' cable as follows:
(OFF) position]. (1) Loosen the adjusting bolts to release the
5. Confirm there are no sharp bends in the cable.
accelerator cable. (2) Move the plate until the inner cable play is at
6. Check the inner cable for correct slack. the standard value, and then tighten the
Standard value: 1 − 2 mm adjusting bolts to specified torque.
Tightening torque: 5.0 ± 1.0 N⋅m
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
ENGINE CONTROL
17-3
ACCELERATOR CABLE AND PEDAL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1171001200608
Post-installation Operation
Adjusting the Accelerator Cable (Refer to P.17-2).
10
9
11 12 ± 2 N·m
1 8
4N
2
6
<R.H. drive vehicles>
6 7
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
12
10 1 3 N
11
8
6
6 5
2 3N
N 4 9
7
12 ± 2 N·m
12 AC505002 AB
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1173000300448
SPECIAL TOOL
M1173000600256
VACUUM HOSE
VACUUM HOSE PIPING DIAGRAM
M1173000900796
Canister
From
fuel tank
Check valve
Fuel pressure
control solenoid
Purge control valve
solenoid valve EGR control
Fuel pressure solenoid valve
regulator From
fuel pump
To fuel
tank
PCV
valve
EGR
valve
Injector
Air inlet
To
combustion From
chamber air
cleaner
Y
Fuel pressure control
solenoid valve
B B W
G
B
Y EGR valve
L Air by-pass valve
EGR control
solenoid valve
Y B
R
Fuel
pressure Waste gate actuator
regulator
R
Canister
Check valve Waste gate
solenoid valve B
B B
Brown
Purge control
solenoid valve
Air cleaner
W
Vacuum hose colour
B: Black
G: Green
L: Light blue
R: Red
W: White
Y: Yellow
AK501843 AB
CRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROL The air becomes mixed with the blow-by gases
inside the crankcase.
SYSTEM The blow-by gas inside the crankcase is drawn into
the inlet manifold through the positive crankcase
GENERAL INFORMATION (CRANKCASE
ventilation (PCV) valve.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM) The PCV valve lifts the plunger according to the inlet
M1173005000691
manifold vacuum so as to regulate the flow of
The crankcase emission control system prevents
blow-by gas properly.
blow-by gases from escaping inside the crankcase
In other words, the blow-by gas flow is regulated dur-
into the atmosphere.
ing low load engine operation to maintain engine sta-
Fresh air is sent from the air cleaner into the crank-
bility, while the flow is increased during high load
case through the breather hose.
operation to improve the ventilation performance.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Ventilation hose
PCV valve
Breather hose
AK501845 AB
PCV valve
AK304227AB
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
EMISSION CONTROL <MPI>
17-9
1. Insert a thin rod into the PCV valve from the side
shown in the illustration (rocker cover installation
side), and move the rod back and forth to check
that the plunger moves.
2. If the plunger does not move, there is a clogging
in the PCV valve. In this case, clean or replace
the PCV valve.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Throttle body
Engine-ECU
Canister Check valve
From
fuel Air flow sensor
tank
OFF
Engine coolant
Purge temperature sensor
control
ON solenoid
Engine
valve control Intake air
relay temperature sensor
Battery
AK401830AB
COMPONENT LOCATION (EVAPORATIVE 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose (red stripe) from
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM) throttle body and connect it to a hand vacuum
M1173007500302 pump.
2. Plug the nipple from which the vacuum hose was
removed.
3. When the engine is cold or hot, apply negative
pressure of 53 kPa, and check the condition of the
negative pressure.
Purge control When engine is cold
solenoid valve (Engine coolant temperature: 40°C or less)
Engine condition Normal condition
AK304229AB At idle Negative pressure is
3,000 r/min maintained.
PURGE CONTROL SYSTEM CHECK
M1173001400664 When engine is hot
(Engine coolant temperature: 80°C or higher)
Throttle body Engine condition Normal condition
At idle Negative pressure is
maintained.
3,000 r/min (within 3 minutes Negative pressure
after engine starts) will leak.
Red stripe
AK304230AB
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
EMISSION CONTROL <MPI>
17-11
PURGE PORT VACUUM CHECK
M1173001500252 A
Throttle body
Red stripe
Battery
AK100012 AC
AK200373
3 1
2
4
5 8
AC310639 AB
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Engine-ECU
Barometric
pressure sensor
EGR control
Solenoid valve Air flow sensor
Engine
EGR valve control
relay
Battery
AK501846 AB
17-14 ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
EMISSION CONTROL <MPI>
COMPONENT LOCATION (EGR SYSTEM) 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose (Green stripe) from
M1173007600309 the EGR valve, and then connect a hand vacuum
pump via the three-way terminal.
2. When the engine is hot or cold, check the
condition of vacuum by racing the engine.
When engine is cold
(Engine coolant temperature: 20°C or less)
Throttle valve Normal vacuum
EGR control
condition
solenoid valve Open quickly No vacuum will
AK304234AB generate (the same
as barometric
pressure.)
When engine is hot
EGR valve (Engine coolant temperature: 80°C or higher)
Throttle valve Normal vacuum
condition
Open quickly It will momentarily
rise over 13 kPa
AK304235AB
3. Disconnect the three-way terminal.
EGR control
Green stripe solenoid valve AK304237AB
Throttle body
AK100015 AF
20 ± 2 N·m
4N
2
AC210292 AB
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1173003900472
44 ± 5 N·m
13 ± 2 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m
1 7 N
N 4
6 59 ± 10 N·m
5 N
2 13 ± 2 N·m
50 ± 5 N·m
AC310641 AB
MD998770 MD998770
ACX02426 AB ACX02426 AB
Use special tool oxygen sensor wrench (MD998770) Use special tool oxygen sensor wrench (MD998770)
to remove the oxygen sensor (rear). to install the oxygen sensor (rear).
42-1
GROUP 42
BODY
CONTENTS
HOOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-4
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . 42-4
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 42-20
FENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-5
SEALANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20
FENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . 42-6
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . 42-22
Y0215AU
Section A – A
Hood
AC005945
AC005947
42-4 BODY
HOOD
HOOD
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1421001600419
CAUTION
Use the special bolts when securing the hinge to the hood. They have special coating for anti-corro-
sion.
14 14 14 14
11
Note
AC211580
: Clip A positions 12
: Clip B positions 17
: Clip C positions
14
21 ± 4 N·m
11 ± 2 N·m
15 16
1 11 ± 2 N·m
13
8
3 11
4
10 9
6 7
1
2
3
9.0 ± 2.0 N·m 8
5
4 AC311076 AB
FENDER
SPECIAL TOOL
M1421000600256
MB990784
42-6 BODY
FENDER
FENDER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1421001900409
CAUTION
Use the special fasteners to secure the fender. They have special coating for anti-corrosion.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Front Bumper Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer
to GROUP 51, Front Bumper Assembly P.51-2).
• Front Deck Garnish Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 51, Windshield Wiper and Washer P.51-20).
• Side Air Dam Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
51, Side Air Dam P.51-8).
AC211637 AB
Fender
MB990784
AC005980AD : Front of vehicle AC005719 AB
Use special tool ornament remover (MB990784) to Engage the claw with the fender, and install the side
prize out the tab from the fender, and remove the turn-signal lamp.
side turn-signal lamp.
42-8 BODY
FUEL FILLER LID
W0570AQ
18M0109
Fuel filler lid height and clearance
adjustment
4
5
1
3
2 5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC005973
AC005996 AC
N 44 ± 5 N·m
Plate
Strut tower bar
Plate
AC211421 AB
WINDOW GLASS
ADHESIVE
M1422000500111
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1422000600293
MB990480
MB990784
Application of primer
Do not apply primer on residual adhesive as doing so may affect adhesion. apply enough primer on adhesion surface evenly taking
care not to apply it on the residual adhesive. after applying primer, let it dry for 3 minutes or more.
Application of adhesive
Within 30 minutes after applying the primer, apply the adhesive evenly all the way around
the inside edge of the glass.
Cleaning
After removing excess adhesive from the body or glass with a spatula, etc.
Clean off with isopropyl alcohol.
AC306636 AD
42-12 BODY
WINDOW GLASS
WINDSHIELD
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Front Deck Garnish Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 51,Windshield Wiper and Washer P.51-20).
• Roof Drip Moulding Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 51, Garnish and Moulding P.51-10).
• Inside Rear View Mirror Removal and Installation (Refer
to GROUP 52A, Inside Rear View Mirror P.52A-18).
• Front Pillar Trim Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Trims P.52A-10).
• Headlining Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A, Headlining P.52A-17).
4 N
N3
2N
N5
3N
N6 5N
Y0495AU
A Units: mm
Section A – A Section B – B
A B
B Seal line
Seal line centre centre
1
Ceramic line
Seal line
1
C Primer
16 X0111AU
X0112AU
C Primer 13
Adhesive: 3M ATD Part No. 8609 Super Fast Urethane Auto Glass Sealant or equivalent and
3M ATD Part No. 8608 Super Fast Urethane Primer or equivalent
AC006003 AC
BODY
WINDOW GLASS
42-13
Removal steps CAUTION
<<A>> >>B<< 1. Windshield
>>A<< 2. Windshield moulding
>>A<< 3. Window dam
>>A<< 4. Glass stopper
>>A<< 5. Spacer
>>A<< 6. Windshield spacer
AC207478 AD
ACX00475AB
CAUTION CAUTION
Allow the cleaned area to dry for at least three
•
Glass stopper, spacer, windshield spacer and window dam installation position
Windshield
Glass end line
Section A – A
Seal line 14 mm
centre
Windshield spacer
Y0497AU
Align the spacer Section B – B
and with glass
end line
B
A
B 14 mm
A 10138AU
Align the windshield Spacer
spacer end with the
ceramic notch. 10139AU
AC006029AB
N 10
7 Section A – A
7
N8 1
1
N2
6
N9 Y0564AU
N3
A 2N
4N
3N
3N 2N
A
2N 5N Y0500AU
N4
Ceramic line 16 mm
7
Primer Y0502AU
Y0501AU
Mark
Adhesive: 3M ATD Part No. 8609 Super Fast Urethane Auto Glass Sealant or equivalent and
3M ATD Part No. 8608 Super Fast Urethane Primer or equivalent
AC006056 AB
Window dam
Section A - A
19 mm Window dam
Y0630AU
A
AC006075 AB
5. Install the glass stopper and window dam to the >>B<< REAR WINDOW LOWER
specified positions so that there are no adrift or MOULDING INSTALLATION
bent surfaces inside the rear window glass. Install the clips to the rear window lower moulding,
6. Install the rear window upper moulding. and then fix the rear window moulding to the vehicle
7. Install the glass in the same manner as the body.
windshield. (Refer to P.42-12).
42-20 BODY
DOOR
DOOR
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1423000300206
SEALANT
M1423000500095
MB990480
MB990900
MB990211
A
MB990241AE
A
MB991223 Harness set Terminal voltage measurement
A: MB991219 A: Test harness A: For checking connector pin
B: MB991220 B: LED harness contact pressure
C: MB991221 C: LED harness adapter B: For checking power supply circuit
B D: MB991222 D: Probe C: For checking power supply circuit
D: For connecting a locally sourced
tester
C
D DO NOT USE
MB991223 AZ
MB992006
42-22 BODY
DOOR
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE:
M1423000700312 Weld point Washer
The door system is controlled by the Smart Wiring
System (SWS). For troubleshooting, refer to GROUP
54B, Troubleshooting P.54B-13 or GROUP 54C,
Troubleshooting P.54C-4.
Bolts
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
DOOR FIT ADJUSTMENT Weld point Washer
M1423001100313 Door hinge AC206498 AF
CAUTION If the door hinge mounting bolt washers are
• Attach protection tape to the fender and door welded, grind off the welding according to the pro-
edges where the hinge is installed. cedure below beforehand.
• Do not rotate special tool door adjusting .
wrench (MB991164) with a torque of over 98
1. Remove the door hinge (Refer to P.42-26).
N⋅m.
2. Use a chisel or grinder to release the door
hinge mounting bolt washers, which are
welded to the door hinge.
3. On completion, paint the affected area with a
suitable touch-in brush to prevent corrosion.
MB990900 4. Install the door hinge (Refer to P.42-26).
or
MB991164 3. When the door is stiff to lock and unlock
AC000592 AB
MB990211
MB990243
Striker
AC006110 AB
1 3 5
AC305140 AB
BODY
DOOR
42-25
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM DOOR INSIDE HANDLE PLAY
INSPECTION ADJUSTMENT
M1427001100207 M1423001500292
Check that the central door locking system works by Section A – A
operating the key cylinders (driver’s and passenger’s
door) and the inside lock knob (driver’s door). Carry A
A
out troubleshooting if the system does not activate.
B
Refer to GROUP 54B, Troubleshooting P.54B-13 or
GROUP 54C, Troubleshooting P.54C-4.
DOOR ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1423002200283
Post-installation Operation
• Door Fit Adjustment (Refer to P.42-22.)
<FRONT DOOR>
4 1
7 8
27 ± 5 N·m 5
11 ± 2 N·m
1
21 ± 4 N·m
2 3 9 10
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
6 <REAR DOOR>
21 ± 4 N·m 11 ± 2 N·m
4
27 ± 5 N·m
5, 6 5
7 8
1
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
21 ± 4 N·m
2
27 ± 5 N·m
ACX00503 3 9 10
21 ± 4 N·m 11 ± 2 N·m Y0655AU
6 AC006125AB
+1.5 mm 2 3
1
-1.5 mm
Striker
Latch
AC305098AB
AC211414 AC
Align the centre of the striker and latch within ±1.5
mm, and install. Switch Tester Specified
position connection condition
Released (ON) 1 − switch body, Less than 2
2 − switch body, ohms
3 − switch body
Depressed 1 − switch body, Open circuit
(OFF) 2 − switch body,
3 − switch body
Post-installation Operation
• Door Window Glass Adjustment (Refer to P.42-23).
1
1
2
2
AC212124 AB
42-28 BODY
DOOR
7
C C C C
B
B
B B
C C C C
A
7 Section B - B Section C - C
7 7
Door trim
Door trim
NOTE Clip Claw
: Clip positions
: Claw positions AC305108 AB
<REAR DOOR>
View D
F F F
F
E E
E E
F
F F F
7
D
7 Section E - E Section F - F
7 7
MB990480 1
4
7
3
2
6
5
INSPECTION
M1429001400282
Door outer
opening How to make the power window switch learn the
weatherstrip fully closed position of the power window
Door centre How to make the power window switch learn the
sash AC000602AB fully closed position when the power window
1. Remove the door outer opening weatherstrip from switch is removed, or the power window regula-
the centre sash upper only. tor assembly is removed or replaced
1. If the anti-trap function (safety mechanism) is
2. Remove the centre sash upper mounting screws,
activated consecutively three times or more, the
and then remove the centre sash upper from the
fully closed position that the power window switch
door panel.
has learned will be erased (initialised).
2. Operate the power window switch and fully open
the door window glass.
42-30 BODY
DOOR
3 2
7
N
6 9.0 ± 2.0 N·m
N 8
5
8 5
1
1 4
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m 4
9
9
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC300270 AB
BODY
DOOR
42-31
Door handle and door latch assembly Door handle and door latch assembly
removal steps removal steps (Continued)
>>C<< 1. Door inside handle 5. Door latch assembly
• Waterproof film (Refer to P.42-33). 6. Inside lock cable (Front door)
2. Door outside handle 7. Inside lock rod (Rear door)
3. Door lock key cylinder 8. Inside handle rod
>>B<< 4. Lower sash Door check removal steps
• Waterproof film (Refer to P.42-33).
>>A<< 9. Door check
1 2 3
AC101318
<FRONT DOOR>
6 5 3
: Sectional view of
clip position
4
A 2
: Sectional view of
clip position
1 Section A – A
<Front door>
6
1
Door
<REAR DOOR>
: Sectional view of
clip position
6
4
A
5
A
: Sectional view of
3 2 clip position
B B Section A – A
1
7
Door
<Rear door>
Section B – B
Door
1
4
3
Sealant: 3M ATD Part No.8633 or equivalent
AC304418AB
BODY
TRUNK LID
42-35
Waterproof film removal steps Door outer opening weatherstrip
• Rear door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A, removal steps (Continued)
Door trim P.52A-12). <<A>> >>A<< 4. Door outer opening weatherstrip
1. Waterproof film Door window glass runchannel
Door inner opening weatherstrip removal
removal steps 5. Door window glass runchannel
• Scuff plate, centre pillar lower trim Door beltline inner weatherstrip
and cowl side trim (Refer to GROUP removal steps
52A, Trims P.52A-10). • Rear door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A,
2. Door inner opening weatherstrip Door trim P.52A-12).
(Body side) • Centre sash upper (Refer to P.42-27).
Door outer opening weatherstrip 6. Door beltline inner weatherstrip
removal steps Door beltline moulding removal steps
• Rear door check mounting bolt (Door • Door window glass (Refer to
side) (Refer to P.42-26). P.42-27).
3. Retainer weatherstrip • Stationary glass (Refer to P.42-27).
7. Door beltline moulding
Fabricated
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
15 mm
4 mm
tool >>A<< DOOR OUTER OPENING WEATH-
ERSTRIP INSTALLATION
8 mm The clip colour identifies the left and right weather-
strips so be sure to use the colours so as to install
Thickness:
1 mm correctly.
Applicable side Identification colour
Right door Pink
ACX00555AB
Left door Natural (White)
TRUNK LID
SPECIAL TOOL
M1421000600245
MB991244
A A
A A
AC202324
AC207187AD
11 Section A – A
5
9
15 mm
10
AC308423
Section B – B
A 5
A
B 14 mm
6
12 B Y0636AU
8
5
1
2
3
7
8.8 ± 2.0 N·m
AC006098
4 AC310064 AB
Trunk lid weatherstrip removal steps Trunk lid striker removal steps
• Rear end trim (Refer to GROUP 52A, • Rear end trim (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Trims P.52A-10). Trims P.52A-10).
>>B<< 1. Trunk lid weatherstrip 4. Trunk lid striker
Trunk lid release cable and trunk lid Trunk lid panel removal steps
release handle removal steps 5. Trunk lid bumper
• Trunk rear side trim (Refer to GROUP 6. Trunk lid lock cylinder
52A, Trims P.52A-10). 7. Trunk lid latch assembly
• Rear seat (Refer to GROUP 52A, 8. Trunk lid hinge mounting bolt
Rear Seat Assembly P.52A-20). 9. Trunk lid panel assembly
• Centre pillar lower trim (Refer to Trunk lid latch removal
GROUP 52A, Trims P.52A-10). 7. Trunk lid latch assembly
• Cowl side trim (Refer to GROUP 52A, Trunk lid hinge removal steps
Trims P.52A-10). • Rear shelf trim (Refer to GROUP
• Accelerator pedal stopper (Refer to 52A, Trims P.52A-10).
GROUP 17, Accelerator Pedal • Rear seat (Refer to GROUP 52A,
P.17-3). Rear Seat Assembly P.52A-20).
2. Trunk lid release handle 9. Trunk lid panel assembly
3. Trunk lid release cable <<A>> >>A<< 10. Trunk lid torsion bar <RH>
<<A>> >>A<< 11. Trunk lid torsion bar <LH>
12. Trunk lid hinge
42-38 BODY
TRUNK LID
6 7
AC305143 AB
Colour mark
A
MB991244 F
Trunk lid torsion bar <LH> Trunk lid hinge <LH>
AC205068 AB
View F
Trunk lid hinge <RH>
E D C
A
MB991244 AC305282 AB
LH Green AC006104AB
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1428000600462
B991502
MB991529
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
BODY
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
42-41
TROUBLESHOOTING ENABLING/DISABLING THE
M1428000700287
ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
The keyless entry system is controlled by the Smart M1428003200355
Wiring System (SWS). For troubleshooting, refer to If the keyless entry system locks or unlocks the
GROUP 54B, Troubleshooting P.54B-13 or GROUP doors, the room lamp flashes or illuminates, the haz-
54C, Troubleshooting P.54C-4. ard warning lamp flashes (hazard answerback func-
tion). The hazard answerback function can be
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE enabled or disabled according to the following proce-
dure:
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM CHECK
M1428001400137
Check the system as described below. If the system ENABLING/DISABLING THE HAZARD
does not work, carry out troubleshooting. Refer to ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
GROUP 54B, Troubleshooting P.54B-13 or GROUP The hazard answerback function can be enabled or
54C, Troubleshooting P.54C-4. disabled by one of the two following procedures.
• Operate the transmitter to check that the doors <WHEN USING THE TRANSMITTER
can be locked and unlocked.
• Operate the transmitter to check that the answer-
AFTER DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR (1) IS
back function works in response to doors lock- EARTHED>
ing/unlocking. 1. Enter the hazard answerback customize mode by
NOTE: The adjustment function allows you to performing one of the following steps. If the
change the answerback setting as follows. Prior ETACS-ECU enters the customize mode, its
to that check, confirm which setting is activated. buzzer will sound once.
. (1) Turn the ignition switch to “LOCK”(OFF)
• The hazard warning lamp flashes twice when position.
locked and once when unlocked. The room (2) Turn off the hazard warning lamp switch.
lamp flashes twice when locked and illumi- CAUTION
nates for 15 seconds when unlocked. Before connecting or disconnecting the earth,
• The hazard warning lamp do not flash when turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
locked and flash once when unlocked. The position.
room lamp flashes twice when locked and illu-
Steering shaft
minates for 15 seconds when unlocked. Diagnosis
connector
• The hazard warning lamp flashes twice when
locked and do not flash when unlocked. The
room lamp flashes twice when locked and illu-
minates for 15 seconds when unlocked.
MB991529
• The hazard warning lamp do not flash when
both locked and unlocked. The room lamp
flashes twice when locked and illuminates for
15 seconds when unlocked.
AC305133AB
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM TIMER LOCK (3) Connect the diagnosis connector to the
FUNCTION INSPECTION special tool diagnosis code check harness
M1428004000183 (MB991529).
Push the transmitter unlock button and check to see
(4) Close the driver's side door.
that the doors lock within 30 seconds. If it doesn't,
(5) Keep the windshield washer switch on for at
then execute troubleshooting remedies. Refer to
least ten seconds. Then the ETACS-ECU
GROUP 54B, Troubleshooting P.54B-13 or GROUP
buzzer will sound once.
54C, Troubleshooting P.54C-4.
2. If the transmitter “LOCK” button is pushed
consecutively twice (within two seconds), the
ETACS-ECU buzzer will sound, indicating that the
hazard answerback function can be enabled or
disabled when the doors are locked.
42-42 BODY
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
WHEN THE SPECIAL TOOL DIAGNOSIS 6. Once the program is saved, it will operate once
CODE CHECK HARNESS (MB991529) IS with the all doors lock and unlock operations.
USED 7. If you are using two or more transmitters or have
added a second transmitter, the next transmitter
1. Check that the doors lock normally when the key
should be registered within one minute after
is used.
registering the code for the previous transmitter.
2. Insert the ignition key. The registration procedure is common for all the
CAUTION transmitters.
Before connecting or disconnecting the earth, 8. Registration mode will be cancelled under the
turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) following conditions:
position. • When the secret code for four transmitters has
Steering shaft Diagnosis
been registered;
connector • When passing one minute after finishing the reg-
istration of all transmitters;
• When the diagnosis connector is disconnected
from earth;
MB991529 • When the key is removed from the key cylinder;
• When no secret codes have been registered for
more then one minute after the registration mode
is entered;
AC305133AB 9. After the registration is completed, remove the
ignition key and close all the doors, and then
3. Connect the diagnosis connector to the special check that the keyless entry system operates
tool diagnosis code check harness (MB991529). normally.
NOTE: This will connect terminal (1) of the diag-
nosis connector to earth, and the system will be in WHEN THE M.U.T.-II IS USED
secret code registration standby mode. 1. Check that the doors lock normally when the key
is used.
Ground connected 2. Insert the ignition key.
CAUTION
Within 10 seconds Before connecting or disconnecting the M.U.T.-II,
turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Hazard ON Steering shaft
warning 16-Pin
switch OFF
ACX00571 AG
registering the code for the previous transmitter. 3. Connect the V.C.I. to the diagnosis connector.
The registration procedure is common for all the
transmitters.
V.C.I. connected
8. Registration mode will be cancelled under the
following conditions: Within 10 seconds
• When the secret code for four transmitters has
been registered;
• When passing one minute after finishing the reg-
istration of all transmitters; Hazard 1 2 3 4 5 6
warning ON
• When the M.U.T.-II is disconnected from the diag- lamp
OFF
nosis connector; switch
• When the key is removed from the key cylinder; ACX00571 AQ
• When no secret codes have been registered for 4. Press the hazard warning lamp switch six times
more then one minute after the registration mode within 10 seconds.
is entered;
NOTE: Once the process is completed six times,
9. After the registration is completed, remove the then it will operate with all doors lock and unlock
ignition key and close all the doors, and then operations once and then go to the save mode.
check that the keyless entry system operates
normally. NOTE: The hazard warning lamp switch is turned
on and off alternately whenever it is pushed.
WHEN THE SPECIAL TOOL V.C.I. 5. Press the transmitter switch, and then press it two
times within 10 seconds of the first press. This will
(MB991824) IS USED
register the code.
1. Check that the doors lock normally when the key
6. Once the program is saved, it will operate once
is used.
with the all doors lock and unlock operations.
42-46 BODY
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
The registration procedure is common for all the DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT
transmitters. BATTERY REMOVAL
8. Registration mode will be cancelled under the
CAUTION
following conditions:
Do not allow water or dust to enter the inside of
• When the secret code for four transmitters has
the transmitter when it is open. Also, do not
been registered;
touch the precision electronic device.
• When passing one minute after finishing the reg-
istration of all transmitters;
• When the V.C.I. is disconnected from the diagno- Transmitter assembly
sis connector;
• When the key is removed from the key cylinder;
• When no secret codes have been registered for
more then one minute after the registration mode
is entered;
9. After the registration is completed, remove the
ignition key and close all the doors, and then Case
check that the keyless entry system operates
normally.
Master key
AC303199
Transmitter assembly
Case side
Battery
AC304118
Master key side
AC304142AB
Case
AC004486
(–) (+)
Case side
Battery
AC304118
Master key side
AC304142AD
NOTES
51-1
GROUP 51
EXTERIOR
CONTENTS
Item Specification
Front three-diamond mark Double-sided tape: Generic products
0.8 mm thickness
AC407353
7
A
C
A
5
C
Section A – A
6
1
3 6 Clip
B Section B – B
4
4
B
B 1, 2 Clip
Section C – C
B Fender
Clip
B
6
2
B
AC504541AB
AC407316
View A B Section B – B
10
1
Screw
1 10
B B Hook
A 11
Double-sided tape: Generic products
0.8 mm thickness
AC504538
12
8
18
19
7N 20
N 13 21
22
15
C 9
13 N
5 14
C
15
16 N 17
Section C – C
21
4
5
Clip 12
6
AC309968
N2
3
AC504539AB
Front bumper
face
Bumper face Rivet
Front bumper
side plate Front bumper face
AC100411AB
3 Rivet tool
Flange
4
Rivet
AC305178AC
Section A – A 3
Clip
Splash shield A
AC504546AB
AC407263
8
7
6N
5N
9
N1
10
N 2 3
AC504547AB
Rear bumper
face
Bumper face Rivet
Y0412AU
Rear bumper
side plate Rear bumper face
AC100411AB
Portion A
Use a drill (4.0 mm) to make a hole in the rivet to 1
break it, and then remove the rivet. Rivet
2
3 Rivet tool
Flange
Rivet 18E0192
AC005876AE
Item Specification
Side air dam Double-sided tape: General products
5 mm width and 1.2 mm thickness
Section A – A
Clip
1
REMOVAL
<<A>> >>A<< 1. Side air dam
EXTERIOR
SIDE AIR DAM
51-9
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> SIDE AIR DAM REMOVAL
Gently lift and remove the side air dam. If there is
any double-sided tape remaining on the side air dam,
remove according to the following instructions.
<Remove double-sided tape remaining on the body
surface>
AC304145
Double-sided tape 1. Scrape off the double-sided tape on the side air
dam with a resin spatula as possible.
2. Wipe the side sill garnish surface and clean it with
a rag moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
Protection tape 3. Remove only a small portion of the residual
adhesive.
AC304143 AB
4. Adhere the double-sided tape as specified on the
1. Attach protection tape all the way along the edges side air dam.
of the double-sided tape which is still adhering to
the body. INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< SIDE AIR DAM INSTALLATION.
Double-sided tape
Backing paper
MB990449
2 2 2
2
Clip Clip
Clip Clip
Y0622AU Y0623AU W0740AU Y0624AU
Section E – E Section F – F
2 N 6 Clip
E
1
C
2
D
Clip E
Y0729AU W0772AQ
N5 C N 9 D
N 10
B
N4 B 8N
N3
A
N 7
F
1
AC310124 AB
Portion A
AC003629AD
MB990449
AC003626AB
>>B<< REAR DRIP MOULDING
CLIP/FRONT DRIP MOULDING CLIP
Use special tool window moulding remover C/FRONT DRIP MOULDING CLIP
(MB990449) to pry out the moulding. B/FRONT DRIP MOULDING CLIP A
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS INSTALLATION
The front drip moulding clips A, B, C and rear drip
moulding clip differ according to where they are
>>A<< DRIP MOULDING CLIP C/DRIP used, so check the identification colour before instal-
MOULDING CLIP B/DRIP MOULDING lation.
CLIP A INSTALLATION Applicable location Identification colour
1. The drip moulding clips A, B and C differ Front drip moulding clip A Orange
according to where they are used, so check the
identification colour before installation. Front drip moulding clip B Purple
MB990528
Y1897AU
3N
N 2 4N
N 1
AC403531 AB
<Pushing direction>
<<A>> DOOR SASH TAPES REMOVAL
CAUTION 3 to 7 cm/sec. 40 to 50˚
Pay attention to keep from getting burned by hot
door panel or tapes. MB990528
10 to 20 mm
1. Use a hair drier to warm the tape.
2. Peel the tip of the tape with your finger, and then Door sash tape
peel off the tape parallel to the application
surface. Backing paper
3.5 mm 3.5 mm
Tape perforate-
Tape perforate- Backing paper line
line cut-line
Backing paper
Backing paper RH only RH only cut-line
cut-line
3.5 mm 3.5 mm
Tape perforate-
5.0 line
mm 7.0
mm
120˚
Hemming part
AC303110AB
Backing paper
AC402197AD
NOTE: . (8) As for the front door sash tape rear/rear door
• Apply the front door sash tape upper from sash tape front, roll in the A section of the tape
rear to front. upper corner toward the vehicle inside with
• Apply the rear door sash tape upper from your palm securely.
front to rear.
• Apply the front door sash tape rear/rear
door sash tape front from top to bottom.
51-16 EXTERIOR
REAR SPOILER
REAR SPOILER
ADHESIVE
M1511000500512
Item Specification
Rear spoiler assembly <Type A> Double-sided tape: Generic products
3 mm thickness
Rear spoiler assembly <Type B> Double-sided tape: Generic products
1.6 mm thickness
<TYPE A>
4
2
3
1
Adhesive tape affixed location
4
3 3
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1511000601783
B991502
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
EXTERIOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
51-19
Tool Number Name Use
MB991529 Diagnosis code check Input signal check by using a
harness voltmeter
MB991529
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
WINDSHIELD WIPER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1511007900209
View A Section A – A
6 7
B
6, 7
A B
1
2 3, 4
3
5
Clip (B)
4
A
1
2
4
6
27 ± 3 N·m
8
AC211876AF
Wiper blade assembly removal steps Windshield wiper motor and link
>>B<< 1. Wiper blade assembly assembly removal steps (Continued)
>>A<< 2. Wiper blade 5. Hood weather strip
Windshield wiper motor and link 6. Front deck garnish (Passenger's side)
assembly removal steps 7. Front deck garnish (Driver's side)
3. Cover <<A>> 8. Windshield wiper motor assembly
4. Wiper arm 9. Link assembly
EXTERIOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
51-21
NOTE: For removal and installation of the wiper and >>B<< WIPER BLADE ASSEMBLY
washer switch, refer to GROUP 54A, Column switch INSTALLATION
P.54A-73.
INSPECTION
M1511008000209
Wiper
blade Backing
Check operation
A
A 1 2 3
4 5
CAUTION
Ensure that the backings are bent in the shown 1 2 3
4 5
direction, and then install the backings to the
wiper blade. High speed
AC310929 AB
2 5
AC310066 AB
Washer hose removal steps Windshield washer nozzle removal
• Splash shield <Right side> (Refer to steps
GROUP 42, Fender P.42-6). • Connection of washer hose
• Cowl side trim, front scuff plate, 2. Windshield washer nozzle
centre pillar trim, lower, rear scuff Washer tank and washer motor
plate (Refer to GROUP 52A, Trim removal steps
P.52A-10). • Rear end trim, trunk side trim (Refer
• Rear seat (Refer to GROUP 52A, to GROUP 52A, Trim P.52A-10).
Seat P.52A-20). • Connection of front washer hose
1. Front washer hose 3. Washer tank assembly
4. Washer tank bracket
5. Front washer motor
51-24 EXTERIOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
NOTE: For removal and installation of the wiper and 1. Remove the washer tank assembly with the
washer switch, refer to GROUP 54A, Column switch washer hose attached. Then fill the washer tank
P.54A-73. with water.
2. Check to see that the water is vigorously
INSPECTION sprayed. When connecting the positive battery
M1511008300200
terminal to terminal number 2 and terminal
FRONT WASHER MOTOR CHECK number 1 to the negative battery terminal.
Units: mm
25 25
90 110
25
130 25 90
50
50
25 50
25 40
25 25
35 75 25 85
<Right> <Left>
440 430
220 220
Windshield washer
Windshield washer nozzle perpendicular
nozzle perpendicular
600
1
3
AC504528AC
48 ± 1 mm
41 ± 1 mm
12 ± 1 mm
35 ± 1 mm
Trunk lid end line
AC210731AE
SPECIAL TOOL
M1511000601103
MB990784
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
M1511014600169
Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshoot-
ing/Inspection Service Points P.00-5.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH) MIRROR MIRROR MIRROR (RH)
HEATER HEATER
NOTE
LH drive vehicles
RH drive vehicles
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC304913 AC
Inspection Procedure 2: Right or Left Heated Door Mirror does not Operate
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH) MIRROR MIRROR MIRROR (RH)
HEATER HEATER
NOTE
LH drive vehicles
RH drive vehicles
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 3. Check the door mirror assembly (RH).
If either of the heated door mirrors does not work, the Check that the heater element of the door mirror
door mirror assembly may be defective. assembly (RH) is in good condition (Refer to
P.51-36).
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the door mirror assembly Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the door mirror assembly (RH).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the E-10
door mirror assembly (RH) connector.
STEP 1. Verify the operation of each heated door
mirror. Connector: E-10
Harness side
Connector E-10
(harness side)
AC304817 AC
Harness side
Harness side
AC304817 AC
Connector E-10
(harness side)
AC304826 AC
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC304913 AD
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between E-10 STEP 9. Connector check: E-03 door mirror
door mirror assembly (RH) connector terminal assembly (LH) connector
No.1 and C-214 junction block connector
Connector: E-03
terminal No.3.
Connector: E-10
Harness side
Harness side
AC304818 AC
Harness side
AC304818 AC
AC304819 AC
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme- wiring harness side.
diate connector C-110 and repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent Connector E-03
(harness side)
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310825 AB
Harness side
Harness side
AC304818 AC
Connector E-03
(harness side)
AC304828 AC
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC304913 AD
Harness side
AC304818 AC
Connector: C-214
Junction block (Front view)
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC304913 AD
AC304820 AC
8
5 4
7
6
Section A – A
Claw 1
3
2
A
Note A
: Claw positions 1
AC304733 AC
A A A A
A A A A
Protective
tape
Notch
00007256 00007258
AC000441AB AC000442 AB
Push the top of the mirror with your hand to tilt it and While supporting the clip position on the underside of
attach the protective tape as shown in the illustration. the pivot plate with a flat-tipped screwdriver, press
Then insert a flat-tipped screwdriver in between the the clip at the front of the mirror to engage the bottom
notch at the rear of the mirror and the pivot plate, and of the mirror.
disengage the bottom of the mirror.
INSPECTION
M1511006500372
AC005970
GROUP 13A
MULTIPORT FUEL
INJECTION (MPI)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1131000102428
The Multipoint Fuel Injection System consists of sen- engine-ECU carries out activities such as fuel injec-
sors which detect the engine conditions, the tion control, idle speed control and ignition timing
engine-ECU which controls the system based on sig- control. In addition, the engine-ECU is equipped with
nals from these sensors, and actuators which oper- several diagnosis modes which simplify trouble-
ate under the control of the engine-ECU. The shooting when a problem develops.
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
The injector drive times and injector timing are con- engine is cold or operating under high load condi-
trolled so that the optimum air/fuel mixture is sup- tions in order to maintain engine performance. In
plied to the engine to correspond to the addition, when the engine is warm or operating under
continually-changing engine operation conditions. normal conditions, the engine-ECU controls the
A single injector is mounted at the intake port of each air/fuel mixture by using the oxygen sensor signal to
cylinder. Fuel is sent under pressure from the fuel carry out "closed-loop" control in order to obtain the
tank by the fuel pump, with the pressure being regu- theoretical air/fuel mixture ratio that provides the
lated by the fuel pressure regulator. The fuel thus maximum cleaning performance from the three way
regulated is distributed to each of the injectors. catalyst.
Fuel injection is normally carried out once for each
cylinder for every two rotations of the crankshaft. The
firing order is 1-3-4-2. This is called sequential fuel
injection. The engine-ECU provides a richer air/fuel
mixture by carrying out "open-loop" control when the
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
• When an abnormality is detected in one of the • The RAM data inside the engine-ECU that is
sensors or actuators related to emission control, related to the sensors and actuators can be read
the engine warning lamp (check engine lamp) by means of the M.U.T.-II/III. In addition, the actu-
illuminates as a warning to the driver. ators can be force-driven under certain circum-
• When an abnormality is detected in one of the stances.
sensors or actuators, a diagnosis code corre-
sponding to the abnormality is output.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
GENERAL INFORMATION
13A-3
OTHER CONTROL FUNCTIONS
1. Fuel Pump Control 4. Fan Motor Control
Turns the fuel pump relay ON so that current is sup- The revolutions of the radiator fan and condenser fan
plied to the fuel pump while the engine is crank- are controlled in response to the engine coolant
ing or running. temperature and vehicle speed.
2. A/C Relay Control 5. Purge Control Solenoid Valve Control
Turns the compressor clutch of the A/C ON and OFF. (Refer to GROUP 17 − Engine And Emission Control
3. Oil feeder control valve control − Evaporative Emission Control System P.17-9).
The engine-ECU effects duty cycle control on the 6. EGR Control Solenoid Valve Control
engine oil feeder control valve, in accordance (Refer to GROUP 17 − Engine And Emission Control
with the engine speed. This regulates the supply − Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
of engine oil to the intake rocker starft, which P.17-13).
switches the cams.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Items Specifications
Throttle body Throttle bore mm 60
Throttle position sensor Variable resistor type
Idle speed control servo Stepper motor type
Engine-ECU Identification No. E6T46983
Sensors Air flow sensor Karman vortex type
Barometric pressure sensor Semiconductor type
Intake air temperature sensor Thermistor type
Engine coolant temperature Thermistor type
Oxygen sensor Zirconia type
Vehicle speed sensor Magnetic resistive element type
Intake camshaft position sensor Hall element type
Exhaust camshaft position sensor Hall element type
Crank angle sensor Hall element type
Detonation sensor Piezoelectric type
Power steering fluid pressure switch Contact switch type
Actuators Engine control relay type Contact switch type
Fuel pump relay type Contact switch type
Injector type and number Electromagnetic type, 4
Injector identification mark MDL 560P
Oil feeder control valve Duty cycle type solenoid valve
EGR control solenoid valve Duty cycle type solenoid valve
Purge control solenoid valve Duty cycle type solenoid valve
Fuel pressure control solenoid valve ON/OFF type solenoid valve
Waste gate solenoid valve Duty cycle type solenoid valve
Fuel pressure Regulator pressure kPa 294
regulator
13A-4 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 Oxygen sensor (front) Power supply Engine- 1 Injector Engine control relay
2 Oxygen sensor (rear) Ignition switch-IG ECU 2 Idle speed control Fuel pump relay 2
3 Air flow sensor Ignition switch-ST servo (Stepper Fuel pump relay 3
4 Intake air temperature A/C switch motor) A/C relay
sensor A/C load signal 3 Fuel pressure Ignition coil
5 Throttle position Power steering control solenoid Fan controller
sensor fluid pressure valve Condenser fan relay(High)
6 Intake camshaft switch 4 Waste gate Condenser fan relay(Low)
position sensor Alternator FR solenoid valve Engine warning lamp
7 Exhaust camshaft terminal 5 EGR control Diagnosis output
position sensor Clutch switch solenoid valve Alternator G terminal
8 Crank angle sensor Transmission oil 6 Purge control Air flow sensor reset
9 Barometric pressure temperature sensor solenoid valve signal
sensor Vehicle speed 7 Oil feeder control Oxygen sensor heater
10 Engine coolant sensor valve (Front)
temperature sensor Oxygen sensor heater
11 Detonation sensor (Rear)
Tachometer
Transmission oil
temperature warning lamp
Items Specifications
Basic idle speed r/min 800 ± 50
Throttle position sensor adjusting voltage mV 535 − 735
Throttle position sensor resistance kΩ 3.5 − 6.5
Idle speed control servo coil resistance (at 20°C) Ω 28 − 33
Intake air temperature sensor −20°C 13 − 17
resistance kΩ 0°C 5.3 − 6.7
20°C 2.3 − 3.0
40°C 1.0 − 1.5
60°C 0.56 − 0.76
80°C 0.30 − 0.42
Engine coolant temperature −20°C 14 − 17
sensor resistance kΩ 0°C 5.1 − 6.5
20°C 2.1 − 2.7
40°C 0.9 − 1.3
60°C 0.48 − 0.68
80°C 0.26 − 0.36
Oxygen sensor output voltage (at racing) V 0.6 − 1.0
Oxygen sensor heater Front 4.5 − 8.0
resistance (at 20°C) Ω Rear 11 − 18
Fuel pressure kPa Vacuum hose disconnection 289 − 309 at curb idle
Vacuum hose connection Approximately 230 at curb idle
Fuel pressure control solenoid valve resistance (at 20°C) Ω 28 − 36
Fuel pump resistance Ω 0.45 − 0.65
Injector coil restance (at 20°C) Ω 2−3
Injector fuel leakage rate Drop/minute 1 or less
Resistor (for injector) resistance (at 20°C) Ω 5.8 − 6.2
Oil feeder control valve (at 20°C) Ω 6.9 − 7.2
13A-6 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1131000601583
B991502
MB991910
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB991348
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
SPECIAL TOOLS
13A-7
Tool Number Name Use
MB991709 Test harness • Measurement of voltage
during troubleshooting
• Inspection using an
oscilloscope
• Check of idle control servo
MB991223
13A-8 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
SPECIAL TOOLS
MB991637
MB991981
MD998706
MB991607
MD998741
MB991976 Clip
MB991976
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-9
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
M1131150001572
Refer to P.00-5, GROUP 00 − How to Use Trouble- DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
shooting/Inspection Service Points. M1131155501527
NOTE: If the engine-ECU is replaced, the steering ENGINE WARNING LAMP (CHECK
lock cylinder and ignition key should be replaced ENGINE LAMP)
together with it.
<L.H.drive vehicles>
<R.H.drive vehicles>
AK501993AB
DRIVE CYCLE
By carrying out the test drive in the following three drive cycle patterns, the all monitoring can be accom-
plished for the diagnosis codes that is required by the vehicle driving to identify the fault. In other words,
doing such a drive allows to regenerate any kind of trouble which involves illuminating the engine warning
lamp (check engine lamp) and to verify the repair procedure has eliminated the trouble [the engine warning
lamp (check engine lamp) is no longer illuminated].
CAUTION
Two technicians should always be in the vehicle when carrying out a test drive.
NOTE: Check that the diagnosis code is not output before traveling in the Drive cycle pattern. Erase the diag-
nosis code if it has been output.
DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN LIST
Procedure Monitor item Diagnosis code
1 Catalytic converter monitor P0421
2 Oxygen sensor (front) monitor P0130
3 Other monitor P0136, P0201, P0202,
P0203, P0204, P0300,
P0301, P0302, P0303,
P0304, P0325, P0500,
P0551
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-13
Procedure 1
Catalytic converter monitor
Diagnosis P0421
code No.
Drive cycle One trip monitor [from start to ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position] will be completed
pattern while traveling with the following drive cycle pattern. It will take 16 minutes or more.
6 minutes or more
AK301815 AB
Procedure 2
Oxygen sensor (front) monitor
Diagnosis P0130
code No.
Drive cycle One trip monitor [from start to ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position] will be completed
pattern while traveling with the following drive cycle pattern. It will take 16 minutes or more.
16 minutes or more
55 - 80 km/h
(3)
Vehicle
speed (2) Stopping and braking
permitted
(1) (4)
Time
AK301816AB
16 minutes or more
55 km/h or more
(3)
AK301817AB
READINESS TEST STATUS In addition, if diagnosis codes are erased or the bat-
The engine-ECU monitors the following main diagno- tery cable is disconnected, this history will also be
sis items, judges if these items are in good condition erased (the memory will be reset).
or not, and the stores its history. This history can be • Catalyst: P0421
read out by using M.U.T.-II/III. (If the ECU has judged • Oxygen sensor: P0130
a item before, the M.U.T.-II/III displays "Complete"). • Oxygen sensor heater: P0135, P0141
13A-16 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Battery
B-Y 6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU
R-Y
B-28 1
(MU802722)
W-B
48
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Engine-ECU
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501799 AB
13A-20 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
B-28(B)
• In response to a signal from the engine-ECU, the
fuel pressure control solenoid valve switches the
AK305002AB
pressure to be introduced into the fuel pressure
regulator between the intake manifold negative Q: Is the check result normal?
pressure and atmospheric pressure. YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Check Condition STEP 3. Perform resistance measurement at B-28
• Battery voltage is 10 V or more. fuel pressure control solenoid valve connector.
Judgment Criterion Connector : B-28
• Surge voltage cannot be detected within 1 sec- 2 1
onds from the time when the fuel pressure control Harness side
solenoid valve has changed from ON to OFF. connector
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed fuel pressure control solenoid valve
• Open/short circuit in fuel pressure control sole- B-28(B)
noid valve circuit or loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU AK305002AB
B-28(B)
STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at C-119
engine-ECU connector.
AK305002AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
AK305003 AB 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-28
2 1
Harness side
connector C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
B-28(B) AK501994 AB
B-28(B) B-28(B)
AK305002AB AK305002AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU
R-Y
4
B-105
(MU802552)
7 5 3
L-B B W-B
C-121 19 34 61 C-119
(MU803783) (MU803782)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501800 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-25
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
• Power is supplied to the air flow sensor (terminal
No. 4) from the engine control relay (terminal No. STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
4) and earthed to the engine-ECU (terminal No. • Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
34) from the air flow sensor (terminal No. 5).
a. Item No. 12: Air flow sensor
• A power voltage of 5 V is applied to the air flow
sensor output terminal (terminal No. 3) from the Q: Is the check result normal?
engine-ECU (terminal No. 61). YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• An air flow sensor filter reset signal is inputted to 00 − How to Use
the air flow sensor (terminal No. 7) from the Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
engine-ECU (terminal No. 19). P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2 .
FUNCTION
• Air flow sensor outputs a pulse signal propor- STEP 2. Connector check: B-105 air flow sensor
tional to the intake air flow rate. connector
• The engine-ECU determines the basic injection
timing of the injector using the pulse signal output Connector : B-105
from the air flow sensor and the engine speed
signal. B-105(B)
• When the throttle position sensor output is low,
the engine-ECU causes the power transistor in
the unit to be ON to send an air flow sensor filter
reset signal to the air flow sensor. In response to
the reset signal, the air flow sensor resets the fil- 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ter circuit to improve the ability of the air flow sen- Harness side
connector
sor to measure the air flow rate in the area where AK305005AB
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at C-119 STEP 5. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
engine-ECU connector. connector
Connector: C-119 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 8. M.U.T.-II/III data list STEP 10. Connector check: B-12X engine control
• Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372. relay connector
a. Item No. 12: Air flow sensor Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points B-12X
2 1
P.00-5). 4 3
NO : Replace the engine-ECU. Harness side
connector
B-105(B) B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side Harness side
connector connector AK305005AB
AK305005AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 14. Perform voltage measurement at B-105 STEP 16. Check harness between B-105 (terminal
air flow sensor connector. No. 7) air flow sensor connector and C-121
Connector : B-105
(terminal No. 19) engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
connector AK305005AB Harness side
connector
• Use special tool test harness (MB991709) to con- AK305005AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-121 (GR)
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 19. Check harness between B-105 (terminal STEP 20. Perform output wave pattern
No. 7) air flow sensor connector and C-121 measurement at B-105 air flow sensor connector
(terminal No. 19) engine-ECU connector. (Using an oscilloscope).
Connector : B-105 Connector : B-105
B-105(B) B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side Harness side
connector AK305005AB connector AK305005AB
AK305003 AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
C-119 (GR)
AK305003 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
• Check power supply line for damage. 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Q: Is the check result normal? Harness side connector
YES : Go to Step 24 . AK501994 AB
STEP 25. Check harness between B-105 (terminal STEP 26. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
No. 3) air flow sensor connector and C-119 connector
(terminal No. 61) engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-105
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-119 (GR) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
Harness side
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
connector AK305005AB
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check output line for damage. YES : Check and repair harness between B-105
Q: Is the check result normal? (terminal No. 5) air flow sensor connector
YES : Go to Step 26 . and C-121 (terminal No. 34) engine-ECU
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. connector.
• Check earthing line for damage.
No : Repair or replace the connector.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-35
B-105
(MU802552)
Barometric pressure sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (Incorporated in air flow sensor)
1 2 5
GR Y-L B
42 51 34 C-121
C-119
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
5V
Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501801 AB
C-119 (GR)
STEP 2. Connector check: B-105 air flow sensor
connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
C-119 (GR)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
connector AK305005AB
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
Q: Is the check result normal? AK501994 AB
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 42 and earth.
STEP 3. Perform voltage measurement at B-105 OK: 4.9 − 5.1 V
air flow sensor connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector : B-105 YES : Go to Step 5 .
NO : Go to Step 6 .
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
STEP 7. Check harness between B-105 (terminal STEP 8. M.U.T.-II/III data list
No. 1) air flow sensor connector and C-119 • Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
(terminal No. 42) engine-ECU connector. a. Item No. 25: Barometric pressure sensor
Connector : B-105 Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
B-105(B) 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEP 9. Perform resistance measurement at
Harness side
connector B-105 air flow sensor connector.
AK305005AB
Connector : B-105
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 12. Perform voltage measurement at B-105 STEP 13. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
air flow sensor connector. connector
Connector : B-105 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
STEP 16. Perform voltage measurement at B-105 STEP 17. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
air flow sensor connector. connector
Connector : B-105 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
C-119 (GR) 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
STEP 20. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 21. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
connector connector
Connector: C-119 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
B-105
(MU802552)
5 6
B R-L
34 62
C-121 C-119
(MU803783) (MU803782)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501802 AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
STEP 8. Perform voltage measurement at B-105
connector AK305005AB
air flow sensor connector.
Connector : B-105
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 9. Perform voltage measurement at C-119 STEP 10. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
engine-ECU connector. connector
Connector: C-119 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
B-105(B) B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side Harness side
connector AK305005AB connector AK305005AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 13. Perform voltage measurement at B-105 STEP 14. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
air flow sensor connector. connector
Connector : B-105 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
B-105(B)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305005AB
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-119 (GR) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Connector : B-105
B-105(B)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
Harness side
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
connector AK305005AB
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check output line for damage. YES : Check and repair harness between B-105
Q: Is the check result normal? (terminal No. 5) air flow sensor connector
YES : Go to Step 16 . and C-121 (terminal No. 34) engine-ECU
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. connector.
• Check earthing line for damage.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
13A-52 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
B-107
(MU802406)
2 1
B Y-W
49 44
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Engine-ECU
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
AK501803 AB
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-107 STEP 5. Perform voltage measurement at C-119
engine coolant temperature sensor connector. engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-107 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-107
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
STEP 8. Check harness between B-107 (terminal STEP 9. M.U.T.-II/III data list
No. 1) engine coolant temperature sensor • Item No. 21: Engine coolant temperature sensor
connector and C-119 (terminal No. 44) OK:
engine-ECU connector. Engine cold state: At ambient temperature or
Connector : B-107 equivalent.
Engine hot state: At 80 − 120°C
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
B-107(B)
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
2 1
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
STEP 10. Perform resistance measurement at
Connector: C-119 B-107 engine coolant temperature sensor
connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector : B-107
B-107(B)
2 1
C-119 (GR) Harness side
connector AK305008AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
• Disconnect connector and measure at harness
side.
• Resistance between terminal No. 2 and earth.
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 13 .
NO : Go to Step 11 .
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
YES : Go to Step 12 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 13. Perform voltage measurement at B-107 STEP 14. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
engine coolant temperature sensor connector. connector
Connector : B-107 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305008AB
B-107(B)
2 1
Harness side C-119 (GR)
connector AK305008AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector : B-107
B-107(B)
C-119 (GR) 2 1
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 connector AK305008AB
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Q: Is the check result normal?
AK501994 AB
YES : Check harness between B-107 (terminal
• Check output line for damage. No. 2) engine coolant temperature sensor
Q: Is the check result normal? connector and C-119 (terminal No. 49)
YES : Go to Step 16 . engine-ECU connector.
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. • Check earthing line for damage.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
13A-60 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
B-03
(MU802724)
1 2 4
GR G B
42 78 49
C-119 C-117
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
5V
Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501804 AB
STEP 5. Perform voltage measurement at C-119 STEP 6. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
engine-ECU connector. connector
Connector: C-119 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
B-03(B)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 9. M.U.T.-II/III data list STEP 11. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
• Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372. connector
a. Item No. 14: Throttle position sensor
Connector: C-119
Q: Is the check result normal? <L. H. drive vehicles>
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB C-119 (GR)
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 Harness side
Harness side connector AK305010 AB
connector AK305010 AB
• Use special tool test harness (MB991536) to con-
nect connector, and measure at pick-up harness.
Connector: C-119
• Ignition switch: "ON"
<L. H. drive vehicles> • Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: 4.9 − 5.1 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 15 .
NO : Go to Step 14 .
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 14. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 15. Perform voltage measurement at B-03
connector throttle position sensor connector.
Connector: C-119 Connector : B-03
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-03
B-03(B)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
STEP 19. Connector check: C-117 engine-ECU STEP 20. Perform voltage measurement at C-117
connector engine-ECU connector
Connector: C-117 Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector : B-03
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
• Ignition switch: "ON"
B-03(B)
• Voltage between terminal No. 78 and earth.
OK:
Accelerator pedal fully released: 0.536 − 0.735
V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed: 4.5 − 5.0 V
4 3 2 1 Q: Is the check result normal?
Harness side YES : Go to Step 22 .
connector AK305010 AB NO : Go to Step 21 .
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305010 AB
C-117 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
Oxygen sensor(front)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501997 AB
STEP 8. Check harness between B-113 oxygen STEP 9. Connector check: Injector connector
sensor (front) connector and C-117 engine-ECU Connector : B-17,B-18,B-20,B-22
connector.
Connector : B-113
2 1
Oxygen sensor(front) Harness side connector AK305012 AB
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
• Check output line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-73
STEP 11. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 12. Check harness between B-12X engine
relay connector and C-119 engine-ECU control relay connector and injector connector.
connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
Relay box’s triangle marks
Connector : B-12X
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
2 1 4 3
B-12X
4 3 Harness side
Harness side connector
connector
AK305003 AB
AK305003 AB
Connector : B-17,B-18,B-20,B-22
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-22(B) B-20(B) B-18(B) B-17(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AB
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
B-113
MU802605
1 2
3 4 Oxygen sensor (front)
1 3 2 4
From Engine control relay
To engine-ECU
B W
C-119 49 71 C-117
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501805 AB
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
Oxygen sensor(front)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
• Resistance between terminal No. 2 and earth.
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 .
NO : Go to Step 4 .
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
Oxygen sensor(front)
C-119 (GR)
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
C-119 (GR) Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 Connector: C-119
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB <L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
• Check earthing line for open circuit and damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
13A-78 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Oxygen sensor(front)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-113
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-79
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 11. Connector check: C-117 engine-ECU
YES : Check and repair harness between B-113
connector
(terminal No. 2) oxygen sensor (front)
connector and C-119 (terminal No. 49) Connector: C-117
engine-ECU connector. <L. H. drive vehicles>
• Check earthing line for damage.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-117 (GR)
Oxygen sensor(front)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3 Connector : B-113
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
C-117 (GR)
Connector : B-113
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2 Oxygen sensor (front) B-113
B-12X
MU802605
1 2 Engine
control
3 4 relay 1 2
3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU 1 3 2 4
To engine-ECU
R-Y
L-R
3
C-121
(MU803783)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501806 AB
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Check Conditions
• The engine coolant temperature is 20°C or
Oxygen sensor(front)
higher.
• The oxygen sensor heater: (front) is ON.
• The engine speed of 50 r/min. or more.
• A/C relay: OFF
• Radiator fan: OFF
• The system voltage is 11 − 16 V.
Judging Criterion
• The heater current of oxygen sensor heater
(front) 0.2 A or less or 3.5 A or more for 4 sec-
2 1
onds. B-113(B)
4 3
• Open/short circuit in oxygen sensor heater (front) Q: Is the check result normal?
circuit or loose connector contact YES : Go to Step 2 .
• Failed engine-ECU NO : Repair or replace the connector.
Oxygen sensor(front)
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
13A-84 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Perform voltage measurement at B-113 STEP 4. Connector check: B-12X engine control
oxygen sensor (front) connector. relay connector
Connector : B-113 Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
Oxygen sensor(front) connector
AK305003 AB
Connector : B-113
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3 Oxygen sensor(front)
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
Oxygen sensor(front)
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
B-113(B)
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305011AB
Connector: C-121
C-121 (GR)
<L. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Oxygen sensor(front)
Oxygen sensor(front)
2 1
2 1 B-113(B)
4 3
B-113(B) Harness side
4 3
Harness side connector
AK305011AB
connector
AK305011AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks <L. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
C-121 (GR)
• Check power supply line for damage.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-137
MU801446
3 4 2 1
From engine control relay
To engine-ECU
B W
C-119 49 73 C-117
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Engine-ECU
AK501807AB
OPERATION FUNCTION
• The sensor signal is inputted to the engine-ECU • The oxygen sensor (rear) converts the concentra-
(terminal No. 73) from the oxygen sensor (rear) tion of oxygen in the exhaust emission into a volt-
output terminal (terminal No. 1). age signal and inputs the voltage signal to the
• The oxygen sensor (rear) (terminal No. 2) is engine-ECU.
earthed with engine-ECU (terminal No. 49).
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-89
• When the air-fuel ratio is richer than the theoreti- STEP 2. Connector check: C-137 oxygen sensor
cal air-fuel ratio, the oxygen sensor (rear) outputs (rear) connector
a voltage of about 1 V. When it is leaner than the
theoretical air-fuel ratio, it outputs a voltage of Connector : C-137
about 0 V.
C-137
• In response to the signal, the engine-ECU con-
trols the fuel infection amount so that the air-fuel
ratio can be equivalent to the theoretical air-fuel
ratio.
Oxygen sensor(rear)
TROUBLE JUDGMENT 4 3 2 1
Harness side
Check Conditions connector AK305013AB
• Above 3 minutes later after the engine has
started up. Q: Is the check result normal?
• The engine coolant temperature is 80°C or YES : Go to Step 3 .
higher. NO : Repair or replace the connector.
• The volumetric efficiency is 25% or more.
• The engine speed is 1,200 r/min. or more. STEP 3. Perform resistance measurement at
Judgment Criterion C-137 oxygen sensor (rear) connector.
• When the oxygen sensor (rear) output voltage is Connector : C-137
0.2 V or less, and a power voltage of 5 V is
applied to the oxygen sensor (rear) in the C-137
engine-ECU, the sensor output voltage is 4.5 V or
more.
STEP 4. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 5. Check harness between C-137 (terminal
connector No. 2) oxygen sensor (rear) connector and C-119
(terminal No. 49) engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-119
Connector : C-137
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-137
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB C-119 (GR)
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
STEP 9. Perform voltage measurement at C-137 STEP 11. Connector check: C-117 engine-ECU
oxygen sensor (rear) connector. connector
Connector : C-137 Connector: C-117
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
NO : Go to Step 13 .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Check and repair harness between C-137
(terminal No. 1) oxygen sensor (rear)
connector and C-117 (terminal No. 73)
engine-ECU connector.
• Check output line for open circuit.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
13A-94 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2 Oxygen sensor (rear)
B-12X C-137
MU801446
1 2 Engine
control
3 4 relay
1 2 3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU 3 4 2 1
R-Y
To engine-ECU
28
R-Y
J/C (6)
C-105
29
L-Y
26
C-121
(MU803783)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501808 AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
STEP 1. Connector check: C-137 oxygen sensor
(rear) connector Harness side
connector AK305013AB
Connector : C-137
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
C-137 side.
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 3 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Oxygen sensor(rear)
Q: Is the check result normal?
4 3 2 1
YES : Go to Step 5 .
Harness side NO : Go to Step 4 .
connector AK305013AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB C-121 (GR)
STEP 6. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 7. Check harness between C-137 (terminal
connector No. 4) oxygen sensor connector and C-121
(terminal No. 26) engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-121
Connector : C-137
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-137
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
C-121 (GR)
AK305003 AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
Harness side connector connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
AK501995 AB • Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 . YES : Go to Step 10 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector. NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
13A-100 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 10. Check harness between C-137 (terminal STEP 11. Check the trouble symptoms.
No. 4) oxygen sensor (rear) connector and C-121 Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
(terminal No. 26) engine-ECU connector. YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Connector : C-137 NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
C-137 Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
Oxygen sensor(rear)
4 3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305013AB
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 7. Connector Check: Injector connector STEP 9. Connector check: B-12X engine control
Connector : B-17,B-18,B-20,B-22
relay connector and C-119 engine-ECU
connector
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
B-22(B) B-20(B) B-18(B) B-17(B)
2 1
B-12X
4 3
2 1 Harness side
Harness side connector AK305012 AB connector
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AB
STEP 12. Check purge control solenoid valve STEP 13. Fuel pressure measurement
itself. • Fuel pressure measurement (Refer to
• Check purge control solenoid valve itself (Refer P.13A-396).
to GROUP 17 − Emission Control System −
Q: Is the check result normal?
Evaporative Emission Control System P.17-11).
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair.
YES : Go to Step 13 .
NO : Replace the purge control solenoid valve.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-105
Injector circuit
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
28 To engine-ECU
J/C (6)
C-105
29
R-Y
B-119 3
MU802607 Injector resistor
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 4 5 6
R R-W R-L R-B
1 1 1 1
Injector Injector Injector Injector
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
B-22 B-20 B-18 B-17
MU802722 (MU802722) (MU802722) (MU802722)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
2 2 2 2
O W-R G R
1 9 24 2
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles Engine-ECU
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501809AB
13A-106 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
• The engine-ECU controls the power supply inter-
2 1
val of the injector.
Harness side connector
• The fuel injection amount of the injector depends AK305012 AC
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed No. 1 injector
• Open/short circuit in injector circuit or loose con- 2 1
nector contact Harness side connector AK305012 AC
• Failed engine-ECU • Disconnect connector, and measure at injector
side.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE • Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
OK: 2 − 3 Ω
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No. 01: No. 1 injector YES : Go to Step 4 .
OK: Idling state varies. NO : Replace the No. 1 injector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2 .
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-107
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-22 STEP 7. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
No. 1 injector connector. No. 1) injector resistor connector and B-22
Connector : B-22
(terminal No. 1) No. 1 injector connector.
Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-22(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AC
B-119(B)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
<R.H.drive vehicles>
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? B-119(B)
YES : Go to Step 8 .
NO : Go to Step 5 . 3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control connector AK305016AB
relay connector
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector : B-22
triangle marks
2 1 B-22(B)
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
2 1
AK305003 AB Harness side connector AK305012 AC
2 1
STEP 6. Check injector resistor itself. B-12X
• Check injector resistor itself (Refer to 4 3
P.13A-407). Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 . AK305003 AB
NO : Replace the injector resistor.
• Check power supply line for open/short circuit.
13A-108 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector AK305016AB
B-119(B)
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<R.H.drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
B-119(B) 4 3
Harness side
3 2 1 connector
6 5 4
Harness side AK305003 AB
connector AK305016AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
Connector : B-22 connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
B-22(B) NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AC
B-22(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AC
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Engine: Idling
• Transmission: Neutral
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: Waveforms should be display on
Inspection procedure using an oscilloscope
(Refer to P.13A-385).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-111
Injector circuit
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
28 To engine-ECU
J/C (6)
C-105
29
R-Y
B-119 3
MU802607 Injector resistor
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 4 5 6
R R-W R-L R-B
1 1 1 1
Injector Injector Injector Injector
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
B-22 B-20 B-18 B-17
MU802722 (MU802722) (MU802722) (MU802722)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
2 2 2 2
O W-R G R
1 9 24 2
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles Engine-ECU
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501809AB
13A-112 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
• The engine-ECU controls the power supply inter-
2 1
val of the injector.
Harness side connector
• The fuel injection amount of the injector depends AK305012 AD
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed No. 2 injector
• Open/short circuit in No. 2 injector circuit or loose 2 1
connector contact Harness side connector AK305012 AD
• Failed engine-ECU • Disconnect connector, and measure at injector
side.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE • Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
OK: 2 − 3 Ω
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No. 02: No. 2 injector YES : Go to Step 4 .
OK: Idling state varies. NO : Replace the No. 2 injector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2 .
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-113
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-20 STEP 7. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
No. 2 injector connector. No. 4) injector resistor connector and B-20
Connector : B-20
(terminal No. 1) No. 2 injector connector.
Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-20(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AD
B-119(B)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
<R.H.drive vehicles>
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? B-119(B)
YES : Go to Step 8 .
NO : Go to Step 5 . 3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control connector AK305016AB
relay connector
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector : B-20
triangle marks
2 1 B-20(B)
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
2 1
AK305003 AB Harness side connector AK305012 AD
2 1
STEP 6. Check injector resistor itself. B-12X
• Check injector resistor itself (Refer to P.13A-407) 4 3
Harness side
Q: Is the check result normal? connector
YES : Go to Step 7 .
NO : Replace the injector resistor.
AK305003 AB
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector AK305016AB
B-119(B)
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<R.H.drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
B-119(B) 4 3
Harness side
3 2 1 connector
6 5 4
Harness side AK305003 AB
connector AK305016AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
Connector : B-20 connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
B-20(B) NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AD
B-20(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AD
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Engine: Idling
• Transmission: Neutral
• Voltage between terminal No. 9 and earth.
OK: Waveform should be display on Inspec-
tion procedure using an oscilloscope (Refer
to P.13A-385).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-117
Injector circuit
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
28 To engine-ECU
J/C (6)
C-105
29
R-Y
B-119 3
MU802607 Injector resistor
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 4 5 6
R R-W R-L R-B
1 1 1 1
Injector Injector Injector Injector
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
B-22 B-20 B-18 B-17
MU802722 (MU802722) (MU802722) (MU802722)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
2 2 2 2
O W-R G R
1 9 24 2
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles Engine-ECU
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501809AB
13A-118 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
• The engine-ECU controls the power supply inter-
2 1
val of the injector.
Harness side connector
• The fuel injection amount of the injector depends AK305012 AE
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed No. 3 injector
• Open/short circuit in No. 3 injector circuit or loose 2 1
connector contact Harness side connector AK305012 AE
• Failed engine-ECU • Disconnect connector, and measure at injector
side.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE • Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
OK: 2 − 3 Ω
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No. 03: No. 3 injector YES : Go to Step 4 .
OK: Idling state varies. NO : Replace the No. 3 injector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2 .
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-119
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-18 STEP 7. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
No. 3 injector connector. No. 5) injector resistor connector and B-18
Connector : B-18
(terminal No. 1) No. 3 injector connector.
Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-18(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
B-119(B)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
<R.H.drive vehicles>
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? B-119(B)
YES : Go to Step 8 .
NO : Go to Step 5 . 3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control connector AK305016AB
relay connector
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector : B-18
triangle marks
2 1 B-18(B)
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
2 1
AK305003 AB Harness side connector AK305012 AE
2 1
STEP 6. Check injector resistor itself. B-12X
• Check injector resistor itself (Refer to 4 3
P.13A-407). Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 . AK305003 AB
NO : Replace the injector resistor.
• Check power supply line for open/short circuit.
13A-120 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector AK305016AB
B-119(B)
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<R.H.drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
B-119(B) 4 3
Harness side
3 2 1 connector
6 5 4
Harness side AK305003 AB
connector AK305016AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
Connector : B-18 connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
B-18(B) NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
B-18(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Engine: Idling
• Transmission: Neutral
• Voltage between terminal No. 24 and earth.
OK: Waveform should be display on Inspec-
tion procedure using an oscilloscope (Refer
to P.13A-385).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-123
Injector circuit
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
28 To engine-ECU
J/C (6)
C-105
29
R-Y
B-119 3
MU802607 Injector resistor
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 4 5 6
R R-W R-L R-B
1 1 1 1
Injector Injector Injector Injector
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
B-22 B-20 B-18 B-17
MU802722 (MU802722) (MU802722) (MU802722)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
2 2 2 2
O W-R G R
1 9 24 2
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles Engine-ECU
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501809AB
13A-124 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
• The engine-ECU controls the power supply inter-
2 1
val of the injector.
Harness side connector
• The fuel injection amount of the injector depends AK305012 AF
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed No. 4 injector
• Open/short circuit in No. 4 injector circuit or loose 2 1
connector contact Harness side connector AK305012 AF
• Failed engine-ECU • Disconnect connector, and measure at injector
side.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE • Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
OK: 2 − 3 Ω
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No. 04: No. 4 injector YES : Go to Step 4 .
OK: Idling state varies. NO : Replace the No. 4 injector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2 .
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-125
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-17 STEP 7. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
No. 4 injector connector No. 6) injector resistor connector and B-17
Connector : B-17
(terminal No. 1) No. 4 injector connector.
Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-17(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AF
B-119(B)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
<R.H.drive vehicles>
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? B-119(B)
YES : Go to Step 8 .
NO : Go to Step 5 . 3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control connector AK305016AB
relay connector
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector : B-17
triangle marks
2 1 B-17(B)
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
2 1
AK305003 AB Harness side connector AK305012 AF
2 1
STEP 6. Check injector resistor itself. B-12X
• Check injector resistor itself (Refer to 4 3
P.13A-407). Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 . AK305003 AB
NO : Replace the injector resistor.
• Check power supply line for open/short circuit.
13A-126 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector AK305016AB
B-119(B)
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<R.H.drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
B-119(B) 4 3
Harness side
3 2 1 connector
6 5 4
Harness side AK305003 AB
connector AK305016AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
Connector : B-17 connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
B-17(B) NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AF
B-17(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AF
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Engine: Idling
• Transmission: Neutral
• Voltage between terminal No. 2 and earth.
OK: Waveform should be display on Inspec-
tion procedure using an oscilloscope (Refer
to P.13A-385).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-129
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
B-12X 1 2
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
To engine-ECU
1
B-26
Waste gate solenoid valve
1 2
LG
41
C-119
(MU801824)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Engine-ECU
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501810AB
OPERATION FUNCTION
• Power is supplied from the engine control relay • In response to a signal from the engine-ECU, the
(terminal No. 4) to the waste gate solenoid valve waste gate solenoid valve controls the turbo
(terminal No. 1). charge pressure to be introduced into the waste
• The engine-ECU (terminal No. 41) causes the gate actuator of the turbo charger.
power transistor in the unit to be ON to supply
power to the waste gate solenoid valve (terminal TROUBLE JUDGMENT
No. 2).
Check Condition
• Battery voltage is 10 V or more.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-131
Judgment Criterion STEP 3. Perform resistance measurement at B-26
• Surge voltage cannot be detected within 1 sec- waste gate solenoid valve connector.
onds from the time when the waste gate solenoid
valve has changed from ON to OFF. Connector : B-26
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed waste gate solenoid valve B-26(GR)
• Open/short circuit in waste gate solenoid valve
sensor circuit or loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU
2 1
B-26(GR) 2 1
Harness side
connector AK305018 AB
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at C-119
relay connector engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector: C-119
triangle marks
<L. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
C-119 (GR)
Connector : B-26
<R. H. drive vehicles>
B-26(GR)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305018 AB C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
Q: Is the check result normal? 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
YES : Check and repair harness between B-26 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
(terminal No. 1) waste gate solenoid valve Harness side connector
connector and B-12X (terminal No. 4) AK501994 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305018 AB
STEP 9. Check harness between B-26 (terminal STEP 10. Check harness between B-26 (terminal
No. 2) waste gate solenoid valve connector and No. 1) waste gate solenoid valve connector and
C-119 (terminal No. 41) engine-ECU connector. B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine control relay
Connector : B-26
connector.
Connector : B-26
B-26(GR)
B-26(GR)
2 1
Harness side 2 1
connector AK305018 AB Harness side
connector AK305018 AB
Connector: C-119
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<L. H. drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
STEP 4. Connector check: Injector connector STEP 6. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
Connector : B-17,B-18,B-20,B-22
connector
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-22(B) B-20(B) B-18(B) B-17(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AB
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 9. Connector check: B-119 injector resistor STEP 10. Check harness between B-119 injector
connector and C-121 engine-ECU connector resistor connector and injector connector.
Connector : B-119 Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles> <L.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B) B-119(B)
B-119(B) B-119(B)
3 2 1 3 2 1
6 5 4 6 5 4
Harness side Harness side
connector AK305016AB
connector AK305016AB
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AB
STEP 3. Check No. 1 injector itself. STEP 5. Check harness between B-22 (terminal
• Check Injector itself (Refer to P.13A-406). No. 2) No. 1 injector connector and C-121
Q: Is the check result normal?
(terminal No. 1) engine-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 4 . Connector : B-22
NO : Replace the No. 1 injector.
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
Q: Is the check result normal?
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
YES : Go to Step 5 . 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
NO : Repair or replace the connector. 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
<R.H.drive vehicles>
<R.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 6 5 4
connector AK305016AB Harness side
connector AK305016AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-22
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-22(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AC
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Ignition system related part(s) failed
• Low compression pressure
• Failed engine-ECU
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-143
STEP 4. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 5. Check harness between B-20 (terminal
connector No. 2) No. 2 injector connector and C-121
(terminal No. 9) engine-ECU connector
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-20
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-20(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AD
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 7. Connector check: B-119 injector resistor STEP 8. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
connector and C-121 engine-ECU connector No. 4) injector resistor connector and B-20
Connector : B-119
(terminal No. 1) No.2 injector connector.
<L.H.drive vehicles> Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
<R.H.drive vehicles>
<R.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 6 5 4
connector AK305016AB Harness side
connector AK305016AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-20
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-20(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AD
C-121 (GR)
• Check output line for damage.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Ignition system related part(s) failed
• Low compression pressure
• Failed engine-ECU
13A-146 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 5. Check harness between B-18 (terminal
connector No. 2) No. 3 injector connector and C-121
(terminal No. 24) engine-ECU connector
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-18
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-18(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
<R.H.drive vehicles>
<R.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 6 5 4
connector AK305016AB Harness side
connector AK305016AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-18
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-18(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
C-121 (GR)
• Check output line for damage.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Ignition system related part(s) failed
• Low compression pressure
• Failed engine-ECU
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-149
STEP 4. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 5. Check harness between B-17 (terminal
connector No. 2) No. 4 injector connector and C-121
(terminal No. 2) engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-17
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-17(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AF
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 7. Connector check: B-119 injector resistor STEP 8. Check harness between B-119 (terminal
connector and C-121 engine-ECU connector No. 6) injector resistor connector and B-18
Connector : B-119
(terminal No. 1) No. 4 injector connector.
<L.H.drive vehicles> Connector : B-119
<L.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
<R.H.drive vehicles>
<R.H.drive vehicles>
B-119(B)
B-119(B)
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 6 5 4
connector AK305016AB Harness side
connector AK305016AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-18
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-18(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305012 AE
C-121 (GR)
• Check output line for damage.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
C-117
(MU803783)
71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 Engine-ECU
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
91
B B
B-108
MU802661
2 1 1 2
Detonation sensor
AK501811AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Detonation sensor
STEP 6. Replace the detonation sensor.
• After replacing the detonation sensor, re-check
the trouble symptoms.
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : The check is end.
B-108(GR)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK305019AB
Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
B-12X 1 2
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y To engine-ECU
3
B-117
MU802603
1 2
Crank angle sensor
3
1 2
B BR-G
34 43
C-121 C-119
(MU803783) (MU803782)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501812 AB
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Check Condition
• Engine in cranking state.
Crank angle sensor
Judgment Criterion
• The sensor output voltage remains unchanged
(no pulse signal is inputted) for 2 seconds.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed crank angle sensor B-117(B)
• Open/short circuit in crank angle sensor circuit or
loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU 2 1
3
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
C-119 (GR)
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB C-119 (GR)
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
side. 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
• Ignition switch: "ON" Harness side connector
• Voltage between terminal No. 2 and earth. AK501994 AB
B-117(B)
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
• Disconnect B-117 crank angle sensor connector.
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Voltage between terminal No. 43 and earth.
OK: 4.9 − 5.1 V
13A-158 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector C-119 (GR)
AK501994 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
Connector : B-117 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
B-117(B)
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-159
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 7. Check harness between B-117 (terminal
YES : Go to Step 8 .
No. 2) crank angle sensor connector and C-119 NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
(terminal No. 43) engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-117
STEP 8. M.U.T.-II/III data list
• Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
a. Item No. 22: Crank angle sensor
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
Crank angle sensor
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
B-117(B)
2 1
C-119 (GR) 3
Harness side
<R. H. drive vehicles> connector
AK305020AB
STEP 10. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 11. Perform resistance measurement at
relay connector B-117 crank angle sensor connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector : B-117
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
Crank angle sensor
AK305003 AB
Connector : B-117
B-117(B)
2 1
3
Crank angle sensor
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
B-117(B)
2 1
3
C-121 (GR) Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Connector: C-119
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB <L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
AK305003 AB
B-117(B)
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
B-117(B)
2 1
3 C-121 (GR)
Harness side C-119 (GR)
connector
AK305020AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
triangle marks
C-119 Harness side connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
2 1 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
B-12X
4 3 C-121 Harness side connector
STEP 18. Check harness between B-117 (terminal STEP 19. Check harness between B-117 (terminal
No. 2) crank angle sensor connector and C-119 No. 1) crank angle sensor connector and C-121
(terminal No. 43) engine-ECU connector. (terminal No. 34) engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-117 Connector : B-117
B-117(B) B-117(B)
2 1 2 1
3 3
Harness side Harness side
connector connector
AK305020AB AK305020AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501995 AB
• Check output line for damage. • Check earthing line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 19 . YES : Go to Step 20 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-165
STEP 20. Check the crankshaft sensing blade STEP 21: M.U.T.-II/III data list
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
YES : Go to Step 21 . a. Item No. 22: Crank angle sensor
NO : Replace the crankshaft sensing blade. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the crank angle sensor.
13A-166 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
To engine-ECU
3
B-106
MU802337
1 2
B L-R
34 50
C-121 C-119
(MU803783) (MU803782)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501813 AB
Check Conditions
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Engine speed of 50 r/min. or more.
Judgment Criterion
• The sensor output voltage remains unchanged AK501999 AB
(no pulse signal is inputted) for 2 seconds. • Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
PROBABLE CAUSES • Ignition switch: "ON"
• Failed exhaust camshaft position sensor • Voltage between terminal No. 3 and earth.
• Open/short circuit in exhaust camshaft position OK: System voltage
sensor circuit or loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4 .
NO : Go to Step 3 .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AK501999 AB
STEP 3. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-106
relay connector exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector: B-106
triangle marks
3 2 1
Harness side
B-106 (B) connector
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB AK501999 AB
AK501999 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
AK501999 AB AK501999 AB
STEP 7. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 8. Check harness between B-106 (terminal
connector No. 2) camshaft position sensor connector and
C-119 (terminal No. 50) engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-119
Connector: B-106
<L. H. drive vehicles>
3 2 1
Harness side
B-106 (B) connector
AK501999 AB
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 C-119 (GR)
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
AK501999 AB AK501999 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-121 (GR)
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 13. Perform output wave pattern STEP 15. Check harness between B-106 (terminal
measurement at B-106 exhaust camshaft No. 3) exhaust camshaft position sensor
position sensor connector (Using an connector and B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine
oscilloscope). control relay connector.
Connector: B-106 Connector: B-106
3 2 1 3 2 1
Harness side Harness side
B-106 (B) connector B-106 (B) connector
AK501999 AB AK501999 AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
C-121 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-119 (GR)
C-119 Harness side connector
<R. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
C-121 Harness side connector
AK501998 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 18. Check harness between B-106 (terminal STEP 19. Check the exhaust camshaft position
No. 1) exhaust camshaft position sensor sensing cylinder.
connector and C-121 (terminal No. 34) Q: Is the check result normal?
engine-ECU connector. YES : Go to Step 20 .
Connector: B-106 NO : Replace the exhaust camshaft position
sensing cylinder.
3 2 1
Harness side
B-106 (B) connector STEP 20. Check the trouble symptoms.
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
YES : Replace the exhaust camshaft position
sensor.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
AK501999 AB
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
Connector: C-121 P.00-5).
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Code No. P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Solenoid Valve
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y To engine-ECU
B-14
2
R-Y
1
B-101
2
G-O
G-O
6
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501814 AB
13A-176 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
AK305024 AB AK305003 AB
AK305024 AB
STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at C-121 STEP 7. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
engine-ECU connector. connector
Connector: C-121 Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
AK305024 AB
B-101(BR)
AK305024 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 10. Check harness between B-101 (terminal STEP 11. M.U.T.-II /III actuator test
No. 1) EGR control solenoid valve connector and • Item No. 10: EGR control solenoid valve
B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine control relay OK: Operating sound can be heard and the
connector. valve vibrates.
Connector : B-101 Q: Is the check result normal?
2 1
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Harness side
connector 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
B-101(BR)
AK305024 AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU
R-Y
B-02 2
MU802779
Y-G
C-121 16
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501815 AB
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Check Conditions
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• The battery voltage is 10 V or more. 2 1
B-02(B)
Judgment Criterion Harness side
connector
• The surge voltage (system voltage +2 V) of sole- AK305025AB
noid coil is not detected when the purge control • Disconnect connector, and measure at solenoid
solenoid valve is turned to OFF from ON. valve side.
• Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
PROBABLE CAUSES OK: 30 − 34 Ω (at 20°C)
• Failed purge control solenoid valve
• Open/short circuit in purge control solenoid value Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4 .
circuit or loose connector contact
NO : Replace the purge control solenoid valve.
• Failed engine-ECU
2 1
B-02(B)
Harness side
connector AK305025AB
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at C-121
relay connector. engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector: C-121
triangle marks
<L. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
2 1
B-02(B)
Harness side
connector AK305025AB C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
2 1
B-02(B)
Harness side
connector AK305025AB
STEP 9. Check harness between B-02 (terminal STEP 10. Check harness between B-02 (terminal
No. 1) purge control solenoid valve connector No. 2) purge control solenoid valve connector
and C-121 (terminal No. 16) engine-ECU and B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine control relay
connector. connector.
Connector : B-02 Connector : B-02
2 1 2 1
B-02(B) B-02(B)
Harness side Harness side
connector AK305025AB connector AK305025AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
Ignition
switch Engine-ECU
C-208 5V C-117
R LOCK (MU803783)
1 2 3
4 5 6 ST ACC 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
IG1 IG2
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
2
B-W 80
C-211
6
2
J/B
7.5A B-Y
25 C-124
C-214 17 (*1)
B-W*1 or
C-124
O*2 25 (*2) B-R
18 (*1)
Meter and gauge
or
16 (*2)
B-W
B-27 B-27
6 8
B-W B-Y
1 3
B-04
(MU802723)
Vehicle speed sensor
1 2 3
7
B
B-27
5
B B
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501816 AB
13A-188 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed Vehicle speed sensor
C-117 (GR)
• Open/short circuit in vehicle speed sensor circuit
or loose connector contact <R. H. drive vehicles>
• Failed engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Connector : B-04
3 2 1
Harness side
connector
B-04(B)
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
To engine-ECU
R-Y
R-Y R-Y
B-104 2 5
1 2 3
Idle speed control
4 5 6 servo
1 3 4 6
Y-L Y R-G LG
14 28 15 29
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Engine-ECU
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501817AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-191
OPERATION Judgment Criterion
• The power is supplied to the idle speed control • Actual idle speed has continued to be higher than
servo (terminal No. 2 and No. 5) from the engine the target idle speed by 100 r/min. or more for 10
control relay (terminal No. 4). seconds.
• The engine-ECU (terminal No. 14, No. 15, No. 28
and No. 29) makes power transistor in the unit be PROBABLE CAUSES
in "ON" position in order, and that makes currents • Failed idle speed control servo
go on the idle speed control servo (terminal No. • Open/short circuit in idle speed control servo cir-
1, No. 3, No. 4 and No. 6). cuit or loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU
FUNCTION
• The idle speed control servo opens and closes DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
the servo valve in response to a signal from the
engine-ECU to control the intake air flow rate dur- STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
ing idling. • Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
a. Item No. 45: Idle speed control servo
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Q: Is the check result normal?
Check Conditions YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Vehicle speed has reached 1.5 km/h at least 00 − How to Use
once. Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
• Under the closed loop idle speed control.
P.00-5).
Judgment Criterion NO : Go to Step 2 .
• Actual idle speed has continued to be higher than
the target idle speed by 300 r/min. or more for 10 STEP 2. Connector check: B-104 idle speed
seconds. control servo connector
Check Conditions Connector : B-104
• Vehicle speed has reached 1.5 km/h at least
3 2 1
once.
6 5 4
• During idle speed closed loop control.
Harness side
• The highest temperature at the last drive is 45°C connector
or less.
• Engine coolant temperature is approximately B-104 (B)
80°C or less.
• Battery voltage is 10 V or more.
• The barometric pressure is 76 kPa or higher. AK305029AB
• Intake air temperature is −10°C or more.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Judgment Criterion
YES : Go to Step 3 .
• Actual idle speed has continued to be higher than NO : Repair or replace the connector.
the target idle speed by 200 r/min. or more for 10
seconds.
STEP 3. Check idle speed control servo itself.
Check Conditions • Check idle speed control servo itself (Refer to
• During idle speed closed loop control.
P.13A-408).
• Engine coolant temperature is approximately
80°C or less. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Battery voltage is 10 V or more. YES : Go to Step 4 .
• Power steering fluid pressure switch is off. NO : Replace the idle speed control servo.
• Volumetric efficiency is 40% or lower.
• The barometric pressure is 76 kPa or higher.
• Intake air temperature is −10°C or more.
13A-192 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-104 STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control
idle speed control servo connector. relay connector
Connector : B-104 Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector 2 1
B-12X
4 3
B-104 (B)
Harness side
connector
AK305029AB AK305003 AB
Connector : B-104
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector C-121 (GR)
AK305029AB
AK305029AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3
C-121 (GR)
Harness side
<R. H. drive vehicles> connector
AK305003 AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEP 10. M.U.T.-II/III data list
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 • Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
a. Item No. 45: Idle speed control servo
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
1. Harness between idle speed control servo termi- YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
nal No. 1 and engine-ECU connector terminal 00 − How to Use
No. 14 Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
2. Harness between idle speed control servo termi- P.00-5).
nal No. 3 and engine-ECU connector terminal NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
No. 28
3. Harness between idle speed control servo termi-
nal No. 4 and engine-ECU connector terminal
No. 15
4. Harness between idle speed control servo termi-
nal No. 6 and engine-ECU connector terminal
No. 29
• Check output line for damage.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-195
C-207-1
Immobilizer-ECU
1 2 3 4
C-207
C-207-1 3 MU801547
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
7
GR
C-124
21
R-W
98
C-117
(MU803783)
71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Engine-ECU
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
AK501818 AB
C-207
AK305030 AB
C-207
AK305030 AB
Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
C-117 (GR) 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
77 76 75 74 73 72 71 Harness side connector
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 AK501996 AB
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
AK501996 AB
connector C-124, and repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check output line for open/short circuit and dam-
YES : Go to Step 2 . age.
NO : Repair or replace the connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-197
STEP 3. Check the trouble symptoms. STEP 4. Replace the immobilizer-ECU.
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
• After replacing the immobilizer-ECU, re-check the
YES : Go to Step 4 . trouble symptoms.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
00 − How to Use YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points NO : The check is end.
P.00-5).
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Engine-ECU
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
54
R-W
5 <A-13> (*1) or
15 <C-31> (*2)
R-W
1
A-40
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501819AB
CONDITION
• The battery voltage is applied to the power steer-
ing fluid pressure switch (terminal No. 1) from the
engine-ECU (terminal No. 54).
13A-198 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
1
Check Conditions Harness side
• The engine coolant temperature is 30°C or connector AK502001AB
higher.
• Drive for 4 seconds or more with the vehicle Q: Is the check result normal?
speed is 50 km/h or more. Stop the vehicle (vehi- YES : Go to Step 2 .
cle speed is 1.5 km/h or less). Repeat 10 times is NO : Repair or replace the connector.
more.
Judgment Criterion STEP 2. Perform voltage measurement at A-40
• The power steering fluid pressure switch remains power steering fluid pressure switch connector.
in "ON" position. Connector: A-40
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
STEP 5. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 6. Check harness between A-40 (terminal
connector No. 1) power steering fluid pressure switch
connector and C-119 (terminal No. 54)
Connector: C-119
engine-ECU connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: A-40
A-40 (B)
1
C-119 (GR) Harness side
connector AK502001AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
C-119 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 10. Check harness between A-40 (terminal STEP 11. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
No. 1) power steering fluid pressure switch connector
connector and C-119 (terminal No. 54)
Connector: C-119
engine-ECU connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: A-40
A-40 (B)
1
Harness side C-119 (GR)
connector AK502001AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
Engine-ECU
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
52
B-14
5
4
B-25
(MU802066)
M
IC Voltage Alternator
1 2 3 4 regulator
AK501820 AB
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
Female side C-119 (GR)
connector AK305035AC
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
Female side
connector AK305035AC
STEP 8. Check harness between B-25 (terminal STEP 9. Perform voltage measurement at B-14
No. 4) alternator connector and B-14 (terminal intermediate connector.
No. 5) intermediate connector. Connector : B-14
Connector : B-25 B-14(B)
5 4 3 2 1
M 10 9 8 7 6
4 3 2 1 Female side
Harness side B-25(GR) connector AK305035AC
connector AK305036 AB
• Use special tool test harness (MB991658) to con-
Connector : B-14
nect connector, and measure at pick-up harness.
B-14(B) • Engine: Idle after warm-up
• Transmission: Neutral
• Radiator fan: Inactive
• Voltage between terminal No. 5 and earth.
OK: Switching the headlamps to ON from
5 4 3 2 1 OFF causes the voltage to fall.
10 9 8 7 6 Q: Is the check result normal?
Female side YES : Go to Step 5 .
connector AK305035AC NO : Go to Step 10 .
• Check output line for short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 10. Connector check: B-25 alternator
YES : Replace the alternator. connector
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. Connector : B-25
M
4 3 2 1
Harness side B-25(GR)
connector AK305036 AB
M 1 2 3 4 5
4 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 10
Harness side B-25(GR)
Male side
connector AK305036 AB connector AK401753 AB
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
Female side
connector AK305035AC
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
B-30
(MU802406)
2 1
B G-R
B-27
1 2
B G-R
49 96
C-119 C-117
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
5V
Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501821 AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE 2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
STEP 1. Connector check: B-30 transmission oil
• Disconnect connector, and measure at sensor
temperature sensor connector
side.
Connector: B-30 • Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
OK:
Transmission oil temperature at −20°C: 14 − 17
kΩ
Transmission oil temperature at 0°C: 5.1 − 6.5
B-30 (B)
kΩ
Transmission oil temperature at 20°C: 2.1 − 2.7
2 1
kΩ
Harness side Transmission oil temperature at 40°C: 0.9 − 1.3
connector AK502000 AB
kΩ
Q: Is the check result normal? Transmission oil temperature at 60°C: 0.48 −
YES : Go to Step 3 . 0.68 kΩ
NO : Repair or replace the connector. Transmission oil temperature at 80°C: 0.26 −
0.36 kΩ
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Replace the transmission oil temperature
sensor.
13A-210 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Perform voltage measurement at B-30 STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at C-117
transmission oil temperature sensor connector. engine-ECU connector.
Connector: B-30 Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-30 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
B-30 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
STEP 7. Check harness between B-30 (terminal STEP 8. Check the trouble symptoms.
No. 1) transmission oil temperature sensor Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
connector and C-117 (terminal No. 96) YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
engine-ECU connector. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Connector: B-30 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-30 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
B-30 (B)
2 1
C-119 (GR) Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 12. Perform voltage measurement at B-30 STEP 13. Connector check: C-117 engine-ECU
transmission oil temperature sensor connector. connector
Connector: B-30 Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-30 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
B-30 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502000 AB
C-117 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
C-117 Harness side connector
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 Harness side connector
AK501997 AB
Battery
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2
Engine control relay
3 4
4 3
R-Y
To engine-ECU
3
B-124
MU802337
1 2
B L-R
34 53
C-121 C-119
(MU803783) (MU803782)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
5V
Engine-ECU
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501813 AC
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
Check Condition
• Engine: During the engine cranking and the driv- B-124 (B)
ing. 3 2 1
(no pulse signal is inputted) for 4 seconds. • Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
PROBABLE CAUSE • Ignition switch: "ON"
• Failed intake camshaft position sensor • Voltage between terminal No. 3 and earth.
• Open/short circuit in intake camshaft position OK: System voltage
sensor circuit or loose connector contact
• Failed engine-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4 .
NO : Go to Step 3 .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
B-124 (B)
3 2 1
Harness side
connector AK502002 AB
STEP 3. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at B-124
relay connector intake camshaft position sensor connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector: B-124
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side B-124 (B)
connector 3 2 1
Harness side
AK305003 AB connector AK502002 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
STEP 7. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 8. Check harness between B-124 (terminal
connector No. 2) intake camshaft position sensor connector
and C-119 (terminal No. 53) engine-ECU
Connector: C-119
connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: B-124
B-124 (B)
3 2 1
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
C-119 (GR)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
B-124 (B)
3 2 1 B-124 (B)
Harness side 3 2 1
connector AK502002 AB Harness side
connector
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness AK502002 AB
side.
Connector: C-121
• Resistance between terminal No. 1 and earth.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 13 .
NO : Go to Step 11 .
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
<R. H. drive vehicles> 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 13. Perform output wave pattern STEP 15. Check harness between B-124 (terminal
measurement at B-124 intake camshaft position No. 3) intake camshaft position sensor connector
sensor connector (Using an oscilloscope). and B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine control relay
connector.
Connector: B-124
Connector: B-124
B-124 (B)
3 2 1 B-124 (B)
Harness side 3 2 1
connector AK502002 AB Harness side
connector
• Use special tool test harness (MB991709) to con- AK502002 AB
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check power supply line for damage.
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Go to Step 14 . Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 16 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
STEP 14. Connector check: B-12X engine control
relay connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
B-124 (B)
3 2 1
C-121 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-119 (GR)
C-119 Harness side connector
<R. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
C-121 Harness side connector
AK501998 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 18. Check harness between B-124 (terminal STEP 19. Check the intake camshaft position
No. 1) intake camshaft position sensor connector sensing cylinder.
and C-121 (terminal No. 34) engine-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
connector. YES : Go to Step 20 .
Connector: B-124 NO : Replace the intake camshaft position
sensing cylinder.
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Battery
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
1 2 Engine
control
3 4 relay
4 3
R-Y To engine-ECU
28
J/C (6)
C-105
33
R-Y
B-123 1
MU802779
P-B
C-121 32
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501822 AB
13A-226 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUNCTION
2 1
• The oil feeder control valve controls the phase
angle of the intake camshaft by the signal from Harness side
connector AK502003 AB
the engine-ECU.
• Disconnect connector, and measure at control
TROUBLE JUDGMENT valve side.
• Resistance between terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
Check Condition
• The oil feeder control valve does not operate. OK: 6.9 − 7.9 Ω (at 20°C)
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
B-123 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502003 AB C-121 (GR)
harness between B-123 (terminal No. 1) oil • Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
feeder control valve connector and B-12X side.
(terminal No. 4) engine control relay • Ignition switch: ON
connector. • Voltage between terminal No. 32 and earth.
• Check power line for open/short OK: System voltage
circuit.
NO : Repair or replace the connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 .
NO : Go to Step 6 .
13A-228 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 6. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 7. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
connector connector
Connector: C-121 Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
B-123 (B)
2 1
Harness side
connector AK502003 AB
B-123 (B)
B-123 (B)
2 1
Harness side 2 1
connector AK502003 AB Harness side
connector AK502003 AB
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
<L. H. drive vehicles> triangle marks
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
connector C-105, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
C-121 (GR)
STEP 10. Check the trouble symptoms.
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Harness side connector 00 − How to Use
AK501995 AB
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
• Check output line for damage. P.00-5).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
13A-230 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Battery
W W
Relay box 8
20A
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
R-B
60
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Back-up
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 power supply Engine-ECU
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet
AK501823 AB
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 3. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 4. Check the trouble symptoms.
connector Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
Connector: C-119 YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
<L. H. drive vehicles>
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
W-R
C-126
1
W-R
C-211
1
15 J/B
15A
12
C-214
G-R (*1) or
W (*2)
C-14 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnosis connector
9 10 1112 13 14 1516
4 5
B B
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK305249 AC
C-14 (B)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-14 (B)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 1112 13 14 1516
C-117
(MU803783)
71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 Engine-ECU
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
85
*1 *2
O
20
J/C (6)
C-105 O
19
O
23
C-124
9 (*1) or 14 (*2)
10 (*1) or 15 (*2)
O
C-14 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnosis connector
9 10 1112 13 14 1516
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
STEP 3. Check harness between C-14 (terminal STEP 4. Check the trouble symptom.
No. 7) diagnosis connector and C-117 (terminal Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
No. 85) engine-ECU connector. YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Connector: C-14 NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
C-14 (B) Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 1112 13 14 1516
Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Inspection Procedure 3: The Engine Warning Lamp does not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch
is Turned to the "ON" Position
Ignition switch
C-208
R LOCK
1 2 3 ST ACC
4 5 6 IG1 IG2
B-W
C-211
6
2 J/B
7.5A
25
C-214
*1 *2
Y-R
19
J/C (4)
C-23 O
17
Y-R
9
C-01
engine
Check
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
17
W-L
C-124
9
W-L
22
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501825 AB
13A-244 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-01
C-01
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-208
C-01
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK305251AB
AK301236 AC
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
C-01
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-01
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-208
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-01
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-01
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
C-01
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Inspection Procedure 4: The Engine Warning Lamp Remains Illuminating and never goes out
Ignition switch
C-208
R LOCK
1 2 3 ST ACC
4 5 6 IG1 IG2
B-W
C-211
6
2 J/B
7.5A
25
C-214
*1 *2
Y-R
19
J/C (4)
C-23 O
17
Y-R
9
C-01
engine
Check
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
17
W-L
C-124
9
W-L
22
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501825 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-253
OPERATION STEP 2. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
• Battery voltage is applied to engine warning lamp connector
(terminal No. 9) from ignition switch.
• Engine-ECU (terminal No. 22) makes power tran- Connector: C-121
sistor in unit be in "ON" position, and that makes <L. H. drive vehicles>
currents go on engine warning lamp (terminal No.
17).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> <R. H. drive vehicles>
C-01
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Starter circuit
Ignition switch
C-208
LOCK
ACC
R IG2 1 2 3
ST IG1
4 5 6
Battery
5
B-Y
C-123
7
B-R
B-L
B-R
B-14 B-R
3
B-R
B-19 B-21
1 1 68
Starter C-119
B-21 (MU803782)
B-19 (MU801211)
ON 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
OFF
1 1 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
M 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
Engine-ECU
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-208
C-119 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-208
AK305254 AB
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector AK305254 AB
AK305251AB • Disconnect connector, and measure at the har-
Connector: B-21 ness side.
• Ignition switch: ST
1 • Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
B-21(B) Harness side OK: System voltage
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Go to Step 10 .
AK305254 AB
STEP 10. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 11. Connector check: B-19 starter
connector connector
Connector: C-208 Connector: B-19
1
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side
connector
C-208
B-19 (B)
AK502004 AB
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector B-19 (B)
AK305251AB AK502004 AB
C-208
B-19 (B)
AK502004 AB
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
Connector: B-21
1
B-21(B) Harness side
connector
AK305254 AB
C-208
C-208
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 3 2 1
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
6 5 4
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK305251AB
STEP 11. Check injector for operating sound. STEP 12. Check ignition coil spark
• Check injector for operating sound (Refer to Q: Is the check result normal?
P.13A-406). YES : Go to Step 13 .
Q: Can operating sound be heard? NO : Check ignition circuit system (refer to
YES : Go to Step 12 . inspection procedure 30 <L. H. drive
NO : Check the injector system of the defective vehicles>P.13A-356 or inspection
cylinder procedure 31 <R. H. drive
(Refer to Code No. 0201: No. 1 injector system vehicles>P.13A-363).
P.13A-105).
(Refer to Code No. 0202: No. 2 injector system STEP 13. Replace the engine-ECU.
P.13A-111). • After replacing the engine-ECU, re-check the
(Refer to Code No. 0203: No. 3 injector system trouble symptoms.
P.13A-117). Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
(Refer to Code No. 0204: No. 4 injector system YES : Check for foreign matters (water, kerosene,
P.13A-123). etc.) in fuel and replace if necessary.
NO : The check is end.
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
STEP 8. Check air intake from intake hose and 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
intake manifold. Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
NO : Repair. • Voltage between terminal No. 46 and earth also
between terminal No. 58 and earth.
OK: System voltage
STEP 9. Check injector for operating sound.
• Check injector for operating sound at engine Q: Is the check result normal?
cranking (Refer to P.13A-406). YES : Go to Step 13 .
NO : Go to Step 12 .
Q: Can operating sound be heard?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
NO : Check the injector system of the defective
cylinder
(Refer to Code No. 0201: No. 1 injector system
P.13A-105).
(Refer to Code No. 0202: No. 2 injector system
P.13A-111).
(Refer to Code No. 0203: No. 3 injector system
P.13A-117).
(Refer to Code No. 0204: No. 4 injector system
P.13A-123).
13A-266 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 12. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 13. Connector check: B-103 and B-114
connector ignition coil connectors.
Connector: C-119 Connector : B-103, B-114
3 2 1
<L. H. drive vehicles> Harness side
connector
B-114(GR)
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
C-119 (GR)
Q: Is the check result normal?
<R. H. drive vehicles> YES : Go to Step 14 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
Inspection Procedure 8: Unstable Idling (Rough Idling, hunting), Improper Idling Speed (Too High or
too Low), Engine Stalls During Idling (Die Out)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
C-119 (GR)
Q: Is the check result normal?
<R. H. drive vehicles>
YES : Check and repair harness between C-119
(terminal No. 46 and No. 58) engine-ECU
connector and body earth.
• Check earthing line for open circuit
and damage.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 13. Perform voltage measurement at C-121 STEP 14. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
engine-ECU connector. connector and B-25 alternator connector.
Connector: C-121 Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
NO : Go to Step 14 .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 19 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-271
STEP 15. Check harness between C-121 (terminal STEP 16. Perform voltage measurement at C-121
No. 8) engine-ECU connector and B-25 (terminal engine-ECU connector.
No. 1) alternator connector.
Connector: C-121
Connector: C-121 <L. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR) <R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
• Engine: Idling after warm-up
Connector : B-25
• Transmission: Neutral
• Radiator fan: Not operating
• Voltage between terminal No. 8 and earth.
OK: Switching the head lamps to ON from
OFF causes the voltage to fall.
M Q: Is the check result normal?
4 3 2 1 YES : Go to Step 20 .
Harness side B-25(GR) NO : Go to Step 17 .
connector AK305036 AB
STEP 17. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 18. Check harness between C-119 (terminal
connector and B-25 alternator connector. No. 52) engine-ECU connector and B-25 (terminal
No. 4) alternator connector.
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
Harness side connector 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
AK501994 AB
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Connector : B-25
Connector : B-25
M
4 3 2 1 M
Harness side B-25(GR) 4 3 2 1
connector AK305036 AB Harness side B-25(GR)
connector AK305036 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 18 . NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
NO : Repair or replace the connector. connector B-14, and repair if necessary.
• Check output line for open/short circuit and dam-
age.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 19 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-273
STEP 19. Check the trouble symptoms. STEP 21. Connector check: B-103 and B-114
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
ignition coil connectors.
YES : Replace the alternator. Connector : B-103, B-114
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 3 2 1
00 − How to Use Harness side
connector
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5). B-114(GR)
STEP 26. Check harness between ignition coil STEP 27. Check injector for spray condition.
connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and • Check each injector for spray condition (Refer to
body earth. P.13A-406).
Connector : B-103, B-114 Q: Is the check result normal?
3 2 1 YES : Go to Step 28 .
Harness side NO : Replace the injector.
connector
B-114(GR)
STEP 28. Check compression pressure.
• Check compression pressure (Refer to GROUP
11A − On-vehicle Service P.11A-11).
B-103(GR)
Q: Is the check result normal?
AK305047AB YES : Go to Step 29 .
NO : Repair.
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> STEP 29. Check purge control solenoid valve
itself.
• Check purge control solenoid valve itself (Refer
to GROUP 17 − Emission Control System −
Evaporative Emission Control System P.17-11).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 30 .
NO : Replace the purge control solenoid valve.
C-121 (GR)
STEP 30. Check EGR control solenoid valve
<R. H. drive vehicles> itself.
• Check EGR control solenoid valve itself (Refer to
GROUP 17 − Emission Control System −
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
P.17-15).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 31 .
C-121 (GR) NO : Replace the EGR control solenoid valve.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 STEP 31. Check EGR valve itself.
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
• Check EGR valve itself (Refer to GROUP 17 −
25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB Emission Control System − Exhaust Gas Recir-
culation (EGR) System P.17-15).
• Check earthing line for open/short circuit and
damage. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 32 .
Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the EGR valve.
YES : Check and repair harness between ignition
coil connector terminal No. 3 of each
cylinder and C-121 engine-ECU. STEP 32. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
• Check signal line for open/short and • Item No. 07: Fuel pump
damage. OK: Operating sounds of fuel pump can be
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. heard.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 33 .
NO : Check fuel pump system (Refer to
inspection Procedure 24 P.13A-313).
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-275
STEP 33. Replace the engine-ECU
• After engine-ECU is replaced, re-check for trou-
ble symptoms.
Q: Does trouble system persist?
YES : Check for foreign matters (water, kerosene,
etc.) in fuel and replace if necessary.
NO : The check is end.
Inspection Procedure 9: The Engine Stalls when Starting the Car (Pass Out)
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 4. Check air intake from intake hose and
• Engine stall on starting is possibly caused by mis- intake manifold.
fire due to failed spark plug, improper air-fuel
Q: Is the check result normal?
ratio at accelerator pedal depression or other
YES : Go to Step 5 .
faults.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed ignition system STEP 5. Connector check: B-103 and B-114
• Failed intake system ignition connectors
• Failed emission gas cleaning system Connector : B-103, B-114
• Failed engine-ECU 3 2 1
Harness side
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE connector
B-114(GR)
STEP 8.Check spark plug cable itself. STEP 10. Check harness between ignition coil
• Check spark plug cable itself (Refer to GROUP connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and
16 − Ignition System − On-vehicle Service body earth.
P.16-29). Connector : B-103, B-114
Q: Is the check result normal? 3 2 1
YES : Go to Step 9 . Harness side
connector
NO : Replace the spark plug cable.
B-114(GR)
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 10. Check spark plug cable itself. STEP 12. Check harness between ignition coil
• Check spark plug cable itself (Refer to GROUP connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and
16 − Ignition System − On-vehicle Service body earth.
P.16-29). Connector : B-103, B-114
Q: Is the check result normal? 3 2 1
YES : Go to Step 11 . Harness side
connector
NO : Replace the spark plug cable.
B-114(GR)
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
STEP 8. Check harness between ignition coil STEP 9. Fuel pressure measurement.
connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and • Fuel pressure measurement (Refer to
body earth. P.13A-396).
Connector : B-103, B-114 Q: Is the check result normal?
3 2 1 YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Harness side NO : Repair.
connector
B-114(GR)
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 2. Check injector for operating sound. STEP 5. Check EGR control solenoid valve itself.
• Check injector for operating sound (Refer to • Check EGR control solenoid valve itself (Refer to
P.13A-406). GROUP 17 − Emission Control System −
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Sys-
Q: Can operating sound be heard? temP.17-15).
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Check the injector system of the defective Q: Is the check result normal?
cylinder. YES : Go to Step 6 .
(Refer to code No. P0201: No. 1 injector system NO : Replace the EGR control solenoid valve.
P.13A-105).
(Refer to code No. P0202: No. 2 injector system STEP 6. Check EGR valve itself.
P.13A-111). • Check EGR valve itself (Refer to GROUP 17 −
(Refer to code No. P0203: No. 3 injector system Emission Control System − Exhaust Gas Recir-
P.13A-117). culation (EGR) System P.17-15).
(Refer to code No. P0204: No. 4 injector system Q: Is the check result normal?
P.13A-123). YES : Go to Step 7 .
NO : Replace the EGR valve.
STEP 8. Connector check: B-103 and B-114 STEP 13. Check harness between ignition coil
ignition coil connectors connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and
Connector : B-103, B-114
body earth.
3 2 1 Connector : B-103, B-114
Harness side 3 2 1
connector Harness side
B-114(GR) connector
B-114(GR)
B-103(GR)
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
AK305047AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9 . Connector: C-121
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Ignition System − On-vehicle Service P.16-28). • Check earthing line for open circuit and damage.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 13 . YES : Check and repair harness between ignition
NO : Replace the ignition coil. coil connector terminal No. 3 of each
cylinder and C-121 engine-ECU connector.
• Check signal line for open or short
circuit or damage.
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-283
STEP 14. Check throttle body (throttle valve STEP 17. Check supercharging pressure control
portion) for contamination. system.
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check supercharging pressure control system
YES : Go to Step 15 . (Refer to GROUP 15 −Intake Exhaust
NO : Clean throttle body (throttle valve portion) −On-vehicle Service P.15-3).
(Refer to P.13A-395). Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 18 .
STEP 15. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test. NO : Repair.
• Item No. 12: Waste gate solenoid valve
OK: Operating sound is audible on actua- STEP 18. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test.
tion. • Item No. 09: Fuel pressure control solenoid valve
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: Operating sound is audible on actua-
YES : Go to Step 16 . tion.
NO : Check waste gate solenoid valve system Q: Is the check result normal?
(Refer to Code No. P0243 P.13A-130). YES : Go to Step 19 .
NO : Check fuel pressure control solenoid valve
STEP 16. Check turbo charger supercharging system (Refer to Code No. P0443
pressure. P.13A-182).
• Check turbo charger output pressure (Refer to
GROUP 15 −Intake Exhaust −On-vehicle Service STEP 19.Fuel pressure measurement.
P.15-2). • Fuel pressure measurement (Refer to
Q: Is the check result normal? P.13A-396).
YES : Go to Step 17 . Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair. YES : Go to Step 20 .
NO : Repair.
STEP 2. Connector check: B-103 and B-114 STEP 7. Check harness between ignition coil
ignition coil connectors connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and
Connector : B-103, B-114
body earth.
3 2 1 Connector : B-103, B-114
Harness side 3 2 1
connector Harness side
B-114(GR) connector
B-114(GR)
B-103(GR)
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
AK305047AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3 . Connector: C-121
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Ignition System − On-vehicle Service P.16-28). • Check earthing line for open circuit and damage.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 . YES : Check and repair harness between ignition
NO : Replace the ignition coil. coil connector terminal No. 3 of each
cylinder and C-121 engine-ECU connector.
• Check signal line for open/short
circuit and damage.
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-285
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 2. Check idle speed control servo for
• Failure is possibly caused by insufficient air operating sound.
intake due to failed idle speed control system. • Check idle speed control servo for operating
sound (Refer to P.13A-408).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the check result normal?
• Failed idle speed system
YES : Go to Step 3 .
• Throttle valve body fouled
NO : Check idle speed control servo system
• Failed engine-ECU
(Refer to Code No. P0505 P.13A-190).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 3. M.U.T.-II/III data list
• Refer to Data List Reference Table P.13A-372.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code a. Item No. 14: Throttle position sensor
Q: Diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Inspection chart for diagnosis code (Refer
YES : Go to Step 4 .
to P.13A-17). NO : Check throttle position sensor system
NO : Go to Step 2 .
(Refer to Code No. P0120 P.13A-60).
STEP 3. Check ignition coil spark. STEP 7. Check harness between ignition coil
Q: Is the check result normal?
connector terminal No. 2 of each cylinder and
YES : Check detonation sensor (Refer to Code body earth.
No. P0325 P.13A-151). Connector : B-103, B-114
NO : Go to Step 4 . 3 2 1
Harness side
connector
STEP 4. Check spark plug.
B-114(GR)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5 .
NO : Replace the spark plug. B-103(GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Crank angle sensor
2 1
3
Harness side
connector
AK305020AB
Connector: B-106
3 2 1
Harness side
B-106 (B) connector
AK501999 AB
OK: Output waveform timings of both sen- STEP 6. Check crank angle sensor vane.
sors are the same as the check procedure
(Refer to P.13A-385) using an oscilloscope. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7 .
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the crank angle sensor vane.
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Go to Step 4 .
STEP 7. Check exhaust camshaft position
sensing cylinder.
STEP 3. Check the trouble symptoms.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Does trouble symptom persist? YES : Go to Step 8 .
YES : Replace the engine-ECU. NO : Replace the exhaust camshaft position
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
sensing cylinder.
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5). STEP 8. Replace crank angle sensor.
• After replacing the crank angle sensor, re-check
the trouble symptoms.
STEP 4. Check crank angle sensor and exhaust
camshaft position sensor mounted conditions. Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
YES : Go to Step 9 .
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : The check is end.
YES : Go to Step 5 .
NO : Repair.
STEP 9. Replace exhaust camshaft position
sensor.
STEP 5. Check timing marks of timing belt. • After replacing the exhaust camshaft position
Q: Is the check result normal? sensor, re-check the trouble symptoms.
YES : Go to Step 6 . Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
NO : Align timing marks. YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
Inspection Procedure 18: Odor, White Smoke, Black Smoke, and High-Concentration CO/HC During
Idling
STEP 9. Check Purge control solenoid valve STEP 14. Check spark plug.
itself. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check Purge control solenoid valve itself (Refer YES : Go to Step 15 .
to GROUP 17 − Emission Control System − NO : Replace the spark plug.
Evaporative Emission Control System P.17-11).
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 15. Check spark plug cable itself.
YES : Go to Step 10 . • Check spark plug cable itself (Refer to GROUP
NO : Replace the purge control solenoid valve.
16 − Ignition System − On-vehicle Service
P.16-29).
STEP 10. Check EGR control solenoid valve
Q: Is the check result normal?
itself.
YES : Go to Step 16 .
• Check the EGR control solenoid valve itself NO : Replace the spark plug cable.
(Refer to GROUP 17 − Emission Control System
− Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
P.17-15). STEP 16. Check ignition coil itself.
• Check ignition coil itself (Refer to GROUP 16 −
Q: Is the check result normal? Ignition System − On-vehicle Service P.16-28).
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Replace the EGR control solenoid valve. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 17 .
NO : Replace the ignition coil.
STEP 11. Check EGR valve itself.
• Check EGR valve itself (Refer to GROUP 17 −
Emission Control System − Exhaust Gas Recir- STEP 17. Check compression pressure.
culation (EGR) System P.17-15). • Check compression pressure (Refer to GROUP
11A − On-vehicle Service P.11A-11).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12 . Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the EGR valve. YES : Go to Step 18 .
NO : Repair.
• Failed battery
• Alternator G terminal short-circuit
• Failed alternator
• Failed engine-ECU
1 2 3 4 5
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE 6 7 8 9 10
Male side
connector AK401753 AB
STEP 1. Check battery voltage. • Disconnect connector, and measure at male con-
• Measure battery voltage during cranking. nector side.
OK: 8 V or more • Ignition switch: "ON"
Q: Is the check result normal? • Voltage between terminal No. 9 and earth.
YES : Go to Step 2 . OK: System voltage
NO : Check battery (Refer to GROUP 54A −
Q: Is the check result normal?
Battery − On-vehicle Service − Battery test YES : Go to Step 5 .
P.54A-5). NO : Go to Step 4 .
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
Female side
connector AK305035AC
STEP 4. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 5. Perform voltage measurement at B-14
connector intermediate connector.
Connector: C-208 Connector : B-14
B-14(B)
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-208 5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
Female side
connector AK305035AC
Connector : B-14
M
B-14(B)
4 3 2 1
Harness side B-25(GR)
connector AK305036 AB
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 10 9 8 7 6
Female side Female side
connector AK305035AC connector AK305035AC
M M
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Harness side B-25(GR) Harness side B-25(GR)
connector AK305036 AB connector AK305036 AB
• Check output line for short circuit. • Check power supply line for open/short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8 . YES : Go to Step 9 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire. NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
13A-294 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 9. Check harness between B-25 (terminal STEP 10. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
No. 3) alternator connector and C-208 (terminal connector
No. 2) ignition switch connector.
Connector: C-121
Connector : B-25
<L. H. drive vehicles>
M
4 3 2 1
Harness side B-25(GR)
connector AK305036 AB
C-121 (GR)
Connector: C-208 <R. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501995 AB AK501995 AB
Connector : B-14
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage.
B-14(B) • Engine: Idling after warm-up
• Transmission: Neutral
• Radiator fan: Inactive
• Voltage between terminal No. 8 and earth.
OK: Switching the head lamps to ON from
1 2 3 4 5
OFF causes the voltage to increase by 0.2 −
6 7 8 9 10
3.5 V.
Male side Q: Is the check result normal?
connector AK401753 AB YES : Go to Step 13 .
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness NO : Replace the alternator.
side.
• Ignition switch: "ON" STEP 13. Check the trouble symptoms.
• Voltage between terminal No. 8 and earth.
Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
OK: System voltage YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
YES : Go to Step 12 . 00 − How to Use
NO : Check and repair harness between B-14 Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
(terminal No. 10) intermediate connector P.00-5).
and C-121 (terminal No. 8) engine-ECU
connector.
• Check output line for short circuit.
13A-296 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
5V
A-17
(MU802322)
Fan controller
1 2 3
L
A-13 (*1)
2
C-31 (*2)
14
18
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Engine-ECU
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501827AB
STEP 1. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 2. Check at C-121 engine-ECU connector.
connector
Connector: C-121
Connector: C-121 <L. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR) <R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
Q: Is the check result normal?
side.
YES : Go to Step 2 . • Ignition switch: "ON"
NO : Repair or replace the connector. • Short-circuit terminal No. 18 to earth.
OK: Fan motor stops rotating.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Go to Step 4 .
A-17 (GR)
3 2 1
Harness side connector
AK305256 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles> Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C-121 (GR)
Harness side connector <R. H. drive vehicles>
AK501995 AB
3 2 1
Harness side connector
AK305256 AB
Inspection Procedure 23: Engine-ECU Power Supply, Engine Control Relay, Ignition Switch-IG1
System
Battery
W W
8
Relay box
20A Ignition switch
C-208
LOCK
R
1 2 3
ST ACC
B-Y IG1 IG2 4 5 6
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2) 2
B-W
C-211
6
B-Y B-Y 8
J/B
7.5A
B-12X 1 2
1
Engine C-210
1 2
control
3 4 relay
L (*1) or
B-W (*2)
4 3
R-Y
C-123
4
28
J/C (6)
C-105 R R-B
B 30 31 B-R
R-Y R-Y
B B
58 46 47 59 57 60 99
Power Back-up
supply power supply Engine-ECU
C-119 C-117
(MU803782) (MU803783)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501828 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-303
OPERATION STEP 2. Connector check: B-12X engine control
• The battery voltage is applied to the engine con- relay connector
trol relay (terminal No. 1 and No. 4).
• The engine-ECU (terminal No. 57) makes the Connector : B-12X Relay box’s
triangle marks
power transistor in the unit be in "ON" position
and makes currents go on the engine control
relay coil, and that makes the relay be in "ON" 2 1
position. B-12X
• When the engine control relay is in "ON" position, 4 3
the battery voltage is supplied to the Harness side
connector
engine-ECU, the sensor and the actuator from
the engine control relay (terminal No. 4).
• The engine-ECU (terminal No. 46, No. 58) is AK305003 AB
STEP 5. Connector check: C-117 engine-ECU STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at C-117
connector engine-ECU connector.
Connector: C-117 Connector: C-117
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-208
C-117 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB Harness side connector
AK305251AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
STEP 11. Perform resistance measurement at STEP 12. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU
C-119 engine-ECU connector. connector
Connector: C-119 Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles> <L. H. drive vehicles>
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
47 46 45 44 43 42 41 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK501994 AB AK501994 AB
2 1 2 1
B-12X B-12X
4 3 4 3
Harness side Harness side
connector connector
AK305003 AB AK305003 AB
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
side.
• Using jumper wire, connect C-119 (terminal No.
• Voltage between terminal No. 57 and earth.
57) engine-ECU connector and earth.
OK: System voltage • Voltage between terminal No. 47 and earth, and
Q: Is the check result normal? No. 59 and earth.
YES : Go to Step 14 . OK: System voltage
NO : Check and repair harness between B-12X
Q: Is the check result normal?
(terminal No. 3) engine control relay YES : Go to Step 15 .
connector and C-119 (terminal No. 57) NO : Check intermediate connector C-105 and
engine-ECU connector. repair if necessary. If intermediate
• Check earthing line for open/short connector is normal, check and repair
circuit. harness between C-119 (terminal No. 47
and No. 59) engine-ECU connector and
B-12X (terminal No. 4) engine control relay
connector.
13A-310 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
C-208
C-117 (GR)
C-117 (GR)
C-208
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
2 1
B-12X
4 3 2 1
B-12X
Harness side 4 3
connector Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
AK305003 AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
connector A-13*1 or C-31*2, and repair if necessary. Connector: C-119
• Check power supply line for damage. <L. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 17 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
STEP 18. Check harness between B-12X STEP 19. Check the trouble symptoms.
(terminal No. 4) engine control relay connector Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
and C-119 (terminal No. 47 and No. 59) YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
engine-ECU connector. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s 00 − How to Use
triangle marks Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
2 1
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305003 AB
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
4 3 1 3
C-223 C-221 8
1 2 1 2 7.5A
J/B
3 4 OFF ON 3 4 OFF ON
11 13 14
B C-214 C-214 C-214
BR (*1)
or
B (*2)
R-W 1 C-123
V
1 R-W R-W
B-121 B-120 2 4
MU802601
Fuel pump 1 2 Fuel pump
resistor 3 4 ON OFF relay (3)
1 2
1 3
2 R C-123
2
R
C-123
5
W
D-12
(MU802058) 5 R-B
Fuel pump D-33
1 C-113 (*1) W V
1 2 3 M and fuel
4 5 gauge unit or
C-112 (*2)
4 1
B
D-34 W
4
55 21
B C-119 C-121
(MU803782) (MU803784)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles Engine-ECU
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501829 AB
13A-314 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
2 1
B-121(B) 4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305260 AB
STEP 9. Check harness between C-223 (terminal STEP 10. Perform resistance measurement at
No. 3) fuel pump relay (1) connector and C-208 C-223 fuel pump relay (1) connector.
(terminal No. 2) ignition switch connector. Connector: C-223
Connector: C-223 Junction block’s
Junction block’s triangle marks
C-223
triangle marks
C-223
2 1
2 1 4 3
4 3 Harness side
Harness side connector
connector
AK305260 AB
AK305260 AB
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
Connector: C-208 side.
• Resistance between terminal No. 2 and earth.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Check intermediate connector C-214, and
C-208
repair if necessary. If intermediate
connector normal, check and repair harness
between C-223 (terminal No. 2) fuel pump
relay (1) connector and body earth.
• Check earthing line for open circuit
and damage.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
C-221
2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305261AB
2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
STEP 13. Perform voltage measurement at C-121 STEP 14. Perform voltage measurement at B-121
engine-ECU connector. fuel pump resistor connector.
Connector: C-121 Connector: B-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-121(B)
B-121(B)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Harness side connector AK305259 AB
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
Connector: C-221
• Disconnect connector, and measure at harness Junction block’s
side. triangle marks
• Ignition switch: "ON"
C-221
• Voltage between terminal No. 21 and earth. 2 1
OK: Fuel pump operates (Operation sounds 4 3
are heard) Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 14 .
NO : Replace the engine-ECU. AK305261AB
AK203611 AD AK203611 AD
B-121(B)
B-121(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305259 AB
STEP 17. Perform resistance measurement at STEP 18. Check connector: B-120 fuel pump
D-12 fuel pump connector. relay (3) connector.
Connector: D-12 Connector: B-120
3 2 1
5 4 <L. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side
connector
D-12 (GR)
B-120
AK203611 AD
2 1
4 3
Harness side connector AK305262 AB
Connector: B-121
<L. H. drive vehicles> C-119 (GR)
B-121(B)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
B-121(B)
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
2 1
Harness side connector AK305259 AB
13A-322 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: C-119
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-120
C-119 (GR)
B-120
Junction block’s
triangle marks
C-119 (GR)
2 1
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
4 3
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 Harness side connector AK305262 AB
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB • Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
side.
• Ignition switch: "ON"
• Disconnect C-121 (terminal No. 21) engine-ECU
connector and earth.
• Voltage between terminal No. 55 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 23 .
NO : Check and repair harness between C-119
(terminal No.55) engine-ECU connector and
B-120 (terminal No.3) fuel pump relay (3)
connector.
• Check earthing line for open circuit
and damage.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-323
STEP 23. Check harness between B-120 (terminal Connector: B-121
No. 2 and No. 4) fuel pump relay (3) connector <L. H. drive vehicles>
and B-121 (terminal No. 1) fuel pump resistor
connector.
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate B-121(B)
connector C-123, and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
Connector: B-120
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-120
B-121(B)
2 1
Harness side connector AK305259 AB
2 1
4 3
Harness side connector AK305262 AB
13A-324 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Battery
W W
8
Relay relay
20A
B-Y
6 <A-13> (*1) or
13 <C-31> (*2)
B-Y B-Y
1 2
B-12X
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501830 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-325
OPERATION STEP 2. Check radiator fan control relay.
• The battery voltage is applied to the fan control • Check radiator fan control relay (Refer to
relay (terminal No. 1) form the engine control GROUP 14 − On-vehicle Service P.14-17).
relay (terminal No. 4) and is earthed to the vehi-
Q: Is the check result normal?
cle body from the radiator fan control relay (termi-
YES : Go to Step 3 .
nal No. 3).
NO : Replace the fan control relay.
• The battery voltage is applied to the radiator fan
control relay (terminal No. 4).
• When the radiator fan control relay is in "ON" STEP 3. Perform resistance measurement at
position, the battery voltage is supplied to the fan A-09X radiator fan control relay connector.
controller (terminal No.3) from the radiator fan Connector: A-09X
control relay (terminal No. 2). 2
3 1
FUNCTION 4
Harness side
• When the engine control relay turns "ON", the connector
radiator fan control relay turns "ON" simultane-
ously, and power is supplied to the fan controller.
The radiator fan motor is driven when the fan
motor drive signal is input to the fan controller A-09X
from the engine-ECU. AK305263 AB
STEP 1. Connector check: A-09X radiator fan STEP 4. Perform voltage measurement at A-09X
control relay connector. radiator fan control relay connector.
A-09X A-09X
AK305263 AB
AK305263 AB
• Remove relay, and measure at relay box side.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Ignition switch: "ON"
YES : Go to Step 2 .
• Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6 .
NO : Go to Step 5 .
13A-326 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Connector check: B-12X engine control STEP 6. Perform voltage measurement at A-09X
relay connector. radiator fan control relay connector.
Connector : B-12X Relay box’s Connector: A-09X
triangle marks 2
3 1
4
Harness side
2 1 connector
B-12X
4 3
Harness side
connector
A-09X
AK305003 AB AK305263 AB
2 1
B-12X
A-17 (GR) 4 3
Harness side
connector
3 2 1
Harness side connector
AK305256 AB AK305003 AB
Connector: A-09X
A-09X 2
3 1
AK305263 AB
4
Harness side
connector
Connector: A-17
A-09X
STEP 12. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 14. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
connector • Item No. 21: Fan controller
Connector: C-121 OK: Radiator fan motor rotates
<L. H. drive vehicles> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5.)
NO : Replace the engine-ECU.
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
C-121 (GR)
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
A-09X 3 2 1
Harness side connector
AK305263 AB AK305256 AB
A-09X
AK305263 AB
C-121 (GR)
Connector: A-17
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
W W 4
L-B
C-211
2
25 11 5
30A 30A J/B
7.5A
13
W-B C-210
17 (*1) or 10 (*2)
W-B
A-07X 4 2 A-06X 4 2
1 2 Condenser 1 2 Condenser
fan relay fan relay (low)
3 4 (high) 3 4
1 3 1 3
B-Y G-R W
L
A-34
MU802601 1 2 G-R
1 2
1<A-29> (*1) 5<A-29> (*1)
Condenser
A-35 fan motor
MU802661
7<C-31> (*2) 16<C-31> (*2)
1 2 2
C-121 30 31
B (MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Engine-ECU
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501831 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-331
OPERATION STEP 3. Connector check: A-06X condenser fan
• The battery voltage is applied on the engine-ECU relay (low) connector.
(terminal No. 31) form the condenser fan control
Connector: A-06X Relay box's
relay (low). triangle marks
• The battery is applied on the engine-ECU (termi-
nal No. 30) from the condenser fan control relay
(high). 2 1
4 3
A-06X
FUNCTION Harness side
• The engine-ECU condenser fan control relay connector
turns "ON" with the signal from the engine-ECU,
and power is supplied to the condenser fan
motor. AK305265 AB
STEP 6. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 7. Check ignition switch.
connector.
Connector: A-06X Relay box's
Connector: C-208 triangle marks
AK305265 AB
Connector: C-208
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
• Check ignition switch (Refer to GROUP 54A −
Ignition switch − Ignition switch − Inspection
P.54A-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Check intermediate connectors C-101,
C-129, C-210 and C-211, and repair if
necessary. If intermediate connectors are
normal, check and repair harness between
A-06X (terminal No. 2) condenser fan relay
(low) connector and C-208 (terminal No. 4)
ignition switch connector.
• Check power supply for open circuit
and damage.
NO : Replace the ignition switch.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-333
STEP 8. Perform voltage measurement at A-06X STEP 9. Perform voltage measurement at C-121
condenser fan relay (low) connector. engine-ECU connector.
Connector: A-06X Relay box's Connector: C-121
triangle marks
<L. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
4 3
A-06X
Harness side
connector
AK305265 AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 10. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 11. Perform voltage measurement at A-34
connector. condenser fan motor connector.
Connector: C-121 Connector: A-34
2 1
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side
connector
A-34(B)
AK305266 AB
2 1
4 3
A-06X
Harness side
connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Connector: C-121
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
2 1
4 3
A-06X
Harness side
connector C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
AK305265 AB
A-34(B)
AK305266 AB
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 14. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test STEP 16. Check condenser fan relay (high).
• Item No. 38: Condenser fan (high) • Check condenser fan relay (high) (Refer to
OK: Condenser fan motor rotates (high GROUP 55 − On-vehicle Service P.55-107).
speed) Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 17 .
YES : Replace the engine-ECU. NO : Replace the condenser fan relay (high).
NO : Go to Step 15 .
STEP 17. Perform voltage measurement at A-07X
STEP 15. Connector check: A-07X condenser fan condenser fan relay (high) connector.
relay (high) connector. Connector: A-07X Relay box’s
triangle marks
Connector: A-07X Relay box’s
triangle marks
2 1
2 1 A-07X 4 3
A-07X 4 3 Harness side
connector
Harness side
connector
AK305267AB
AK305267AB
Connector: C-208
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side connector
AK305251AB
STEP 20. Perform voltage measurement at A-07X STEP 21. Perform voltage measurement at C-121
condenser fan relay (high) connector. engine-ECU connector.
Connector: A-07X Relay box’s Connector: C-121
triangle marks
<L. H. drive vehicles>
2 1
A-07X 4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305267AB
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
A-34(B)
AK305266 AB
2 1
A-07X 4 3
Harness side
connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Connector: C-121
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
2 1
A-07X 4 3
Harness side C-121 (GR)
connector
<R. H. drive vehicles>
AK305267AB
• Voltage between terminal No. 2 and earth. STEP 25. Check harness between A-07X
OK: System voltage (terminal No. 3) condenser fan relay (high)
Q: Is the check result normal? connector and C-121 (terminal No. 30)
YES : Go to Step 24 . engine-ECU connector.
NO : Check intermediate connectors A-29*1 or Connector: A-07X Relay box’s
C-31*2, and repair if necessary. If triangle marks
intermediate connectors are normal, check
and repair harness between A-07X (terminal
No. 3) condenser fan relay (high) connector 2 1
and C-121 (terminal No. 30) engine-ECU A-07X 4 3
connector. Harness side
• Check power supply for open circuit connector
and damage.
AK305267AB
A-34(B)
C-121 (GR)
AK305266 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 25 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
A-35(GR) A-35(GR)
AK305443 AB AK305443 AB
A/C-ECU
C-117 83
(MU803783)
71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 Engine-ECU
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Failed A/C
• Failed A/C system
• Open/short circuit in A/C circuit or loose connec-
tor contact C-117 (GR)
• Failed engine-ECU
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
C-117 (GR)
77 76 75 74 73 72 71
90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
Harness side connector
AK501996 AB
Ignition switch
C-208
R LOCK
1 2 3 ST ACC
4 5 6 IG1 IG2
L-B
C-211
2
5
Battery J/B
7.5A
W W 13
C-210
W-B
17 (*1) or 11 (*2)
14 (*1) or 8 (*2)
L-G
C-31 (*2) W-B
4 3<C-124> (*1) or
A-29 (*1) 1<C-122> (*2)
6 W-B
L-G
1 2
B-13X
AK305270AB
STEP 4. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 5. Perform voltage measurement at B-13X
connector A/C compressor relay connector.
Connector: C-208 Connector: B-13X Relay box’s
triangle marks
<L. H. drive vehicles>
B-13X 2 1
4 3
C-208
Harness side
connector
AK305270AB
B-13X 2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
A-36 (B)
AK502005 AB
AK305270AB
A-36 (B)
AK502005 AB
B-13X 2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
STEP 9. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 10. Check harness between B-13X
connector (terminal No. 3) A/C compressor relay connector
and C-121 (terminal No. 20) engine-ECU
Connector: C-121
connector.
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: B-13X Relay box’s
triangle marks
B-13X 2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
C-121 (GR)
AK305270AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Connector: C-121
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector C-121 (GR)
AK501995 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK501995 AB
STEP 14. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 15. Check harness between C-208 (terminal
connector No. 4) ignition switch connector and B-13X
Connector: C-208 (terminal No. 2) A/C compressor relay connector.
Connector: C-208
<L. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-208
C-208
C-208
C-208
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side connector 6 5 4
AK305251AB Harness side connector
AK305251AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 15 . Connector: B-13X Relay box’s
NO : Repair or replace the connector. triangle marks
B-13X 2 1
4 3
Harness side
connector
AK305270AB
B-13X 2 1
B-13X 2 1
4 3
Harness side 4 3
connector Harness side
connector
AK305270AB
AK305270AB
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
connector A-29*1or C-31*2, and repair if necessary. Connector: A-36 1
• Check power supply line for damage. Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 17 .
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
A-36 (B)
AK502005 AB
C-37
(MU801584)
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 A/C-ECU
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
32
G-Y
G-Y
65
C-119
(MU803782)
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Engine-ECU
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
NOTE
*1: L.H. drive vehicles
*2: R.H. drive vehicles
Wire colour code
B: Black LG: Light green G: Green L: Blue W: White Y: Yellow SB: Sky blue BR: Brown O: Orange GR: Gray
R: Red P: Pink V: Violet PU: Purple
AK501834 AB
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-121 (GR) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side connector
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 AK501995 AB
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Q: Is the check result normal?
AK501995 AB
YES : Go to Step 3 .
• Measure engine-ECU terminal voltage. NO : Repair or replace the connector.
• Engine: Idling
• A/C switch: ON (A/C compressor in driven state)
STEP 3. Check the trouble symptoms.
• Voltage between terminal No. 65 and earth
OK: Q: Does trouble symptom persist?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
1 V or less (when the A/C is under low load)
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
System voltage (when the A/C is under high
00 − How to Use
load)
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
Q: Is the check result normal? P.00-5).
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Go to Step 4 .
13A-354 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 5. Perform voltage measurement at C-37
connector A/C-ECU connector.
Connector: C-121 Connector: C-37 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
<L. H. drive vehicles> Harness side
connector
C-37 (B)
AK502007 AB
C-37 (B)
AK502007 AB
C-37 (B)
C-37 (B) AK502007 AB
AK502007 AB
Connector: C-119
Connector: C-119 <L. H. drive vehicles>
<L. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
<R. H. drive vehicles>
<R. H. drive vehicles>
C-119 (GR)
C-119 (GR)
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
47 46 45 44 43 42 41
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Harness side connector
AK501994 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate YES : Check intermediate connector C-124*1 or
connector C-124*1 or C-122*2, and repair if neces- C-122*2, and repair if necessary. If
sary. intermediate connector is normal, check and
• Check output line for short circuit. repair harness between C-37 (terminal No.
Q: Is the check result normal? 32) A/C-ECU connector and C-119 (terminal
YES : Check Air conditioner (Refer to GROUP 55 No. 65) engine-ECU connector.
− Troubleshooting − Check Chart For • Check output line for open circuit.
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
Trouble Symptoms P.55-29).
NO : Repair the damaged harness wire.
13A-356 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Ignition circuit
Ignition switch
C-208
R LOCK
1 2 3
ST
4 5 6 ACC
IG1 IG2
2
B-W
C-211
6
1
J/B
10 A
10
C-214
Y-G
C-129
18
W
A-29
4
W-R W-R
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 2 Spark 2 3
plug
B B
B-Y B-G
B B
11 12
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Engine-ECU 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
FUNCTION
B-103(GR)
• When the engine-ECU makes the power transis-
tor in the unit be in "OFF" position, the battery
AK305047AB
voltage in the unit is applied to the power transis-
tor unit, and that makes the power transistor unit Q: Is the check result normal?
be in "ON" position. The engine-ECU makes the YES : Go to Step 4 .
power transistor in the unit be in "ON", and that NO : Repair or replace the connector.
makes the power transistor unit be in "OFF" posi-
tion.
STEP 4. Check ignition coil itself.
• In response to the signal from the engine-ECU,
• Check ignition coil itself (Refer to GROUP 16 −
the power transistor unit is in "ON" position. The
Ignition System − On-vehicle Service P.16-28).
primary current is going to the ignition coil. When
the power transistor unit is in "OFF" position, the Q: Is the check result normal?
primary current is interrupted and high voltage is YES : Go to Step 5 .
generated in the secondary coil. NO : Replace the ignition coil.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
B-103(GR)
STEP 1. Check spark plug cable itself.
• Check spark plug cable itself (Refer to GROUP AK305047AB
16 − Ignition System − On-vehicle Service • Disconnect connector, and measure at harness
P.16-29). side.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Ignition switch: "ON"
YES : Go to Step 2 . • Voltage between terminal No. 1 and earth.
NO : Replace the spark plug cable. OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 2. Check spark plug. YES : Go to Step 7 .
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Go to Step 6 .
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : Replace the spark plug.
13A-358 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 6. Connector check: C-208 ignition switch STEP 7. Perform voltage measurement at B-103
connector and B-114 ignition coil connectors.
Connector: C-208 Connector : B-103, B-114
3 2 1
Harness side
connector
C-208 B-114(GR)
3 2 1
6 5 4 B-103(GR)
Harness side
connector AK305446 AB AK305047AB
AK305047AB
B-103(GR) B-103(GR)
AK305047AB AK305047AB
STEP 10. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 11. Check harness between B-114 (terminal
connector No. 3) ignition coil connector and C-121 (terminal
No. 12) engine-ECU connector, also between
Connector: C-121
B-103 (terminal No. 3) ignition coil connector and
C-121 (terminal No. 11) engine-ECU connector.
Connector : B-103, B-114
3 2 1
Harness side
connector
B-114(GR)
C-121 (GR)
B-103(GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AK305047AB
Harness side connector
AK502032 AB
Connector: C-121
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Repair or replace the connector.
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK502032 AB
B-103(GR)
C-208
AK305047AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
Connector: C-121
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK502032 AB
Ignition circuit
Ignition switch
C-208
R LOCK
ST
ACC 1 2 3
IG1 IG2
4 5 6
Battery
2
W W
B-W
C-211
6
Relay 8 1
J/B
box 20A 10A
10
B-Y C-214
B-R
C-31 C-123
Engine 13
control 9
system B-Y W
1 2
B-10X
1 2 Ignition
coil relay
3 4 OFF ON
4 3
B
W-R
B B
W-R W-R
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 2 Spark 2 3
plug
B B
B-Y B-G
B
11 12
C-121
(MU803784)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Engine-ECU 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35
B-103(GR)
STEP 1. Check spark plug cable itself.
• Check spark plug cable itself (Refer to GROUP
16 − Ignition System − On-vehicle Service AK305047AB
AK305279 AB AK305448 AB
2 1
STEP 7. Check ignition coil relay.
4 3
• Check ignition coil relay (Refer to GROUP 16 − B-10X(B)
Ignition System − On-vehicle Service P.16-28). Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8 .
AK305279 AB
NO : Replace the ignition coil relay.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 8. Perform voltage measurement at B-10X YES : Check intermediate connectors C-123,
ignition coil relay connector. C-211 and C-214, and repair if necessary. If
intermediate connectors are normal, check
Connector: B-10X Relay box's and repair harness between C-208 (terminal
triangle marks
No. 2) ignition switch connector and B-10X
(terminal No. 2) ignition coil relay connector.
2 1 • Check power supply line for
open/short circuit.
4 3
B-10X(B) NO : Repair or replace the connector.
Harness side
connector
AK305279 AB
STEP 10. Perform resistance measurement at STEP 11. Perform voltage measurement at B-10X
B-10X connector. ignition coil relay connector.
Connector: B-10X Relay box's Connector: B-10X Relay box's
triangle marks triangle marks
2 1 2 1
4 3 4 3
B-10X(B) B-10X(B)
Harness side Harness side
connector connector
AK305279 AB AK305279 AB
• Remove relay, and measure at relay box side. Connector : B-103, B-114
• Resistance between terminal No. 3 and earth. 3 2 1
OK: 2 Ω or less Harness side
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
B-114(GR)
YES : Go to Step 11 .
NO : Check and repair harness between B-10X
(terminal No. 3) ignition coil relay connector
and body earth. B-103(GR)
• Check earthing line for open circuit
and damage. AK305047AB
B-103(GR)
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
STEP 14. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU STEP 15. Connector check: C-121 engine-ECU
connector connector
Connector: C-121 Connector: C-121
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector Harness side connector
AK502033 AB AK502033 AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
STEP 19. Check harness between C-208 (terminal STEP 20. Check harness between battery and
No. 2) ignition switch connector and B-10X B-10X (terminal No. 1) ignition coil relay
(terminal No. 2) ignition coil relay connector. connector.
Connector: C-208 Connector: B-10X Relay box's
triangle marks
3 2 1
6 5 4
Harness side
connector 2 1
C-208
4 3
B-10X(B)
Harness side
connector
AK305448 AB AK305279 AB
Connector: B-10X Relay box's NOTE: Before checking harness, check intermediate
triangle marks connector C-31 and repair if necessary.
• Check power supply line for damage.
AK305279 AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
B-103(GR)
AK305047AB
Connector: C-121
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Harness side connector
AK502033 AB
Item Inspection Drive content Inspection conditions Normal Code No. Reference
No. item condition /Inspection page
procedure
No.
01 Injector Cut off No. 1 Engine: After warm-up, Engine is Code No. P.13A-10
injector idle operation (Cut off changed P0201 5
02 Cut off No. 2 injectors sequentially to (becomes Code No. P.13A-11
injector check for a cylinder that unstable or P0202 1
does not change engine in stalled)
03 Cut off No. 3 idle status. Code No. P.13A-11
injector P0203 7
04 Cut off No. 4 Code No. P.13A-12
injector P0204 3
07 Fuel pump Drive fuel pump Ignition Hold return Pulse is felt Procedure P.13A-31
to circulate fuel switch: "ON" hose with No. 24 3
fingers to
feel pulse of
fuel flowing
Check for Operating
pump noise audible
operating
noise near
fuel tank
08 Purge Switch solenoid Ignition switch: "LOCK" When the valve Code No. P.13A-18
control valve from OFF (OFF) is actuated, P0443 2
solenoid to ON operating noise
valve is audible
09 Fuel Switch solenoid Ignition switch: "ON" When the valve Code No. P.13A-19
pressure valve from OFF is actuated, P0090
control to ON operating noise
solenoid is audible
valve
10 EGR control Switch solenoid Ignition switch: "ON" When the valve Code No. P.13A-17
solenoid valve from OFF is actuated, P0403 5
valve to ON operating noise
is audible.
12 Waste gate Switch solenoid Ignition switch: "ON" When the valve Code No. P.13A-13
solenoid valve from OFF is actuated, P0243 0
valve to ON operating noise
is audible
13 Fuel pump Fuel pump Relay Ignition switch: "ON" Sound of Procedure P.13A-31
relay 3 3 turns from OFF Operation is No. 24 3
to ON heard
17 Basic ignition Switch • Engine: Idle operation 5° BTDC − −
timing engine-ECU to • Install timing light
ignition timing
adjusting mode
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-379
Item Inspection Drive content Inspection conditions Normal Code No. Reference
No. item condition /Inspection page
procedure
No.
21 Fan Actuate fan • Ignition switch: "ON" Fan motor is Procedure P.13A-32
controller motor • A/C switch: ON rotated No. 25 4
37 Condenser Condenser fan Ignition switch: "ON" Fan motor Procedure P.13A-33
fan (high) motor is driven. rotates at high No. 26 0
speed
38 Condenser Condenser fan Ignition switch: "ON" Fan motor
fan (low) motor is driven. rotates at low
speed
AK000786 AE
Time
0
AK202334 AC
10
T
Time
0
AK202335 AB
Observation condition
Function Special patterns
Pattern height Low
Pattern selector Display
Engine speed Idle
0
T phase angle
Intake camshaft 4
position sensor
output wave pattern
0 (Time)
AK403888 AC
13A-388 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Exhaust camshaft
position sensor Oscilloscope
connector
1 2 3
Special patterns
pick-up
1 2
3 Crank angle
sensor connector
AKX01597 AK000840AE
Observation condition
Function Special patterns
Pattern height Low
Pattern selector Display
Engine speed Idle
Camshaft position
sensor output
wave pattern
Time
0
TDC: Top dead centre No.1 TDC No.3 TDC No.4 TDC No.2 TDC
AK202336 AB
increased.
AKX01602
Example 2
Cause of problem
AKX01597
Loose timing belt
Example 1 Abnormality in sensor disk
Cause of problem Wave pattern characteristics
Sensor interface malfunction Wave pattern is displaced to the left or right.
13A-390 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Observation conditions
Function Special patterns
Pattern height Variable
Variable knob Adjust while viewing the
wave pattern
Pattern selector Display
Engine speed Idle
(V) Point A.
Solenoid back
50 electromotive
force
(Approx.7×10V)
Point B
Injector drive
time
Time
Power
voltage
AK202347AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-391
Wave Pattern Observation Points 1. Disconnect the idle speed control servo
Point A: Height of solenoid back electromotive force connector, and connect the special tool test
harness (MB991709) in between.
Contrast with standard Probable cause
wave pattern 2. Connect the oscilloscope special patterns pickup
to the idle speed control servoside connector
Solenoid coil back Short in the injector terminal No. 1, No. 3, No. 4 and No. 6
electromotive force is solenoid respectively.
low or doesn't appear at
all. Alternate Method (Test harness not
Point B: Injector drive time
•
available)
1. Connect the oscilloscope special patterns pickup
to engine-ECU terminal No. 14, connection
terminal No. 28, connection terminal No. 15, and
connection terminal No. 29 respectively.
AK201856AB
13A-392 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Stepper 20
motor
control
signal
wave 10
pattern
Time
AK201857 AB
Example 2
Examples of Abnormal Wave Pattern
• Cause of problem
Open circuit in the line between the stepper
motor and the engine-ECU.
Wave pattern characteristics
Current is not supplied to the motor coil on the
open circuit side (Voltage does not drop to 0
V).
Furthermore, the induced electromotive force
waveform at the normal side is slightly differ-
ent from the normal waveform.
AKX01608AE
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
TROUBLESHOOTING
13A-393
IGNITION COIL AND POWER TRANSIS- 1. Disconnect the ignition coil connector, and
TOR connect the special tool test harness (MB991348)
in between (All terminals should be connected).
Measurement Method
2. Connect the oscilloscope special patterns pickup
to terminal No. 3 of each ignition coil connector in
Oscilloscope
turn.
1 2 3
Alternate Method (Test harness not
available)
Special 1. Connect the oscilloscope special patterns pickup
patterns to engine-ECU terminal No. 11 (No. 1 − No. 4),
pickup
CH1 connection terminal No. 12 (No. 2 − No.3)
respectively.
AK201750 AB
Observation condition
Function Special patterns
Pattern height Low
Pattern selector Display
Engine r/min Approximately 1,200
r/min
5˚ BTDC
4 75˚ BTDC
Crank angle Compression top dead center
sensor output 2
wave pattern
0
Power transistor T1
2 Ignition period
control signal
wave pattern
0
OFF ON
Dwell section
Example 2
Wave pattern during engine cranking
Normal wave pattern
Cause of problem
Malfunction in power transistor
Wave pattern characteristics
Power voltage results when the power transistor
2V is ON.
AKX01612AD
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
13A-395
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
THROTTLE BODY (THROTTLE VALVE
AREA) CLEANING
M1131001000990
1. Remove the air intake hose from the throttle body. Throttle position
sensor
2. Spray cleaning fluid on a clean cloth.
CAUTION
• Do not spray the cleaning fluid directly to the
MB991536
throttle valve.
• Make sure the cleaning fluid does not enter
the motor from the bypass line. Also make AK201752AB
sure it does not enter the sensor through the (1) Disconnect the throttle position sensor
shaft. connector and connect the special tool test
• Be careful not to rub off the molybden applied harness (MB991536) between the
around the throttle valve shaft. disconnected connector taking care not to
confuse the terminal to be connected.
(2) Connect digital voltmeter between the terminal
No. 2 (special tool’s yellow clip on the sensor
15 mm output) and the terminal No. 4 (special tool’s
red clip on the sensor earth) of the throttle
15 mm position sensor connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position (but do
not start the engine).
Areas on throttle valve to 3. Check the output voltage of the throttle position
apply molybdenum disulfide AK000833AD sensor.
Standard value: 535 − 735 mV
3. Wipe off the dirt around the throttle valve with the
cloth sprayed with cleaning fluid.
4. Attach the air intake hose.
5. Adjust the basic idle speed (Refer to P.13A-396).
1 2 3 4
AK304569AB
Throttle Equipment
position sensor side connector
4. If not within the standard value, loosen the throttle
position sensor mounting bolts. Then rotate the
sensor body to adjust.
5. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
6. Remove the M.U.T.-II/III. If the M.U.T.-II/III is not
AK304568AB used, remove the special tool, and then connect
the throttle position sensor connector.
1. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis 7. If a diagnosis code is displayed, erase the
connector. diagnosis code by using the M.U.T.-II/III or
When not using the M.U.T.-II/III, proceed as disconnect the negative battery cable from the
follows. battery terminal and then leave it for at least 10
seconds. After that, reconnect the battery cable,
and then let the engine run at idle for
approximately 10 minutes.
13A-396 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
BASIC IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT 6. If not within the standard value range, turn the
M1131001800888 speed adjusting screw (SAS) to make the
CAUTION necessary adjustment.
• The standard idling speed has been adjusted NOTE: If the idling speed is higher than the stand-
by the speed adjusting screw (SAS) by the ard value range even when the SAS is fully
manufacturer, and there should usually be no closed, check whether or not there is any indica-
need for readjustment. tion that the fixed SAS has been moved. If there is
• If the adjustment has been changed by mis- an indication that it has been moved, adjust the
take, the idle speed may become too high or fixed SAS.
the idle speed may drop too low when loads 7. Press the M.U.T.-II/III clear key, and release the
from components such as the A/C are placed idle speed control servo from the Actuator test
on the engine. If this occurs, adjust by the fol- mode.
lowing procedure.
NOTE: Unless the idle speed control servo is
• The adjustment, if made, should be made
released, the Actuator test mode will continue 27
after first confirming that the spark plugs, the
minutes.
injectors, the idle speed control servo, the
compression pressure, etc., are all normal. 8. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
1. Before inspection and adjustment, set the vehicle 9. Disconnect the M.U.T.-II/III.
to the pre-inspection condition. 10.Start the engine again and let it run at idle speed
2. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis for about 10 minutes; check that the idling
connector (16-pin). condition is normal.
NOTE: When the M.U.T.-II/III is connected, the
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
diagnosis control terminal should be earthed. M1131001901286
3. Start the engine and run at idle. 1. Release residual pressure from the fuel pipe line
4. Select the item No. 30 of the M.U.T.-II/III Actuator to prevent fuel gush out (Refer to P.13A-398).
test. CAUTION
NOTE: This holds the idle speed control servo at Cover the hose connection with rags to prevent
the basic step to adjust the basic idle speed. splash of fuel that could be caused by some
5. Check the idle speed. residual pressure in the fuel pipe line.
Standard value:
800 ± 50 r/min
High-pressure
NOTE: . fuel hose
• The engine speed may be 20 to 100 r/min
lower than indicated above for a new vehicle
[driven approximately 500 km or less], but no
adjustment is necessary.
• If the engine stalls or the engine speed is low
even though the vehicle has been driven
approximately 500 km or more, it is probable AK304571AB
that deposits are adhered to the throttle valve, 2. Disconnect the high-pressure fuel hose at the
so clean it (Refer to P.13A-395). delivery pipe side.
AK304570 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
13A-397
Fuel pressure
MB 991637 gauge set
MD 998709 MD 998709
Delivery
Delivery pipe
pipe MD 998742 MD 998742
High-pressure High-pressure
fuel hose fuel hose
AKX01458AG AKX01457AF
13.Racing the engine repeatedly, hold the fuel return 14.If any of fuel pressure measured in steps 10 to 13
hose lightly with fingers to feel that fuel pressure is out of specification, troubleshoot and repair
is present in the return hose. according to the table below.
NOTE: If the fuel flow rate is low, there will be no
fuel pressure in the return hose.
Symptom Probable cause Remedy
• Fuel pressure too low Clogged fuel filter Replace fuel filter
• Fuel pressure drops after racing Fuel leaking to return side due to Replace fuel pressure regulator
• No fuel pressure in fuel return poor fuel regulator valve seating or
hose settled spring
Low fuel pump delivery pressure Replace fuel pump
Fuel pressure too high Binding valve in fuel pressure Replace fuel pressure regulator
regulator
Clogged fuel return hose or pipe Clean or replace hose or pipe
Same fuel pressure when vacuum Damaged vacuum hose or Replace vacuum hose or clean
hose is connected and when Clogged nipple nipple
disconnected
15.Stop the engine and check change of fuel
pressure gauge reading. Normal if the reading
does not drop within 2 minutes. If it does, observe
the rate of drop and troubleshoot and repair
according to the table below.
Symptom Probable cause Remedy
Fuel pressure drops gradually after Leaky injector Replace injector
engine is stopped Leaky fuel regulator valve seat Replace fuel pressure regulator
Fuel pressure drops sharply Check valve in fuel pump is held Replace fuel pump
immediately after engine is open
stopped
16.Release residual pressure from the fuel pipe line FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR
(Refer to P.13A-398). DISCONNECTION (HOW TO REDUCE
CAUTION PRESSURIZED FUEL LINES)
Cover the hose connection with rags to prevent M1131000900718
AC208407AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
13A-399
3. Disconnect the fuel pump module connector.
MB991827 AC210056AG
COMPONENT LOCATION
M1131002101573
A B C D E F G H I
<L. H. drive vehicles>
U V W X Y
Y X W V U
AK304573AC
Junction block's
Fuel pump relay (1) triangle marks
1 2
3 4
Fuel pump relay (2) Equipment Fuel pump relay(3)
side connector
AK304575 AB
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Fuel pump relay (1) and (2)
Tester Battery Normal State
Connection Voltage
Terminal
1−4 No Voltage Continuity
2−3 No Voltage No continuity Fuel pump relay(3)
Voltage Continuity Junction block's
triangle marks
(Connect
positive (+)
terminal of 1 2
battery to 3 4
terminal No. 1 Equipment side connector AK304576AB
and negative (−)
terminal of Fuel pump relay (3)
battery to Tester Battery Normal State
terminal No. 4.) Connection Voltage
Terminal
3−4 No Voltage Continuity
1−2 No Voltage No continuity
Voltage Continuity
(Connect
positive (+)
terminal of
battery to
terminal No. 2
and negative (−)
terminal of
battery to
terminal No. 1.)
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
13A-403
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR CHECK 1.0 − 1.5 kΩ (at 40°C)
M1131052700049 0.56 − 0.76 kΩ (at 60°C)
0.30 − 0.42 kΩ (at 80°C)
<L. H. drive vehicles>
Engine coolant
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 sensor
Equipment side
connector
AK304579 AB
AK304578AB
2. With temperature sensing portion of engine 3. Measure the resistance between the throttle
coolant temperature sensor immersed in hot position sensor side connector terminal No. 2 and
water, check resistance. terminal No. 4.
Standard value: Normal condition:
14 − 17 kΩ (at −20°C) Throttle valve slowly Changes smoothly in
5.1 − 6.5 kΩ (at 0°C) open until fully open from proportion to the opening
2.1 − 2.7 kΩ (at 20°C) the idle position angle of the throttle valve
0.9 − 1.3 kΩ (at 40°C)
4. If the resistance is outside the standard value, or if
0.48 − 0.68 kΩ (at 60°C)
it doesn’t change smoothly, replace the throttle
0.26 − 0.36 kΩ (at 80°C)
position sensor.
3. If the resistance deviates from the standard value NOTE: For the throttle position sensor adjustment
greatly, replace the sensor. procedure, refer to P.13A-395.
AKX01623AD
No. 2 (black clip of special tool) and No. 4 (white 1. Disconnect the oxygen sensor connector and
clip of special tool). connect the special tool test harness (MB991658)
7. While repeatedly racing the engine, measure the to the connector on the oxygen sensor side.
oxygen sensor output voltage. 2. Make sure that there is continuity (11 − 18 Ω at
Standard value: 20°C) between terminal No. 3 and No. 4 on the
Engine Oxygen Remarks oxygen sensor connector.
sensor 3. If there is no continuity, replace the oxygen
output sensor.
voltage 4. Warm up the engine until engine coolant is 80°C
When 0.6 − 1.0 V If you make the air-fuel or higher.
racing the ratio rich by racing the 5. Perform a tracing for 5 minutes or more with the
engine engine repeatedly, a engine speed of 4,500 r/min.
normal oxygen sensor
will output a voltage of
0.6 − 1.0 V.
CAUTION
• Be very careful when connecting the jumper
wire; incorrect connection can damage the Oxygen sensor
oxygen sensor.
• Be careful the heater is broken when voltage
of beyond 8 V is applied to the oxygen sensor
heater. MB991658 AK301808 AB
NOTE: If the sufficiently high temperature (of
approximate 400°C or more) is not reached 6. Connect a digital voltage meter between terminal
although the oxygen sensor is normal, the output No. 1 and No. 2.
voltage would be possibly low although the rich 7. While repeatedly racing the engine, measure the
air-fuel ratio. Therefore, if the output voltage is oxygen sensor output voltage.
low, use a jumper wire to connect the terminal No. Standard value:
1 (red clip of special tool) and the terminal No. 3 Engine Oxygen Remarks
(blue clip of special tool) of the oxygen sensor sensor
with a (+) terminal and (−) terminal of 8 V power output
supply respectively, then check again. voltage
8. If the sensor is defective, replace the oxygen When 0.6 − 1.0 V If you make the air-fuel
sensor. racing the ratio rich by racing the
NOTE: For removal and installation of the oxygen engine engine repeatedly, a
sensor, refer to GROUP 15 − Exhaust Manifold normal oxygen sensor
and turbocharger. P.15-10. will output a voltage of
0.6 − 1.0 V.
13A-406 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
INJECTOR CHECK
M1131005201267 Battery Injector
Check the Operation Sound AK301464 AC
8. Stop the actuation of the injector, and check for <L. H. drive vehicles>
leakage from the injector’s nozzle.
Standard value: 1 drop or less per minute
9. Without the fuel pump operation, operate the
injector to draw the fuel out.
10.If the spraying is extremely poor or the fuel
leakage from the injector nozzle deviates from the
standard value, replace the injector. Injector resistor
11.Disconnect the M.U.T.-II/III.
<R. H. drive vehicles>
Injector resistor
1 2 3
4 5 6
Equipment side
connector AK304584AB
Injector resistor
connector
1 2 3
4 5 6
AK202415AC
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6 4 5 6
Equipment side
connector
Idle speed
control servo
1 2 3
AK304586 AB 4 5 6
OPERATION CHECK
1 2 Fuel pressure
Equipment side solenoid valve
connector
AKX01626
COIL RESISTANCE CHECK 1. Disconnect the oil feeder control valve connector.
CAUTION
To prevent the coil from burning, keep the dura-
tion of the voltage application as short as possi-
ble.
2. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of the
connector at the oil feeder control valve, and
make sure the oil feeder control valve makes a
clicking sound.
Equipment side
connector
Oil feeder
control valve
AK502034 AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
INJECTOR
13A-411
INJECTOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1131007100854
AC210060AD
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT 2. Turn the injector to the right and left to install to
<<A>> DELIVERY PIPE/INJECTORS the delivery pipe. Repeat for fuel pressure
regulator and fuel high-pressure hose. Be careful
REMOVAL not to damage the O-ring. After installing, check
CAUTION that the item turns smoothly.
Do not drop the injector. 3. If it does not turn smoothly, the O-ring may be
Remove the delivery pipe with the injectors attached pinched, remove the item, re-install it into the
to it. delivery pipe and check again.
4. Tighten the fuel pressure regulator and fuel
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT high-pressure hose to the specified torque.
>>A<< INJECTORS/FUEL PRESSURE Tightening torque:
REGULATOR/FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE 8.9 ± 1.9 N⋅m <Fuel pressure regulator>
HOSE INSTALLATION 5.0 ± 1.0 N⋅m <Fuel high-pressure hose>
CAUTION
Do not let the engine oil get into the delivery pipe
will be damaged.
1. Apply a drop of new engine oil to the O-ring.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
13A-413
THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1131007700759
19 ± 3 N·m
1
4
7N
2
5 5
AC310860AB
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Install the throttle body gasket as shown in the illus-
tration.
>>A<<THROTTLE BODY GASKET
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Poor idling etc. may result if the throttle body
gasket is installed incorrectly.
Up
Towards front
of vehicle AC200313AB
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MPI)
ENGINE CONTROL RESISTOR, RELAY
13A-415
ENGINE CONTROL RESISTOR, RELAY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1131034600024
1
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
4
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
<R.H. drive vehicles>
2 3
ENGINE-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1131033800230
CAUTION
When the engine-ECU is replaced, always refer to GROUP 54A, General Information − Immobilizer
System − Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table P.54A-6.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Glove Box Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Panel P.52A-2).
• Harness Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Panel P.52A-2).
AC505253AB
Removal steps
1. Engine-ECU connectors
2. Engine-ECU
13-1
GROUP 13
FUEL
CONTENTS
GROUP 35
SERVICE BRAKES
CONTENTS
GROUP 35A
SERVICE BRAKES
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1351000100536
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the
caliper because the paint of caliper will be
scratched.
Top components such as Brembo™ brakes, EBD and
sports ABS improve braking power and braking sta-
bility.
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
10064AU
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1351000300574
LUBRICANTS
M1351000400504
SEALANT
M1351000500415
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1351000600434
MB990998
SERVICE BRAKES
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35A-5
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
BRAKE PEDAL CHECK AND NOTE: When the clevis is turned 180 degrees,
ADJUSTMENT the pedal height is changed approximately 2.4
M1351000900510 mm.
BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT (5) Install the brake booster (Refer to P.35A-16).
1. Turn up the carpet, etc. under the brake pedal. (6) Measure the brake pedal height, and ensure
that the measured value is within the specified
value. When it is out of the specified value,
repeat Step (3) - (6).
Stopper
A
AC006215AB
BRAKE PEDAL FREE PLAY Standard value (C): 90 mm or more [From the
surface of the floorboard to the face of pedal
pad]
3. If the clearance is outside the standard value,
check for air trapped in the brake line and
thickness of the disc brake pad. And then bleed
the air and replace the disc brake pad as required.
4. Return the carpet etc. to its original position.
AC000871AB
C
AC006220AB (2) With the engine stopped, step on the brake
pedal several times. Then step on the brake
2. Start the engine, depress the brake pedal with pedal and start the engine. If the pedal moves
approximately 500 N of force, and measure the downward slightly, the booster is in good
clearance between the brake pedal and the condition. If there is no change, the booster is
floorboard. defective. Go to step 3.
SERVICE BRAKES
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35A-7
2. Check the operation of the check valve by using a
Good No good vacuum pump.
Vacuum pump Accept/reject criteria
connection
Connection at the brake A negative pressure
booster side (A) (vacuum) is created and
held.
Connection at the intake A negative pressure
AC000872 AB manifold side (B) (vacuum) is not created.
CAUTION
The check valve should not be removed from the
vacuum hose.
1. Remove the vacuum hose (Refer to P.35A-16).
CAUTION
If the check valve is defective, replace it as an
assembly unit together with the vacuum hose.
AC000876
Valve Spring
3. Have another person cover the master cylinder
A B
outlet with a finger.
Intake manifold 4. With the outlet still closed, release the brake
side pedal.
(does not hold)
Booster side 5. Repeat steps 2 − 4 three or four times to fill the
(holds)
inside of the master cylinder with brake fluid.
AC000873AE
35A-8 SERVICE BRAKES
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
DISC BRAKE BLEEDING Start the engine and bleed the air in the sequence
shown in the figure.
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR CHECK
caliper because the paint of caliper will be M1351009100447
scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the cali-
per, wipe it off quickly.
;
AC006224AB
securely. NOTE:
When new When worn
BRAKE LINE BLEEDING
Pad
CAUTION
Be sure to filter/strain the brake fluid being
added to the master cylinder reservoir tank.
Debris may damage the hydraulic unit.
Brake
disc
Wear indicator
4 1
AC000879 AB
2 3
AC211984 AB
CAUTION
Front
Pads
Pads
Rear
AC211985 AB
;
SERVICE BRAKES
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AC211987
MB990520
AC211989 AB
AC211986
CAUTION
Disc brakes must be kept within the allowable
service values in order to maintain normal brake
operation.
Before turning the brake disc, the following condi-
tions should be checked.
Inspection item Remark
Scratches, rust, saturated lining materials and wear • If the vehicle is not driven for a long period of
time, sections of the discs that are not in contact
with the pads will become rusty, causing noise
and shuddering.
• If grooves and scratches resulting from excessive
disc wear are not removed prior to installing a new
pad assembly, there will be inadequate contact
between the disc and the lining (pad) until the
pads conform to the disc.
Run-out Excessive run-out of the discs will increase the pedal
depression resistance due to piston kick-back.
Change in thickness (parallelism) If the thickness of the disc changes, this will cause
pedal pulsation, shuddering and surging.
Inset or warping (flatness) Overheating and improper handling while servicing
will cause warping or distortion.
SERVICE BRAKES
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35A-11
BRAKE DISC THICKNESS CHECK CAUTION
M1351002400469
• After a new brake disc is installed, always
CAUTION grind the brake disc with on-the-car type
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the brake lathe. If this step is not carried out, the
caliper because the paint of caliper will be brake disc run-out exceeds the specified
scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the cali- value, resulting in judder.
per, wipe it off quickly. •
ACX00668AB
BRAKE DISC RUN-OUT CHECK AND 4. If the brake disc run-out exceeds the limit, correct
CORRECTION it as follows:
M1351009400534 (1) Chalk phase marks on the wheel stud and the
CAUTION brake disc, which run-out is excessive as
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the shown.
caliper because the paint of caliper will be <Front>
scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the cali-
per, wipe it off quickly.
1. Remove the brake assembly, and then hold it with
wire.
2. Temporarily install the disc with the hub nut.
AC102438 AC
<Rear>
ACX00669AB
AC006226 AB
BRAKE PEDAL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1351003400473
Post-installation Operation
• Brake Pedal Adjustment (Refer to P.35A-5).
12 ± 2 N·m
3 1
2
5
7
14 ± 3 N·m
4
6
AC211554 AB
B B
No continuity Continuity
A A
4 mm
AC006235AB
AC006234 AB
Tighten the brake booster mounting nuts (A), and 1. Connect an ohmmeter between the stop lamp
then the brake pedal assembly mounting bolts (B). switch connector terminals.
NOTE: The brake pedal assembly cannot be posi- 2. There should be no continuity between the
tioned correctly if the brake pedal assembly mount- terminals when the plunger is pushed in as
ing bolts (B) are tightened first, as their holes are shown. There should be continuity when it is
oblong holes. released.
35A-16 SERVICE BRAKES
MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY AND BRAKE BOOSTER
4
2
3
11
15 ± 2 N·m
12
8
1 10
5
6 9
22 ± 3 N·m
10 ± 2 N·m
14 ± 3 N·m
5
15 ± 2 N·m
AC310837AB
7 7
13
16 ± 1 N·m
13
13 16 ± 1 N·m
3M ATD part No. 8661 or equivalent
Angle-nose pliers
MB991568
Block gauge
AC006237AB
35A-18 SERVICE BRAKES
MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY AND BRAKE BOOSTER
MASTER CYLINDER
M1351004200449
3 8
4
9
2
5 10
8 N
6
3 9 N
10 9 8
AC006239 AB Brake fluid: DOT 3 or DOT 4
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Brake Fluid Draining • Brake Fluid Supplying and Air Bleeding (Refer to
P.35A-7).
108 ± 10 N·m
30 ± 5 N·m 1
N 2
AC211991 AB
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
6 7N
6 9N
8
10
4
3 14 ± 2 N·m
5
1
6
7 9
6 8
10 5 5
9
7
7
9
1
Brake caliper kit Seal and boot repair kit Shim set
3 4
2
1
3
1
2
4
AC212148AB
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Brake Fluid Draining • Brake Fluid Filling and Air Bleeding (Refer to P.35A-7).
54 ± 5 N·m 1
15 ± 2 N·m
2N
3
4
AC403344AB
CAUTION
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
14 ± 2 N·m 5 4
6 2
3
5
10
N 7 Grease: Repair kit grease
N 9
8 AC211995 AB
6 10 2
8 9
9 7
7 6
1 5
7
9 5
Brake caliper kit Seal and boot repair kit Shim set
3 4 4
1
3
2
1
2
GROUP 35B
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING SYSTEM
(ABS)
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and passenger
(from rendering the SRS inoperative).
• Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
• MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
35B-2 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1352000100584
Top components such as Brembo™ brakes, EBD and
sports ABS improve braking power and braking sta-
bility.
SPORTS ABS
• 4-wheel independent control optimises the brake • The steering wheel sensor, lateral G-sensor and
force to each wheel to achieve a balance of longitudinal G-sensor accurately monitor driving
improved braking force and braking stability. conditions and optimise ABS control to match the
• A steering wheel sensor was added to monitor specific driving conditions.
the steering angle status. Braking force is altered
in response to the steering status to improve the
quality of steering when cornering.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
ABS control method 4-sensor, 4-channel
Number of rotor teeth Front 43
Rear 43
Wheel speed sensor Type Magnet coil type
Gap between sensor and Front 0.85 (Non-adjustable type)
rotor mm Rear 0.60 (Non-adjustable type)
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
35B-3
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
<L.H. drive vehicles> <R.H. drive vehicles>
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1352000300685
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1352000600794
B991502
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB991529
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-5
Tool Number Name Use
MB991348 Test harness set Checking the G-sensor
MB991348
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC NOTES WITH REGARD TO DIAGNOSIS
M1352012600207
TROUBLESHOOTING 1. The ABS is a system which controls the brake
M1352011100641
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshoot- pressure by means of the operation of the ECU.
ing/Inspection Service Points P.00-5. Accordingly, the following symptoms may occur at
times, but these are a sign of normal ABS
operation, and do not indicate a malfunction.
Phenomenon Explanation of phenomenon
When the engine starts, a knocking sound can be heard coming This sound occurs as a result of system
from the engine compartment. operation checking, and is not a
malfunction.
• Sound of the motor inside the ABS hydraulic unit operation. This is the sound of normal system
(whine) operation, and is not a malfunction.
• Sound is the generated along with vibration of the brake
pedal. (scraping)
• When ABS operates, sound is generated from the vehicle
chassis due to repeated brake application and release.
(Thump: suspension; squeak: tyres)
Shocks are felt if the brake pedal is depressed when driving at This is due to system operation checking
low speed. (starting-of check when the vehicle speed
reaches a certain number of km/h) and is
not a malfunction.
2. For road surfaces such as snow-covered roads 3. Diagnosis detection condition can vary depending
and gravel roads, the braking distance for on the diagnosis code. Make sure that checking
vehicles with ABS can sometimes be longer than requirements listed in the "Comment" are satisfied
that for other vehicles. Accordingly, advise the when checking the trouble symptom again.
customer to drive safely on such roads by
lowering the vehicle speed and not being too
overconfident.
35B-6 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
ABS WARNING LAMP INSPECTION 3. When the ignition switch is turned from the
M1352012000249 "START" position back to the "ON" position, the
<L.H. drive vehicles> ABS warning lamp illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then switches off.
NOTE: The ABS waning lamp may remain on until
the vehicle reaches a speed of several km/h. This
is limited to cases where diagnosis code Nos. 21
to 24, 41 to 44, or 53 to 55 have been recorded
because of a previous problem occurring. In this
case, the ABS-ECU keeps the warning lamp illu-
minated until the problem corresponding to that
<R.H. drive vehicles> diagnosis code can be detected.
4. If the illumination is other than the above, check
the diagnosis codes.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1352011200819
START
Ignition
ON
switch
ACC
MB991529
AC311051 AB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
lows. AC211895AB
1. When the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" 2. Use special tool diagnosis code check harness
position, the ABS warning lamp illuminates for (MB991529) to earth terminal number 1
approximately 3 seconds and then switches off. (diagnosis control terminal) of the diagnosis
2. When the ignition switch is turned to the "START" connector.
position, the ABS warning lamp remains 3. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
illuminated.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-7
4. Read out a diagnosis code by observing how the
<L.H. drive vehicles>
warning lamp flashes.
When the diagnosis code No.24 is set When no diagnosis code is set
5. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) 6. Disconnect special tool diagnosis code check
position. harness (MB991529).
35B-8 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
ON
Ignition switch
OFF(OFF)
ON
Stop lamp switch
OFF
ON
ABS warning lamp
OFF
3 seconds
ABS-ECU memory
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
Erasing of ABS-ECU
diagnosis codes complete.
AC000937AD
3. Depress the brake pedal and hold it. 6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
4. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. position.
5. After turning the ignition switch to the "ON", 7. Disconnect special tool diagnosis code check
release the pedal within three seconds. Repeat harness (MB991529).
this process of pressing and releasing the brake
pedal 10 continuous times.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-9
INSPECTION CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS
CODE
M1352011300797
Follow the inspection chart that is appropriate for the diagnosis code.
Code No.11: Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.12: Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.13: Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.14: Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.21: Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.22: Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.23: Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.24: Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor System
ABS-ECU
MB991827 AC210056AC
P.00-5.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Q: Is the wheel speed sensor bolted securely in place (1) Disconnect the connector B-118 and measure at
at the front knuckle or the rear knuckle? the harness side.
YES : Go to Step 3. (2) Measure the resistance between the ABS-ECU
NO : Install it properly (Refer to P.35B-146). Then connector terminals.
go to Step 15 . • If diagnosis code 11 or 21 is set: between ter-
minals 29 and 30
• If diagnosis code 12 or 22 is set: between ter-
STEP 3. Inspect the wheel speed sensor and/or
minals 22 and 31
wheel speed rotor.
• If diagnosis code 13 or 23 is set: between ter-
Refer to P.35B-147.
minals 8 and 9
Check items: • If diagnosis code 14 or 24 is set: between ter-
• Wheel speed sensor internal resistance: 1.24 − minals 6 and 7
1.64 kΩ Standard Value: 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
• Insulation between the wheel speed sensor body
and the connector terminals Q: Is the resistance within the standard value?
YES : Go to Step 13.
• Toothed wheel speed rotor check
NO <The resistance between terminals 22 and 31 is
Q: Is the wheel speed sensor or wheel speed rotor not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 5.
damaged? NO <The resistance between terminals 29 and 30 is
YES : Replace it (Refer to P.35B-146). Then go to not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 7.
Step 15. NO <The resistance between terminals 6 and 7 is
NO : Go to Step 4. not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 9.
NO <The resistance between terminals 8 and 9 is
not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 11.
35B-14 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Check the following connectors. STEP 6. Check the following harness wires.
• •
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD AC211901AD
A-03 (B)
A-29 (B)
1 2 3 4
Harness side
5 6 7 8 2 1
AC211899AC
AC211262 AX
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
Intermediate connector A-29 nal 22) and front wheel speed sensor (LH) con-
•
Harness side
2 1
AC211899AC
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD AC211901AD
Connector: C-111
A-27 (B)
Harness side
5 4 3 2 1
13121110 9 8 7 6 Harness side
2 1
AC211900AC
AC211266 BN
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 29) and front wheel speed sensor (RH) con-
Connector: C-122
nector A-27 (terminal 1)
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 30) and front wheel speed sensor (RH)
connector A-27 (terminal 2)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 15.
C-122 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
Connector: A-27
A-27 (B)
Harness side
2 1
AC211900AC
STEP 9. Check the following connectors. STEP 10. Check the following harness wires.
• •
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD AC211901AD
Connector: C-113
Harness side
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2524 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 1514
D-13 (B)
Harness side
1 2
AC211902AE
AC211266 BO
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 6) and rear wheel speed sensor (LH) connec-
Connector: C-122
tor D-13 (terminal 1)
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 7) and rear wheel speed sensor (LH)
connector D-13 (terminal 2)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 15.
C-122 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
D-34
D-13 (B)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD AC211901AD
D-06 (B)
Connector: C-113
Harness side
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2524 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 1514
Harness side
1 2
AC211902AG
AC211266 BO
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 8) and rear wheel speed sensor (RH) connec-
Connector: C-122
tor D-06 (terminal 1)
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 9) and rear wheel speed sensor (RH)
connector D-06 (terminal 2)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 15.
C-122 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD STEP 13. Measure the wheel speed sensor
output voltage.
Connectors: D-06, D-34
D-06 (B) Refer to P.35B-138.
Output Voltage:
• When measured with a voltmeter: 42 mV or more
D-34
• When measured with an oscilloscope (maximum
voltage): 120 mV or more
Connector D-06 Connector D-34 Q: Does the voltage meet the specification?
(Harness side) 1 2 3 YES : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
1 2 4 5 6 7 8
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
AC211902AF
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 15.
Intermediate connectors C-113, C-122, D-34 NO : Go to Step 14.
• Rear wheel speed sensor (RH) connector D-06
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam-
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con-
nector.
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 15.
35B-18 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 14. Check the wheel bearing. STEP 15. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Refer to GROUP 26, On-vehicle Service − Wheel reset.
Bearing Axial Play Check <Front>P.26-6 or GROUP <Using the M.U.T.-II>
27, On-vehicle Service − Wheel Bearing Axial Play
Check <Rear>P.27-30. If play on the wheel bearing
is not within the limit, replace the wheel bearing.
Limit: 0.05 mm 16-PIN
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
Code No.16: ABS-ECU Power Supply System (abnormal voltage drop or rise)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU
POWER
SUPPLY
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The ABS-ECU power is supplied to the ABS-ECU
(terminal 10) from the ignition switch (IG2) through STEP 1. Check the battery.
the multi-purpose fuse number 12 in the junction Refer to GROUP 54A, Battery − On-vehicle Service
block. − Battery Test P.54A-5.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Q: Is the battery damaged?
Output is provided when ABS-ECU power supply YES : Charge or replace the battery and then go
voltage drops below or rises above the normal value. to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Output is not provided if power supply voltage
returns to normal voltage.
STEP 2. Check the charging system.
PROBABLE CAUSES Refer to GROUP 16, Charging System − On-vehicles
The most likely causes for this diagnosis code to set Service P.16-5.
are: Q: Is the charging system damaged?
• Malfunction of battery YES : Repair the Charging System and then go to
• Damaged wiring harness and connector Step 5.
• Malfunction of brake modulator hydraulic unit and NO : Go to Step 3.
ABS-ECU
35B-20 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 B-118 (B)
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Connector: C-211
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
AC211265 AR
Junction block
(Front view)
Connector C-210
(Harness side)
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Connector C-211
(Harness side)
2 1
6 5 4 3
AC212152 AC
AC207179AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
ABS-ECU
16-PIN
D-38 (B)
MB991911
MB991824
Connector D-38
(Harness side)
3 2 1
MB991827 AC210056AC
STEP 3. Check the earth circuit. Resistance STEP 4. Check the following connectors.
measurement at longitudinal G-sensor
•
Connector: D-38
connector D-38.
Connector: D-38
D-38 (B)
Harness side
D-38 (B) 3 2 1
AC208854AE
C-211
Connector D-38
(Harness side)
AD
3 2 1
C-214
harness side. 6 5 4 3
YES : Go to Step 8. 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
NO : Go to Step 6.
AC212152AD
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC208854AE AC208854AE
Connector: C-124
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
(Front view) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
AC211269 AL
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
AC211265 AR
The wire between longitudinal G-sensor connector
D-38 (terminal 1) and junction block connector Intermediate connector C-124
C-211 (terminal 2)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 11.
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
STEP 7. Check the following harness wire. STEP 8. Check longitudinal G-sensor output
voltage.
•
Connector: D-38
Label
3 2 1
AC208854AE
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC208854AE AC208854AE
Connector: C-122
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
C-122 (L) 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 AC211901AD
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
The wire between longitudinal G-sensor connector
Intermediate connector C-122 D-38 (terminal 2) and ABS-ECU connector B-118
Connector: B-118
•
(terminal 25)
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
B-118 (B)
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 11.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(5) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(6) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
16-PIN position.
Q: Does diagnosis code No.32 reset?
YES : Start over at Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
M.U.T.-II
AC207179AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
HYDRAULIC UNIT
MOTOR SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID MOTOR
VALVE POWER POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY
ABS-ECU
Connector: B-118
STEP 1. Check the solenoid valve or motor power
supply circuit. Voltage measurement at ABS-ECU
connector B-118.
B-118 (B)
Connector: B-118
Harness side
B-118 (B) 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Connector: A-12
A-12 (B)
Connector B-118
(Harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211262AY
No.3 16-PIN
M.U.T.-II
AC208825 AL
AC207179AB
Connector: B-118
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
B-118 (B)
16-PIN
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
MB991827 AC210056AC
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
AC207179AB
STEP 2. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
measurement at lateral G-sensor connector D-37.
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
Connector: D-37
16-PIN
D-37 (B)
MB991911
MB991824
Connector D-37
(Harness side)
3 2 1
MB991827 AC210056AC
AC212253AD
(1) Connect M.U.T.-II/III as shown in the illustration.
(1) Disconnect connector D-37, and check at the
harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
35B-34 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Check the earth circuit. Resistance STEP 4. Check the following connectors.
measurement at lateral G-sensor connector D-37.
•
Connector: D-37
Connector: D-37
D-37 (B)
D-37 (B)
Harness side
3 2 1
AC208854AF
3 2 1
C-214
AC212253AE
Junction block Connector C-211
(1) Disconnect connector D-37, and check at the (Front view) (Harness side)
harness side. 2 1
NO : Go to Step 6. 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC212152AD
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC208854AF AC208854AF
Connector: C-122
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
C-122 (L)
(Front view) AC211269 AL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37
(terminal 1) and junction block connector C-211 (ter- Intermediate connector C-122
minal 2)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 11.
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
STEP 7. Check the following harness wire. STEP 8. Check lateral G-sensor output voltage.
Connector: D-37
Label
MB991348
D-37 (B)
Harness side
3 2 1
AC208854AF
Connector: D-37 (Harness side)
Connector: B-118
Label
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
AC103662AP
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37 (1) Disconnect connector D-37, and then connect
(terminal 3) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal special tool harness set (MB991348) between
24) terminals of the disconnected connectors.
Q: Is the harness wire damaged? (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11. (3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and
NO : Go to Step 11. earth.
OK:
When the lateral G-sensor is placed on a
level plane: 2.4 − 2.6 volts
When the lateral G-sensor is placed with its
label positioned as shown: 3.4 − 3.6 volts
Q: Is the lateral G-sensor output voltage normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the lateral G-sensor (Refer to
P.35B-148). Then go to Step 11.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-37
STEP 9. Check the following connectors. STEP 10. Check the following harness wire.
•
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC208854AF AC208854AF
Connector: C-122
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
C-122 (L) 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 AC211901AD
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37
Intermediate connector C-122 (terminal 2) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal
Connector: B-118
•
14)
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
B-118 (B)
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 11.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(5) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(6) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
16-PIN position.
Q: Does diagnosis code No.71 reset?
YES : Start over at Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
M.U.T.-II
AC207179AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
AC212249AB AC212249AC
(1) Disconnect connector C-230, and check at the (1) Disconnect connector C-230, and check at the
harness side. harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. (2) Measure the resistance between terminal 3 and
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and earth.
earth. OK: 2 ohms or less
OK: System voltage Q: Is the resistance 2 ohms or less?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 8.
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
35B-42 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Harness side
1
5 4 3 2
AC211267AL
Connector: C-211
C-210
Connector: C-101
C-101 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265DE
No.3
AC211266BP
Connector C-230
(Harness side)
1
5 4 3 2
NO.14
AC211898AB
The wire between steering wheel sensor connector
C-230 (terminal 3) and earth (No.3, No.14)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged? AC212249AD
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 11. (1) Connect steering wheel sensor connector C-230.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Variations in voltage when turning the
steering wheel
Voltage
2.7 - 4.4 V
0.8 - 2.1 V
Time
AC211894 AB
Connector: C-122
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
C-122 (L) 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 AC211901AD
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
If diagnosis code No.81 (ST-1) is set: The wire
Intermediate connector C-122 between steering wheel sensor connector C-230
Connector: B-118
•
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(5) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(6) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
16-PIN position.
Q: Does diagnosis code No.81, 82 and/or 83 reset?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
M.U.T.-II
AC207179AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
Code No.11: Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.12: Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.13: Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.14: Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit or Short Circuit)
Code No.21: Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.22: Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.23: Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor System
Code No.24: Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor System
ABS-ECU
MB991827 AC311153AB
P.00-5. 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
NO : Go to Step 2.
Q: Is the wheel speed sensor bolted securely in place (1) Disconnect the connector B-118 and measure at
at the front knuckle or the rear knuckle? the harness side.
YES : Go to Step 3. (2) Measure the resistance between the ABS-ECU
NO : Install it properly (Refer to P.35B-146). Then connector terminals.
go to Step 15 . • If diagnosis code 11 or 21 is set: between ter-
minals 29 and 30
• If diagnosis code 12 or 22 is set: between ter-
STEP 3. Inspect the wheel speed sensor and/or
minals 22 and 31
wheel speed rotor.
• If diagnosis code 13 or 23 is set: between ter-
Refer to P.35B-147.
minals 8 and 9
Check items: • If diagnosis code 14 or 24 is set: between ter-
• Wheel speed sensor internal resistance: 1.24 − minals 6 and 7
1.64 kΩ Standard Value: 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
• Insulation between the wheel speed sensor body
and the connector terminals Q: Is the resistance within the standard value?
YES : Go to Step 13.
• Toothed wheel speed rotor check
NO <The resistance between terminals 22 and 31 is
Q: Is the wheel speed sensor or wheel speed rotor not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 5.
damaged? NO <The resistance between terminals 29 and 30 is
YES : Replace it (Refer to P.35B-146). Then go to not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 7.
Step 15 . NO <The resistance between terminals 6 and 7 is
NO : Go to Step 4. not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 9.
NO <The resistance between terminals 8 and 9 is
not within the standard value.> : Go to Step 11.
35B-50 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Check the following connectors. STEP 6. Check the following harness wires.
• •
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB AC311127AB
A-03 (B)
Connector: A-03
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 31) and front wheel speed sensor (LH)
connector A-03 (terminal 1)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
A-03 (B)
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 15.
Harness side
2 1
AC211899AC
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB AC311127AB
A-03 (B)
C-111
Harness side
2 1
AC211899AC
AC311161AB
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 29) and front wheel speed sensor (RH) con-
Connector: C-122
nector A-27 (terminal 1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 • The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
(terminal 30) and front wheel speed sensor (RH)
connector A-27 (terminal 2)
Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 15.
C-122 (L) NO : Go to Step 15.
AC311160AC
Connector: A-27
A-27 (B)
Harness side
2 1
AC211900AC
Connector: B-118 1 2
B-118 (B)
Harness side D-13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC311163AB
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB Rear wheel speed sensor (LH) connector D-13
ABS-ECU connector B-118 Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam-
• aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con-
Connector: C-112 nector.
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 15.
C-112 (RG)
STEP 10. Check the following harness wires.
•
Connector: B-118
AC311161AC
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
C-122 (L)
Connector: D-13 Harness side
AC311160AC
1 2
Connector: D-34
D-13
D-34
AC311163AB
STEP 11. Check the following connectors. Connector: D-06 Harness side
•
1 2
Connector: B-118
D-06 (B)
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC311163AC
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB Rear wheel speed sensor (RH) connector D-06
ABS-ECU connector B-118 Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam-
• aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con-
Connector: C-112 nector.
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 15.
C-112 (RG)
STEP 12. Check the following harness wires:
•
Connector: B-118
AC311161AC
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
C-122 (L)
Connector: D-06 Harness side
AC311160AC
1 2
Connector: D-34
D-06 (B)
D-34
AC311163AC
STEP 13. Measure the wheel speed sensor STEP 15. Check whether the diagnosis code is
output voltage. reset.
Refer to P.35B-138.
<Using the M.U.T.-II>
Output Voltage: Steering shaft
• When measured with a voltmeter: 42 mV or more
• When measured with an oscilloscope (maximum
voltage): 120 mV or more
Q: Does the voltage meet the specification?
YES : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to MB991502
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 15.
AC311157AB
NO : Go to Step 14.
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
STEP 14. Check the wheel bearing.
Refer to GROUP 26, On-vehicle Service − Wheel
Bearing End Play Check <Front>P.26-6 or GROUP
27, On-vehicle Service − Wheel Bearing End Play 16-PIN
Check <Rear>P.27-30. If play on the wheel bearing
is not within the limit, replace the wheel bearing.
Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 inch)
Q: Is play on the wheel bearing within the standard
value?
YES : Go to Step 15.
MB991911
NO : Replace it and then go to Step 15.
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
Code No.16: ABS-ECU Power Supply System (abnormal voltage drop or rise)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The ABS-ECU power is supplied to the ABS-ECU
(terminal 10) from the ignition switch (IG2) through STEP 1. Check the battery.
the multi-purpose fuse number 12 in the junction Refer to GROUP 54A, Battery − On-vehicle Service
block. − Battery Test P.54A-5.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Q: Is the battery damaged?
Output is provided when ABS-ECU power supply YES : Charge or replace the battery and then go
voltage drops below or rises above the normal value. to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Output is not provided if power supply voltage
returns to normal voltage.
STEP 2. Check the charging system.
PROBABLE CAUSES Refer to GROUP 16, Charging System − On-vehicles
The most likely causes for this diagnosis code to set Service P.16-5.
are: Q: Is the charging system damaged?
• Malfunction of battery YES : Repair the Charging System and then go to
• Damaged wiring harness and connector Step 5.
• Malfunction of brake modulator hydraulic unit and NO : Go to Step 3.
ABS-ECU
35B-56 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
B-118 (B)
ABS-ECU connector B-118
• Harness side
Connector: C-122
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC311127AB
Connector: C-211
C-122 (L)
AC311160AC
Harness side
Intermediate connector C-122 2 1
•
Junction block 6 5 4 3
Connectors: C-210, C-211
(Front view)
AC311165AB
Junction block
(Front view)
AC311164AB
AC311157AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
MB991502
STEP 2. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
AC311157AB measurement at longitudinal G-sensor connector
D-38.
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
Connector: D-38
16-PIN
D-38 (B)
MB991911
MB991824
Connector D-38
(Harness side)
3 2 1
MB991827 AC311153AB
AC311166AB
(1) Connect M.U.T.-II/III as shown in the illustration.
(2) Start the engine. (1) Disconnect connector D-38, and check at the
harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
35B-60 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Check the earth circuit. Resistance STEP 4. Check the following connectors.
measurement at longitudinal G-sensor connector
•
Connector: D-38
D-38.
Connector: D-38
3 2 1
D-38 (B) AC311167AB
Connector D-38
C-211
(Harness side)
AD
3 2 1
C-214
Connector C-211
AC311166AC (Harness side)
(1) Disconnect connector D-38, and check at the Junction block 2 1
6 5 4 3
harness side. (Front view)
(2) Measure the resistance between terminal 3 and Connector C-214
earth. (Harness side)
OK: 2 ohms or less
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Q: Is the resistance 2 ohms or less?
YES : Go to Step 8. 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
NO : Go to Step 6.
AC311164AC
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC311167AB AC311167AB
Connector: C-211
Longitudinal G-sensor connector D-38
•
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
C-122 (L)
(Front view)
AC311165AB
AC311160AC
The wire between longitudinal G-sensor connector
D-38 (terminal 1) and junction block connector C-211 Intermediate connector C-122
(terminal 2)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 11.
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 7. Check the following harness wire. STEP 8. Check longitudinal G-sensor output
Connector: D-38
voltage.
Label
MB991348
D-38 (B) Harness side
3 2 1
AC311167AB
Label
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
3 2 1 3 2 1
AC311167AB AC311167AB
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-122 (L) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
AC311160AC
The wire between longitudinal G-sensor connector
Intermediate connector C-122 D-38 (terminal 2) and ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 25)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
B-118 (B) P.35B-143). Then go to Step 11.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Steering shaft (5) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(6) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
Q: Does diagnosis code No.32 reset?
YES : Start over at Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
MB991502
AC311157AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
HYDRAULIC UNIT
MOTOR SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID MOTOR
VALVE POWER POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY
ABS-ECU
Connector: B-118
STEP 1. Check the solenoid valve or motor power
supply circuit. Voltage measurement at ABS-ECU
connector B-118.
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
A-12 (B) 1 2
Connector B-118
(Harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311169AB
No.3
MB991502
AC208825 AL
AC311157AB
Connector: B-118
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
MB991827 AC311153AB
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
AC311157AB
STEP 2. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
measurement at lateral G-sensor connector D-37.
<Using the M.U.T.-III> Connector: D-37
16-PIN
D-37 (B)
MB991911
MB991824
Connector D-37
(Harness side)
3 2 1
MB991827 AC311153AB
AC311166AD
(1) Connect M.U.T.-II/III as shown in the illustration.
(1) Disconnect connector D-37, and check at the
harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
35B-70 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Check the earth circuit. Resistance STEP 4. Check the following connectors.
measurement at lateral G-sensor connector D-37.
•
Connector: D-37
Connector: D-37
D-37 (B)
D-37 (B)
Harness side
3 2 1 AC311167AC
Connector D-37
(Harness side)
AD C-211
3 2 1
C-214
AC311166AE
Connector C-211
(1) Disconnect connector D-37, and check at the (Harness side)
harness side. Junction block 2 1
6 5 4 3
(2) Measure the resistance between terminal 3 and (Front view)
earth. Connector C-214
OK: 2 ohms or less (Harness side)
AC311164AC
3 2 1 AC311167AC 3 2 1 AC311167AC
Connector: C-211
Lateral G-sensor connector D-37
•
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
C-122 (L)
(Front view)
AC311165AB
AC311160AC
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37
(terminal 1) and junction block connector C-211 (ter- Intermediate connector C-122
minal 2)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 11.
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 7. Check the following harness wire. STEP 8. Check lateral G-sensor output voltage.
Connector: D-37
Label
MB991348
D-37 (B)
Harness side
3 2 1 AC311167AC
Connector: D-37 (Harness side)
Connector: B-118
Label
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB AC103662AP
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37 (1) Disconnect connector D-37, and then connect
(terminal 3) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal special tool harness set (MB991348) between
24) terminals of the disconnected connectors.
Q: Is the harness wire damaged? (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11. (3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and
NO : Go to Step 11. earth.
OK:
When the lateral G-sensor is placed on a
level plane: 2.4 − 2.6 volts
When the lateral G-sensor is placed with its
label positioned as shown: 3.4 − 3.6 volts
Q: Is the lateral G-sensor output voltage normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the lateral G-sensor (Refer to
P.35B-148). Then go to Step 11.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-73
STEP 9. Check the following connectors. STEP 10. Check the following harness wire.
•
3 2 1 AC311167AC 3 2 1 AC311167AC
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-122 (L) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
AC311160AC
The wire between lateral G-sensor connector D-37
Intermediate connector C-122 (terminal 2) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal
14)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
B-118 (B) P.35B-143). Then go to Step 11.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Steering shaft (5) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(6) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
Q: Does diagnosis code No.71 reset?
YES : Start over at Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
MB991502
AC311157AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
Connector C-230
Connector C-230 (Harness side)
(Harness side)
1
1 5 4 3 2
5 4 3 2
AC311195AB AC311195AC
(1) Disconnect connector C-230, and check at the (1) Disconnect connector C-230, and check at the
harness side. harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. (2) Measure the resistance between terminal 3 and
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and earth.
earth. OK: 2 ohms or less
OK: System voltage Q: Is the resistance 2 ohms or less?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 8.
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
35B-78 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Harness side
AC311196AB 1
5 4 3 2
Steering wheel sensor connector C-230
•
AC311196AB
C-211
Connector: C-211
C-210
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
Junction block (Front view)
(Front view) AC311165AB
NO : Go to Step 11.
AC311164AB
Connector: C-101
C-101 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
AC311161AE
AC311196AB AC311196AB
Connector: C-06
C-06 (GR)
Windshield
wiper arm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
AC311161AF
AC311200AB
STEP 8. Check steering wheel sensor output STEP 9. Check the following connectors.
voltage.
•
Connector: C-230
Connector: C-230
Harness side
1
5 4 3 2
AC311196AB
Connector: C-138
Connector C-230
(Harness side)
1
5 4 3 2
C-138
AC311160AE
AC311195AD
Intermediate connector C-138
(1) Connect steering wheel sensor connector C-230. •
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
2.7 - 4.4 V
Harness side
0.8 - 2.1 V 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
Time
AC211894 AB ABS-ECU connector B-118
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam-
(3) Measure the voltage, by backprobing, between
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con-
terminal 1 and earth, terminal 4 and earth, and
nector.
terminal 5 and earth.
OK: The voltage should measure as indi- Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
cated in the figure.
YES : Go to Step 10.
Q: Is the steering wheel sensor output voltage NO : Repair it and then go to Step 11.
normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
P.35B-150). Then go to Step 11.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-81
STEP 10. Check the following harness wires. STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
•
Connector: C-230
<Using the M.U.T.-II>
Steering shaft
Harness side
1
5 4 3 2
MB991502
AC311196AB
AC311157AB
Connector: B-118
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
INSPECTION CHART FOR TROUBLE NOTE: During ABS operation, the brake pedal may
SYMPTOMS vibrate a little or may not be able to be pressed. Such
M1352011400750 conditions are due to intermittent changes in hydrau-
NOTE: If steering movements are made when driv- lic pressure inside the brake line to prevent the
ing at high speed, or when driving on road surfaces wheels from locking. This is normal.
with low frictional resistance, or when passing over
bumps, the ABS may operate although sudden brak-
ing is not being applied. Because of this, when get-
ting information from the customer, check if the
problem occurred while driving under such condi-
tions as these.
Trouble symptoms Inspection procedure Reference page
No.
Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and all the 1 <LH drive vehicle>
system is not possible. P.35B-83, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-109
Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and the 2 <LH drive vehicle>
ABS-ECU is not possible. P.35B-87, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-113
When the ignition key is turned to the "ON" position 3 <LH drive vehicle>
(Engine stopped), the ABS warning lamp does not P.35B-92, <RH drive
illuminate. vehicle> P.35B-118
The ABS warning lamp remains illuminated after the 4 <LH drive vehicle>
engine is started. P.35B-97, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-123
In the inspection with the M.U.T.-II/III data list, the 5 <LH drive vehicle>
parking brake switch is not turned ON or turned OFF. P.35B-99, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-125
The neutral position learning of the steering wheel 6 <LH drive vehicle>
sensor is not detected. P.35B-103, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-129
Faulty ABS operation 7 <LH drive vehicle>
P.35B-108, <RH drive
vehicle> P.35B-134
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-83
INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR
TROUBLE SYMPTOMS <L.H. drive
vehicle>
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and all the Systems is Not
Possible.
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
Connector: C-14
STEP 1. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
measurement at diagnosis connector C-14.
Connector: C-14
C-14(B)
AC100188AG
C-212 (B)
Diagnosis connector
C-214
Connector C-212
AC212151AB (harness side)
AC212152 AB
Connector: C-126
C-14(B)
C-14(B)
AC100188AG
Connector: C-212
C-212 (B)
Diagnosis connector
AC212151AC
Connector: C-14
C-14(B)
AC100188AG
STEP 6. Check the following harness wires. STEP 7. Retest the system.
•
C-14(B)
AC100188AG
Earth
No.7
AC211897AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and the ABS-ECU is not
possible.
ABS-ECU
POWER
SUPPLY
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR FRONT SIDE
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
• The diagnosis code is set by the ABS-ECU (ter-
minal 2) to the diagnostic output terminal (termi- STEP 1. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
nal 7) of the diagnosis connector. measurement at ABS-ECU connector B-118.
• When the diagnosis connector's diagnosis test
mode control terminal (terminal 1) is earthed, the Connector: B-118
ABS-ECU will go into diagnosis mode.
PROBABLE CAUSES
The most likely causes for this case are:
• Blown fuse Connector B-118
• Damaged wiring harness or connector (harness side)
• Malfunction of the brake modulator hydraulic unit
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(Integrated with ABS-ECU)
12
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC212153AC
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Harness side
Connectors: C-210, C-211
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
(Front view) AC211269 AL
C-211
Connector: B-118
Connector: C-124
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
AC211265 AR
STEP 4. Check the earth circuit. Resistance STEP 6. Check the following harness wires.
measurement at ABS-ECU connector B-118.
•
Connector: B-118
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Earth
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
Connector B-118
(harness side)
AC212153AE
AC211898AC
STEP 5. Check the following connector.
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
Connector: B-118 nal 12) and earth (No.14)
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 34) and earth (No.14)
B-118 (B) Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 9.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Connector: B-118
C-14(B)
B-118 (B)
AC100188AG
Connector: C-14
C-23 (B) C-124
C-105
C-14(B)
Connector C-105 Connector C-23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 AC100188AG
2324 25 2627 28 2930 31 32 33 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" position (Engine Stopped),
the ABS Warning Lamp does not Illuminate.
COMBINATION
METER
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
B-118 (B)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
2 1 (1) Disconnect combination meter connector C-01
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD and measure at the harness side.
(2) Start the engine.
(1) Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 9 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 3.
35B-94 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
AC212218AE
Connector C-214
(Harness side)
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC212152AD
Harness side
515049 48 4746 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC211265 AI
Earth
Connector C-02
(harness side)
515049 48 4746 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 No.7
AC212218AD
Connector: C-02
NO : Go to Step 10.
Harness side
515049 48 4746 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC211265 AI
STEP 8. Check the following connectors. STEP 9. Check the following harness wire.
•
Connector: C-122
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
C-122 (L) 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 AC211901AD
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AC211265 DD
The wire between combination meter connector C-01
Intermediate connector C-122 (terminal 13) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
Connector: B-118
•
nal 27)
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 10.
NO : Replace the combination meter (Refer to
B-118 (B)
GROUP 54A, Combination Meter Assembly
P.54A-58). Then go to Step 10.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEP 10. Retest the system.
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD Q: Does the ABS warning lamp illuminate for 3
seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the
ABS-ECU connector B-118 "ON" position with engine stopped or upon
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam- start-up?
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con- YES : The procedure is complete.
nector. NO : Return to Step 1.
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 10.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-97
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ABS Warning Lamp Remains Illuminated after the Engine is
Started.
NOTE: This diagnosis procedure is limited to cases where communication with the M.U.T.-II is possible
(ABS-ECU power supply is normal) and no diagnosis code is set.
ABS WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
Refer to P.35B-92.
STEP 1. Check the following connectors.
CIRCUIT OPERATION •
PROBABLE CAUSES
The most likely causes for this case are:
• Damaged wiring harness or connector C-122 (L)
• Malfunction of the brake modulator hydraulic unit
(integrated with ABS-ECU)
Connector C-01
(harness side)
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
AC212218AF
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
STEP 2. Check the following harness wire. STEP 3. Check the ABS warning lamp circuit at
ABS-ECU connector B-118.
Connector: C-01
C-01 Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
AC211265DF
Connector: B-118
Connector B-118
(harness side)
B-118 (B)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: In the Inspection with the M.U.T.-II/III Data List, the Parking Brake
Switch is not Turned ON or Turned OFF.
MB991911
Connector B-118
MB991824
(harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
MB991827 AC210056AC
(2) Start the engine. (1) Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118 and
measure at the harness side.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-101
(2) Check for continuity between terminal 1 and STEP 4. Check the following connectors.
earth with pulling or releasing the parking brake •
YES : Go to Step 3.
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
NO : Go to Step 4.
ABS-ECU connector B-118
•
Connector: B-118
C-124
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD Connector C-23
ABS-ECU connector B-118 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Check the connector for loose, corroded or damaged 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Are the connector and terminals in good Connector C-124
condition?
YES : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
(integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 6. AC212218 AG
Connector: D-28
D-28 (B)
Harness side
1
AC211902AH
D-28 (B)
Harness side
1
AC211902AH
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Neutral Position Learning of the Steering Wheel Sensor is not
Detected.
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
Q: Is the steering wheel sensor straight ahead (3) Measure the voltage, by backprobing, between
position learning input normal? terminal 1 and earth, terminal 4 and earth, and
YES : Go to Step 5. terminal 5 and earth.
NO : Confirm the steering wheel sensor is OK: The voltage should measure as indi-
correctly installed. Then go to Step 4. cated in the figure.
Q: Is the steering wheel sensor output voltage
STEP 4. Check for steering wheel sensor output normal?
voltage. YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
Connector: C-230
P.35B-150). and then go to Step 13.
AC212249AD
STEP 7. Check the following connectors. STEP 8. Check the following harness wires.
• •
No.10
C-102
C-129
AC208825AN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 Harness side
2 1
4 3
AC212218AH AC211265DH
Intermediate connectors C-129 The wire between relay box in engine compartment
• Stop lamp switch connector C-102 (fuse No.10) and stop lamp switch connector
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam- C-102 (terminal 2)
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con- • The wire between stop lamp switch connector
nector. C-102 (terminal 1) and stop lamps
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
condition? YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 13.
YES : Go to Step 8. NO : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 13.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-107
STEP 9. Check the stop lamp switch circuit. STEP 10. Check the following connectors.
Measure the voltage at ABS-ECU connector
•
Connector: B-118
B-118.
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
Connector B-118
(harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 C-124
C-102
C-105
AC212153AH
(1) Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118 and Connector C-102 Connector C-105
measure at the harness side. (harness side)
(2) Depress the brake pedal to turn on the stop lamp
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
2 1 2324 25 2627 28 2930 31 32 33
switch. 4 3
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 19 and
earth. Connector C-124
OK: System voltage 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
Q: IIs the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12. AC212218AI
STEP 11. Check the following harness wire. STEP 12. Check the following connector.
•
B-118 (B)
C-102
Harness side
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
4 3 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211265DH AC211901AD
Connector: B-118
ABS-ECU connector B-118
Check the connector for loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Are the connector and terminals in good
B-118 (B)
condition?
YES : Replace the brake modulator hydraulic unit
Harness side (integrated with ABS-ECU) (Refer to
P.35B-143). Then go to Step 13.
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
2 1
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 13.
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC211901AD
The wire between stop lamp switch connector C-102 STEP 13. Retest the system.
(terminal 1) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal Q: Is the neutral position learning of the steering
19) wheel sensor detected by the ABS system?
Q: Is the harness wire damaged? YES : The procedure is complete.
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 13. NO : Return to Step 1.
NO : Go to Step 13.
PROBABLE CAUSES
The most likely cause for this case is:
• Malfunction of the brake modulator hydraulic unit
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-109
INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR
TROUBLE SYMPTOMS <R.H. drive
vehicle>
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and all the Systems is Not
Possible.
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
Connector: C-14
STEP 1. Check the power supply circuit. Voltage
measurement at diagnosis connector C-14.
Connector: C-14
C-14(B)
AC311202 AB
C-212 (B)
Diagnosis connector
C-214
Connector C-212
AC311203AB (harness side)
Junction block
Measure the voltage between terminal 16 and earth. (Front view) 1
AC311164AD
Connector: C-126
Harness side
3 2 1
C-126
AC311160AF
C-14(B)
C-14(B)
AC311202 AB
Connector: C-212
C-212 (B)
Diagnosis connector
AC311203AC
Harness side
Measure the resistance between terminal 4 and
Junction block
(Front view)
1
earth, and terminal 5 and earth.
AC311165AC
OK: 2 ohms or less
The wire between diagnosis connector C-14 (termi-
Q: Is the resistance 2 ohms or less?
nal 16) and junction block connector C-212 (terminal YES : Replace the M.U.T.-II/III and then go to Step
1) 7.
Q: Is the harness wire damaged? NO : Go to Step 5.
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 5. Check the following connector.
•
Connector: C-14
C-14(B)
AC311202 AB
STEP 6. Check the following harness wires. STEP 7. Retest the system.
•
C-14(B)
AC311202 AB
Earth
Windshield
wiper arm
AC311200AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Communication between the M.U.T.-II/III and the ABS-ECU is not
possible.
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU
POWER
SUPPLY
Connector: B-118
sible, the cause is probably an open circuit in the
ABS-ECU power circuit or an open circuit in the diag-
nostic output circuit.
PROBABLE CAUSES
B-118 (B)
The most likely causes for this case are:
• Blown fuse Harness side
• Damaged wiring harness or connector 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311164AB
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
AC311168AC 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B-118 (B)
Harness side
2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
(Front view)
AC311165AB
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector: B-118 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
Connector B-118
(harness side)
B-118 (B)
AC311168AD
Harness side
Measure the resistance between terminal 12 and
11 10
earth, and terminal 34 and earth.
12 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB OK: 2 ohms or less
The wire between junction block connector C-211 Q: Is the resistance 2 ohms or less?
(terminal 2) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (terminal YES : Go to Step 7.
10) NO : Go to Step 5.
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 9. STEP 5. Check the following connector.
NO : Go to Step 9. •
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 6. Check the following harness wires. STEP 7. Check the following connectors.
• •
B-118 (B)
Harness side C-14(B)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB AC311202 AB
Connector: C-23
C-23 (B)
AC311161AG
C-21
C-105 C-124
AC311204 AB
C-122 (L)
The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 12) and earth
• The wire between ABS-ECU connector B-118
(terminal 34) and earth Connector C-21 Connector C-105
Q: Is any harness wire damaged? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 9. 2324 25 2627 28 2930 31 32 33
NO : Go to Step 9.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
AC311205AB
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side B-118 (B)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
AC311202 AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" position (Engine Stopped),
the ABS Warning Lamp does not Illuminate.
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
B-118 (B)
Harness side AC311206AB
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
2 1 (1) Disconnect combination meter connector C-01
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
and measure at the harness side.
(2) Start the engine.
(1) Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 9 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 3.
35B-120 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Check the following connectors. STEP 4. Check the following harness wire.
•
Harness side
Connector C-01 (harness side) 2 1
Junction block 6 5 4 3
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(Front view)
AC311161AD AC311165AB
C-211
AC311161AD
C-214
The wire between junction block connector C-211
Connector C-211
(Harness side)
(terminal 6) and combination meter connector C-01
(terminal 9)
Junction block 2 1
(Front view)
6 5 4 3
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 10.
Connector C-214
(Harness side) NO : Go to Step 10.
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC311164AC
Connector: C-02
C-02 (L)
AC311161AH
Earth
Connector C-02
(harness side)
515049 48 4746 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Windshield
wiper arm
AC311206AC
AC311161AH
STEP 8. Check the following connectors. STEP 9. Check the following harness wire.
•
AC311161AD AC311161AD
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-122 (L) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
AC311160AC
The wire between combination meter connector C-01
Intermediate connector C-122 (terminal 13) and ABS-ECU connector B-118 (termi-
nal 27)
•
Connector: B-118
Q: Is the harness wire damaged?
YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 10.
NO : Replace the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 54A, Combination Meter Assembly
B-118 (B) P.54A-56). Then go to Step 10.
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEP 10. Retest the system.
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB Q: Does the ABS warning lamp illuminate for 3
seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the
ABS-ECU connector B-118 "ON" position with engine stopped or upon
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam- start-up?
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con- YES : The procedure is complete.
nector. NO : Return to Step 1.
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 10.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-123
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ABS Warning Lamp Remains Illuminated after the Engine is
Started.
NOTE: This diagnosis procedure is limited to cases where communication with the M.U.T.-II/III is possible
(ABS-ECU power supply is normal) and no diagnosis code is set.
ABS WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
Refer to P.35B-118.
STEP 1. Check the following connectors.
CIRCUIT OPERATION •
PROBABLE CAUSES
The most likely causes for this case are:
Connector C-01 (harness side)
• Damaged wiring harness or connector
• Malfunction of the brake modulator hydraulic unit
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector: C-122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
C-122 (L)
AC311160AC
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
STEP 2. Check the following harness wire. STEP 3. Check the ABS warning lamp circuit at
ABS-ECU connector B-118.
Connector: C-01
Connector: B-118
AC311161AD
Connector: B-118
Connector B-118
(harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B-118 (B) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: In the Inspection with the M.U.T.-II/III Data List, the Parking Brake
Switch is not Turned ON or Turned OFF.
16-PIN
B-118 (B)
MB991911
MB991824
Connector B-118
(harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
MB991827 AC311153AB
YES : Go to Step 3.
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
NO : Go to Step 4.
ABS-ECU connector B-118
•
Connector: B-118 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B-118 (B)
C-122 (L)
Harness side
AC311160AC
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEP 5. Check the following harness wire. STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Connector: D-28
Q: Does the parking brake switch turn ON/OFF
normally in the inspection by M.U.T.-II/III data list?
YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Return to Step 1.
D-28 (B)
Harness side
1
AC311162AC
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Neutral Position Learning of the Steering Wheel Sensor is not
Detected.
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
MB991502
STEP 1. Check the front tyres.
Q: Are the tyre diameters different? AC311157AB
YES : Replace the appropriate tyre and then go to
Step 13. <Using the M.U.T.-III>
NO : Go to Step 2.
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC311153AB
Q: Is the steering wheel sensor straight ahead (3) Measure the voltage, by backprobing, between
position learning input normal? terminal 1 and earth, terminal 4 and earth, and
YES : Go to Step 5. terminal 5 and earth.
NO : Confirm the steering wheel sensor is OK: The voltage should measure as indi-
correctly installed. Then go to Step 4. cated in the figure.
Q: Is the steering wheel sensor output voltage
STEP 4. Check for steering wheel sensor output normal?
voltage. YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
Connector: C-230
P.35B-150). and then go to Step 13.
AC311195AD
STEP 7. Check the following connectors. STEP 8. Check the following harness wires.
• •
No.10
AC311160AG AC208825AN
2 1
2 1 4 3
4 3
AC311161AI
AC311161AI
The wire between relay box in engine compartment
Stop lamp switch connector C-102 (fuse No.10) and stop lamp switch connector
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam- C-102 (terminal 2)
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con- • The wire between stop lamp switch connector
nector. C-102 (terminal 1) and stop lamps
Q: Are the connectors and terminals in good Q: Is any harness wire damaged?
condition? YES : Repair or replace it and then go to Step 13.
YES : Go to Step 8. NO : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair it and then go to Step 13.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35B-133
STEP 9. Check the stop lamp switch circuit. STEP 10. Check the following connectors.
Voltage measurement at ABS-ECU connector
•
Connector: B-118
B-118.
Connector: B-118
B-118 (B)
Harness side
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B-118 (B) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
AC311127AB
Connector B-118
(harness side)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 C-124
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
C-105
AC311168AG
switch.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 19 and Connector C-124
earth. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Connector: C-102
2 1
4 3
AC311161AI
Check the connectors for loose, corroded or dam- STEP 12. Check the following connector.
aged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the con- •
Start of End of
activation activation
Solenoid A
valve
B 1s
C 2s
0.05 s 0.01 s
Pump ON
motor OFF
NOTE
A: Hydraulic pressure increases
B: Hydraulic pressure holds
C: Hydraulic pressure decreases
AC100172 AG
CHECK AT ABS-ECU
M1352011800695
Use the following steps to remove the connector
cover of the ABS-ECU and then measure the termi-
nal voltage.
AC211694AB
AC211716
1. Measure the voltages between terminals (12) NOTE: Do not measure terminal voltage for approxi-
(earth terminal) and each respective terminal. mately three seconds after the ignition switch is
2. The terminal layout is shown in the illustration. turned "ON." The ABS-ECU performs the initial
check during that period.
Terminal No. Check item Checking requirements Normal condition
1 Parking brake switch Pull the parking brake lever. 1 V or less
Release the parking brake lever. System voltage
2 M.U.T.-II/III When the M.U.T.-II/III is connected Serial
communication
with M.U.T.-II/III
When the M.U.T.-II/III is not connected 1 V or less
4 Steering wheel Ignition Steering wheel: Neutral 0.8 − 2.1 V
sensor (ST-N) switch: "ON" position and fully turned.
Steering wheel: Except for the 2.7 − 4.4 V
above
5 Diagnosis When the M.U.T.-II/III is connected Approximately 0 V
changeover input When the M.U.T.-II/III is not connected System voltage
10 ABS-ECU power Ignition switch: "ON" System voltage
supply Ignition switch: "START" or "ACC" Approximately 0 V
11 Solenoid valve power Always System voltage
supply
14 Lateral G-sensor Ignition switch: "ON" 2.4 − 2.6 V
input (horizontal
position)
15 Longitudinal Always 0V
G-sensor earth
17 Steering wheel Ignition Steering wheel: Turned Variation in the
sensor (ST-2) switch: "ON" voltage value 0.8 −
2.1 V and 2.7 − 4.4
V
19 Stop lamp monitor Ignition Stop lamp switch: "ON" System voltage
input switch: "ON" Stop lamp switch: "OFF" 1 V or less
24 Lateral G-sensor Always 0V
earth
25 Longitudinal Ignition switch: "ON" 2.4 − 2.6 V
G-sensor input (horizontal
position)
35B-138 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AC211717
1. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) 2. Check the resistance and continuity between the
position and disconnect the ABS-ECU connectors terminals indicated in the table below.
before checking resistance and continuity. 3. The terminal layout is shown in the illustration.
ABS-ECU terminal No. Signal Normal condition
6−7 Rear-left wheel speed sensor 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
8−9 Rear-right wheel speed sensor 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
22 − 31 Front-left wheel speed sensor 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
29 − 30 Front-right wheel speed sensor 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
12 − body earth Earth Less than 2 ohms
34 − body earth Earth Less than 2 ohms
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT 1. Move the lock lever of the ABS-ECU connector as
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT shown, and then disconnect the ABS-ECU
M1352001600612 connector.
Lift up the vehicle and release the parking brake.
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC210056AC
Depressed
Pedal
operation M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Released (Item No.01, 02, 03, 04) start
Increase in pressure
Solenoid 2 seconds
valve Steady pressure
position
Reduction in pressure 1 seconds
Lock
Checking
the brake
force 3 seconds
Drag force when the
pedal is free Approx. 0.05 second
AC000954AH
WARNING
If the ABS is not operating, the vehicle pos-
ture will be unstable during braking, Do not
drive the vehicle with the ABS-ECU connec-
tor disconnected or with the ABS not operat-
ing for any other reason.
If the engine is started using a booster cable when
the battery is completely flat, and the vehicle is then
driven without waiting for the battery to be recharged,
the engine may misfire and it may not be possible to
drive the vehicle. This is because the ABS consumes
a large amount of current when carrying out its initial
checks. If this happens, recharge the battery fully.
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
HYDRAULIC UNIT
35B-143
HYDRAULIC UNIT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1352008600549
NOTE: The ABS-ECU is integrated in the hydraulic unit.
<LH DRIVE VEHICLES>
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Brake Fluid Draining • Brake Fluid Filling
• Bake Line Bleeding (Refer to P.35A-7).
• Hydraulic Unit Check (Refer to P.35B-140).
2
15 ± 2 N·m
2 3
1
2
2
25 ± 6 N·m
25 ± 6 N·m
AC100173 AC
2
15 ± 2 N·m
3
1 2
2
25 ± 6 N·m 2
4
25 ± 6 N·m
AC311045AB
6
AC100240AB
Lock lever
AC211555AB Connect the tubes to the hydraulic unit assembly as
Move the lock lever of the ABS-ECU connector as shown in the illustration.
shown in the illustration, and then disconnect the 1. From the master cylinder (secondary)
harness connector. 2. To the front brake (LH)
3. To the rear brake (RH)
<<B>> BRAKE MODULATOR HYDRAULIC 4. To the rear brake (LH)
UNIT (HYDRAULIC UNIT AND ABS-ECU) 5. To the front brake (RH)
REMOVAL 6. From the master cylinder (primary)
WARNING
The hydraulic unit is heavy. Use care when
removing it.
CAUTION
• The hydraulic unit cannot be disassembled.
Never loosen its nuts or bolts.
• Do not drop or shock the hydraulic unit.
• Do not turn the hydraulic unit upside down or
lay it on its side.
35B-146 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
ABS SENSOR
ABS SENSOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1352020700061
Post-installation Operation
• Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
(Refer to P.35B-138).
3 4
<Front>
1
<Rear>
AC211696AB
<Front> <Rear>
<Front> <Rear>
AC100242 AB AC211699AB
Be careful when handling the projection at the tip 2. Measure the resistance between the wheel speed
of the wheel speed sensor and the toothed edge sensor terminals.
of the wheel speed rotor so as not to damage Standard value: 1.24 − 1.64 kΩ
them by contacting other parts.
3. If the internal resistance of the wheel speed
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT sensor is not within the standard value, replace it
with a new wheel speed sensor.
>>A<< REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSTALLATION
ACX01120 AB
TOOTHED WHEEL SPEED ROTOR Check whether the wheel speed rotor teeth are bro-
CHECK ken or deformed. Replace the EBJ assembly of the
driveshaft, respectively, if the teeth are damaged or
deformed.
AC000965
G-SENSOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1352010100369
CAUTION
Do not drop or apply a shock on the G-sensor.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Rear Console Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer
to GROUP 52A, Rear Floor Console Assembly P.52A-8).
2
Rear of the vehicle Y2056AU
AC211700 AB
Label
MB991348
Connector: D-37/D-38
(Harness side)
Label
AC103662AG
35B-150 ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR
CAUTION
• Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, be sure to refer to GROUP 52B,
Service Precautions (P.52B-3) and Driver’s, Front Passenger’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring
(P.52B-110).
• Make sure no oil adheres to the steering wheel sensor because a photointerruptors are mounted
on the steering wheel sensor.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Steering Wheel Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 37, Steering Wheel P.37-13).
• Column Cover, Clock Spring and Column Switch Assem-
bly Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 37, Steer-
ing Shaft P.37-15).
AC311019AB
36-1
GROUP 36
PARKING BRAKES
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1361000100418
The parking brake is of a mechanical control type CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
acting on the rear wheels. A lever is used to apply
the parking brake.
AC211553AB
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1361000300490
LUBRICANTS
M1361000400367
LINING RUNNING-IN
M1361001100336
Pull
AC006190
2
AC212036 AB
Section A - A Section B - B
Ratchet pawl
A
Ratchet plate
B
A ABC
B
AC212037AB
CAUTION
During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of cal-
iper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Rear Floor Console Assembly and Rear Console Bracket • Parking Brake Lever Stroke adjustment (Refer to P.36-3).
Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A, Rear Floor Console • Rear Seat Cushion Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A,
P.52A-8). Rear Seat P.52A-20).
• Rear Seat Cushion Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP • Rear Floor Console Assembly and Rear Console Bracket
52A, Rear Seat P.52A-20). Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A, Rear Floor Console
P.52A-8).
1 AC212038 AB
CAUTION
During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of cal-
iper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
118 ± 19 N·m
54 ± 5 N·m
14 1
12
11
3
10 6
13 7
11
9
4 2
8 5
11
Specified grease: Brake grease SAE J310, NLGI No.1
AC212051 AB
AC212066
AC212064AB
Rear of
vehicle
3. Measure the inside diameter of the brake disc in
two places or more.
Standard value: 168.0 mm
1 2 Limit: 169.0 mm
Paint
AC212065 AB 4. If the inside of the brake disc has worn down to
the limit value or more, or if it is excessively worn
on one side, replace the brake disc.
NOTES
55-1
GROUP 55
HEATER, AIR
CONDITIONER AND
VENTILATION
CONTENTS
LUBRICANTS
M1552000400396
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1552000600505
B991367
MB991386 Pin
B991502
55-4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-5
Tool Number Name Use
MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire
or connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1554004700102 M1554004800176
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshoot- How to read diagnosis code
ing/Inspection Service Points P.00-5. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-
nector to read diagnosis code (Refer to GROUP 00,
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points P.00-5).
A/C-ECU
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
C-142 (B)
C-36 (B) C-142 (B)
C-36 (B)
Harness side
C-36 Harness side
C-36
C-142
C-142
AC504641AC
AC504641AC
Connector: C-36 <RHD>
Connector: C-36 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
C-36 (B)
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
AC504618AJ
Connector: C-142 <RHD>
Connector: C-142 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
C-142 (B)
C-142 (B)
AC504625AD
AC504625AD
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3. • Check the sensor signal line and earth line for
NO : Repair the connector. open or short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the automatic A/C control panel
(A/C-ECU)
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
55-8 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
A/C-ECU
OUTSIDE
THERMO
SENSOR
Harness side
Harness side
A-44 (BR)
A-44 (BR)
AC504656AB
Harness side
C-36 (B)
Harness side
AC504622AB C-36 (B)
Harness side
Connector: C-36 <RHD>
Harness side
C-36 (B)
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
NOTE:
Connector: C-129 <RHD>
AC504618AK
AC504622AE
HEATER WATER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
A/C-ECU
STEP 2. Connector check: C-36 A/C-ECU STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-36
connector and C-32 heater water temperature A/C-ECU connector (terminals 4 and 20) and C-32
connector heater water temperature sensor connector
Connector: C-32 <LHD>
(terminals 2 and 1).
Connector: C-32 <LHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC504617AJ
AC504617AJ
Connector: C-32, C-36 <RHD>
Connector: C-32, C-36 <RHD>
C-32
C-36 (B) C-32
C-36 (B)
Harness side
C-32 Harness side
C-32
C-36
C-36
AC504624AE
AC504624AE
Connector: C-36 <LHD>
Connector: C-36 <LHD>
Harness side
C-36 (B)
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
AC504622AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector.
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-13
NOTE:
Connector: C-10 <LHD>
AC504617AF
AC504618AF
<LHD>
Air Thermo Sensor Circuit
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
A/C-ECU
<RHD>
Air Thermo Sensor Circuit
A/C-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC504617AD
STEP 1. Check the air thermo sensor.
Refer to P.55-120. Connectors: C-35, C-36 <RHD>
C-36 (B)
C-35
Harness side
C-35
C-36
AC504624AC
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
Harness side
AC504617AF
Harness side
Harness side
C-35
C-36
AC504618AL
AC504622AB
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-17
<LHD>
Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Potentiometer Circuit
A/C-ECU
<RHD>
Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Potentiometer Circuit
A/C-ECU
STEP 1. Check the air mixing damper control Connectors: C-36, C-144 <RHD>
motor and potentiometer.
Refer to P.55-114.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the air mixing damper control C-144 C-36 (B)
motor and potentiometer.
Harness side
C-36
C-144
AC504624AI
Harness side
AC504617AL
C-10
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
C-10 AC504701AC
C-144 C-36 (B)
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-10, and heater water tem-
Harness side
perature sensor connector C-32 <RH drive vehi-
C-10 C-32 cles>, and repair if necessary.
• Check the potentiometer power supply, earth and
signal line for open or short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the automatic A/C control panel
Harness side Harness side (A/C-ECU).
C-36 C-144 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC504624AQ
55-20 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
<LHD>
Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Potentiometer Circuit
MODE SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
A/C-ECU
<RHD>
Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Potentiometer Circuit
MODE SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER HEATER WATER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A/C-ECU
STEP 1. Check the mode selection damper Connectors: C-36, C-143 <RHD>
control motor and potentiometer. C-143
Refer to P.55-114.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the mode selection damper control C-36 (B)
motor and potentiometer.
Harness side
C-36
C-143
AC504624AK
Harness side
AC504617AM
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-36 Connectors: C-10, C-143 <LHD>
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 10, 6 and 20) and
C-143 mode selection damper control motor and
potentiometer connector (terminals 2, 5 and 6). C-143
Connector: C-36 <LHD>
C-10
C-10
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
AC504624AR
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-23
A/C-ECU
MOTOR
DRIVE CIRCUIT
Harness side
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
Harness side
C-37
C-144
AC504624AM
Harness side
AC504617AL
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-25
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-37 Connectors: C-10, C-144 <LHD>
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 22 and 25) and
C-144 air mixing damper control motor and
C-144
potentiometer connector (terminals 3 and 1).
Connector: C-37 <LHD>
C-10
Harness side
C-10
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
C-10 AC504701AC
C-144 C-37 (B)
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-10, and repair if necessary.
• Check the motor activating lines for open or short
C-10 circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Malfunction of the automatic A/C control
panel (A/C-ECU)
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side Harness side
C-37 C-144
AC504624AN
55-26 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.42: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor and Potentiometer Activating System
A/C-ECU
MOTOR
DRIVE CIRCUIT
Harness side
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
C-143
C-37 (B)
Harness side
C-37
C-143
AC504624AO
Harness side
AC504617AM
55-28 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-37 Connectors: C-10, C-143 <LHD>
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 21 and 24) and
C-143 mode selection damper control motor and
potentiometer connector (terminals 3 and 1). C-143
Connector: C-37 <LHD>
C-10
Harness side
C-10
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
C-10 AC504701AD
C-37 (B)
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-10, and repair if necessary.
• Check the motor activating lines for open or short
C-10 circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the automatic A/C control panel
(A/C-ECU).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side Harness side
C-37 C-143
AC504624AP
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-29
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1554005000571
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
A/C-ECU
<LHD>
<RHD>
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged the wiring harness or connectors
C-36 (B)
• Malfunction of the automatic A/C control panel
C-14
(A/C-ECU)
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
AC504618AM
C-36 (B)
C-14 Connector: C-23 <LHD>
Harness side
C-14
C-23 (B)
C-36
AC504622AG
C-14 (B)
AC504625AE
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
55-32 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspection Procedure 2: When the A/C is Operating, Temperature Inside the Passenger Compartment
does not Decrease (Cool Air is not Emitted).
ENGINE-ECU
LOW- DUAL
PRESSURE PRESSURE
SIDE SWITCH
HIGH-
PRESSURE
SIDE
A/C-ECU
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Improper amount of refrigerant Harness side
• Malfunction of the air thermo sensor
• Malfunction of the dual pressure switch
• Malfunction of the A/C compressor relay
• Malfunction of the A/C refrigerant temperature
switch A-36 (B)
• Malfunction of the magnetic clutch AC504616AB
Q: Do the rear window defogger and outside/inside air Connector: C-121 <RHD>
selection damper control motor work normally? Harness side
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection procedure 9
"Malfunction of the A/C-ECU power supply
C-121 (GR)
system P.55-73 ."
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the A-36 A/C (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
compressor connector.
Connector: A-36
Connector A-36
(Harness side)
Harness side 1
AC301541GC
A-36 (B) AC504616AB (4) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the body earth.
wiring harness side. OK: System voltage
Connector: C-121 <LHD> Q: Is the check result normal?
Harness side YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Refer to Inspection procedure 10 "A/C
Compressor power supply system P.55-79."
C-121 (GR)
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
AC504618AB
Connector C-121
(Harness side)
AC504619AB
AC504617AC AC504617AC
C-36 C-36
AC504624AB AC504624AB
AC504622AB AC504622AB
STEP 8. Connector check: A-25 dual pressure STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between C-35
switch connector air thermo sensor connector (terminals 4 and 5)
Connector: A-25
and C-36 A/C-ECU connector (terminals 8 and
10).
A-25 (BR) Connector: C-35 <LHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC504616AC
AC504624AC
AC504617AD
Connector: C-36 <LHD>
Connector: C-35 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
AC504618AD
A-25 (BR)
Harness side
AC504617AF
Harness side
AC504618AF
C-37 (B)
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-10, and repair if necessary.
• Check the air thermo sensor output and earth line AC504622AC
C-37 (B)
AC504618AE
55-38 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
Harness side
C-117 (GR)
AC504617AE
Connector: C-117
Harness side
AC504625AB
C-117 (GR)
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
AC504618AY
diate connector C-111, and repair if necessary.
• Check the dual pressure switch output line for Q: Is the check result normal?
open or short circuit. YES : Go to Step 14.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the connector.
YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-39
STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between Connector: C-117, C-122 <RHD>
C-117 engine-ECU connector terminal No.83 and
A-25 dual pressure switch connector terminal
No.2.
C-117 (GR)
Connector: A-25
A-25 (BR)
C-122
Harness side
C-117
Harness side
AC504616AC
C-117 (GR)
AC504624AS
NOTE:
Connector: C-111 <RHD>
C-111
C-111
C-117
Harness side AC504625AB
AC504701AE
AC504622AD
STEP 15. Connector check: C-119 engine-ECU STEP 16. Check the wiring harness between
connector C-119 engine-ECU connectors terminal No.65
Connector: C-119 <LHD>
and C-37 A/C-ECU connector terminal No.32.
Connector: C-37 <LHD>
Harness side
C-119 (GR)
Harness side
C-37 (B)
AC504617AH
AC504622AC
Connector: C-119 <RHD>
Harness side Connector: C-37 <RHD>
Harness side
C-119 (GR)
C-37 (B)
AC504618AI
AC504618AE
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 16. Connector: C-119 <LHD>
NO : Repair the connector.
Harness side
C-119 (GR)
AC504617AH
C-119 (GR)
AC504618AI
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-41
NOTE: STEP 17. Check the magnetic clutch operation.
Connector: C-122 <RHD>
Refer to P.55-123.
Q: Can the sound of the magnetic clutch (click) be
heard?
YES : Go to Step 18.
NO : Replace the compressor magnet clutch.
Blower Circuit
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 SWITCH (IG2)
BLOWER
RELAY
<RHD> <LHD>
BLOWER MOTOR
(BLOWER
LINEAR
CONTROLLER)
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White
Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange
GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple
Harness side
Junction block side
AC504692AB
STEP 5. Connector check: C-216 blower relay Connector: C-211, C-216 <RHD>
connector
Junction block (Front view)
Connector: C-216 <LHD>
C-211
Junction block (Front view)
Harness side
AC504692AB
C-211
Connector: C-216 <RHD>
Junction block (Front view)
AC504694AB
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
junction block connector C-211, and repair if neces-
Q: Is the check result normal? sary.
YES : Go to Step 6. • Check the blower relay power supply line for
NO : Repair the connector. open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-216 YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
blower relay connector terminal No.1 and the malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
ignition switch (IG2). Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Connector: C-211, C-216 <LHD>
C-211
C-216
Harness side
C-211
AC504633AC
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-45
STEP 7. Measure the voltage at C-216 blower STEP 8. Connector check: C-216 blower relay
relay connector. connector
Connector: C-216 <LHD> Connector: C-216 <LHD>
AC504692AB AC504692AB
AC504694AB AC504694AB
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction Q: Is the check result normal?
block side. YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the connector.
Connector C-216
(Junction block side)
AC301541KA
C-212 (B)
AC504622AH
Harness side
C-212
C-216
Harness side
C-212
AC504635AD
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-47
STEP 10. Resistance measurement at C-216 STEP 11. Connector check: C-216 blower relay
blower relay connector. connector
Connector: C-216 <LHD> Connector: C-216 <LHD>
AC504692AB AC504692AB
AC504694AB AC504694AB
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction Q: Is the check result normal?
block side. YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair the connector.
Connector C-216
(Junction block side)
AC301541KB
STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between Connector: C-36 <RHD>
C-216 blower relay connector terminal No.3 and
Harness side
body earth.
Connectors: C-214, C-216 <LHD>
AC504618AJ
AC504633AE
C-214
C-216
Harness side
C-214
AC504635AE
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-49
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 13. Connector check: C-216 blower relay
YES : Go to Step 14.
connector and C-34 blower linear controller NO : Repair the connector.
connector
Connector: C-34 <LHD>
Harness side
AC504617AC
Harness side
AC504618AC
AC504692AB
AC504694AB
55-50 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between Connector: C-34 <LHD>
C-216 blower relay connector terminal No.4 and
C-34 blower linear controller connector terminal
Harness side
No.6.
Connector: C-211, C-216 <LHD>
C-211 AC504617AC
Harness side
C-216
Harness side
C-211
AC504618AC
Junction block side
C-216
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
junction block connector C-211, and repair if neces-
sary.
AC504633AC
• Check the blower linear controller power supply
line for open circuit.
Connector: C-211, C-216 <RHD> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Junction block (Front view)
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
C-211 Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-216
Harness side
C-211
AC504635AC
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-51
STEP 15. Resistance measurement at the C-34 STEP 16. Connector check: C-34 blower liner
blower linear controller connector. controller
Connector: C-34 <LHD> Connector: C-34 <LHD>
AC504617AC AC504617AC
AC504618AC AC504618AC
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Q: Is the check result normal?
wiring harness side. YES : Go to Step 17.
NO : Repair the connector.
Connector C-34
(Harness side)
AC301541KC
STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between C-34 STEP 18. Connector check: C-36 A/C-ECU
blower linear controller connector terminal No.3 connector and C-34 blower linear controller
and body earth. connector
Connector: C-34 <LHD> Connector: C-34 <LHD>
AC504617AC AC504617AC
Harness side
C-36 (B)
C-34
AC504618AC
• Check the blower linear controller earth line for Harness side
open circuit. C-34
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). C-36
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC504624AB
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
Harness side
AC504617AC
C-36 (B)
C-34
Harness side
C-34
C-36
AC504624AB
Harness side
C-36 (B)
AC504622AB
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER MOTOR
(BLOWER
LINEAR
CONTROLLER)
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White
Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange
GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple
AC504617AC AC504617AC
C-36 C-36
AC504624AB AC504624AB
AC504622AB AC504622AB
Inspection Procedure 6: When sunlight intensity changes, blower air temperature does not Change.
A/C-ECU
PHOTO SENSOR
C-141
C-141
C-36 (B)
C-36 (B)
Harness side
C-36 Harness side
C-36
C-141
C-141
AC504641AE
AC504641AE
Connector: C-36 <RHD>
Connector: C-36 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
C-36 (B)
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
AC504618AJ
Connector: C-141 <RHD>
Connector: C-141 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC504625AG
AC504625AG
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5. • Check the photo sensor signal lines for open or
NO : Repair or replace the connector. short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the Photo sensor.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
55-58 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
A/C-ECU IGNITION
MOTOR DRIVE
SWITCH (IG2)
CIRCUIT
OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR
SELECTION DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR
Harness side
Harness side
AC504617AK
AC504617AK
Connector: C-07 <RHD>
Connector: C-07 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC504618AO
AC504618AO
Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the YES : Go to Step 4.
wiring harness side. NO : Repair the connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Connector C-07
(Harness side)
AC301541KD
C-07
AC504622AI
C-10
Connector: C-101 <RHD>
C-07
Harness side
C-101 (L)
C-10 AC504625AF
C-07
C-210
C-10
Harness side
C-210
C-07
Harness side
C-211
C-10
AC504633AF
AC504624AF
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-61
Connectors: C-210, C-211 <RHD> STEP 6. Connector check: C-37 A/C-ECU
connector and C-07 outside/inside air selection
Junction block (Front view) damper control motor connector
C-211
Connector: C-07 <LHD>
Harness side
C-210
Harness side
C-210
AC504617AK
C-211 C-07
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-37 Connector: C-37 <LHD>
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 23 and 26) and
C-07 outside/inside air selection damper control
motor connector (terminals 6 and 4).
Connectors: C-07, C-10 <LHD> Harness side
AC504622AC
C-10
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-10, and repair if necessary.
• Check the motor activating lines for open or short
circuit.
C-07
Harness side Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the automatic A/C control panel
(A/C-ECU).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-10
AC504701AB
C-07
C-10
C-37 (B)
C-07 C-10
Harness side
C-37
Harness side
AC504624AH
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-63
IGNITION FUSIBLE
SWITCH (IG2) LINK 1
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
RELAY
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
A/C-ECU
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at F-16 rear STEP 3. Check the rear window defogger relay
window defogger connector. continuity.
Connector: F-16 <LHD>
Refer to P.55-107.
Q: Is the rear window defogger relay in good
condition?
Harness side YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the rear window defogger relay.
AC504692AC
AC504709AB
Connector: C-215 <RHD>
Junction block (Front view)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the rear window defogger switch to the "ON"
position.
Junction block side
Connector F-16
(Harness side)
AC504694AC
Connector C-215
(Junction block side)
AC301541KE
AC504692AC C-215
AC504694AC
YES : Go to Step 6.
Connectors: C-212, C-215 <RHD>
NO : Repair the connector.
Junction block (Front view)
C-212 (B)
C-215
Harness side
C-212
AC504635AG
55-66 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
AC504622AH
AC301541KG
AC504694AC
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
junction block connector C-211, and repair if neces-
Q: Is the check result normal? sary.
YES : Go to Step 9. • Check the rear window defogger power supply
NO : Repair the connector. line for open circuit.
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-215 Q: Is the check result normal?
rear window defogger relay connector No.1 and YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
ignition switch (IG2). malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
Connectors: C-211, C-215 <LHD> NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-211
C-215
Harness side
C-211
AC504633AH
55-68 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 10. Connector check: C-215 rear window STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between rear
defogger relay connector and C-36 A/C-ECU window defogger relay connector C-215 No.3 and
connector A/C-ECU connector C-36 No.16.
Connector: C-36 <LHD> Connector: C-36 <LHD>
AC504622AB AC504622AB
AC504618AJ AC504618AJ
C-214
C-215
AC504692AC
AC504694AC
AC504633AI
C-214
C-215
Junction block side
Harness side
C-214
AC504692AC
AC504707AB
Harness side
AC504709AB
STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between Connector: F-16 <LHD>
C-215 rear window defogger relay connector
terminal No.4 and F-16 rear window defogger
connector terminal No.1. Harness side
AC504707AB
C-215
Harness side
C-217
Junction block side
C-215
AC504709AB
C-215
C-217
C-217
AC504635AK
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-71
STEP 14. Resistance measurement at F-06 rear STEP 15. Connector check: F-06 rear window
window defogger connector. defogger connector
Connector: F-06 <LHD> Connector: F-06 <LHD>
AC504707AC AC504707AC
AC504709AC AC504709AC
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Q: Is the check result normal?
wiring harness side. YES : Go to Step 16.
NO : Repair the connector.
Connector F-06
(Harness side)
AC301541KH
STEP 16. Check the wiring harness between F-06 STEP 17. Check the rear window defogger.
rear window defogger connector terminal No.1 Refer to P.54A-80.
and earth. Q: Does the rear window defogger work normally?
Connector: F-06 <LHD> YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
F-06 (B) Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the rear window defogger.
Harness side
AC504707AC
F-06 (B)
Harness side
AC504709AC
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
A/C-ECU
BATTERY
BACK-UP
<LHD> <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
C-37 (B)
C-37 (B)
C-37 (B)
AC504618AE
Harness side
C-37 (B)
AC504618AE
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-75
NOTE: STEP 4. Resistance measurement at C-37
Connectors: C-211, C-214 <LHD>
A/C-ECU connector.
Junction block (Front view) Connector: C-37 <LHD>
C-211
Harness side
C-214
C-37 (B)
C-37 (B)
AC504633AB
AC504618AE
Connectors: C-211, C-214 <RHD>
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction
Junction block (Front view)
C-211
block side.
Connector C-37
(Harness side)
C-214
Harness side
C-211
AC301541JW
AC504635AB
Harness side
AC504622AC
Connector: C-06 <RHD>
C-37 (B)
AC504625AC
Harness side
C-37 (B)
AC504622AC
C-37 (B)
AC504618AE
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-77
STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-36 A/C-ECU STEP 8. Connector check: C-36 A/C-ECU
connector. connector
Connector: C-36 <LHD> Connector: C-36 <LHD>
AC504622AB AC504622AB
AC504618AJ AC504618AJ
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Q: Is the check result normal?
wiring harness side. YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the connector.
Connector C-36
(Harness side) STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-36
A/C-ECU connector terminal No.3 and battery.
Connector: C-36 <LHD>
AC301541JX
C-36 (B)
AC504618AJ
55-78 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
C-129
C-05
C-129
AC504641AB
C-05 (GR)
C-129
C-05
C-129
AC504624AD
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-129 and joint connector C-05, and
repair if necessary.
• Check the A/C-ECU power supply (battery
back-up) line for open or short circuit.
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-79
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
A/C
COMPRESSOR
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE ENGINE-ECU
SWITCH
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
2 1
Relay box side 4 3
2 1
Front of
4 3 vehicle
AC504760AB
Front of
vehicle (1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay box
AC504760AB side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector. Connector B-13X
(Relay box side)
STEP 2. Check the A/C compressor relay
continuity.
Refer to P.55-107.
Q: Is the A/C compressor relay in good condition?
Front of
YES : Go to Step 3.
vehicle
NO : Replace the A/C compressor relay.
AC301541KI
NOTE:
Connector: C-101, C-124 <LHD> C-211
C-101 (L)
C-210
C-211
C-124
AC504633AF
AC504641AF
C-101 (L)
AC504625AF
55-82 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
C-210 2 1
4 3
Front of
Harness side vehicle
AC504760AB
C-210
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction
block side.
C-211
Connector B-13X
(Relay box side)
AC504635AF
Harness side
Relay box side
2 1
4 3
Front of
A-36 (B)
vehicle AC504616AB
AC504760AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
NOTE: YES : Go to Step 8.
Connector: A-29 <LHD> NO : Repair the connector.
A-29 (B)
AC504656AC
Harness side
AC504618AP
C-121 (GR)
2 1
4 3
C-121 (GR)
Front of
vehicle
AC504760AB
NOTE: AC504618AB
Connector: A-13 <LHD>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the connector.
A-13 (B)
AC504656AD
Harness side
AC504618AP
2 1
4 3
Front of
vehicle
AC504760AB
C-121 (GR)
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
AC504618AB
RELAY
BOX
CONDENSER CONDENSER
FAN RELAY (HI) FAN RELAY (LO)
NOTE
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-ECU
A-34 (B)
AC310431AG
Harness side
A-34 (B)
AC310433 AF
C-121 (GR)
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
AC504618AB
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at A-34 condenser (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
fan motor connector. Connector: C-121 <LHD>
Connector: A-34 <LHD> Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Harness side
A-34 (B)
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
Harness side
A-34 (B)
AC504618AB
AC504964AB
Connector: A-34
(Harness side)
AC310507AI
AC311017AB AC311017AB
Connector: A-07X
STEP 4. Check the condenser fan relay (HI) (Relay box side)
continuity.
Refer to P.55-107.
Q: Is the condenser fan relay (HI) in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the condenser fan relay (HI). 2 1
4 3
AC310507AJ
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between A-07X Connector: C-129 <RHD>
condenser fan relay (HI) connector terminal No.2
and the ignition switch (IG2).
Connector: A-07X
AC310454 AV
Relay box side
Connectors: C-210, C-211 <LHD>
Junction block (front view)
AC311017AB
C-211
NOTE:
Connectors: C-101, C-129 <LHD>
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
C-101
Harness side
C-211
2 1
6 5 4 3
C-129 AC310449AF
AC310447AG
C-101 (L)
AC310456 AQ
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-91
C-210
Harness side
AC311017AB
C-210
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay box
6 5 4 3 2 1 side.
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310459AF 4 3
• Check the condenser fan relay (HI) power supply (2) Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and
line for open circuit. body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: System voltage
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the check result normal?
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to YES : Go to Step 9.
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). NO : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
55-92 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between A-07X STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between A-07X
condenser fan relay (HI) connector terminal No.4 condenser fan relay (HI) connector terminal No.3
and the battery. and C-121 engine-ECU connector terminal No.30.
Connector: A-07X Connector: A-07X
AC311017AB AC311017AB
• Check the condenser fan relay (HI) power supply Connector: C-121 <LHD>
line for open circuit.
Harness side
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). C-121 (GR)
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
C-31
C-31
Harness side
C-121
AC504624AT
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
55-93
NOTE: STEP 11. Voltage measurement at A-34
Connector: A-29 <LHD>
condenser fan motor connector.
Connector: A-34 <LHD>
A-34 (B)
AC310542 AB
connector terminal No.1. (1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay box
side.
Connector: A-07X
AC311017AB
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. STEP 12. Connector check: A-06X condenser fan
Connector: C-121 <LHD> relay (LO) connector
Harness side Connector: A-06X
C-121 (GR)
AC504964AB
Connector: A-34
(Harness side) AC311017AC
AC310507AL
2 1
4 3
AC310507AM
Relay box side
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and
body earth.
OK: System voltage AC311017AC
AC310446AI
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AC310454AJ
STEP 16. Voltage measurement at A-06X STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between
condenser fan relay (LO) connector. A-06X condenser fan relay (LO) connector
terminal No.4 and the battery.
Connector: A-06X
Connector: A-06X
AC311017AC
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay box AC311017AC
AC310507AN
A-29 (B)
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
AC310542 AB
Relay box side Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector A-29 <LHD> or C-31 <RHD>, and
repair if necessary.
AC311017AC
• Check the condenser fan relay (HI) earth line for
Connector: C-121 <LHD> open or short circuit.
Harness side Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 19.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-121 (GR)
AC504617AB
C-121 (GR)
C-31
C-31
Harness side
C-121
AC504624AT
55-98 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 19. Check the wiring harness between STEP 20. Connector check: A-35 condenser fan
A-06X condenser fan relay (LO) connector motor connector
terminal No.1 and A-34 condenser fan motor
Connector: A-35 <LHD>
connector terminal No.2.
Connector: A-06X
Harness side
AC311017AC
Connector: A-35 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
A-35 (GR)
A-34 (B)
AC310433 AG
AC310431AG
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 21.
Connector: A-34 <RHD> NO : Repair the connector.
Harness side
A-34 (B)
AC310433 AF
Harness side
Harness side
A-35 (GR)
AC310431AH A-35 (GR)
AC310431AH
Connector: A-35 <RHD>
Connector: A-35 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
A-35 (GR)
AC310433 AG A-35 (GR)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the AC310433 AG
wiring harness side. • Check the condenser fan motor earth line for
open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: A-35
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
(Harness side)
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310506AO
AC310506
AC504605AB
<C-36> <C-37>
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AC300196 AC
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
MAGNETIC CLUTCH TEST 1. Remove the dual pressure switch connector and
M1552008500483 connect the high/low pressure side terminals
1. Disconnect the magnetic clutch connector to the located on the harness side as shown in the
magnetic clutch. illustration.
Magnetic clutch connector 2. Install a gauge manifold to the high-pressure side
service valve of the refrigerant line (Refer to
P.55-128, P.55-129).
3. When the high/low pressure sides of the dual
pressure switch are at operation pressure (ON)
the resistance should less than two ohms
between the terminals. If open circuit, replace the
switch.
PERFORMANCE TEST
Low-pressure side High-pressure side M1552001400429
210 ± 25 2060 ± 200 1. The vehicles to be tested should be in a place that
230 ± 20 2650 ± 200
is not in direct sunlight.
ON ON
OFF OFF
(kPa)
AC001368 AD
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55-105
NOTE: The high-pressure service valve is on the
A/C pipe and the low-pressure service valve is on
Low-pressure High-pressure the suction hose.
valve valve
5. Connect the quick joint (for low-pressure) to the
low-pressure service valve and connect the quick
joint (for high-pressure) to the high-pressure
service valve.
6. Start the engine.
Gauge manifold 7. Set the A/C controls as follows:
Charging
• A/C switch: A/C − ON position
hose (red)
• Mode selection: FACE position
Charging
hose (blue) • Temperature control: MAXIMUM COOLING posi-
A tion
Adaptor valve • Air selection: RECIRCULATION position
(for low- Sleeve • Blower switch: "4" (Fast) position
pressure)
Adaptor valve 8. Keep engine speed to idling speed with A/C clutch
(for high- engaged.
Low- High- pressure)
pressure pressure 9. Engine should be warmed up with doors and all
service
valve
service windows opened.
valve
Thermometer
AC001388 AB
REFRIGERANT LEAK REPAIR 2. Charge the system with approximately 480 − 520
PROCEDURE g of refrigerant.
M1552001500385 3. Check for leaks.
LOST CHARGE 4. Discharge the system.
If the system has lost all charge due to a leak: 5. Repair leaks.
1. Evacuate the system (Refer to P.55-104).
55-106 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
1 2 3 5
4 1 2 1
4 X 4
5 1 3 3 4
2 3
Front of
vehicle
AC310514AB
AC310515AB
1
2
4 5
5
4 2
2
AC504841AB
-Pipe coupling
2 12 ± 2 N·m
5
7
9
6, 7 O-ring
A/C compressor oil: 3
SUN PAG 56
6
1 8N
44 ± 10 N·m
44 ± 10 N·m
AC304861AC
3
12
6, 9 O-ring
A/C compressor oil:
11 SUN PAG 56
4 5
16
10 6 8
13 7N
14
9
15
AC504612 AB
-Pipe coupling 1
15
17 16
13
2
6 O-ring 14
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56 10
4
11
7
9
8
5
12
3 AC504713AB
BLOWER ASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1551005500287
3
4
AC504715AB
4
AC504716AB
1 2
3 4 5 6
AC301519AG
1 2
3 4 5 6
AC301517AG <R.H. drive vehicles>
1 2 DEF position
<R.H. drive vehicles> 3 4 5 6
1 2
3 4 5 6
FACE
position
MAX. COOL
position
AC504718AB
Inside air
SENSORS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1554001900196
2
1
AC504729AB
AC504803AB 10
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80
Temperature (˚C) AC503134 AB
55-118 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
EVAPORATOR ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <LHD>
M1552003600496
-Pipe coupling
1, 2, 4, 7 O-ring
2 A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56
12 ± 2 N·m
1
10 4
3 8
9 8
5
AC504937AB
-Pipe coupling
1, 2, 6 O-ring
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56
2
12 ± 2 N·m
3
7
1
7 9
8
6
5
4 AC304886AC
15
10
5
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40
Blower unit Temperature (˚C)
AC305312 AB
AC103376 AB
Outside
thermo sensor
AC212287AF
Resistance
(k ) 50
40
30
20
10
0
-30 -20 0 20 40 60
Temperature (˚C) AC103489AB
55-122 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY AND TENSION PULLEY
-Pipe coupling
6
5
3N
1, 2
3N
A/C compressor oil: 2
SUN PAG 56
25 ± 4 N·m
1
4
AC310766AB
9 3N
2
8
7
6
11 1
5
10
N 4
16 ± 1 N·m
AC100630 AB
MB991367
AC100633AB
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY AND TENSION PULLEY
55-125
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS >>D<< AIR GAP ADJUSTMENT
>>A<< FIELD CORE
Thickness
gauge
Field core projection
Compressor
unit pin hole AC100637AB
Tapered part
AC001412 AB
Using snap ring pliers, fit the snap ring so that the
snap ring’s tapered part is on the outside. Thermometer
MB991386
1. Dip the metal part of the cooling temperature
switch into engine oil and increase the oil
MB991367 temperature using a gas burner or similar.
120˚C 150˚C
Continuity
AC100633AB No continuity
Use the special tools to install the self-locking nut.
• Special spanner (MB991367) Oil temperature
• Pin (MB991386)
AC100810 AD
5
N 10
5, 6 10 N
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56
2 7
3
4 1 N 10
9 8 AC211410AC
1 2
1 2
A-35
AC211409AC
AC211409AC
BATTERY CONNECTION CONDENSER
1. Remove the intercooler mounting bolts/nuts and FAN MOTOR
pull the intercooler forward. OPERATION
2. Move the fan motor/shroud assembly upward for • Connect connector A-34 Condenser fan
removal. terminal 2 to the positive motor LO
battery terminal operation
<<B>> FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE • Connect connector A-35
HOSE/LIQUID PIPE A DISCONNECTION terminal 2 to the negative
CAUTION battery terminal
As the compressor oil and receiver are highly • Connect connector A-34 Condenser fan
moisture absorbent, use a non-porous material terminal 1 to the positive motor HI
to plug the hose and nipples. battery terminal operation
To prevent the entry of dust or other foreign material, • Connect connector A-35
plug the dismantled hose and condenser assembly terminal 2 to the negative
nipples. battery terminal
REFRIGERANT LINE
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <LHD>
M1552006401063
13 ± 1 N·m
6
High-pressure
side service valve 8N
1 8 N
2 Low-pressure side 7
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m service valve
12 ± 2 N·m 8 N
5 12 ± 2 N·m
4
8N
25 ± 4 N·m
8N
3 -Pipe coupling
O-ring
1, 2, 3,
5, 6 O-ring 6
A/C compressor oil: SUN PAG 56
AC304553AE
13 ± 1 N·m
8N 6
Low-pressure side
High-pressure
service valve
Side Service Valve
1
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
8N
2
5 7
12 ± 2 N·m
8N
8N 4 12 ± 2 N·m
25 ± 4 N·m
3 8N
-Pipe coupling
O-ring
1, 2, 3,
5, 6 O-ring 6
A/C compressor oil: SUN PAG 56
AC304554 AB
DUCTS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1553001000134
Cross-section A-A 4
Clip 5
Instrument panel 4
1 3
2
6
A 1
3
9
10
11 8
13
12
AC304890 AB
VENTILATORS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1553001600523
Cross-Section A – A Cross-Section B – B A
A
1 A
Claw A
Claw
B
1 B
AC211528 AD
GROUP 31
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1311000100134
The wheels and tyres of the following specifications SPECIFICATIONS
have been established. ROAD WHEEL AND TYRE
Item Specification
Wheel Type Aluminium type
Size 17 × 8JJ
Amount of wheel offset mm 38
Pitch circle diameter (PCD) mm 114.3
Tyre Size 235/45R17 93W
SPARE WHEEL AND TYRE
Item Specification
Spare wheel Type Steel type
Size 17 × 4T
Amount of wheel offset mm 30
Pitch circle diameter (PCD) mm 114.3
Spare tyre Size T125/70D17 98M
NOTE: PCD indicates the pitch circle diameter of the wheel installation holes.
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1311000300473
Item Limit
Tread depth of tyre mm Minimum 1.6
Wheel runout (Radial runout) mm 1.0 or less
Wheel runout (Lateral runout) mm 1.0 or less
WHEEL AND TYRE
TROUBLESHOOTING
31-3
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS
M1311000700523
ACX00925AB
ACX00926AB
ACX00930AB
ACX00931AB
ACX00932AB
ACX00933 AB
31-4 WHEEL AND TYRE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Clamping cup
Hub/shaft assembly
Wing nut
Spring plate
Wheel mounting cone AC000041AB
Standard passenger car wheel
1. Confirm that the balancer's cone and the wheel 5. When installing wheel weights, hammer them at a
mounting cone are undamaged and free of dirt straight (not diagonal) angle.
and rust.
2. On this vehicle, the wheel's centre hole on the <CONFIRMING PROPER BALANCE>
hub side has a chamfered edge. Use a 1. After balancing the wheel, loosen the wing nut
back-mounting cone on your wheel balancer to and turn the wheel 180° against the balancer's
centre the wheel on the balancer shaft. hub. Then re-tighten the wing nut and check the
3. Install a wheel mounting cone. The appropriate balance again. Repeat wheel balance if
size cone for this vehicle is 67.0 mm. necessary.
4. Before balancing the wheel, remove any wheel 2. Turn the wheel again 180° against the balancer's
weights from both sides. Also check both sides for hub. If the wheel becomes out-of-balance each
any damage. time it is turned against the balancer's hub, the
wheel balancer may require calibration.
WHEEL AND TYRE
TROUBLESHOOTING
31-5
<WHEEL BALANCER CALIBRATION 4. <<Static Balance Check>> Attach a 5 g weight to
CHECKS> the outer rim. Recheck the balancer. The balancer
should detect 5 ± 2 g of imbalance 170 to 190°
1. Mount an undamaged original-equipment alloy
away from the 5 g weight.
rim and tyre assembly (wheel) onto your
• If the imbalance is within specification, the static
off-the-car wheel balancer. Balance the wheel.
balance calibration is correct. Go to Step 5 to
2. <<Zero Calibration Check>> Loosen the balancer check the dynamic balance.
wing nut, rotate the wheel a half-turn (180°), and • If the imbalance is out of specification, the bal-
retighten the nut. Recheck the balance. ancer requires calibration. Contact the balancer
• If the imbalance is 5 g or less, the zero calibration manufacturer for calibration by their repair repre-
is OK. Rebalance the wheel, then go to Step 4 to sentative.
check static balance.
5. <<Dynamic Balance Check>> Attach a 5 g weight
• If the imbalance is more than 5 g, go to Step 3.
to the inner rim at 180° opposite the 5 g weight
3. Loosen the balancer wing nut, rotate the wheel that was added in Step 4. Recheck the balance.
1/4 turn (90°), and retighten the nut. Recheck the The balancer should detect 5 ± 2 g of imbalance
wheel balance. 170 to 190° away from both the inner and outer 5
• If the imbalance is 5 g or less, the wheel may not g weights.
be centred on the balancer, or the balancing • If the imbalance is within specification, the
cones, the cup, and/or wing nut are damaged, dynamic balance calibration is correct. The bal-
dirty, or inappropriate for the wheel. You may ancer calibration checks are complete.
need to refer to the balancer manufacturer's • If the imbalance is out of specification, the bal-
instructions to verify the correct attachments. ancer requires calibration. Contact the balancer
After making the necessary corrections, recheck manufacturer for calibration by their repair repre-
the wheel balance. If OK, then go to Step 4. sentative.
• If the imbalance is more than 5 g, the balancer
requires calibration. Contact the balancer manu-
facturer for calibration by their repair representa-
tive.
31-6 WHEEL AND TYRE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Balance wheel.
ZERO CALIBRATION
Rotate wheel 1/2 turn. CHECK
Rebalance wheel.
Rotate wheel 1/4 turn.
STATIC BALANCE
Attach a 5 g weight to the outer rim.
CHECK
Is the imbalance 5 ± 2 g at 170 – 190˚ away from the
5 g weight?
YES NO
DYNAMIC BALANCE
Attach a 5 g weight to the inner rim at 180˚ opposite CHECK
the weight on the outer rim.
Is the imbalance 5 ± 2 g at 170 – 190˚ away from
both 5 g weights?
YES NO
AC502720AB
WHEEL AND TYRE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
31-7
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE CHECK WHEEL RUNOUT CHECK
M1311000900419 M1311001100461
NOTE: For information on tyre inflation pressure,
refer to the label attached to the centre pillar on the
driver's side.
Radial
TYRE WEAR CHECK
M1311001000442
Measure the tread depth of the tyres.
Minimum limit: 1.6 mm
If the remaining tread depth is less than the minimum
limit, replace the tyre. Lateral
ACX00651AB
NOTE: When the tread depth of the tyres is reduced Jack up the vehicle so that the wheels are clear of
to 1.6 mm or less, wear indicators will appear. the floor. While slowly turning the wheel, measure
wheel runout with a dial indicator.
Limit:
Radial runout; 1.0 mm or less
Lateral runout; 1.0 mm or less
If wheel runout exceeds the limit, replace the wheel.
GROUP 33
FRONT
SUSPENSION
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
• Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
• MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
33-2 FRONT SUSPENSION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M1332000100311
A MacPherson strut independent suspension-type
suspension is used for the front suspension. Aggres-
sive use of special components that include Mitsubi-
shi Motor’s own inverted struts and forged aluminium
parts reduces weight to create a suspension that
gives superior performance made with competition
use in mind.
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
Coil spring
Strut insulator
Stabilizer link
(pillow ball bushing)
Stabilizer bar
Lower arm bushing
(pillow ball bushing)
SPECIFICATIONS
COIL SPRING
Item Specification
Wire diameter mm 14
Average diameter mm 155
Free length mm 286
FRONT SUSPENSION
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
33-3
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1332000300735
Item Specification
Toe-in mm 0±2
Steering angle Inner wheel 31°45' ± 1°30'
Outer wheel (reference) 27°15'
Camber (selectable from 2 options) −1°00' ± 0°30'* or −2°00’ ± 0°30’ (Left/right
deviation within 30')
Caster 3°55' ± 0°30' (Left/right deviation within 30')
Kingpin inclination 13°45' ± 1°30'
Lower arm ball joint starting torque N⋅m 0.5 − 3.4
Lower arm pillow ball bushing starting torque N⋅m 0.5 − 3.0
Stabilizer link ball joint turning torque N⋅m 1.7 − 3.2
NOTE: *: Default factory setting
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1332000600532
B MB991237
MB991006
MB990326
MB990800 Ball joint dust cover Lower arm ball joint dust
installer cover press-in
MB990800
33-4 FRONT SUSPENSION
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
MB990883
MB991576 Base
MB991576
MB991897 or MB992011 Ball joint remover Knuckle and tie rod end
ball joint disconnection
NOTE: Steering linkage
puller (MB990635 or
AC106827 MB991113) is also
available to disconnect
knuckle and tie rod end
ball joint.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT CHECK AND 1. Adjust the toe-in by undoing the clip and lock nut,
ADJUSTMENT and turning the left and right tie rod turnbuckles by
M1331000900875 the same amount (in opposite directions).
Measure wheel alignment with alignment equipment NOTE: The toe will move out as the left turnbuckle
on a level surface. The front suspension, steering is turned toward the front of the vehicle and the
system, wheels, and tires should be serviced to nor- right turnbuckle is turned toward the rear of the
mal condition before measuring wheel alignment. vehicle.
TOE-IN 2. Install the clip and tighten the lock nut to the
Standard value: 0 ± 2 mm specified torque.
Tightening torque: 52 ± 2 N⋅m
Lock nut
3. Confirm that the toe-in is at the standard value.
Clip 4. Use a turning radius gauge to check that the
steering angle is at the standard value.
Standard value:
Inner wheel 31°45' ± 1°30'
Outer wheel (for 27°15'
reference)
AC006074 AD
FRONT SUSPENSION
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
33-5
CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN Select the camber by the installation direction of the
INCLINATION arrow of the connecting bolt of the strut assembly
and the knuckle.
Standard value: • −1°00' ± 0°30': Install the bolt turning the arrow in
Item Specification the direction of inside the vehicle.
Camber (Selectable from −1°00' ± 0°30'*1 or • −2°00' ± 0°30': Install the bolt turning the arrow in
2 options) the direction of outside the vehicle.
−2°00' ± 0°30'*1
Caster 3°55' ± 0°30'*1 LOWER ARM BALL JOINT AXIAL PLAY
Kingpin inclination 13°45' ± 1°30'
CHECK
M1332010900051
STRUT ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1332001100422
Post-installation Operation
• Front Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.33-4).
44 ± 5 N·m
2
1
5
3
167 ± 9 N·m
AC310743 AB
1
3
60 ± 10 N·m
7 2
5
8
9
AC310745AB
AC006091 AB
MB991238 MB991237
2. Use following special tools to secure the strut, and
then remove the self-locking nut.
• Wrench (MB991681)
• Socket (MB991682)
AC001087
MB991238 MB991237
MB991682
MB991681
AC001085AB
same as its removal. 6. Using following special tools, tighten the strut nut
• Spring compressor body (MB991237) to 60 ± 10 N⋅m.
• Arm set (MB991238) • Wrench (MB991681)
CAUTION • Socket (MB991682)
Do not use an impact wrench to tighten the bolt
of special tool spring compressor body
(MB991237), otherwise the special tool will break.
3. While the coil spring is being compressed by the
special tools, temporarily tighten the strut nut.
Rod AC211769
INSPECTION
AC310747AB M1332001400229
• Check the strut bearing for wear or rust.
4. Align the hole in the strut spring lower seat with • Check the rubber parts for damage or deteriora-
the hole in the upper spring seat. tion.
NOTE: Using a rod as shown facilitates the align- • Check the coil spring for deformation, deteriora-
ment. tion or damage.
5. Correctly align both ends of the coil spring with • Check the front suspension strut for deformation.
the grooves in the spring seat, and then loosen
the special tools.
33-10 FRONT SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM
LOWER ARM
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1332001600405
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe off quickly.
• *: Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened, and then fully tightened with the vehicle
on the ground in an unladen condition.
Post-installation Operation
• Check the Dust Cover for Cracks or Damage by Pushing
it with Your Finger.
• Front Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.33-4).
5
39 ± 5 N·m
39 ± 5 N·m
1
4
3 186 ± 10 N·m* 2
3
167 ± 9 N·m 108 ± 10 N·m AC310744AB
INSPECTION
M1332001700491
MB990326
AC504614AB
Ball joint
1. Insert the bolt to the lower arm pillow ball bushing.
In the opposite direction, insert the washer then
install the nut. After rotating the inner sleeve
(contained washer) several times, measure the
starting torque of the lower arm pillow ball bushing
MB991006 using special tool preload socket (MB990326).
Standard value: 0.5 − 3.0 N⋅m
2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the pillow ball bushing.
Ball joint 3. When the measured value is lower than the
standard value, check that the lower arm pillow
AC504613AB
ball bushing turns smoothly without excessive
play. If there is no excessive play, the pillow ball
1. After shaking the lower arm ball joint stud several bushing can be reused.
times, use special tool preload socket
(MB991006) to measure the starting torque of the
ball joint.
Standard value: 0.5 − 3.4 N⋅m
33-12 FRONT SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM
LOWER ARM BALL JOINT DUST COVER Replace the bushing as follows:
CHECK
1. Check the dust cover for cracks or damage by
pushing it with your finger.
2. If the dust cover is cracked or damaged, replace
MB990651
the lower arm.
MB991576
NOTE: Cracks or damage to the dust cover may
cause damage to the ball joint. When it is dam-
aged during service work, replace the dust cover.
MB990800
MB991816
Dust cover AC504563 AB
AC504565 AB
Pillow ball
bushing
2. Set the bushing to the lower arm assembly so that
the bushing marking and the opening are as
shown in the illustration.
AC504566AB
FRONT SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM
33-13
3. Use special tools to press in the bushing until its
outer tube is flush with the lower arm assembly
surface.
MB990651
MB991576
Outer tube
Lower arm
assembly
MB991816
AC504564 AB
33-14 FRONT SUSPENSION
STABILIZER BAR
STABILIZER BAR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1332004000662
CAUTION
• Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B − Service
Precautions (P.52B-3) and Driver’s, Front Passenger’s Air Bag Module(s) and Clock Spring
(P.52B-110). Also, put the front wheels in straight-ahead position. Failure to do so may damage the
SRS clock spring and render the SRS air bag inoperative, which results serious driver injury.
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe off quickly.
• *: Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened, and then fully tightened with the vehicle
on the ground in an unladen condition.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Steering Wheel - Driver’s Air Bag Module Assembly • Front Exhaust Pipe Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
Removal (Refer to GROUP 37, Steering Wheel P.37-13). Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
• Clock Spring Removal (Refer to GROUP 52B, Driver’s, • Front Axle No.1 Crossmember Assembly Installation
Front Passenger’s Air Bag Module(s) and Clock Spring (Refer to GROUP 32, Crossmember P.32-10).
P.52B-110). • Front Axle Crossmember Bar Installation (Refer to
• Front Axle Crossmember Bar Removal (Refer to P.33-17).
P.33-17). • Clock Spring Installation (Refer to GROUP 52B, Driver’s,
• Front Axle No.1 Crossmember Assembly Removal (Refer Front Passenger’s Air Bag Module(s) and Clock Spring
to GROUP 32, Crossmember P.32-10). P.52B-110).
• Front Exhaust Pipe Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, • Steering Wheel - Driver’s Air Bag Module Assembly
Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13). Installation (Refer to GROUP 37, Steering Wheel
P.37-13).
• Check the Dust Cover for Cracks or Damage by Pushing
it with Finger.
• Checking Steering Wheel Position with Wheels Straight
Ahead
• Front Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.33-4).
FRONT SUSPENSION
STABILIZER BAR
33-15
6
5
18 ± 2 N·m
21 ± 4 N·m
10 8
9
39 ± 5 N·m
4
3 1
N 25 ± 5 N·m
39 ± 5 N·m
7
52 ± 7 N·m*
AC310741AB
49 ± 10 N·m
167 ± 9 N·m 108 ± 10 N·m
Knob Good
Bad AC106821AB
2. Turn the bolt and knob as necessary to make the Stabilizer bushing (LH)
Stabilizer bracket (LH)
jaws of special tool ball joint remover (MB991897 AC006141AJ
or MB992011) parallel, tighten the bolt by hand Align the stabilizer bar identification mark with the
and confirm that the jaws are still parallel. right end of the bushing (LH).
NOTE: When adjusting the jaws in parallel, make
sure the knob is in the position shown in the fig- INSPECTION
M1332002000321
ure. • Check the stabilizer bushings for wear and deteri-
3. Tighten the bolt with a wrench to disconnect the oration.
tie rod end. • Check the stabilizer bar for deterioration or dam-
age.
<<B>> STABILIZER • Check all bolts for condition and straightness.
BRACKET/STABILIZER
BUSHING/STABILIZER BAR REMOVAL
Carry out the following operations to ensure working
space in order to remove the fixture, the bushing and
the stabilizer bar.
FRONT SUSPENSION
CROSSMEMBER BAR
33-17
STABILIZER LINK BALL JOINT TURNING Standard value: 1.7 − 3.2 N⋅m
TORQUE CHECK 2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the stabilizer link.
MB990326 3. When the measured value is lower than the
standard value, check that the ball joint turns
smoothly without excessive play. If so, it is
possible to re-use that ball joint.
CROSSMEMBER BAR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1332016100086
49 ± 10 N·m
GROUP 34
REAR SUSPENSION
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1341000100706
A trailing arm type multi-link suspension is used for points and use of aluminium parts for the suspension
the rear suspension. In contrast to the trailing arm arms and crossmember reduces weight. In addition,
multi-link system used on the Lancer, the Lancer use of ball joints on the suspension arms reduce fric-
Evolution uses a newly developed multi-link system tion and creates a suspension system that exhibits
built on a double wishbone base to achieve superior superior stroke characteristics that respond well
handling stability. Optimum design of the suspension under all driving conditions.
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
Coil spring
Assist link
control bar
Trailing arm assembly Lower arm assembly
(forged aluminium ) (forged aluminium)
AC211385AC
SPECIFICATION
COIL SPRING
Item Standard Option
Wire diameter mm 12 12
Average diameter mm 88 88
Free length mm 287 277
REAR SUSPENSION
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
34-3
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1341000300722
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1341000600626
MB990800
B MB991237
34-4 REAR SUSPENSION
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT CHECK AND If camber and/or toe-in is not within the standard
ADJUSTMENT value, adjust by following procedures.
M1341011000725
The rear suspension, wheels and tires should be
Camber adjusting bolt
serviced to normal condition prior to
measurement of wheel alignment.
1. Measure the wheel alignment with the vehicle
parked on a level surface.
TOE-IN
Standard value: 3 ± 2 mm Lower arm
If toe-in is not within the standard value, adjust by fol- AC310762 AB
lowing procedures.
1. Be sure to adjust the camber before making toe 1. Carry out camber adjustment by turning the
adjustment. camber adjusting bolt (lower arm to rear
crossmember mounting bolt).
Left wheel: Turning clockwise (+) camber
Right wheel: Turning clockwise (−) camber
NOTE: The scale has gradations of approximately
Assist link 14’
2. After adjusting the camber, the toe should be
adjusted.
Toe adjusting bolt
BALL JOINT DUST COVER INSPECTION
AC310761AB M1341012800326
Check the toe control arm assembly and the stabi-
2. Carry out adjustment by turning the toe adjusting lizer bar link assembly ball joint dust cover as fol-
bolt (assist link mounting bolt which is located on lows.
the inner side of the body). 1. Check dust covers for cracks or damage by
Left wheel: Turning clockwise (+) toe-in pushing it with your finger.
Right wheel: Turning clockwise (−) toe-in 2. If a dust cover is cracked or damaged, replace the
NOTE: The scale has gradations of approximately toe suspension arms or the stabilizer bar link
3.3 mm (single side toe angle equivalent to 19’). assembly.
NOTE: Cracks or damage to the dust cover may
CAMBER cause damage to the ball joint.
Standard value:
−1°00’ ± 0°30’ (difference between right and
left wheel: less than 30’)
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
34-5
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1341001000199
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And contact the parts or tools to the caliper, wipe out quickly.
• *:To prevent bushings from breakage, the parts indicated by * should be temporarily tightened,
and then fully tightened with the vehicle on the ground in the unladen condition.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Centre Exhaust Pipe Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, • Centre Exhaust Pipe Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13). Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
• Parking Brake Lever Stroke Check (Refer to
GROUP36-On-vehicle Service − Parking Brake Lever
Stroke Check and Adjustment P.36-3).
• Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment (Refer to
P.34-4).
3
44 ± 5 N·m
4N
1
32 ± 2 N·m 64 ± 4 N·m*
49 ± 5 N·m 24 ± 4 N·m
3
10
9
15
7
2
12
11
147 ± 9 N·m* 6 5
13
13 14 N 54 ± 5 N·m
88 ± 5 N·m
120 ± 10 N·m 13
8
93 ± 15 N·m*
88 ± 5 N·m AC310772AB
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS Tighten the bolt by following the order shown in the
illustration. The sort and size of each bolt is different,
<<A>> BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY
so tighten by following the table below.
REMOVAL
NOTE: In order to maintain accuracy and for ease of
CAUTION installing, the attachment hall diameter of the cross-
Take care not to contact the parts or tools to the member is different on forward/rearward. Follow the
caliper because the paint of caliper will be tightening order of the mounting bolts.
scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the cali-
No. Sort of bolt Size of bolt
per, wipe it off quickly.
(Screw diameter
Remove the brake caliper assembly and support with
× Length) mm
wire.
1,2,3 Flange bolt (with washer) 12 × 105
<<B>> PROPELLER SHAFT 4 Bolt (with spring washer 12 × 152
DISCONNECTION and washer)
1. Mark the mating mark on the companion flange of 5 Flange bolt (with washer) 12 × 70
the differential carrier and the flange yoke of the
propeller shaft. >>B<< PROPELLER SHAFT
2. Remove the propeller shaft mounting bolt and nut. CONNECTION
<<C>> CROSSMEMBER MOUNTING CAUTION
If there is oil or grease on the thread of the
BOLT REMOVAL
mounting bolt or nut, they will loosen. So after
Support the differential case with a garage jack or
wiping off oil or grease from the threads, tighten
transmission jack, then remove the crossmember
the mounting bolt.
mounting bolt.
Install the differential carrier and propeller shaft by
aligning the mating marks.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< CROSSMEMBER MOUNTING
BOLT INSTALLATION
3 3
1 4 4 2
5 5
AC211967AB
REAR SUSPENSION
UPPER ARM ASSEMBLY
34-7
UPPER ARM ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1341003600335
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe out quickly.
*1
• : To prevent bushings from breakage, the parts indicated by *1 should be temporarily tightened,
and then fully tightened with the vehicle on the ground in the unladen condition.
Post-installation Operation
• Press the dust cover with your finger to check that there
are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
• Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.34-4).
3
5
6
64 ± 4 N·m*¹ 1
7
24 ± 4 N·m
39 ± 5 N·m
2
4
49 ± 5 N·m
4
81 ± 6 N·m
AC310782AB
Cord ACX00716 AB
AC212031AB
TRAILING ARM
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1341002200743
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe out quickly.
• *: To prevent bushings from breakage, the parts indicated by * should be temporarily tightened,
and then fully tightened with the vehicle on the ground in the unladen condition.
Post-installation Operation
• Press the dust cover with your finger to check that there
are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
• Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.34-4).
81 ± 6 N·m
5 N
147 ± 9 N·m*
4 2
5
4
AC310784 AB
Cord
1. After shaking the ball joint stud several times, use
special tool preload socket (MB990326) to
Ball joint measure the starting torque of the ball joint.
Bolt
Standard value: 0.5 − 2.5 N⋅m
2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
MB991897
or value, replace the trailing arm assembly.
Nut MB992011 3. When the measured value is lower than the
AC106820 AE standard value, check that the ball joint turns
smoothly without excessive play. If there is no
1. Install the special tool ball joint remover
excessive play, the ball joint can be reused.
(MB991897 or MB992011) as shown in the figure.
DUST COVER CHECK
Bolt 1. Check the dust cover for cracks or damage by
pushing it with your finger.
Parallel 2. If the dust cover is cracked or damaged, replace
the trailing arm assembly.
Knob Good NOTE: Cracks or damage to the dust cover may
cause damage to the ball joint. When it is dam-
aged during service work, replace the dust cover.
Bad AC106821AB
TRAILING ARM BALL JOINT DUST
2. Turn the bolt and knob as necessary to make the COVER REPLACEMENT
jaws of the special tool ball joint remover M1341010900424
(MB991897 or MB992011) parallel, tighten the Only when the dust cover is damaged accidentally
bolt by hand and confirm that the jaws are still during service work, replace the dust cover as fol-
parallel. lows:
1. Remove the dust cover.
NOTE: When adjusting the jaws in parallel, make
sure the knob is in the position shown in the fig-
ure.
3. Tighten the bolt with a wrench to disconnect the MB990800
trailing arm assembly and the knuckle.
AC212031AB
34-12 REAR SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM ASSEMBLY AND ASSIST LINK
2. Fill the multipurpose grease in the dust cover and 3. Using special tool ball joint remover and installer
lubricate the lip (Amount of filling grease in the (MB990800), punch the dust cover until it contacts
dust cover: approximately 7 g). the snap ring.
4. Press the dust cover with your finger to check that
there are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe out quickly.
• *: To prevent bushings from breakage, the parts indicated by * should be temporarily tightened,
and then fully tightened with the vehicle on the ground in the unladen condition.
Post-installation Operation
• Press the dust cover with your finger to check that there
are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
• Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
P.34-4).
93 ± 15 N·m*
6
5 6
4
81 ± 6 N·m
2
N 93 ± 15 N·m*
3 2
N
N
88 ± 10 N·m*
88 ± 10 N·m*
1
AC310785AB
MB991897
or With countersunk Ø10mm:
Nut MB992011 LH side lower arm assembly
AC106820 AE
Parallel
Knob Good
Bad AC106821AB
34-14 REAR SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM ASSEMBLY AND ASSIST LINK
MB990326
MB990326
AC212117AB
AC310798AB
1. After inserting the bolt to the assist link slide bush
and attaching the washer in the opposite 1. Insert the bolt to the lower arm pillow ball bushing,
direction, install the nut. After rotating the inner in the opposite direction, insert the washer then
sleeve (include the washer) several times, install the nut. After rotating the inner sleeve
measure the starting torque of the assist link slide (contained washer) several times, measure the
bushing by using special tool preload socket starting torque of the lower arm below ball
(MB990326). bushing using special tool preload socket
(MB990326).
Standard value: 0.5 − 2.0 N⋅m
Standard value: 0.5 − 3.0 N⋅m
2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the assist link. 2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the lower arm assembly.
REAR SUSPENSION
LOWER ARM ASSEMBLY AND ASSIST LINK
34-15
3. When the measured value is lower than the Only when the dust cover is damaged accidentally
standard value, check that the lower arm pillow during service work, replace the dust cover as fol-
ball bushing turns smoothly without excessive lows:
play. If there is no excessive play, the pillow ball 1. Remove the dust cover.
bushing can be reused. 2. Fill the multipurpose grease in the dust cover and
lubricate the lip (Amount of filling grease in the
ASSIST LINK BALL JOINT DUST COVER dust cover: approximately 7 g).
REPLACEMENT 3. Using special tool ball joint remover and installer
M1341017300058
(MB990800), punch the dust cover until it contacts
the snap ring.
4. Press the dust cover with your finger to check that
MB990800
there are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
AC212031AB
34-16 REAR SUSPENSION
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY
CAUTION
• During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of
caliper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe out quickly.
*
• : To prevent bushings from breakage, the parts indicated by * should be temporarily tightened,
and then fully tightened with the vehicle on the ground in the unladen condition.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Trunk Room Side Trim Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Trims P.52A-10).
1N
44 ± 5 N·m
2
N
88 ± 10 N·m*
AC310799AB
25 ± 5 N·m 1N
2
3
9
4
7
5
6
11
8
10
12
AC310801AB
MB991237
MB991239
AC001070 AB
Piston rod 2. Align the end of the coil spring with the stepped
section of the spring seat of the shock absorber.
AC310803AB
MB991237
Lower bushing
Spring seat inner pipe
stepped section MB991239
AC001070 AB
STABILIZER BAR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1341003000322
CAUTION
During maintenance, take care not to contact the parts or tools to the caliper, because the paint of cal-
iper will be scratched. And if there is brake fluid on the caliper, wipe it off quickly.
Post-installation Operation
• Press the dust cover with your finger to check that there
are no cracks or damage in the dust cover.
3
2
39 ± 5 N·m 4
39 ± 5 N·m
3
24 ± 4 N·m
39 ± 5 N·m
2 AC310809AB
MB990326
AC212145AB
Approx. 10mm
1. After shaking the stabilizer bar link ball joint stud
several times, install the stabilizer nut to the stud
and use special tool preload socket (MB990326)
to measure the turning torque of the stabilizer bar
link ball joint.
B Standard value: 1.7 − 3.1 N⋅m
2. When the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the stabilizer bar link.
B 3. When the measured value is lower than the
standard value, check that the ball joint turns
A smoothly without excessive play. If so, it is
possible to reuse that ball joint.
STABILIZER BAR LINK BALL JOINT 2. Apply multipurpose grease to the inside of the
DUST COVER REPLACEMENT dust cover.
M1341010900338 3. Wrap plastic tape around the stabilizer bar link
Only when the dust cover is damaged accidentally stud, and then install the dust cover to the
during service work, replace the dust cover as fol- stabilizer bar link.
lows:
Clip ring end
(possible on
opposite direction)
90º
AC212251AB
21A-1
GROUP 21A
CLUTCH
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1211000100223
The clutch is a dry single-disc, diaphragm type;
hydraulic pressure is used for the clutch control. The
clutch shares a brake fluid reservoir with the brake
system.
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1211000300357
LUBRICANTS
M1211000400194
A
C
AC100355 AC
Dash pad
AC310574 AB
D
1. Measure the clutch pedal height.
Standard value (A): 203.8 ± 2 mm <LH drive
vehicles>, 198.7 ± 2 mm <RH drive vehicles> Clutch pedal
stopper
Clutch pedal clevis pin play
AC100355 AB
Dash pad
2. Measure the clutch pedal clevis pin play.
AC310575AD
Standard value (B): 1 − 3 mm
4. After completing the adjustments, confirm that the
clutch pedal free play (measured at the face of the
Setting nut pedal pad) and the distance between the clutch
pedal (the face of the pedal pad) and the clutch
pedal stopper or dash pad when the clutch is
disengaged are within the standard value ranges.
Standard value (C): 4 − 13 mm
Standard value (D): 114.3 mm or more <LH
Clutch pedal
drive vehicles>, 95 mm or more <RH drive
13 ± 2 N·m
vehicles>
AC100356 AB
21A-4 CLUTCH
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
5. If the clutch pedal free play and the distance 4. Check that the brake fluid reservoir level stays
between the clutch pedal and the clutch pedal between "MAX" and "MIN" marks throughout the
stopper or dash pad when the clutch is clutch bleeding process.
disengaged do not agree with the standard
values, it is probably the result of either air in the CLUTCH SWITCH CHECK AND
hydraulic system or a faulty master cylinder, ADJUSTMENT
release cylinder or clutch. Bleed the air, or M1211001100185
disassemble and inspect the master cylinder, 1. Adjust the clutch pedal.
release cylinder or clutch.
CLUTCH BLEEDING
M1211001400216
CAUTION
Use the specified brake fluid. Do not mix brake
fluids.
Specified fluid: Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4
AC310580
Post-installation Operation
Clutch Pedal Adjustment (Refer to P.21A-3).
16
6
4
12 ± 2 N·m
10 9
7
12 ± 2 N·m
5 14
<RH drive vehicles> 8 11
2 13
1 12 ± 2 N·m
15 N 3
12
16 8
12 ± 2 N·m
9
5 10
12 ± 2 N·m
4
12 ± 2 N·m 7
13
14 12
AC310323AC
AC309757AB
Release fork
15 ± 2 N·m
10
Release cylinder
11 push rod
Specified grease:
MITSUBISHI genuine grease
PART No. 0101011 or equivalent
1
4
12 ± 2 N·m
10
18 ± 3 N·m 30 ± 4 N·m
2
12 ± 2 N·m
N 3 6 5 7 8
9
11
AC211515 AD
1
Release fork
3 12 ± 2 N·m
Release cylinder
push rod
7
Specified grease:
MITSUBISHI genuine grease 4 5
PART No. 0101011 or equivalent 8
6
15 ± 2 N·m 18 ± 3 N·m 2
6, 8
9
7
AC310343 AB
13 ± 2 N·m
7 6
7 3
4 N
5 1 N
2N
8 5
4
1 2
2
3
4
Clutch fluid:
Piston repair kit Brake fluid DOT3 OR DOT4 Grease: Rubber grease
AC310349AD
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT Set the length of the pushrod assembly to the dimen-
sion shown to make the adjustment of the clutch
>>A<< PUSHROD ASSEMBLY INSTALLA-
pedal easier.
TION
INSPECTION
M1211002200163
• Check inside the cylinder body for rust and scars.
• Check the piston for rust and scars.
• Check the pipe connection for clogging.
103 ± 0.5 mm
AC001144 AG
22A-1
GROUP 22A
MANUAL
TRANSMISSION (FF)
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
• Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
• MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
22A-2
Item Specification
Transmission model W6MAA
Transmission type 6-speed forward, 1-speed reverse constant mesh
Gear ratio 1st 2.909
2nd 1.944
3rd 1.434
4th 1.100
5th 0.868
6th 0.693
Reverse 2.707
Final deceleration ratio 4.583
Speedometer gear ratio Not applicable
Front differential Helical gear LSD
Transfer Deceleration ratio 3.307
Limited slip differential Hydraulic multi plate clutch <ACD>
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1221000300132
LUBRICANTS
M1221000400430
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1221000600832
MB991910
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
B991502
MB991529
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
SPECIAL TOOLS
22A-5
Tool Number Name Use
A
MB991223 Harness set Check at the ECU terminals
A: MB991219 A: Test harness A: Connector pin contact
B: MB991220 B: LED harness inspection
C: MB991221 C: LED harness adapter B: Power circuit inspection
B
D: MB991222 D: Probe C: Power circuit inspection
D: Commercial tester
connection
D DO NOT USE
MB991223 AZ
MB992006
MB991348
AC103525
MB991705 Adapter
MB991705
22A-6 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
SPECIAL TOOLS
MB991895
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
4WD-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
4WD-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
Harness side
AC311002AB
STEP 4. Connectors check: C-25 4WD-ECU Connector: C-138 <RH drive vehicles>
connector, C-124 intermediate connector, C-210
J/B connector <LH drive vehicles> or C-25
4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
connector, C-214 J/B connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU C-138
<LH drive vehicles> AC311016AB
4WD-ECU AC310458AO
C-25 (Y) Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
C-124
AC311015AB
C-210
Junction block side
AC310448AS
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-13
STEP 5. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU STEP 6. M.U.T.-II/III data list
connector C-25 terminal No.13 and J/B connector Item 10: Battery voltage (Refer to Data List Refer-
C-210 terminal No.8 <LH drive vehicles> or J/B ence Table P.22A-142).
connector C-214 terminal No.16 <RH drive Q: Is the check result normal?
vehicles>. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Connector: C-25 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
4WD-ECU
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
4WD-ECU Rear console
assembly
C-25 (Y)
<RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
4WD-ECU
AC311002AB
C-25 (Y)
Connector: C-210 <LH drive vehicles>
Harness side
AC311002AB
C-210
Junction block side
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310448AS
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Connector: C-214 Junction block (front view)
<RH drive vehicles>
C-214
Junction
block side
AC310458AO
ABS-ECU
4WD-ECU
B-118
(B)
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles> STEP 6. M.U.T.-II/III data list
• Item 01: Wheel speed sensor <FR>
B-118 • Item 02: Wheel speed sensor <FL>
(B) • Item 03: Wheel speed sensor <RR>
• Item 04: Wheel speed sensor <RL>
Check the above data list (Refer to data list reference
table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
<RH drive vehicles> Malfunction P.00-5).
B-118 NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
(GR)
B-118
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
Harness side <RH drive vehicles>
AC311020 AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles> 4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles> Harness side
AC311002AB
Harness side
AC311002AB
22A-18 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
PROBABLE CAUSES
STEP 4. M.U.T.-II/III data list
• Malfunction of the tyre
• Item 01: Wheel speed sensor <FR>
• Malfunction of the wheel speed sensor
• Item 02: Wheel speed sensor <FL>
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Item 03: Wheel speed sensor <RR>
• Malfunction of the ABS-ECU
• Item 04: Wheel speed sensor <RL>
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
Check the above data list (Refer to data list reference
table P.22A-142).
DIAGNOSIS
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
STEP 1. Check the tyre. 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Check the tyre pressure, size and brand. Malfunction P.00-5).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Adjust or replace the tyre.
22A-20 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
AC311002AC
assembly
Check for the contact with terminals.
<RH drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
4WD-ECU 4WD-ECU
Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles> Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles>
C-122 C-122
AC311015AC AC311015AC
Connector: C-138 <RH drive vehicles> Connector: C-138 <RH drive vehicles>
C-138 C-138
AC311016AB AC311016AB
Check for the contact with terminals. Check the output line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7. YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
22A-24 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 8. M.U.T.-II/III data list STEP 9. Measure the voltage at steering wheel
• Item 21: Steering wheel sensor voltage <ST-1> sensor connector C-230.
• Item 22: Steering wheel sensor voltage <ST-2>
Connector: C-230
• Item 23: Steering wheel sensor voltage <ST-N> <LH drive vehicles>
Check the above data list (Refer to data list reference
table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP C-230
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 9. <RH drive vehicles>
C-230
Harness side
AC311035AB
C-230
C-101 (L)
AC311015AE
C-230
Harness side
C-101 (L)
AC311035AB
C-210
Junction block side
AC310448AS
Junction
block side
AC310458AP
22A-26 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 11. Check the harness between J/B STEP 12. Measure the resistance at steering
connector C-210 terminal No.13 and steering wheel sensor connector C-230.
wheel sensor connector C-230 terminal No.2.
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-210 <LH drive vehicles>
C-230
C-210
Junction block side
<RH drive vehicles>
AC310448AS
C-230
Junction
block side Harness side
AC311035AB
AC310458AP
(1) Disconnect the steering wheel sensor connector
Connector: C-230 C-230, and measure the resistance between
<LH drive vehicles>
terminal No.3 and earth at the wiring harness
side.
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
C-230
YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 13.
C-230
Harness side
AC311035AB
C-230
C-230
Harness side
AC311037AC
AC311035AB
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles>
Check the earth line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The inspection is complete.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-230
C-230
Harness side
AC311035AB
STEP 15. Connectors check: C-230 steering STEP 16. Check the harness between steering
wheel sensor connector, C-122 intermediate wheel sensor connector C-230 (terminal No.5, 4,
connector <LH drive vehicles> or C-138 1) and intermediate connector C-122 (terminal
intermediate connector <RH drive vehicles>. No.12, 1, 2) <LH drive vehicles> or intermediate
connector C-138 (terminal No.5, 2, 1) <RH drive
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles> vehicles>.
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles>
C-230
C-230
<RH drive vehicles>
C-230
C-122
C-122
AC311015AC
C-138
AC311016AB
C-138
Check for the contact with terminals.
AC311016AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 16. Check the output line for short or open circuit.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-29
DIAGNOSIS AC311002AC
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-230
Harness side
4WD-ECU
AC311035AB
C-26 (Y)
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-122
AC311015AC
C-138
AC311016AB
22A-32 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 6. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU STEP 7. Replace the steering wheel sensor and
connector C-26 terminal No.44 and steering then recheck the diagnosis code.
wheel sensor connector C-230 terminal No.1. (1) Replace the steering wheel sensor.
(2) Test drive the vehicle.
Connector: C-26
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The inspection is complete.
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles>
C-230
C-230
Harness side
AC311035AB
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the steering wheel sensor
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
4WD-ECU
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
DIAGNOSIS
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-230
Harness side
4WD-ECU
AC311035AB
C-26 (Y)
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-122
AC311015AC
C-138
AC311016AB
22A-36 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 6. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU STEP 7. Replace the steering wheel sensor and
connector C-26 (terminal No.33, 34) and steering then recheck the diagnosis code.
wheel sensor connector C-230 (terminal No.5, 4). (1) Replace the steering wheel sensor.
(2) Test drive the vehicle.
Connector: C-26
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The inspection is complete.
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
Connector: C-230
<LH drive vehicles>
C-230
C-230
Harness side
AC311035AB
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
4WD-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives a change in the output volt-
age from the throttle position sensor to determine the STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code
accelerator pedal opening angle.
Q: Is MPI diagnosis code P0120 set?
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS YES : Refer to GROUP 13A − Inspection Chart for
• Code No.41 is set as excessively small output Diagnosis Codes P.13A-60.
when the TPS output is below 0.2 V In the idling NO : Go to Step 2.
state.
• Code No.42 is set as excessively large output STEP 2. M.U.T.-II/III data list
when the TPS output is more than 4.8 V for more Item 13: Throttle position sensor voltage (Refer to
than 2 minutes continuously below a vehicle data list reference table P.22A-142).
speed of 10 km/h.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
PROBABLE CAUSES
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
• Malfunction of the throttle position sensor
Malfunction P.00-5).
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
22A-38 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU STEP 4. Connector check: C-26 4WD-ECU
connector C-26. connector.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Connector: C-26
Connector: C-26 4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU <LH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
C-26 (Y) assembly
Rear console
assembly <RH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
Harness side AC311002AC
AC311002AC Check for the contact with terminals.
(2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
connector C-26 terminal No.39 and earth. YES : Go to Step 5.
OK: NO : Repair the defective connector.
Accelerator pedal fully released: 0.535 −
0.735 V
STEP 5. M.U.T.-II/III data list
Accelerator pedal fully depressed: 4.5 − 5.0
Item 13: Throttle position sensor voltage (Refer to
V
data list reference table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
NO : Go to Step 6.
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
B-03
Sensor side
AC311020 AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
B-03
Sensor side
AC311020 AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives accumulator pressure infor-
mation from the pressure sensor to control the elec- STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
tric pump. Item 18: Pressure sensor (Refer to data list reference
table P.22A-142).
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.45 is set when the output signal from the Q: Is the check result normal?
pressure sensor is below 0.2 V. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
• Malfunction of the pressure sensor NO : Go to Step 2.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU STEP 2. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
connector C-26.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-43
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
STEP 5. Connectors check: C-26 4WD-ECU Connector: C-134 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-122, C-134, F-21 intermediate
connector, F-26 pressure sensor connector.
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-134 (B)
AC311015AG
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly Connector: C-134 <RH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-134 (GR) AC311016AD
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
F-21 (B)
AC311042AB
C-122
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC311015AC YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Connector: C-122 <RH drive vehicles>
C-122 (L)
AC311016AE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-45
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 6. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
YES : Replace the pressure sensor.
connector C-26 (terminal No.43, 32) and pressure NO : Repair the wiring harness.
sensor connector F-26 (terminal No.1, 2).
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
Connector: F-26
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
AC311042AC
PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT STEP 2. Connector check: F-26 pressure sensor
Refer to P.22A-41. connector.
OPERATION Connector: F-26
Refer to P.22A-41.
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
AC311042AC
C-138
4WD-ECU AC311016AB
C-25 (Y)
Connector: F-21, F-26
F-21
Harness side
AC311002AB
F-26
Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles> F-26 (B)
Sensor side
F-21 (B)
AC311042AB
AC311015AC
C-134 (B)
AC311015AG
22A-48 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: F-26
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
AC311042AC
DIAGNOSIS 4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
Item 19: Pressure sensor power supply (Refer to
data list reference table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal? Harness side
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP AC311002AC
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent (2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU
Malfunction P.00-5). connector C-26 terminal No.43 and earth.
NO : Go to Step 2.
OK: 5 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.
22A-50 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
AC311015AG
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly Connector: C-134 <RH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-134 (GR) AC311016AD
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
F-21 (B)
AC311042AB
C-122
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC311015AC YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Connector: C-122 <RH drive vehicles>
C-122 (L)
AC311016AE
22A-52 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
Connector: F-26
F-26
F-26 (B)
Sensor side
AC311042AC
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
4WD-ECU ABS-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
4WD-ECU ABS-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives the acceleration level in the
forward/reverse direction of the vehicle from the lon- STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
gitudinal G-sensor. Item 14: Longitudinal G-sensor voltage (Refer to data
list reference table P.22A-142).
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.51 is set when the output signal of the lon- Q: Is the check result normal?
gitudinal G-sensor is less than 0.5 V or above 4.5 V. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
• Malfunction of the longitudinal G-sensor NO : Go to Step 2.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ABS-ECU
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-55
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at longitudinal STEP 3. Connector check: C-211, C-214 J/B
G-sensor connector D-38. connector, D-38 longitudinal G-sensor connector.
Connector: D-38 Connector: C-211, C-214 <LH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles> Junction block (front view)
C-211
C-211
C-214
C-214
D-38 (B)
AC310448AW
C-214
D-38 (B)
C-214
AC310458AS
Sensor side
Connector: D-38
AC311048 AB
<LH drive vehicles>
(1) Disconnect the longitudinal G-sensor connector,
and measure the voltage between terminal No.1
and earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7. D-38 (B)
NO : Go to Step 3.
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
STEP 4. Check the harness between J/B STEP 5. Replace the longitudinal G-sensor and
connector C-214 terminal No.26 and longitudinal then recheck the diagnosis code.
G-sensor connector D-38 terminal No.1. (1) Replace the longitudinal G-sensor.
Connector: C-214 <LH drive vehicles> (2) Test drive the vehicle.
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
Junction block (front view) Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : The inspection is complete.
Junction block side
STEP 6. M.U.T.-II/III data list
C-214
Item 14: Longitudinal G-sensor voltage (Refer to data
list reference table P.22A-142).
AC310448AU
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-214 Junction block (front view) YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
<RH drive vehicles> 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
C-214
Junction STEP 7. Measure the resistance at longitudinal
block side
G-sensor connector D-38.
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
AC310458AO
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
D-38 (B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
AC311016AE
B-118
(B)
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
B-118
Sensor side
Harness side
AC311020 AB
AC311048 AB
Connector: C-124 <LH drive vehicles> Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
C-124
AC311015AB
22A-58 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
B-118
(B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
Harness side
AC311020 AB STEP 10. Replace the longitudinal G-sensor and
then recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the longitudinal G-sensor.
(2) Test drive the vehicle.
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : The inspection is complete.
Connector: D-38
(Harness side)
Label
AC103662AL
STEP 13. Connectors check: B-118 ABS-ECU Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-25 4WD-ECU connector, C-122
intermediate connector, D-38 longitudinal
G-sensor connector.
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles> C-122
B-118
(B)
AC311015AC
AC311016AE
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
D-38 (B)
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
AC311048 AB
4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals.
C-25 (Y) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 14.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-61
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 14. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
YES : Go to Step 15.
connector C-25 terminal No.23 and longitudinal NO : Repair the wiring harness.
G-sensor connector D-38 terminal No.2.
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
B-118
(B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
Harness side
AC311020 AB
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
Refer to P.22A-53.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Item 14: Longitudinal G-sensor voltage (Refer to data
Code No.52 is set when the G-sensor has exceeded list reference table P.22A-142).
the specified value in a state where the ABS and
Q: Is the check result normal?
brake are not operating above the vehicle speed of
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
10 km/h.
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
PROBABLE CAUSES
NO : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of the longitudinal G-sensor
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-63
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at longitudinal STEP 3. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
G-sensor connector D-38. connector C-25.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Connector: C-25
Label
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
MB991348
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
Connector: D-38
(Harness side) <RH drive vehicles>
Label
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
and connect special tool harness set (MB991348) (2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU
between the disconnected connectors. connector C-25 terminal No.23 and earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. OK: 2.4 − 2.6 V (when the vehicle is in
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.2 and horizontal state)
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
OK:
YES : Go to Step 4.
When vehicle is stationary (level): 2.4 − 2.6 NO : Go to Step 6.
V
When vehicle is being driven: 3.4 − 3.6 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the G-sensor.
22A-64 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
B-118
(B)
AC311015AC
AC311016AE
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
D-38 (B)
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
AC311048 AB
4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals.
C-25 (Y) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
22A-66 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: D-38
<LH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
B-118
(B)
D-38 (B)
Sensor side
AC311048 AB
Harness side
AC311020 AB
22A-68 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
4WD-ECU ABS-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
4WD-ECU ABS-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives the acceleration level of the
vehicle in the right/left direction from the lateral G STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
sensor. Item 15: Lateral G-sensor voltage (Refer to data list
reference table P.22A-142).
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.56 is set when the output signal of the lat- Q: Is the check result normal?
eral G sensor is below 0.5 V or above 4.5 V. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
• Malfunction of the lateral G-sensor NO : Go to Step 2.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ABS-EC
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
22A-70 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at lateral G-sensor STEP 3. Connector check: C-211, C-214 J/B
connector D-37. connector, D-37 lateral G-sensor connector.
Connector: D-37 Connector: C-211, C-214 <LH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles> Junction block (front view)
C-211
C-211
C-214
C-214
C-214
C-214
Connector: D-37
AC311048 AC
<LH drive vehicles>
(1) Disconnect the lateral G-sensor connector, and
measure the voltage between terminal No.1 and
earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7. D-37 (B)
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC311048 AC
Connector: D-37
<LH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
D-37 (B)
Sensor side Disconnect the lateral G-sensor connector, and
measure the resistance between terminal No.3 and
AC311048 AC earth.
Check the power supply line for short or open circuit. OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5. YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : Go to Step 8.
22A-72 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
B-118
(B)
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
Harness side
AC311020 AB
C-122
AC311015AC
C-122 (L)
AC311016AE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-73
STEP 9. Check the harness between ABS-ECU Connector: D-37
connector B-118 terminal No.24 and lateral <LH drive vehicles>
G-sensor connector D-37 terminal No.3.
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
(B)
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
Harness side
AC311020 AB STEP 10. Replace the lateral G-sensor and then
recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the lateral G-sensor.
(2) Test drive the vehicle.
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : The inspection is complete.
STEP 12. Measure the voltage at lateral G-sensor (3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.2 and
connector D-37. earth.
OK:
When vehicle is stationary (level): 2.4 − 2.6
Label
V
When vehicle is being driven: 3.3 − 3.7 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
MB991348 YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Replace the G-sensor.
Connector: D-37
(Harness side)
Label
AC103662AM
B-118
(B)
AC311015AC
AC311016AE
Connector: D-37
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB D-37 (B)
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
Sensor side D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals.
C-25 (Y) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 14.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
22A-76 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: D-37
<LH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
B-118
(B)
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
Harness side
AC311020 AB
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
Refer to P.22A-53.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Item 15: Lateral G-sensor voltage (Refer to data list
Code No.57 is set when the G-sensor has exceeded reference table P.22A-142).
the specified value in a state where the ABS and
brake are not operating above the vehicle speed of Q: Is the check result normal?
10 km/h. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of the lateral G-sensor
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
22A-78 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at lateral G-sensor STEP 3. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
connector D-37. connector C-25.
Connector: D-37
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
<LH drive vehicles> Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
D-37 (B)
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
STEP 6. Connectors check: B-118 ABS-ECU Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-25 4WD-ECU connector, C-122
intermediate connector, D-37 lateral G-sensor
connector.
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles> C-122
B-118
(B)
AC311015AC
AC311016AE
Connector: D-37
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB D-37 (B)
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
Sensor side D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals.
C-25 (Y) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-81
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 7. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
YES : Go to Step 8.
connector C-25 terminal No.11 and lateral NO : Repair the wiring harness.
G-sensor connector D-37 terminal No.2.
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: D-37
<LH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
B-118
(B)
D-37 (B)
AC311048 AC
Harness side
AC311020 AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-83
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
4WD-ECU
STEP 3. Check the stop lamp switch. STEP 6. Measure the voltage at stop lamp switch
Refer to GROUP 35A − Brake Pedal and Stop Lamp connector C-102.
Switch Continuity Check P.35A-15.
Connector: C-102
Q: Is the check result normal? C-102
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch.
2 1
4 3
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
C-26 (Y) assembly
Rear console
assembly <RH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
Harness side AC311002AC
AC311002AC Check for the contact with terminals.
(2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
connector C-26 terminal No.38 and earth. YES : Go to Step 9.
OK: NO : Repair the defective connector.
Brake pedal depressed: System voltage
Brake pedal not depressed: 1 V or less
STEP 9. M.U.T.-II/III data list
Q: Is the check result normal? Item 56: Stop lamp switch (Refer to data list refer-
YES : Go to Step 8. ence table P.22A-142).
NO : Go to Step 10.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
22A-86 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 10. Connectors check: C-26 4WD-ECU Connector: C-124 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-105 J/C (6), C-124 intermediate
connector.
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-124
<LH drive vehicles>
AC311015AB
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly Connector: C-124 <RH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-124
C-26 (Y)
AC311016AF
C-105
AC311015AF
C-105
AC311016AC
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-87
STEP 11. Check the harness between stop lamp STEP 12. Connector check: C-129 intermediate
switch connector C-102 terminal No.1 and connector
4WD-ECU connector C-26 terminal No.38. Connector: C-129 <LH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-102
C-102
2 1
4 3
AC311015AH
Brake pedal
AC309520AC
Connector: C-129 <RH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
C-129 AC311016AG
<RH drive vehicles>
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
STEP 13. Check the harness between stop lamp
switch connector C-102 terminal No.2 and
battery.
Connector: C-102
Harness side
C-102
AC311002AC
Brake pedal
AC309520AC
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives a control mode (tarmac,
gravel, snow) from the ACD mode changeover STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
switch. Item 63: ACD mode changeover switch (Refer to
data list reference table P.22A-142).
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.62 is set when the ACD mode changeover Q: Is the check result normal?
switch is ON for more than 60 seconds. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
• Malfunction of the ACD mode changeover switch NO : Go to Step 2.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU STEP 2. Check the ACD mode changeover
switch.
Refer to P.22A-169.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the ACD mode changeover switch.
22A-90 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at ACD mode STEP 4. Connectors check: C-23 J/C (4), C-135
changeover switch connector C-135. ACD mode changeover switch connector, C-211,
Connector: C-135 <LH drive vehicles>
C-214 J/B connector <LH drive vehicles> or
C-135 ACD mode changeover switch connector,
C-210, C-211 J/B connector <RH drive vehicles>.
C-135 Connector: C-23 <LH drive vehicles>
C-23 (B)
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037AD
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Connector: C-135 <RH drive vehicles>
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7. C-135
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC311037AD
C-211
C-214
C-214
AC310448AW
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-91
Connector: C-210, Junction block (front view) STEP 6. M.U.T.-II/III data list
C-211 <RH drive vehicles> C-211 Item 63: ACD mode changeover switch (Refer to
C-211 data list reference table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
C-210
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
C-210 Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
AC310458AT
STEP 7. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals. connector C-26.
Q: Is the check result normal? (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
YES : Go to Step 5.
Connector: C-26
NO : Repair the defective connector.
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
STEP 5. Check the harness between ACD mode
changeover switch connector C-135 terminal
No.2 and ignition switch.
C-26 (Y)
Connector: C-135 <LH drive vehicles> Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-135
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
AC311015AI
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-135
(2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU
connector C-26 terminal No.47 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC311037AD YES : Go to Step 10.
Check the power supply line for short or open circuit. NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Connectors check: C-26 4WD-ECU Connector: C-135 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-122 intermediate connector, C-135
ACD mode changeover switch connector <LH
drive vehicles> or C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-135
C-138 intermediate connector, C-135 ACD mode
changeover switch connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU AC311015AI
<LH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-135 <RH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly C-135
AC311037AD
4WD-ECU
Check for the contact with terminals.
C-26 (Y)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-122
AC311015AC
C-138
AC311016AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-93
STEP 9. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU STEP 10. Connector check: C-26 4WD-ECU
connector C-26 terminal No.47 and ACD mode connector.
changeover switch connector C-135 terminal
Connector: C-26
No.1.
4WD-ECU
Connector: C-26 <LH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
C-26 (Y)
Rear console <RH drive vehicles>
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
Harness side
Check for the contact with terminals.
AC311002AC
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-135 <LH drive vehicles> YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
C-135
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037AD
ABS-ECU
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
C-26 (Y)
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list Rear console
assembly
Item 62: Parking brake switch (Refer to data list ref-
erence table P.22A-142). <RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
AC311002AC
B-118
(B)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-124
B-118
AC311015AB
C-122 (L)
C-23 (B)
AC311016AE
AC311015AK
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-97
Connector: D-28 STEP 6. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles> connector C-26 terminal No.37 and parking brake
switch connector D-28 terminal No.1.
Connector: C-26
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles> <RH drive vehicles>
D-28 (B)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Switch side
AC311048 AD
Harness side
Check for the contact with terminals. AC311002AC
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6. Connector: D-28
<LH drive vehicles>
NO : Repair the defective connector.
D-28 (B)
D-28 (B)
Switch side
AC311048 AD
B-118
(B)
Switch side
AC311048 AD
Harness side
AC311020 AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-99
ABS-ECU
4WD-ECU
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The 4WD-ECU receives ABS operation condition
from the ABS-ECU. STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
Item 61: ABS monitor
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.65 is set when ABS is detected to be oper- OK:
ating for more than 1 minute continuously. 1. Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118:
ON
PROBABLE CAUSES 2. Connect ABS-ECU connector B-118: OFF
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the ABS-ECU YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO <When 1. is abnormal> : Go to Step 2.
NO <When 2. is abnormal> : Go to Step 4.
22A-100 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
B-118
(B)
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
B-118
Harness side
Harness side AC311002AC
AC311020 AB
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Connector: C-26 OK: System voltage
4WD-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
<LH drive vehicles> YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 7.
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
STEP 5. Connector check: C-26 4WD-ECU STEP 7. Connectors check: B-118 ABS-ECU
connector. connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector.
Connector: C-26 Connector: B-118
4WD-ECU <LH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
B-118
(B)
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
B-118
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Harness side
AC311020 AB
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
B-118
(B)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
22A-104 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
B-118
(B)
B-118
Harness side
AC311020 AB
4WD-ECU
PROPORTIONING VALVE
(FOR ACD CONTROL)
STEP 2. Measure the resistance at proportional STEP 4. Connectors check: F-21 intermediate
valve connector F-24. connector, F-24 proportional valve connector.
Connector: F-24 Connector: F-21, F-24
F-21
F-24 F-24
Disconnect the proportional valve connector, and Check for the contact with terminals.
measure the resistance between terminal No.2 and Q: Is the check result normal?
No.3. YES : Go to Step 5.
OK: 4.7 Ω or less NO : Repair the defective connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 5. Check the harness between proportional
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit. valve connector F-24 terminal No.2 and earth.
Connector: F-24
STEP 3. Measure the resistance at proportional
valve connector F-24.
Connector: F-24
F-24
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-138
AC311016AB
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y) Connector: F-21, F-24
F-21
Harness side
F-24
AC311002AB
AC311015AB
C-134 (B)
AC311015AG
22A-108 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AB
Connector: F-24
F-24
Code No.81 Electric pump relay system (open circuit or short circuit)
4WD-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
ELECTRIC
PUMP RELAY
ELECTRIC
PUMP
4WD-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
ELECTRIC
PUMP RELAY
ELECTRIC
PUMP
OPERATION DIAGNOSIS
The electric pump relay provides power to activate
the electric pump according to the signal from the STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
4WD-ECU. Item 04: Electric pump drive
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS OK: Operating sound can be heard.
Code No.81 is set when the coil circuit of the electric Q: Is the check result normal?
pump relay has open circuit or short circuit. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction P.00-5).
• Malfunction of electric pump relay NO : Go to Step 2.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU STEP 2. Check the electric pump relay.
Refer to P.22A-169.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the electric pump relay.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-111
STEP 3. Measure the resistance at electric pump STEP 4. Connector check: B-122 electric pump
relay connector B-122. relay connector.
Connector: B-122 Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles> <LH drive vehicles>
B-122 B-122
B-122 B-122
AC311020 AD AC311020 AD
Disconnect the electric pump relay connector, and Check for the contact with terminals.
measure the resistance between terminal No.1 and Q: Is the check result normal?
earth. YES : Go to Step 5.
OK: 2 Ω or less NO : Repair the defective connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 4.
22A-112 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 5. Check the harness between electric STEP 7. Connectors check: B-122 electric pump
pump relay connector B-122 terminal No.1 and relay connector, C-25 4WD-ECU connector.
earth.
Connector: B-122
Connector: B-122 <LH drive vehicles>
B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
B-122
Relay side
Relay side
AC311020 AD
AC311020 AD
Connector: C-25
Check the earth line for open circuit.
4WD-ECU
Q: Is the check result normal? <LH drive vehicles>
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-25 (Y)
STEP 6. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test Rear console
Item 04: Electric pump drive assembly
Harness side
AC311002AB
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
B-122
Relay side
AC311020 AD
Code No.82 Electric pump relay system (electric pump malfunction or pressure sensor defect)
B-122
B-122
Relay side
Relay side
AC311020 AD
STEP 10. Connectors check: B-122 electric pump Connector: C-30 <RH drive vehicles>
relay connector, C-28, C-138 intermediate
connector, F-20 electric pump connector <LH
drive vehicles> or B-122 electric pump relay
connector, C-30 intermediate connector, F-20
electric pump connector <RH drive vehicles>.
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles> C-30
B-122 C-30 (GR)
AC311016AH
Connector: F-20
F-20 (B)
F-20
B-122
Relay side
AC311020 AD
C-28 C-28
C-138
C-138 AC311015AL
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-117
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 11. Check the harness between electric
YES : Go to Step 9.
pump relay connector B-122 terminal No.3 and NO : Repair the wiring harness.
earth.
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
Relay side
AC311020 AD
SYMPTOM CHART
M1221007100593
4WD-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
22A-120 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
4WD-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
AC311015AM
Connector: C-14 <RH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-14 <RH drive vehicles>
C-14
C-14
C-14 (B)
C-14 (B) AC311037AE
AC311037AE
Connector: C-126 <LH drive vehicles>
Measure the voltage between diagnosis connector
C-14 terminal No.16 and earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? C-126
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
C-126
AC311015AN
C-126
C-126
AC311016AI
22A-122 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
Connector: C-212, C-214 <LH drive vehicles> STEP 3. Check the harness between diagnosis
connector C-14 terminal No.16 and fusible link
Junction block (front view)
No.1.
C-212 (B)
C-212 Connector: C-14 <LH drive vehicles>
C-214
C-214
AC310448AV
C-214
C-14
AC310458AR
NO : Repair the defective connector. Check the power supply line for short or open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-123
STEP 4. Measure the resistance at diagnosis STEP 5. Connector check: C-14 diagnosis
connector C-14. connector.
Connector: C-14 <LH drive vehicles> Connector: C-14 <LH drive vehicles>
AC311015AM AC311015AM
Connector: C-14 <RH drive vehicles> Connector: C-14 <RH drive vehicles>
C-14 C-14
Measure the resistance between terminal No.4, No.5 Check for the contact with terminals.
and earth. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: 2 Ω or less YES : Go to Step 6.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the defective connector.
YES : Replace the M.U.T.-II/III.
NO : Go to Step 5.
22A-124 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
AC311015AM
C-14
C-14 (B)
AC311037AE
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-14
Measure the resistance between connector C-14 ter-
minal No.1 and connector C-26 terminal No.46.
• Measure the resistance between connector C-14
C-14 (B) terminal No.7 and connector C-26 terminal
AC311037AE No.35.
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
22A-126 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
STEP 2. Connectors check: C-14 diagnosis Connector: C-21, C-105, C-122, C-124
connector, C-23 J/C (4), C-26 4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
connector, C-101 J/C (2), C-105 J/C (6), C-124 C-21
intermediate connector <LH drive vehicles> or
C-14 diagnosis connector, C-21 J/C (5), C-23 J/C
(4), C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-105 J/C (6), C-124
C-122, C-124 intermediate connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
C-105
Connector: C-14, C-23, C-101, C-105, C-124 C-122 (L)
<LH drive vehicles>
C-101 (L)
C-21 C-105
C-105
C-124
C-14 (B)
C-124
AC311089AB
Connector: C-26
C-105 C-124
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
AC311087AB
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
Connector: C-14, 23 <RH drive vehicles> assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-23 (B)
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-14 (B)
AC311088 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-127
STEP 3. Check the harness between diagnosis STEP 4. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
connector C-14 (terminal No.1, 7) and 4WD-ECU connector C-25.
connector C-26 (terminal No.46, 35). (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Connector: C-14 <LH drive vehicles> Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
C-14 C-14 (B) assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AM
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
C-14
C-14 (B)
Harness side
AC311037AE
AC311002AB
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
STEP 5. Connectors check: C-25 4WD-ECU Connector: C-210, C-211 <LH drive vehicles>
connector, C-124 intermediate connector, C-210, Junction block (front view)
C-211 J/B connector <LH drive vehicles> or C-25 C-211
4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
connector, C-211, C-214 J/B connector <RH drive C-210
vehicles>.
C-210
Connector: C-25
C-211
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles> AC310448AX
C-214
4WD-ECU AC310458AS
C-25 (Y) Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
AC311002AB
C-124
AC311015AB
C-138
AC311016AB
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-129
STEP 6. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU STEP 7. Measure the resistance at 4WD-ECU
connector C-25 terminal No.13 and ignition connectors C-25, C-26.
switch.
•
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU C-25 (Y)
C-26 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-25 C-26
STEP 8. Connectors check: C-25, C-26 4WD-ECU STEP 9. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
connector. connector C-25 terminal No.26, C-26 terminal
No.42 and earth.
Connector: C-25, C-26
4WD-ECU Connector: C-25, C-26
<LH drive vehicles> 4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y) 4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-26 (Y)
C-25 C-26
C-25 C-26
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
C-26 (Y)
C-25 C-26
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: ACD mode indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition switch is
set to "ON" (engine is stopped)
COMBINATION
METER
DRIVE CIRCUIT
COMBINATION
METER
DRIVE CIRCUIT
C-01
C-01
C-01
C-01
AC311015AO
AC311015AO
Connector: C-01 <RH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-01 <RH drive vehicles>
C-01
C-01
C-01
C-01
AC311037AG
AC311037AG
(1) Disconnect the combination meter connector,
and measure the voltage between terminal No.9 Connector: C-23 <LH drive vehicles>
and earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4. C-23 (B)
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC311015AK
C-211
C-214
C-214
AC310448AW
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-135
Connector: C-211, Junction block (front view) STEP 4. Check the ACD mode indicator lamp
C-214 <RH drive vehicles> C-211 illumination.
C-211
Connector: C-26
C-214 4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-214
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
AC310458AS
assembly
Check for the contact with terminals. <RH drive vehicles>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
4WD-ECU
STEP 3. Check the harness between combination
meter connector C-01 terminal No.9 and ignition C-26 (Y)
switch.
Connector: C-01 <LH drive vehicles>
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-01
AC311037AG
STEP 5. Connectors check: C-01 combination Connector: C-122 <LH drive vehicles>
meter connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector,
C-122 intermediate connector <LH drive
vehicles> or C-01 combination meter connector,
C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
connector <RH drive vehicles>.
C-122
Connector: C-01 <LH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-01
AC311015AO
AC311016AB
AC311037AG
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
22A-137
STEP 6. Check the harness between combination STEP 7. Connector check: C-26 4WD-ECU
meter connector C-01 (terminal No.10, 14, 15) and connector.
4WD-ECU connector C-26 (terminal No.40, 52,
Connector: C-26
51).
4WD-ECU
Connector: C-01 <LH drive vehicles>
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
C-01 assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
C-01
AC311015AO
Harness side
C-01
AC311002AC
AC311037AG
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-26 YES : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
4WD-ECU NO : Repair the defective connector.
<LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: More than two ACD mode indicator lamps remain lit even after the
engine is started
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
AC311015AC
C-01
AC311015AO
AC311016AB
AC311037AG
STEP 3. Check the harness between combination
Connector: C-26 meter connector C-01 (terminal No.10, 14, 15) and
4WD-ECU connector C-26 (terminal No.40, 52,
4WD-ECU
51).
<LH drive vehicles>
Connector: C-01 <LH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles> C-01
C-01
AC311015AO
4WD-ECU
Connector: C-01 <RH drive vehicles>
C-26 (Y)
C-01
Harness side
AC311002AC
C-01
AC311037AG
22A-140 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Harness side
AC311002AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The ACD does not operate (no diagnosis code)
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 6. Check the fluid pressure.
Refer to P.22A-154.
STEP 1. Check the transfer oil. Q: Is the check result normal?
Refer to P.22A-152. YES : Go to Step 7.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Go to Step 8.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 7. Check the hydraulic pressure line.
Check that the hydraulic pressure line is not contam-
STEP 2. Check the transfer oil leaks. inated with foreign materials.
Check that the transfer oil is not leaking. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the ACD transfer.
YES : Add the transfer oil. NO : Repair.
NO : Repair the leaking part and add the transfer
oil. STEP 8. Perform air bleeding.
Refer to P.22A-153.
STEP 3. Check the fluid. Q: Is the check result normal?
Refer to P.22A-152. YES : The procedure is complete.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the hydraulic pressure unit.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
22A-142 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
C-25 C-26
AC310529AB
TROUBLESHOOTING <M/T>
INTRODUCTION TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY
M1221006900701 M1221007000626
The manual transmission can exhibit any of the fol- Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy. If
lowing symptoms: noise or vibration is generated, oil you follow them carefully, you will be sure that you
leaks, shifting gears is hard or troublesome, or the have exhausted most of the possible ways to find a
transmission jumps out of gear. manual transmission fault.
The causes of these symptoms could come from: 1. Gather information from the customer.
incorrect mounting, the oil level may be low, or a 2. Verify that the condition described by the
component of the transmission may be faulty. customer exists.
3. Find the malfunction by following the Symptom
Chart.
4. Verify malfunction is eliminated.
SYMPTOM CHART
M1221007100612
AC102278AO
STEP 3. Check the clutch system. STEP 6. Check the synchronizer spring for
weakness.
Q: Is the clutch system normal?
YES : Go to Step 4. Q: Is the synchronizer spring weak?
NO : Repair or replace the clutch system. Refer YES : Replace the synchronizer spring. Then go
to GROUP 21B − Clutch P.21B-3. Then go to Step 7.
to Step 7. NO : Go to Step 7.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-151
STEP 7. Retest the system.
Q: Is the shifting of the gears still hard?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
TRANSMISSION OIL CHECK 1. Remove the oil filler plug.
M1221000900491
2. Oil level should be at the lower portion of the filler
plug hole.
3. Check that the transmission oil is not noticeably
Filler plug hole dirty, and that it has a suitable viscosity.
4. Tighten the filler plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 32 ± 2 N⋅m
AC210553 AB
22A-152 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Filler plug
Filler plug
Oil pan
Drain plug
Drain plug
AC504941AB AC310836AF
1. Remove oil filler plug and oil drain plug. 1. Remove oil filler plug and oil drain plug.
2. Drain oil. 2. Drain oil.
3. Tighten the oil drain plug to the specified torque. 3. Tighten the oil drain plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 ± 4 N⋅m Tightening torque: 32 ± 2 N⋅m
4. Fill with specified oil till the level comes to the 4. Fill with specified oil till the level comes to the
lower portion of oil filler plug hole. lower portion of oil filler plug hole.
Specified transmission oil: DIA QUEEN Specified transfer oil: Dia Quieen LSD gear oil
SUPER MULTI GEAR 75W−85W (GL−4) or Quantity: 0.6 L
exact equivalent 5. Tighten the oil filler plug to the specified torque.
Quantity: 2.2 L
Tightening torque: 32 ± 2 N⋅m
5. Tighten the oil filler plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 ± 4 N⋅m FLUID CHECK
M1221011500033
Bleeder screw
AC310841AB AC310843AB
4. Check that the fluid level in the oil reservoir is in 6. Remove the cap of the bleeder screw on the
the range between MAX and MIN. transfer, and connect the vinyl hose.
5. If the fluid level is lower than MIN, add the CAUTION
specified fluid. During bleeding, replenish the fluid so that some
Specified fluid: DIA QUEEN ATF SP III always remains in the oil reservoir.
6. Reinstall the maintenance lid. 7. Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left or right
from the neutral state. Loosen the bleeder screw,
BLEEDING and check that air is discharged together with the
M1221011600018
fluid.
CAUTION 8. After the air is discharged, tighten the bleeder
If bleeding is not performed completely, noise screw, and return the steering wheel to the neutral
may be produced from the hydraulic unit, or the state.
durability of the pump, etc. may drop.
9. Repeat steps 6 and 7 several 2 to 3 times, and
1. Lift up the vehicle.
after checking that no more air mixes in, tighten
CAUTION the bleeder screw at the specified torque.
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK"(OFF) Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N⋅m
position before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III. 10.After bleeding, check the fluid level. (Refer to
P.22A-152).
2. Set the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagnosis
connector. 11.If the hydraulic pressure unit is removed, bleed
the AYC (Refer to GROUP 27 − On-vehicle
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Service P.27-28).
4. Set the steering wheel in the straight-ahead
position. ACD OPERATION CHECK
M1221011700037
5. Perform the M.U.T.-II/III actuator test (Item
No.01), and forcibly drive the hydraulic unit. CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III.
1. Set the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagnosis
connector.
2. Start the engine.
22A-154 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AC310853 AB
N
Filler plug Transmission oil
AC504890AB
WARNING
• Be careful not to subject the SRS-ECU to any shocks during removal and installation of
the shift cable and select cable assembly.
• Do not disassemble the shift lever assembly except the distance piece and bushing.
(non-supply parts)
• Never use mineral grease for the shift lever assembly moving area. If mineral grease is
used, the plastic parts can be damaged.
Pre-removal Operation
• Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 15 P.15-5).
• Air Pipe C, Air Hose D Removal (Refer to GROUP 15 −
Intercooler P.15-6).
• Battery and Battery Tray Removal
6 10
12 ± 2 N·m 2
7
8
6.0 ± 1.5 N·m
N 9
3 1
4
12 ± 2 N·m
5
11
13
12 AC211367AC
New clip
2
Cable bracket
Set the clip of the select cable as shown in figure 1 Gear shift cable, Select cable
and 2, and disconnect the select cable.
AC210558AE
Select cable
Clip
AC402309 AC
Fixing clip
Select lever AC211247AD
AC211351AC
1. Move the shift lever until it contacts the 5-speed or 5. Move the lock clip of the select cable towards the
6-speed stopper to stabilize the shift cable at the arrowed direction in the figure, and pull the fixing
shift lever. clip.
2. Release the shift lever, and install the select cable 6. Install the select cable to the select lever, taking
(at the shift lever side) to the select lever while the care not to move the shift lever from the neutral
lever is at the neutral position. position.
3. Check that the shift cable (shift lever side) and the
select cable (shift lever side) are installed
securely, and move the shift lever to all shift
positions.
4. If the shift lever cannot be moved to the shift
positions, adjustment the select cable. Lock clip
Fixing clip
SELECT CABLE (SHIFT LEVER SIDE)
ADJUSTMENT
M1221013300013 AC211248AD
Place the shift lever to the neutral position .
1. Remove the front floor console. 7. Pulling the select cable slightly towards the cabin
side, press in the fixing clip of the select cable.
5th gear, 6th gear direction Then, return the lock clip back to the original
state.
Neutral position 8. Move the shift lever to all shift positions.
NOTE: If the shift lever cannot be moved to each
position or is difficult to move, repeat from step 3
to step 9.
9. Install the front floor console.
Select lever
AC211351AC
22A-160 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1221003200178
CAUTION
• Always refer to GROUP 52B − Service Precautions and Airbag Modules and Clock Spring before
removing the steering wheel and airbag module assembly.
• If the Brembo brake caliper is used, be careful not to hit parts and tools against the caliper when
servicing because the paint of the caliper may delaminate.
• *: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
vehicle horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Steering Wheel Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 37 − Steering Wheel P.37-13).
• Under Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
51 − Front Bumper P.51-2).
• Steering Shaft Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 37 − Steering Clumn shaft P.37-15).
• Steering Gear and Joint Connection Removal and Instal-
lation (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering Clumn shaft
P.37-15).
• Front Axle Crossmember Bar Removal and Installation
(Refer to GROUP 32 − Engine Roll Stopper, Centermem-
ber P.32-7).
• Front Exhaust Pipe Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 15 − Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
• Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 25 Propeller Shaft P.25-3).
• Output shaft Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
26 − Drive Shaft Assembly P.26-11).
• Transmission Oil Draining and Supplying (Refer to
P.22A-152).
• Transfer Oil Draining and Supplying (Refer to P.22A-152).
• Bleeding and Hydraulic Pressure Check <ACD> (Refer to
P.22A-153, P.22A-154). <after installation only>
• Power Steering Fluid Refilling and Bleeding (Refer to
GROUP 37 − On-vehicle Service P.37-10) <Only after
Installation>.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
22A-161
44 ± 5 N·m
N 5 4
69 ± 9 N·m
N 7
7N 69 ± 9 N·m
2
54 ± 5 N·m*
54 ± 5 N·m*
1
3
69 ± 10 N·m 49 ± 10 N·m
167 ± 9 N·m
69 ± 10 N·m
167 ± 9 N·m
AC211381AC
CAUTION
• If the Brembo brake caliper is used, be careful not to hit parts and tools against the caliper when
servicing because the paint of the caliper may delaminate.
• *: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
vehicle horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Transfer Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
P.22A-160).
• Battery and Battery Tray Removal and Installation.
• Strut Tower Bar Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 42 − Strut Tower Bar P.42-9).
• Strut assembly mounting bolt temporary Installation
<Pre-removal only>
• Air duct, Air Cleaner Assembly and Air Intake Hose
Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 − Air
Cleaner ).
• Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose E, Air Pipe C and Air Hose D
Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 P.15-6).
• Starter Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 16 P.16-20).
4
18 ± 3 N·m
5
18 ± 3 N·m
6 7
AC211629AC
12
13
11 12 82 ± 7 N·m*
15
48 ± 5 N·m
16 26 ± 5 N·m
14
9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC211628AC
Garage jack
Select cable AC211243AC AC211722AC
Set the clip of the select cable as shown in figure 1 Jack up and support the engine and transmission
and 2, and disconnect the select cable. assembly, and remove the transmission mounting
insulator assembly.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
22A-165
<<C>> ENGINE ASSEMBLY SUPPORTING NOTE: Adjust the engine hanger balance by
sliding the slide bracket (HI).
MB991895 (3) Set special tool MB991454 to hold the engine
and transmission assembly.
AC211734AC
CAUTION
• Do not insert the flat-tipped driver before
1. <Engine hanger (special tool MB991895) is used> pressing the release fork towards direction A.
(1) Set special tool MB991895 to the strut • Do not insert the flat-tipped driver between
mounting nuts and the radiator support upper the wedge collar and the wave spring.
insulator mounting bolts, which are located in Release fork
the engine compartment, as shown. B A
(2) Set special tool MB991454 to hold the engine
and transmission assembly.
Slide bracket (HI)
Front side
Service hole
Joint (90)
(MB991930) Release
bearing
Foot (Standard)
(MB991932) AC209516AB
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Install so that the arrow on the transmission mount-
ing insulator stopper faces the top of the vehicle.
>>A<< TRANSMISSION MOUNTING INSU-
LATOR STOPPER INSTALLATION
Engine side Transmission
mounting
insulator
stopper
Transmission
mounting
insulator
AC310943 AC
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
4WD-ECU
22A-167
4WD-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1221012100016
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU
AC310944AB
22A-168 MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)
SENSOR, SWITCH AND RELAY
WARNING
Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B, Serv-
ice Precautions (P.52B-3) and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring (P.52B-110).
AC311353 AC
AC310946AC
INSPECTION
M1221008000016
AIR DUCT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1221013400010
11 ± 2 N·m
AC504974 AB
GROUP 52B
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Carefully read and observe the information in the SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service.
• For information concerning troubleshooting or maintenance, always observe the procedures in the
Troubleshooting section.
• If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures, be sure to follow the
procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved.
• If you have any questions about the SRS, please contact your local distributor.
52B-2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1524000100558
The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and seat monitors the system and has a safing G-sensor and
belt with pre-tensioner is designed to supplement the analogue G-sensor. The warning lamp on the instru-
driver's and front passenger's seat belts to help ment panel indicates the operational status of the
reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and SRS. The clock spring is installed in the steering col-
front passenger by activating and deploying both umn. The seat belt pre-tensioner is built into the
front air bags in certain frontal collisions. driver's and passenger's front seat belt retractor. The
The SRS consist of two air bag modules, SRS air front impact sensor is assembled on the headlamp
bag control unit (SRS-ECU), two front impact sen- support panel to monitor collision upon frontal
sors, SRS warning lamp, clock spring and seat belt impact.
pre-tensioner. Front air bags are located in the centre Only authorized service personnel should do work on
of the steering wheel and above the glove box. Each or around the SRS components. Those service per-
air bag is made up of a folded air bag and an inflator sonnel should read this manual carefully before start-
unit. The SRS-ECU under the front floor console ing any such work.
Diagnosis connector
Driver's air bag Passenger's (front)
module air bag module
Clock spring
SRS-ECU AC208855
AC304668
Front impact sensor
AC310783 AB
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
52B-3
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1524000300596
DANGER CAUTION
In order to avoid injury to yourself or others
from accidental deployment of the air bag
SRS-ECU connector
during servicing, read and carefully follow all
the precautions and procedures described in
this manual.
CAUTION
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or
near SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-8.
AC300634 AB
CAUTION
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Compo-
nents:
1. SRS air bag control unit (SRS-ECU)
2. Clock spring
3. Driver's and front passenger's (front) air bag
modules
4. Front impact sensor
5. Seat belt with pre-tensioner
NOTE: If any of these components are diagnosed as
faulty, they should only be replaced, in accordance
with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS SERVICE pro-
cedures in this manual, starting at page P.52B-105.
52B-4 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
MB992006
Battery cable
AC300580AB
after the battery cables are disconnected. If checks are carried out by using the SRS-ECU
CAUTION harness connector, observe the following proce-
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten- dures: Insert the special tool extra fine probe
sioner should not be subjected to heat, so (MB992006) into connector from harness side
remove the front impact sensors, SRS-ECU, (rear side), and connect the tester to this probe. If
driver’s and passenger’s (front) air bag modules, any tool than special tool is used, damage to the
clock spring, and seat belt pre-tensioner before harness and other components will result. Never
drying or baking the vehicle after painting. insert the probe directly to the terminals from the
• Front impact sensors, SRS-ECU, air bag mod- front of the connector. The terminals are plated
ules, clock spring: 93°C or more to increase their conductivity, so that if they are
• Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90°C or more touched directly by the probe, the plating may
break, which will cause drops in reliability.
CAUTION
Whenever you finish servicing the SRS, always
erase the diagnosis code and check warning
lamp operation to make sure that the system
functions properly.
52B-6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1524000700549
MB991865
MB991866
MB991884
MB990784
A
MB991955 M.U.T.-III sub-assembly Checking diagnosis code
A: MB991824 A: Vehicle CAUTION
B: MB991827 communication M.U.T.-III main harness B
C: MB991910 interface (V. C. I.) (MB991911) should be used.
MB991824
D: MB991911 B: M.U.T.-III USB cable M.U.T.-III main harness A
B E: MB991825 C: M.U.T.-III main should not be used for this
F: MB991826 harness A (Vehicles vehicle.
with CAN
MB991827 communication
C system)
DO NOT USE D: M.U.T.-III main
harness B (Vehicles
MB991910 without CAN
D communication
system)
E: M.U.T.-III measure
MB991911
adapter
F: M.U.T.-III trigger
E harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
D DO NOT USE
MB991223 AZ
TEST EQUIPMENTS
M1524000800290
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW SRS WARNING LAMP CHECK
M1524003100386 M1524004300446
Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshoot-
ing/Inspection Service PointsP.00-5.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1524003200361
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
NOTE
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS The most likely causes for these codes to be set are
These diagnosis codes are set if these are abnormal shown in the table below:
resistance between the input terminals of the front
impact sensors.
Code No. Trouble causes
1A • Left front impact sensor or its wiring shorted
1B • Left front impact sensor or wiring open circuit
1C • Short to the power supply in the left front impact sensor harness
1D • Short to body earth in the left front impact sensor harness
2A • Right front impact sensor or its wiring shorted
2B • Right front impact sensor or wiring open circuit
2C • Short to the power supply in the right front impact sensor harness
2D • Short to body earth in the right front impact sensor harness
1 2 3 4
C-12 (Y) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Harness side 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
connector
(rear view)
AC103372 AI
SRS-ECU
• Continuity between terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 and
AC101950AJ body earth
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12. OK: No continuity
CAUTION Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC100338
C-12 HarnessAC103684
side NO : Go to Step 4.
(Rear View)
Step 3. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 101112
connector C-12.
1314151617181920
Connector: C-12
C-12 (Y)
AC103683AK Harness side
connector
AC100338 (rear view)
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View) SRS-ECU
1 2 3 4 AC101950AJ
5 6 7 8 9 101112
1314151617181920
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12.
CAUTION
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View)
AC103684 AK
connector C-12.
• Resistance between terminals 1 and 2 as well AC210613AB
as 3 and 4. Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
NG: 2 ohms or less (short circuit) or 2 its front side directly as the connector contact
megaohms or more (open circuit) pressure may be weakened.
(2) Take the measurements below at harness-side
connector C-12.
• Voltage between terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 and body
earth
OK: 0V
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
52B-14 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Step 4. Check the wiring harness between the Connector: A-33 <RHD>
right front impact sensor connector A-37
(terminals 1 and 2) and SRS-ECU connector C-12
Harness side
(terminals 1 and 2) as well as between left front
(front view)
impact sensor connector A-33 (terminals 1 and 2)
and SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminals 3 and 4). 2 1
AC310431AF
AC310433 AE
Connector: C-12
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
Harness side
(front view) AC310446 BD
A-33 (Y) 2 1
AC310542 AE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-15
Connector: C-129 <RHD> Step 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
Q: Is diagnosis code 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C or 2D
AC310454 AV set?
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme- YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
diate connectors C-111 and C-129, and repair if nec- P.52B-109).
essary. NO : The procedure is complete. (If no
• Check the front impact sensor output line for malfunctions are found in all steps, an
open or short circuit. intermittent malfunction is suspected. Refer
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
YES : Go to Step 4. Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
NO : Repair the wiring harness. P.00-5).
Code No.21: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of the squib
circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(SQUIB) LOCK UNCOUPLED: OFF
(DRIVER'S SIDE) SWITCH : LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed (2) Disconnect connectors C-12, C-205 and C-201,
that diagnosis code 21 set as connector and then reconnect them.
C-12 was engaged improperly. (3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code 21 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed
that diagnosis code 21 set as connector
C-12, C-205 or C-201 was engaged
improperly.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-19
Q: Is diagnosis code 21 set?
STEP 4. Check the diagnosis code by connecting
YES : Go to Step 5.
a dummy resistor. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code) NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal. to P.52B-110).
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC304700
C-205 (Y)
C-201 Air bag
module connector
AC310479 AG
AC305145AE
C-205 (Y)
(2) By sliding the A section (in the figure) of air bag
module connector C-201 in the arrow direction,
disconnect the connector.
MB991865 MB991866 AC310481AG
(Dummy resistor : 3 ) (Resistor harness)
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
MB991865 (Dummy
resistor : 3 ) MB991866
(Resistor harness)
Short spring
C-12 (Y) 4 mm or more AC100391BG
Harness side
connector Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth
(rear view) of 4 mm or more, otherwise the short spring will
not be released.
SRS-ECU
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm wide, 0.5 mm thick]
AC101950AJ between terminals 11, 12 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Connector: C-205 <LHD>
CAUTION
Harness side
connector C-12 Harness side
(rear view) (rear view)
C-205 (Y)
AC310479 AG
Harness side Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
connector
(rear view)
its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
C-205 (Y) (4) Resistance measurement between C-12 harness
side connector terminals 11 and 12.
OK: Open circuit
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC310481AG YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12.
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.11
DANGER and 12 and clock spring connector C-205
To prevents the air bag from deploying unin- (terminal No.3 and 4).
tentionally, disconnect the clock spring con-
nector C-205 to short the squib circuit.
STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code 21 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-109).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-21
Code No.22: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(SQUIB) LOCK UNCOUPLED: OFF
(DRIVER'S SIDE) SWITCH : LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
C-205 (Y)
AC304700
AC310479 AG
C-201 Air bag
module connector Connector: C-205 <RHD>
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
A
C-205 (Y)
AC105823
AC305145AE
disconnect the connector. (2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
MB991865 MB991866 MB991865 (Dummy
(Dummy resistor : 3 ) (Resistor harness) MB991866
resistor : 3 )
(Resistor harness)
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
to special tool resistor harness (MB991866). to special tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened. pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring (4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring
side air bag module connector C-201 by harness side connector C-205 (terminal No.3 and
backprobing. 4) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal. (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the (6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code. diagnosis code.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-23
Q: Is diagnosis code 22 set? CAUTION
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to
C-12 Harness C-205 Harness
P.52B-110). side connector side connector
(rear view) (rear view)
No.3 and 4)
Connector: C-12
AC200924 AJ
Code No.24: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of
the squib circuit)
SRS-ECU NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
Connector: C-12
Q: Is diagnosis code 24 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed
that diagnosis code 24 set as connector
C-12 (Y) C-12, or C-106 was engaged improperly.
Harness side
connector
(rear view) STEP 4. Check the diagnosis code by connecting
a dummy resistor. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
SRS-ECU
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
AC101950AJ
Connector: C-106 Glove box striker
(2) Disconnect the connectors C-12 and then
reconnect them.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the C-106 (R)
diagnosis code.
Harness side
Q: Is diagnosis code 24 set? connector (rear view)
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed 1 2
that diagnosis code 24 set as connector AC100985 AQ
C-12 was engaged improperly. (2) Disconnect passenger’s (front) air bag module
connector C-106.
STEP 3. Connector lock check: SRS-ECU MB991865
connector C-12 and passenger’s (front) air bag (Dummy resistor: 3 )
module connector C-106. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis C-106 Harness side
code) connector
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Connector: C-12 MB991866
(Resistor harness)
1 2 3 4
C-12 (Y) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Harness side 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
connector
(rear view)
SRS-ECU
AC006044 AQ
Code No.25: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
SRS-ECU NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
C-106 (R)
C-106 (R)
Harness side
connector (rear view)
Harness side
connector (rear view)
1 2
AC100985 AQ
1 2
AC100985 AQ (1) Disconnect passenger’s (front) air bag module
(2) Disconnect passenger’s (front) air bag module connector C-106.
connector C-106. Connector: C-12
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
AC101950AJ
C-106 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector AC300956AL (2) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12 and
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) passenger's (front) air bag module connector
to special tool resistor harness (MB991866). C-106.
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from C-12 C-106 Harness side connector
its front side directly as the connector contact Harness side (rear view)
pressure may be weakened. connector
(4) Disconnect the passenger's (front) air bag (rear view) 1 2
module connector C-106, and insert special tool
1 2 3 4
(MB991866) into the harness side connector by 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
backprobing. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code. AC203891AG
Q: Is diagnosis code 25 set? Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
YES : Go to Step 2. its front side directly as the connector contact
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag pressure may be weakened.
module (Refer to P.52B-110).
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-29
(3) Resistance measurement between the following STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
terminals. reset.
• SRS-ECU connector C-12 terminal No.10 and
the passenger’s (front) air bag module con- Q: Is diagnosis code 25 set?
nector C-106 terminal No.1 YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer
• SRS-ECU connector C-12 terminal No.9 and toP.52B-109).
the passenger’s (front) air bag module con- NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
nector C-106 terminal No.2 (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
OK: Less than 2 Ω
P.00-5).
Q: Are the check results normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the harness wires between
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.10
and 9 and passenger’s (front) air bag
module connector C-106 (terminal No.1 and
2).
Code No.26: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of the
squib circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
C-13 (Y)
Harness side
D-16 (B)
connector
AC310465 AN
(rear view)
Locking button
(3) Connector the negative battery terminal. connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>. Use a
(4) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking
diagnosis code. button at the harness side connector, and then
Q: Is diagnosis code 26 set?
disconnect the connector.
YES : Go to Step 4. MB991884
MB991865 MB991885
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed (Dummy resistor : 3 )
that diagnosis code 26 set as connector
C-13, D-16 <LHD>, or D-03 <RHD> was
engaged improperly.
MB991884
STEP 4. Check the diagnosis code by connecting (Resistor
a dummy resistor. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code) harness)
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal. D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
Harness side connectors AC300975 AI
Connector: D-16
<LHD> (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
Harness side to special tool resistor harness (MB991884).
connector
(front view)
(4) Connect special tool (MB991884) to the
D-16<LHD> or D-03 <RHD> harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnosis code memory, and then check
the diagnosis code.
D-16 (B)
AC310465 AN Q: Is diagnosis code 26 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Connector: D-03 NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with
<RHD>
pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-117).
D-03 (B)
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC310471 Ai
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
AC310471 Ai
AC006244 AS
To prevents the air bag from deploying unin-
tentionally, disconnect the driver’s seat belt (4) Resistance measurement between C-13 harness
side connector terminals 29 and 30.
pre-tensioner connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03
<RHD> to short the squib circuit. OK: Open circuit
D-16 <LHD>, Q: Is the check result normal?
D-03 <RHD> YES : Go to Step 6.
Driver's seat NO : Repair the harness wires between
belt pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector SRS-ECU connector C-13 (terminal No.29
screwdriver and 30) and driver’s seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
Locking button (terminal No.2 and 1).
Code No.27: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
C-13 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
D-16 <LHD>,
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU D-03 <RHD>
2526 27 282930 313233 Harness side
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC101951AL connectors
AC201287AZ
Connector: D-16
<LHD> (2) Connect D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD> harness
Harness side side connector to special tool resistor harness
connector (MB991884).
(front view)
1
21 22 23 24
D-16 (B) 2
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
AC310465 AN 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
D-03 (B) AC203780 AE
Code No.28: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuit between
terminals of the squib circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
C-13 (Y)
Harness side
C-13 (Y) connector
Harness side (rear view)
connector
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU
(rear view) 2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
23 24 SRS-ECU AC101951AL
21 22
2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC101951AL
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
(2) Disconnect the connectors C-13 and then Harness side
reconnect them. connector
(3) Connector the negative battery terminal. (front view)
(4) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code 28 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
D-03 (B)
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed
AC310465 AO
that diagnosis code 28 set as connector
C-13, D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD> was Connector: D-16
engaged improperly. <RHD>
D-16 (B)
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC310471 AJ
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
MB991884
STEP 4. Check the diagnosis code by connecting (Resistor
a dummy resistor. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code) Harness)
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal. D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
Harness side connector AC103283AY
Connector: D-03
<LHD> (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
Harness side to special tool resistor harness (MB991884).
connector
(front view)
(4) Connect special tool (MB991884) to the D-03
<LHD> or D-16 <RHD> harness side connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnosis code memory, and then check
the diagnosis code.
D-03 (B) Q: Is diagnosis code 28 set?
AC310465 AO YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) seat belt
Connector: D-16 with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-117).
<RHD>
D-16 (B)
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC310471 AJ
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
Code No.29: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib
circuit)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
C-13 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
D-03 <LHD>,
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU D-16 <RHD>
2526 27 282930 313233 Harness side
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC101951AL connectors
AC201287BB
Connector: D-03
<LHD> (2) Connect D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD> harness
Harness side side connector to special tool resistor harness
connector (MB991884).
(front view)
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
D-03 (B)
AC310465 AO
C-13 Harness side Resister harness
Connector: D-16 connector (rear view) connector
<RHD>
1
21 22 23 24
D-16 (B) 2
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC210076 AG
C-12 (Y)
C-13 (Y) SRS-ECU
Harness side 21 22 23 24
(front view) 2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
C-12 C-13
AC309146 AC
21 22 23 24
2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC006249 AM
Code No.41: Power supply voltage (IG1 (A) voltage) drops abnormally.
SRS-ECU
POWER SOURCE D.C.-D.C. BACK-UP
CIRCUIT CONVERTER CAPACITOR
MICROCOMPUTER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
COMBINATION
METER
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-51
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
STEP 1. Check junction block fuse number 2. CAUTION
C-12
Harness connector
(rear view)
Fuse No.2 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Junction
block
AC203279 AF
AC301761 AC
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
Q: Is the fuse burned out? its front side directly as the connector contact
YES : Go to Step 4. pressure may be weakened.
NO : Go to Step 2.
(5) Voltage measurement between C-12 harness
side connector terminal 16 and body earth.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU OK: 9 V or more.
connector C-12
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
Connector: C-12 NO : Go to Step 3.
C-12 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
Connector: C-12
C-211
C-12 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view) C-214
SRS-ECU
Harness side
AC101950AJ
(front view)
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC303823 AV
C-214
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC303820 AE
Harness side
(front view)
C-214 C-211
AC303809 AY
Connector: C-214
<LHD>
Junction block (front view)
AC303808AN
Connector: C-214
<RHD>
Harness side (front view) Junction block (front view)
AC303808AN
Harness side (front view)
Connector: C-214
<RHD>
Junction block (front view) AC303822AO
AC303822AO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
(1) Disconnect junction block connector C-214, and 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
measure at the wiring harness side.
CAUTION
C-214 Harness side connector (rear view)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314 AC106854 AM
1516 171819 20 212223242526 2728
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(2) Resistance measurement between terminal 25
and body earth.
AC106855 AN OK: Open circuit
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(2) Resistance measurement between terminal 24
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
52B-54 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Code No.42: Power supply voltage (IG1 (B) voltage) drops abnormally.
SRS-ECU
POWER SOURCE D.C.-D.C. BACK-UP
CIRCUIT CONVERTER CAPACITOR
MICROCOMPUTER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
COMBINATION
METER
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-56 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Junction
block
AC203280 AH
AC301761 AD
Q: Is the fuse burned out? Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
YES : Go to Step 4. its front side directly as the connector contact
NO : Go to Step 2. pressure may be weakened.
(5) Voltage measurement between C-12 harness
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at SRS-ECU side connector terminal 13 and body earth.
connector C-12 OK: 9 V or more
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-12 YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
C-12 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
Connector: C-12
C-211
C-12 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view) C-214
SRS-ECU
Harness side
AC101950AJ
(front view)
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC303823 AV
C-214
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC303820 AE
Harness side
(front view)
C-214 C-211
AC303809 AY
AC101950AJ
Harness side (front view) (1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
CAUTION
AC303808AN C-12 Harness connector (rear view)
Connector: C-214 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
<RHD>
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Junction block (front view)
AC202026 AL
AC303822AO
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
(1) Disconnect junction block connector C-214, and its front side directly as the connector contact
measure at the wiring harness side. pressure may be weakened.
CAUTION (2) Resistance measurement between terminal 13
and body earth.
C-214 Harness side connector (rear view)
OK: Open circuit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
Q: Is the check result normal?
1516171819202122232425262728
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Check the harness wire for short circuit
between SRS-ECU connector C-12
(terminal No.13) and junction block
connector C-214 (terminal No.7), and repair
if necessary.
AC100339 AI
Code No.43: SRS warning lamp circuit open-circuited (Lamp does not Illuminate).
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
SRS-ECU
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
erased, and the SRS warning lamp will go out. (2) Disconnected the SRS-ECU connector C-12.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
PROBABLE CAUSES (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
• Damaged wiring harnesses of connectors
Q: Does the warning lamp illuminate?
• Blown bulb
YES : Go to Step 4.
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
NO : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of the combination meter
STEP 3. Check the harness for open circuit Connectors: C-01, C-02
between ignition switch connector C-208 <RHD>
(terminal No.2) and combination meter C-01
(terminal No.9) and between combination meter C-01 C-02(L)
C-02 (terminal No.36) and SRS-ECU connector
C-12 (terminal No.8).
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Clock spring
Harness side
connector
(front view)
C-01
Harness side
AC303806 AI
C-02
Harness side
Connector: C-208
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
<RHD> Clock spring
AC303815 AR
Harness side
Connector: C-12
connector
(front view)
C-12 (Y)
AC303820 AE Harness side
connector
Connectors: C-01, C-02, C-23 (rear view)
<LHD>
SRS-ECU
C-01
C-02 (L)
C-23 (B) AC101950AJ
AC303799 AQ
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-63
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code 43 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-109).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
52B-64 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.43: SRS warning lamp circuit open-circuited (Lamp does not Switch Off).
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
SRS-ECU
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC303814 AV
STEP 2. Check the harness for short circuit to STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
earth between SRS-ECU connector C-12 reset.
(terminal No.8) and combination meter connector Q: Is diagnosis code 43 set?
C-02 (terminal No.36). YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
Connector: C-12 P.52B-109).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
C-12 (Y)
Harness side P.00-5).
connector
(rear view)
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
Connector: C-02
<LHD> C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC303798 AZ
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC303814 AV
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
SRS-ECU
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Code No.61: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(SQUIB) LOCK UNCOUPLED: OFF
(DRIVER'S SIDE) SWITCH : LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
C-205 (Y)
AC304700
AC310479 AG
C-201 Air bag
module connector Connector: C-205 <RHD>
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
A
C-205 (Y)
AC105823
AC305145AE
disconnect the connector. (2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
MB991865 MB991866 MB991865 (Dummy
(Dummy resistor : 3 ) (Resistor harness) MB991866
resistor : 3 )
(Resistor harness)
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
to special tool resistor harness (MB991866). to special tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened. pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring (4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring
side air bag module connector C-201 by harness side connector C-205 (terminal No.3 and
backprobing. 4) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal. (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the (6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code. diagnosis code.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-71
Q: Is diagnosis code 61 set? (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
YES : Go to Step 3.
CAUTION
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to
P.52B-110).
C-12 Harness side
connector (rear view)
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU
connector C-12 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Connector: C-12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AC310481AG
Code No.62: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(SQUIB) LOCK UNCOUPLED: OFF
(DRIVER'S SIDE) SWITCH : LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
C-205 (Y)
AC304700
AC310479 AG
C-201 Air bag
module connector Connector: C-205 <RHD>
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
A
C-205 (Y)
AC105823
AC305145AE
disconnect the connector. (2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
MB991865 MB991866 MB991865 (Dummy
(Dummy resistor : 3 ) (Resistor harness) MB991866
resistor : 3 )
(Resistor harness)
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
to special tool resistor harness (MB991866). to special tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened. pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring (4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring
side air bag module connector C-201 by harness side connector C-205 (terminal No.3 and
backprobing. 4) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal. (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the (6) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code. diagnosis code.
52B-74 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
AC310481AG
Code No.64: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
SRS-ECU NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MB991866 1 2
(Resistor harness) AC100985 AQ
Code No.65: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
SRS-ECU NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
MICROCOMPUTER CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MB991866 1 2
(Resistor harness) AC100985 AQ
Code No.66: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>. Use a
connector C-13 flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking
button at the harness side connector, and then
Connector: C-13 disconnect the connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
C-13 (Y)
Harness side C-13 Harness side
connector connector (rear view)
(rear view)
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU 21 22 23 24
2526 27 282930 313233 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3435 3637 38394041 42 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
AC101951AL
Code No.67: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>. Use a
SRS-ECU connector C-13 flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking
button at the harness side connector, and then
Connector: C-13 disconnect the connector.
CAUTION
C-13 Harness side
C-13 (Y) connector (rear view)
Harness side
2122 23 24
connector
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
(rear view) 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU
2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC101951AL
Locking button
Code No.68: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the power
supply)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU pre-tensioner connector D-03 <LHD> or D-16
connector C-13 <RHD>. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out
the locking button at the harness side connector,
Connector: C-13 and then disconnect the connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position,
CAUTION
C-13 (Y)
Harness side C-13 Harness side
connector connector (rear view)
(rear view)
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU 21 22 23 24
2526 27 282930 313233 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3435 3637 38394041 42 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
AC101951AL
Code No.69: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
LOCK CONNECTOR
SWITCH UNCOUPLED: OFF
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped connector
screwdriver
Locking button
C-13 (Y)
Harness side
2122 23 24
connector
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
(rear view) 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
21 22 23 24 SRS-ECU
2526 27 282930 313233
3435 3637 38394041 42
AC101951AL
C-13 Harness side
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-13. connector (rear view)
Connector: D-03 AC201663 AK
<LHD>
Harness side Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
connector its front side directly as the connector contact
(front view)
pressure may be weakened.
(3) Resistance measurement between C-13 harness
side connector terminals 27, 28 and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
D-03 (B) Q: Is the check result normal?
AC310465 AO YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the harness wires between
Connector: D-16 SRS-ECU connector C-13 (terminal No.27
<RHD>
and 28) and passenger's (front) seat belt
D-16 (B) pre-tensioner connector D-03 <LHD> or
Harness side D-16 <RHD> (terminal No.1 and 2).
connector
(front view)
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code 69 set?
AC310471 AJ YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-109).
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD> NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Flat-tipped
pre-tensioner Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
connector
screwdriver P.00-5).
Locking button
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
SRS-ECU
POWER SOURCE D.C.-D.C. BACK-UP
CIRCUIT CONVERTER CAPACITOR
MICROCOMPUTER
MUT INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
NOTE
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors C-12 (Y)
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU Harness side
• Incorrect M.U.T.-II ROM pack connector
(rear view)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
SRS-ECU
C-14 (B)
AC303800 AJ
Connector: C-14
<RHD>
Front side
C-14(B)
AC303812AE
SRS-ECU
AC201667AN
of the SRS-ECU connector C-12 its front side (1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12 and
directly as the connector contact pressure may measure at the wiring harness side.
be weakened. CAUTION
(2) Resistance measurement between the following
terminals. C-12 Harness side
• SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.20) connector (rear view)
and diagnosis connector C-14 (terminal No.7) 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OK: Less than 2 Ω 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Q: Is the check results normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.
AC006264 AM
C-12 (Y)
Harness side C-12 (Y)
connector Harness side
(rear view) connector
(rear view)
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU
AC101950AJ
Connector: C-14
<RHD>
AC006265 AR
C-12 (Y)
Harness side
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
connector
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
AC303798 BA (rear view)
SRS-ECU
Connector: C-23
<RHD>
C-23 (B) AC101950AJ
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Clock spring
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC303814AW
AC303820 AE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-101
NOTE: Q: Is the check result normal?
Connectors: C-211, C-214 YES : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
<RHD> (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Junction block (front view) Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
C-211 NO : Repair the harness wires.
AC303823 AV
C-211
C-214
Harness side
(front view)
C-214 C-211
AC303809 AY
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
M1524001100692
Whether or not the air bags have deployed, check 2. Read (and write down) all displayed diagnosis
and service the vehicle after collision as follows: codes (Refer to P.52B-9).
NOTE: If battery power supply has been shut
SRS-ECU MEMORY CHECK down by the collision, the M.U.T.-II/III cannot com-
CAUTION municate with the SRS-ECU. Check and, repair if
<Using the M.U.T.-II>
necessary, the instrument panel wiring harness
Steering shaft
before the next job.
3. Use the M.U.T.-II/III to read the data list (how long
trouble(s) have continued and how often memory
have been erased).
MB991502
AC304777AB
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827 AC211686 AE
AC300582AB
52B-104 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
1. Check the SRS-ECU case and brackets for dents, CLOCK SPRING
cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the
Case
terminals for deformation.
3. Check the SRS-ECU and bracket for installation
condition.
AC300585AB
Steering
wheel
1. Check the clock spring connectors and protective
tube for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
2. Visually check the case for damage.
WARNING
• If heat damage may occur during paint work, remove the SRS-ECU, the driver’s and pas-
senger’s (front) air bag modules, the clock spring, front impact sensors and the seat belt
with pre-tensioner.
• SRS-ECU, driver’s and passenger’s (front) air bag modules, clock spring and front
impact sensors: 93° C or more
• Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90°C or more
• If the SRS components are removed for the purpose of check, sheet metal repair, painting,
etc., they should be stored in a clean, dry place until they are reinstalled.
If the SRS components are to be removed or replaced as a result of maintenance, troubleshooting etc., follow
the service procedures that follow. (Front impact sensor; refer to P.52B-107, SRS-ECU; refer to P.52B-109,
Driver’s and passenger’s (front) air bag modules and clock spring; refer to P.52B-110, Seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner; refer to P.52B-117).
52B-106 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
M1524003000431
Caution labels on the SRS are attached in the vehicle as shown. Follow label instructions when servicing the
SRS. If the label(s) are dirty or damaged, replace with new one(s).
NOTE
: Indicates RHD vehicles. For LHD vehicles, the specified application position of label is reversed left to right. AC504533 AC
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
52B-107
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524001500407
WARNING
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal and wait for 60 seconds or more before starting
work. Furthermore, the disconnected battery terminal should be covered with tape to
insulate it.
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the front impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
• Do not drop or subject the front impact sensor to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking,
deformation, or rust are discovered in the front impact sensor, replace it with a new front
impact sensor. Discard the old one.
• After deployment of an air bag, replace the front impact sensor with a new one.
Pre-removal Operation
• Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
• Disconnect the Negative Battery Terminal.
Radiator
AC311090 AB
Removal step NOTE: The figure on the left indicates the left front
1. Front impact sensor impact sensor.
Installation steps
>>A<< • Pre-installation inspection
>>B<< 1. Front impact sensor
• Negative battery cable connection
>>C<< • Post-installation inspection
52B-108 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
ACX00598 AC
SRS warning lamp AC311044 AB
3. Check the continuity between the terminal and
3. Does the SRS warning lamp illuminate for about 7 bracket. If there is a continuity, the insulation is
seconds and then goes out? malfunctioned, and replace the sensor with a new
4. If no, refer to troubleshooting (Refer toP.52B-9). one.
4. Check the head lamp support pane for
INSPECTION deformation and rust.
M1524001600374
WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is
detected, replace with a new sensor.
1. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks,
deformation or rust.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
52B-109
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524002100491
WARNING
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal and wait for 60 seconds or more before starting
work. Furthermore, the disconnected battery terminal should be covered with tape to
insulate it.
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS-ECU. If faulty, replace it.
• Do not drop or subject the SRS-ECU to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking, deforma-
tion, or rust are discovered in the SRS-ECU, replace it with a new SRS-ECU. Discard the
old one.
• After deployment of an air bag, replace the SRS-ECU with a new one.
• Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS-ECU, and use only the special test equipment
described on P.52B-8.
Pre-removal Operation
• Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
• Disconnect the Negative Battery Terminal.
2
1
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m 3
AC311091 AB
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS 3. Does the SRS warning lamp illuminate for about 7
>>A<< SRS-ECU INSTALLATION seconds and then goes out?
4. If no, refer to troubleshooting (Refer toP.52B-9).
WARNING
The SRS may not activate if SRS-ECU is not INSPECTION
installed properly. M1524002200324
WARNING
>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION If any problems are found, replace the
INSPECTION SRS-ECU.
• Check the SRS-ECU and brackets for dents,
1. Connect the negative battery cable. cracks or deformation.
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. • Check the SRS-ECU connector for damage, and
the terminals for deformation.
NOTE: For the checks other than the items above,
refer to "Troubleshooting" (Refer to P.52B-9).
WARNING
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal and wait for 60 seconds or more before starting
work. Furthermore, the disconnected battery terminal should be covered with tape to
insulate it.
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring. If faulty,
replace it.
• Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Replace it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
• The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface is facing upward. Do not place
anything on top of it.
• Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93°C.
• After deployment of an air bag, replace the clock spring with a new one.
• Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
• An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce-
dures (Refer to P.52B-120).
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULES AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-111
<DRIVER’S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING>
2
0.69 ± 0.15 N·m A A Column switch
3
B
5 B
1 Section A - A Section B - B
AC211864
Claw Claw
NOTE
: Claw positions
50 ± 5 N·m
AC504607AB
Driver’s air bag module removal Driver’s air bag module installation
steps steps (Continued)
<<A>> 1. Cover 1. Cover
<<B>> 2. Steering wheel and driver’s air bag • Negative battery cable connection
module assembly >>D<< • Post-installation inspection
Clock spring removal steps Clock spring installation steps
<<A>> 1. Cover >>A<< • Pre-installation inspection
<<B>> 2. Steering wheel and driver’s air bag >>B<< 3. Clock spring
module assembly • Lower column cover (Refer to
• Lower column cover (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering shaft P.37-15).
GROUP 37 − Steering shaft P.37-15). >>C<< 2. Steering wheel and driver’s air bag
<<C>> 3. Clock spring module assembly
Driver’s air bag module installation 1. Cover
steps • Negative battery cable connection
>>A<< • Pre-installation inspection >>D<< • Post-installation inspection
>>C<< 2. Steering wheel and driver’s air bag
module assembly
52B-112 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULES AND CLOCK SPRING
AC304946AB
MB990784
AC211761AB
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULES AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-113
<<B>> STEERING WHEEL AND DRIVER’S NOTE: Use a hexagonal bit socket or a hexagonal
AIR BAG MODULE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL wrench having an effective length of 75 mm or
more in the hexagonal section and the diameter of
WARNING 8 mm or more.
• The air bag module must not be measured
with such equipment as an ohmmeter, nor <C>> CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL
disassembled.
• The removed air bag module should be WARNING
stored in a clean, dry place with the The removed clock spring should be stored
deployment surface facing up. in a clean, dry place.
AC304700
Mating marks
AC300168 AB
Steering
wheel
AC304700
AC311067 AC
1 2 3 4 5 6
Protective tube
C-205 Air bag C-205 Air bag
module connector module connector
WARNING
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre-tensioner. If faulty, replace it.
• Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre-tensioner. Do not subject it to
shocks, drop it, bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Always replace it with a new part if any dents, cracks or deformation is found.
• Do not place anything on top of the seat belt pre-tensioner.
• Do not expose the seat belt with pre-tensioner to temperatures over 90°C.
• After operating the seat belt pre-tensioner, replace the seat belt with pre-tensioner with a
new part.
• Gloves and protective goggles should be worn when handling a seat belt pre-tensioner
once it has been used.
• If disposing of a seat belt with pre-tensioner which has not yet been operated, its seat belt
pre-tensioner should be operated first before disposal (Refer to P.52B-120).
Pre-removal Operation
• Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
• Disconnect the Negative Battery Terminal.
2 44 ± 10 N·m
5
6
4
44 ± 10 N·m
3
AC101710 AC
52B-118 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER
Locking button
MB991502
Harness side connector AC304777AB
AC300147 AS
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
1. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out forward
and unlock the locking button of the harness-side
connector.
2. Disconnect the pre-tensioner connector.
P.52B-120).
1. Even new seat belt with pre-tensioner require
inspection before installation.
2. Connect the negative battery cable.
MB991827 AC211686 AE
WARNING
• If the vehicle is to be scrapped or other-
C-205 Harness side
wise disposed of, deploy the air bags and connector
operate the seat belt pre-tensioner inside (4-pin, yellow)
AC300379 AD
the vehicle. If the vehicle will continue to
be used and only the air bag modules and 4. Remove the connection between the C-205 clock
seat belt pre-tensioner are to be disposed spring connector (4-pin) and the harness side
of, deploy the air bags and operate the connector (4-pin, yellow).
seat belt pre-tensioner outside the vehi- NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument
cle. panel wiring harness, both electrodes of the clock
• Since a large amount of smoke is pro- spring connector short automatically. This pre-
vents the driver's air bag from accidental deploy-
duced when the air bag is deployed and
ment caused by static, etc.
the seat belt pre-tensioner is operated,
avoid residential areas whenever possi-
Deployment wires
ble.
Connection
• Since there is loud noise when the air
bags are deployed and when the seat belt
pre-tensioner are operated, avoid residen-
tial areas whenever possible. If anyone is
nearby, give warning of the impending
noise. 6 m or longer
• Suitable ear protection should be worn by AC300381AD
personnel performing these procedures
or by people in the immediate area. 5. Obtain two suitable wires, which are 6 meters or
longer, as deployment wires. Then connect the
DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE wires at one end to short.
(WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE) 6. Touch the vehicle's body with bare hands to
<DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE> discharge static in you.
1. Move the vehicle to an isolated spot.
DANGER C-205 Clock spring C-205 Harness side
connector (4-pin)
Wait at least 60 seconds after the disconnec- connector
(4-pin, yellow)
tion of the battery cable before any further
job (Refer to P.52B-3).
Deployment wire
2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery
cables from the battery terminals, and then
remove the battery from the vehicle. Connection
Insulator tape
3. Remove the column cover lower (Refer to AC300384 AC
GROUP 37 − Steering shaft P.37-15).
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-121
7. Cut with a pliers, etc. the instrument panel wiring WARNING
harness shown in the figure of the instructions, • Before deploying the air bag in this man-
while the C-205 clock spring connector is ner, first check to be sure that there is no
disconnected. one in or near the vehicle. Wear safety
NOTE: The disconnection location should be suf- glasses.
ficiently away from the C-205 harness side con- • The inflator will be quite hot immediately
nector with consideration to the expansion following the deployment, so wait at least
harness connection location upon disconnections.
30 minutes to allow it to cool before
8. Connect the deployment wires on the two attempting to handle it. Although not poi-
instrument panel wiring harnesses disconnected,
sonous, do not inhale gas from the air bag
cover the connection areas with insulator tape
deployment. See Deployed Air Bag Mod-
and then pull out the deployment wires outside the
vehicle. ule and Operated Seat Belt Pre-tensioner
Disposal (Refer to P.52B-128) for
9. Connect the C-205 harness side connector
connected with an expansion harness to the
post-deployment handling instructions.
C-205 clock spring connector. • If the air bag module fails to deploy, do
not go near the module. Contact your dis-
WARNING
tributor.
Cover
11.At a location as far away from the vehicle as
possible, disconnect the two connected wires
from each other, and connect them to the two
terminals of the battery (which has been removed
from the vehicle) to deploy the air bag.
Deployment wire 12.After deployment, dispose of the air bag module
6 m or longer according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and
Operated Seat Belt Pre-tensioner Disposal (Refer
to P.52B-128).
AC300388AD
If the glass is scratched, air bag deployment DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE
could cause it to crack and fly out of the
(WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE)
vehicle, so always put a cover over the vehi-
cle. <PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG
10.To suppress the operation sound as much as MODULE>
possible completely close all door windows, close 1. Move the vehicle to an isolated spot.
the doors and put the cover on the vehicle. DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after the disconnec-
tion of the battery cable before any further
job (Refer to P.52B-3).
2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery
cables from the battery terminals, and then
remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument Panel P.52A-2).
52B-122 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
Connector: C-106
6. Connect the C-106 passenger's (front) air bag
Glove box striker module connector (2-pin, red) to special tool SRS
air bag adapter harness (MB686560) and move
the deployment wires out of the vehicle.
C-106 Passenger's (front) WARNING
air bag module connector
(2-pin, red)
Cover
AC100985 AT
WARNING
• This should be carried out in a wide, flat
area at least 6 m away from obstacles and
other people.
• Do not deploy outside if wind is high.
Even in a soft wind, ignite to windward of Insulator tape
the air bag modules. Connection AC211892 AE
DANGER
5. Release the secured connector of the steering
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting
wheel-driver's air bag module assembly to cut off
the battery cables before doing any further the connector from the harness with a nipper and
work (Refer to P.52B-3). etc. Connect deployment harnesses to each of
1. Disconnect the negative and positive battery two separated harnesses and cover the area with
cables from the battery terminals, and then insulator tape.
remove the battery from the vehicle.
Steering wheel-driver's air bag
WARNING module assembly
Once disconnected, both electrodes of the
driver’s air bag module connector short
automatically to prevent accidental deploy- Deployment
ment caused by static etc. Still, in considera- harness
tion of the accidental deployment, store the
air bag module on flat place with deployment
surface facing up. Also, do not put anything
AC211893 AC
on it.
2. Remove the driver’s air bag module from the 6. Use a rope to tie the steering wheel-driver's air
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-110). bag module assembly to secure old tyres with
wheels.
Deployment wires 7. Route the deployment harness connected to
driver's air bag module beneath old tyres with
Connection
wheels. Then, secure the steering wheel-driver's
air bag module assembly with the deployment
surface facing up.
MB686560 6 m or longer
Insulator tape
AC300419AC
AC300562 AB
GROUP 14
ENGINE COOLING
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1141000100456
The cooling system is designed to keep every part of coolant through the radiator as well so that the heat
the engine at appropriate temperature in whatever absorbed by the coolant may be radiated into the air.
condition the engine may be operated. The cooling The water pump is of the centrifugal type and is
method is of the water-cooled, pressure forced circu- driven by the drive belt from the crankshaft. The radi-
lation type in which the water pump pressurizes cool- ator is the corrugated fin, down flow type. The cool-
ant and circulates it throughout the engine. If the ing fan is controlled by the fan controller and
engine coolant temperature exceeds the prescribed engine-ECU depend on driving conditions.
temperature, the thermostat opens to circulate the
Item Specification
Radiator Performance kJ/h 216,700
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1141000300483
LUBRICANT
M1141000400424
SEALANT
M1141000500658
D DO NOT USE
MB991223 AZ
MB992006
MB991871
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION CHART FOR TROUBLE
SYMPTOMS
M1141005600434
INPUT SIGNAL
ENGINE
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED FUSIBLE CONTROL
· ENGINE SENSOR LINK 2 RELAY
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE
ENGINE- CONTROL
ECU SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
RADIATOR
INPUT SIGNAL FIELD EFFECT FAN
TRANSISTOR
PROCESSING CIRCUIT MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
AC505138AB
ENGINE COOLING
TROUBLESHOOTING
14-5
INPUT SIGNAL
ENGINE
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED FUSIBLE CONTROL
· ENGINE SENSOR LINK 2 RELAY
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE
ENGINE- CONTROL
ECU SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
RADIATOR
FIELD EFFECT FAN
INPUT SIGNAL
TRANSISTOR
PROCESSING CIRCUIT MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
AC505139AB
A-09X
A-17 (GR) 3
4 2
1
Component side Relay box
AC210859 AD
side
(1) Disconnect fan controller connector A-17, and
measure at the harness side connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.3 and AC310900AB
earth.
• When the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" Connector: A-17
position, voltage should measure battery pos-
itive voltage. Fan controller
AC310900AB
AC210877AC
AC310901AB
C-31
Connector: C-105 <RHD>
AC310903AB
C-105
C-105
AC310902AB
AC310902AB
A-09X
3
Harness side
AC505254 AB
A-17 (GR)
Connector: C-121 <RHD>
Component side
AC210859 AD
Engine-ECU
(1) Disconnect fan controller connector A-17, and
measure at the harness side connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between terminal No.1
and earth.
• The resistance should measure less than 2
ohms.
C-121 (GR)
Q: Is the resistance less than 2 ohms?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Go to Step 9.
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
STEP 9. Check the harness wire between fan 24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Component side Q: Is the voltage 0.7 volt or more when the cooling fan
AC210859 AD is operating?
YES : Go to Step 12.
Q: Are the harness wires between fan controller
NO : Go to Step 11.
connector A-17 and earth damaged?
YES : Repair or replace them, then go to Step 13.
NO : Go to Step 10.
ENGINE COOLING
TROUBLESHOOTING
14-9
STEP 11. Check the harness wire between Connector: C-121 <LHD>
engine-ECU connector C-121 and fan controller
connector A-17. Engine-ECU
NOTE:
Connector: A-13 <LHD>
A-13 (B)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 JAE 4 3 2 1
23 2221 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
AC210877AC 3534 33 32 31 30 29 2827 26 25 24
Component side
Connector: C-31 <RHD>
AC505254 AC
Engine-ECU
C-31
AC310903AB
AC505255 AC
Connector: A-17
Fan controller
A-17 (GR)
Component side
AC210859 AD
STEP 12. Check the fan controller at engine-ECU (2) Pull out terminal No.18.
connector C-121. (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Q: Does the cooling fan motor operate?
Connector: C-121 <LHD>
YES : Replace the engine-ECU. Then go to Step
13.
Engine-ECU NO : Replace the fan controller. Then go to Step
13.
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Harness side
AC505254 AB
Engine-ECU
C-121 (GR)
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Harness side
AC505255 AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Cooling fan does not change speed or does not stop
NOTE: If the engine coolant temperature reaches 110°C or higher, the cooling fan control runs the cooling fan
for up to 5 minutes even after the ignition switch is turned to the "LOCK" (OFF) position (the fan stops its rota-
tion when the engine coolant temperature decreases to 110°C or lower).
COOLING FAN DRIVE CIRCUIT • The engine-ECU judges the required revolution
Refer to P.14-4. speed of cooling fan motor using the input signals
transmitted from A/C switch, vehicle speed sen-
CIRCUIT OPERATION sor and engine coolant temperature sensor. The
• The fan controller is powered from fusible link engine-ECU activates the fan controller to drive
No.2. the cooling fan motor.
ENGINE COOLING
TROUBLESHOOTING
14-11
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION STEP 3. Measure the output circuit voltage at
• The fan controller has variable control of the cool- engine-ECU connector C-121 terminal 18 by
ing fan motor speed using signals transmitted backprobing.
from the engine-ECU.
Connector: C-121 <LHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
• Malfunction of fan control relay Engine-ECU
• Malfunction of fan controller
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
Harness side
Connector: A-09X
Engine-ECU
A-09X
3
4 2
1
Relay box
side
C-121 (GR)
AC310900AB
Connector: A-17
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Fan controller
Harness side
AC505255 AB
STEP 4. Measure the output circuit voltage at (2) Start the engine and allow it to idle.
engine-ECU connector C-121 terminal 18 by (3) Turn the A/C switch to the "ON" position.
backprobing. (4) Measure the voltage between terminal No.18 and
earth by backprobing.
Connector: C-121 <LHD> • The voltage should measure 0.7 volt or more
when the cooling fan is operating.
Engine-ECU Q: Is the voltage 0.7 volt or more when the cooling fan
is operating?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
C-121 (GR)
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Harness side
AC505254 AB
Engine-ECU
C-121 (GR)
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
Harness side
AC505255 AB
A-13 (B)
C-121 (GR)
8 7 6 5 JAE 4 3 2 1
23 2221 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
AC210877AC 3534 33 32 31 30 29 2827 26 25 24
Component side
Connector: C-31 <RHD>
AC505254 AC
Engine-ECU
C-31
AC310903AB
AC505255 AC
Connector: A-17
Fan controller
A-17 (GR)
Component side
AC210859 AD
STEP 6. Check the fan controller at engine-ECU STEP 7. Check the fan controller at engine-ECU
connector C-121. connector C-121.
Connector: C-121 <LHD> Connector: C-121 <LHD>
Engine-ECU Engine-ECU
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35 24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
AC505254 AB AC505254 AB
Engine-ECU Engine-ECU
1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 JAE 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35 24 25 26 27 2829 3031 32 33 34 35
(1) Do not disconnect engine-ECU connector C-121. (1) Disconnect engine-ECU connector C-121.
(2) Pull out terminal No.18. (2) Pull out terminal No.18.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. (3) Connect terminal No.18 to the body earth.
Q: Does the cooling fan motor operate?
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
YES : Replace the engine-ECU. Then go to Step Q: Does the cooling fan motor stop running?
8. YES : Replace the engine-ECU. Then go to Step
NO : Go to Step 7. 8.
NO : Replace the fan controller. Then go to Step
8.
ACX01844 AB
Cap adapter
AC210639AB
MB991222
Circuit tester
2 4
2
1 3
4 3 1
AC210667 AB
indicated, replace the fan controller. 1. Remove the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP
12.Install the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP 51, Front Bumper P.51-2).
51, Front Bumper P.51-2).
14-18 ENGINE COOLING
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1141002400884
10 ± 1 N·m
6 4
7 5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
8 11 ± 1 N·m
1 11 ± 1 N·m
AC504958 AB
THERMOSTAT CHECK
NECTION
Mating marks
ACX00400
AC200641AB
Make mating marks on the radiator hose and the 1. Immerse the thermostat in water, and heat the
hose clamp. Disconnect the radiator hose. water while stirring. Check the thermostat valve
opening temperature.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS Standard value:
>>A<< THERMOSTAT INSTALLATION Valve opening temperature: 80 ± 1.5°C
CAUTION
Make absolutely sure that no oil is adhering to
the rubber ring of the thermostat. In addition, be
careful not to fold over or scratch the rubber ring
when inserting. If the rubber ring is damaged,
replace the thermostat.
Install the thermostat being careful not to fold over or
Valve lift
scratch the rubber ring.
WATER PUMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1141002701004
CAUTION
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo™ disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to contact
the caliper with tools or parts, because the caliper paint will be scratched.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Under Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Front • Timing Tensioner Adjuster Belt Installation (Refer to
Bumper P.51-2). GROUP 11A, Timing Belt P.11A-36).
• Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to P.14-15). • Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to P.14-15).
• Timing Belt Tensioner Adjuster Removal (Refer to • Under Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
GROUP 11A, Timing Belt P.11A-36). Bumper P.51-2).
20 ± 2 N·m 22 ± 4 N·m
24 ± 4 N·m N4
2
23 ± 3 N·m Bolt specifications
8 × 22
8 × 60
3N
8 × 14
14 ± 1 N·m
2
8 × 55
8 × 22
Nominal diameter × Nominal length mm
AC406755
AC504976 AB
Water pump
O-ring
AC103005AC
14-22 ENGINE COOLING
WATER HOSE AND WATER PIPE
12
13 11 ± 1 N·m
10 N
13 ± 2 N·m 5.0 ± 1.0 N·m 2
11
1
8 4 23 ± 4 N·m
9 6
N 16
3
15
42 ± 7 N·m 5
7N
20 N
10 ± 1 N·m
14
17
42 ± 7 N·m
10 ± 1 N·m 19
18 N
AC504959 AB
RADIATOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1141001501193
12 ± 2 N·m
11 6 7
4
3
11
13
9
5
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
2N
1 8
14
3.5 ± 0.4 N·m 5.4 ± 0.5 N·m
4.5 ± 0.4 N·m
14
20
22
21
10 19
12 ± 2 N·m
17
12 18
16 15
AC210706 AC
Projection
Mating marks
AC200641AB
AC210705
NOTES
32-1
GROUP 32
POWER PLANT
MOUNT
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
• Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
• MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
32-2 POWER PLANT MOUNT
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1321000100544
Inertia principal axes system is incorporated into the • Installation of roll stopper in the upper area has
engine mount system. reduced engine rolling. Furthermore, enlarge-
• The liquid-filled mount system has been adopted ment of insulator diameter has reduced idle vibra-
for engine mounting insulator and transmission tion.
mounting insulator to improve ride feeling by opti-
mising the insulator.
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
Transmission mounting
insulator
AC310393 AC
POWER PLANT MOUNT
GENERAL INFORMATION
32-3
Engine rear
roll stopper rod
Transmission case bracket
front roll stopper bracket
Engine front
roll stopper
bracket
Engine rear
roll stopper
Transmission case bracket
front roll stopper bracket
Engine front
roll stopper
bracket
AC310460 AB
32-4 POWER PLANT MOUNT
SPECIAL TOOL
SPECIAL TOOL
M1321000600442
ENGINE MOUNTING
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1321001100752
CAUTION
*: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle
horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Under Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Front • Under Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
Bumper P.51-2). Bumper P.51-2).
• Raise the engine and transmission assembly until its
weight is not applied to the insulator, and support it
securely.
12 ± 2 N·m
2
1
67 ± 7 N·m*
98 ± 10 N·m*
3
4
AC210425 AB
R
F
Engine mounting
cushion stopper
<Vehicle <Vehicle
rear view> front view>
AC210426 AC
TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1321001400968
CAUTION
*: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle
horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation
• Under Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Front • Rear Roll Stopper Installation (Refer to P.32-7).
Bumper P.51-2). • Air Pipe C, Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose D Installation
• Raise the engine and transmission assembly until its (Refer to GROUP 15, Intercooler P.15-6).
weight is not applied to the insulator, and support it • Radiator Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 14,
securely. Radiator P.14-24).
• Battery and Battery Tray Removal • Air Cleaner Installation (Refer to GROUP 15, Air Cleaner
• Air Cleaner Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, Air Cleaner P.15-5).
P.15-5). • Battery and Battery Tray Installation
• Radiator Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 14, Radia- • Under Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
tor P.14-24). Bumper P.51-2).
• Air Pipe C, Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose D Removal (Refer
to GROUP 15, Intercooler P.15-6).
• Rear Roll Stopper Removal (Refer to P.32-7).
3
2
47 ± 7 N·m*
82 ± 7 N·m* AC505022AB
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Install the transmission mounting stopper so that its
arrow points upward.
>>A<< TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
STOPPER INSTALLATION INSPECTION
M1321001500200
Engine side Transmission • Check the transmission mounting insulator for
mounting cracks, separation or deformation.
stopper
• Check the transmission mounting stoppers for
Transmission deformation.
mounting
insulator
AC200645 AI
POWER PLANT MOUNT
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER, CENTREMEMBER
32-7
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER, CENTREMEMBER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1321002300362
10
70 ± 10 N·m
52 ± 7 N·m*
6 45 ± 5 N·m*
7 9
8
70 ± 10 N·m 52 ± 7 N·m*
52 ± 7 N·m*
5
45 ± 5 N·m*
2
69 ± 10 N·m
1
69 ± 10 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m 1
49 ± 10 N·m
AC210447AB
Front roll stopper bracket and Rear roll stopper rod removal
centremember removal steps steps
1. Front axle crossmember bars 6. Engine rear roll stopper rod bolt
2. Engine front roll stopper bracket 7. Transmission case rear roll
bolt stopper bracket
3. Front suspension centremember 8. Engine rear roll stopper rod bolt
>>A<< 4. Engine front roll stopper bracket 9. Engine rear roll stopper rod
5. Transmission case front roll bracket
stopper bracket 10. Engine rear roll stopper rod
32-8 POWER PLANT MOUNT
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER, CENTREMEMBER
70 ± 10 N·m
8
6 45 ± 5 N·m*
70 ± 10 N·m 52 ± 7 N·m*
52 ± 7 N·m* 5
45 ± 5 N·m* 2
69 ± 10 N·m
1
69 ± 10 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m 1
49 ± 10 N·m
AC310765 AB
Front roll stopper bracket and Rear roll stopper rod removal
centremember removal steps steps
1. Front axle crossmember bars 6. Engine rear roll stopper bolt
2. Engine front roll stopper bracket 7. Transmission case rear roll
bolt stopper bracket
3. Front suspension centremember 8. Engine rear roll stopper bracket
>>A<< 4. Engine front roll stopper bracket
5. Transmission case front roll
stopper bracket
POWER PLANT MOUNT
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER, CENTREMEMBER
32-9
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT INSPECTION
M1321002400080
>>A<< ENGINE FRONT ROLL STOPPER • Check the engine roll stopper insulators for
BRACKET INSTALLATION cracks, separation or deformation.
Hole
Front of vehicle
AC210448 AB
CROSSMEMBER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1321003200443
18 ± 2 N·m
4
9
12 ± 2 N·m
10 N
70 ± 10 N·m 57 ± 7 N·m
13 8N 15 ± 3 N·m
16 14 15
12 ± 2 N·m
5
45 ± 5 N·m*¹ 25 ± 4 N·m
N 11
21 ± 4 N·m 7
12
21 ± 4 N·m
52 ± 7 N·m*¹
108 ± 10 N·m
6
2
39 ± 5 N·m
3
1
186 ± 10 N·m*²
39 ± 5 N·m
167 ± 9 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m
AC210547 AB
6 15 ± 3 N·m
18 ± 2 N·m
4 7N 8
N 5 70 ± 10 N·m
12
16 14 15
57 ± 7 N·m
45 ± 5 N·m*¹ 25 ± 4 N·m
11 13 N 9
21 ± 4 N·m
10
21 ± 4 N·m
52 ± 7 N·m*¹
108 ± 10 N·m
2
39 ± 5 N·m
3
1
186 ± 10 N·m*²
39 ± 5 N·m
167 ± 9 N·m
49 ± 10 N·m
AC310965AB
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS 2. Turn the bolt and knob as necessary to make the
<<A>> LOWER ARM ASSEMBLY jaws of the special tool parallel, tighten the bolt by
hand and confirm that the jaws are still parallel.
REMOVAL
NOTE: When adjusting the jaws in parallel, make
Transmission jack Wooden sure the knob is in the position shown in the fig-
block ure.
3. Tighten the bolt with a wrench to disconnect the
tie rod end.
DISCONNECTION
Transmission
CAUTION jack AC210538AB
• Do not remove the nut from ball joint. Loosen
Retain the crossmember with a transmission jack,
it and use special tool ball joint remover
and then remove the crossmember mounting bolt.
(MB991897) to avoid possible damage to ball
joint threads.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
• Hang the special tool with cord to prevent it
from falling. >>A<< STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION
Outside of
Cord vehicle Identification
colour
Self-locking
nut MB991897
Bushing
Fixture
Bolt
Ball joint AC208247AD AC006141AF
Bolt
INSPECTION
M1321003300246
• Check the front axle No.1 crossmember for
Parallel cracks or damage.
Knob Correct
Wrong AC106821AC
13B-1
GROUP 13B
FUEL SUPPLY
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1135000100480
• The fuel tank is located under the floor of the rear • A fuel pump module, including fuel pump, fuel fil-
seats to provide increased protection and more ter assembly and fuel gauge unit (main), is uti-
luggage space. lized to reduce weight and improve serviceability.
• A fuel tank safety valve is used to prevent fuel
from leaking out in case of a collision.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL PUMP OPERATION CHECK CAUTION
M1135001000204
Refer to GROUP 13A, On-vehicle Service
P.13A-399.
AC211368 AB
3.0 mm
Fuel return
hose
Suction Y2014AU
AC100963 AC hose
<Fuel gauge unit (Sub)>
Snap the fuel high-pressure hose one-touch joint
into place, then pull back slightly on the hose to
assure it is secure. However, the connection Harness Suction
connector hose
should have a play of approximately 3.0 mm.
8. Connect the harness connector, fuel
high-pressure hose, suction hose and fuel return
hose.
9. Replace the service hole cover.
10.Install the rear seat cushion assembly (Refer to Fuel pipe and AC310596
gauge assembly AC310872AB
GROUP 52A, Rear Seat Assembly P.52A-20).
3. Disconnect the harness connector, fuel
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK high-pressure hose, suction hose and fuel return
M1135003100401
Refer to GROUP 54A, Combination Meter Assembly hose.
and Vehicle Speed Sensor − On-vehicle Service CAUTION
P.54A-54.
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
AC310597 AB
AC100963 AC
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
AC310597 AB
N 22 10 18
24
3
N 25
17 2
7
16
1
6
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
6
12
9
14
26 ± 4 N·m 8 6 5 15
13
4 AC311018 AC
31
34 N
30
32
24 ± 4 N·m
28
29 33
AC310598AB
Fuel filler neck assembly removal Fuel filler neck assembly removal
steps steps (Continued)
28. Fuel tank protector 32. Fuel filler neck assembly
29. Fuel filler neck hose connection 33. Fuel filler neck valve
30. Fuel filler neck breather hose 34. Packing
connection
31. Fuel tank filler cap
FUEL SUPPLY
FUEL TANK
13B-7
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS <<B>> FUEL PIPE AND GAUGE
<<A>> FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY/FUEL PUMP MODULE
REMOVAL REMOVAL
CAUTION
Floor
Float
AC310597 AB
Float
AC100963 AD
AC310597 AB
12
11 N
10
9 2
7N
6
3
AC210872AB
16
N 17
18
15
N 13
14
AC310599 AB
<Defective>
ACX00760AB
AC102263 AB
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
LANCER Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
EVOLUTION IX Engine Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
WORKSHOP MANUAL Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Engine and Emission Control . . . . . 17
FOREWORD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
This Workshop manual contains procedures for
service mechanics, including removal, disassembly, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
inspection, adjustment, reassembly and installation.
Use the following manuals in combination with this
Propeller Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
manual as required. Front Axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Wheel and Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
TECHNICAL INFORMATION MANUAL
IEVE04E1CD
Power Plant Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IEVE04E1CD Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
IEVE04E1CD
Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
WORKSHOP MANUAL
CHASSIS GROUP Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
BODY REPAIR MANUAL
CEVX04E1CD
Parking Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
CEVX05E1CD Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
PARTS CATALOGUE B606K006A Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
All information, illustrations and product descriptions Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
contained in this manual are current as at the time of Interior and Supplemental
publication. We, however, reserve the right to make Restraint System (SRS) ............ 52
changes at any time without prior notice or obligation. Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heater, Air Conditioner and
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . 80
Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
©0LWVXELVKL0RWRUV(XURSH%9 2FW
WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES
(1) Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any SRS-related component,
can lead to personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag)
or to the driver and passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
(2) The SRS components and seat belt with pretensioner should not be subjected to heat, so
remove the SRS-ECU, driver’s and front passenger’s air bag modules, clock spring, side air bag
modules, and seat belt -pre-tensioner before drying or baking the vehicle after painting.
• SRS-ECU, air bag module and clock spring 93°C or more
• Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90°C or more
(3) Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed
only at an authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
(4) MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this Manual, and especially its GROUP
52B - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), before beginning any service or maintenance of
any component of the SRS or any SRS-related component.
NOTE
Section titles with asterisks (*) in the table of contents in each group indicate operations requiring warnings.
70-1
GROUP 70
COMPONENT
LOCATIONS
CONTENTS
SENSOR
M1701000600846
A B C D E F L
G H I J K * M N O P
Q R * S T *
U
AC501366AB
Crankshaft
sprocket
AC208835 AC
B
Engine
oil filter
Engine oil
level sensor
AC310230AB
C
Intake
manifold
Detonation
sensor
connector
Detonation
sensor
AC208837AG
D F
Vehicle speed
sensor
Throttle
position
sensor
Transmission
AC208857 AC assembly AC209488AF
E
Intake camshaft
position sensor
Exhaust camshaft
position sensor
AC406674AD
70-4 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
SENSOR
Oxygen
sensor (front)
connector Oxygen
sensor (front)
AC208841AE
H L
Outoside
thermo
sensor Photo sensor
AC212287AE AC500112AB
I M
Engine coolant
temperature
sensor
Steering
wheel
sensor
AC504759 AC AC500111AB
J N
Air flow
sensor
Interior
temperature
sensor
AC500113AB
AC208832 AH
K O
Air cleaner
Parking brake
lever
Front impact
sensor
G-sensor
(lateral) G-sensor
(longitudinal)
AC208855AI AC208854AL
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
SENSOR
70-5
P Heater water Q
temperature
sensor Centremember Transmission oil
assembly temperature sensor
Air thermo
sensor
AC504978AB AC504979AB
Wheel speed
sensor (front)
connector Wheel speed
sensor (front)
AC208845AI
Glove box
Catalytic
converter
AC310231AD
T
Wheel speed
sensor (rear)
Wheel speed
sensor (rear)
connector
Trailing arm
AC208851AK
U
Pressure
sensor
Hydraulic unit
assemmbly
AC212291AG
70-6 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
ECU
ECU
M1701000500281
A B C F G H
*²
D E *¹ I J K L M
N *²
O
AC501370AB
NOTE: .
1. *1: also equipped at the right side.
2. *2: also equipped at the rear doors.
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
ECU
70-7
A <LHD> F
ABS-ECU
Column switch
(incorporating
Column-ECU)
Hydraulic unit
AC100209AD AC500116AB
B <RHD> G
ABS-ECU Immobilizer-
ECU
AC311142AB AC310233 AB
C Battery Front-ECU H
A/C-ECU
AC310360 AB AC500703 AB
D I
ETACS-ECU
Fan controller
Radiator fan
Junction
block
AC100211AI AC310361AB
E J
SRS-ECU
Headlamp assembly
(incorporating ECU)
Center
reinforcement
Horn (HI)
AC208848 AD AC504981AC
70-8 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
ECU
K N
Power window
sub switch
4WD-ECU (incorporating
Centre ECU)
reinforcement
AC310234AC AC301749AD
L O
Power window
Engine-ECU main switch
(incorporating
ECU)
AC100229AM AC301748AE
M
Blower unit
Blower linear
controller
AC504982AB
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
INSPECTION CONNECTOR AND SPARE CONNECTOR
70-9
INSPECTION CONNECTOR AND SPARE CONNECTOR
M1701000200622
B C
AC501369AC
A C
Battery
Spare connector
Engine speed (for audio)
detection
connector
AC310329 AB AC500118AB
Diagnosis connector
AC100188AM
70-10 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
RELAY
RELAY
M1701000400723
A B C
D E
AC501369AB
A <LHD> B <RHD>
Fuel pump relay (3)
Fuel pump relay (3)
AC310180 AB AC211639AD
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
RELAY
70-11
Horn relay
D
Fuel pump relay (1) Power window relay
AC500114 AB
AC504985
E
Engine oil
level relay
AC504980 AC
70-12 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
SOLENOID AND SOLENOID VALVE
A B C D E
F G
AC501371AB
A C Fuel pressure
control solenoid
valve
B <LHD> D
Hydraulic unit
<for ABS
(incorporating
solenoid valve)>
EGR control
solenoid valve
Intake
Intake manifold manifold
AC100230AJ stay AC209007AE
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
EARTH CABLE
70-13
Proportioning valve
AC212303AE (for AYC control) AC212305 AE
Wastegate
solenoid valve
Battery
AC209011AE
EARTH CABLE
M1701001000579
AC501372AB
70-14 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE
A B
C
AC501369AD
Fuses
(No.6 to 25)
Battery
AC212324 AC
AC310326AB
Fuses
(No.21, 23)
Fusible link
(No.1) Fusible links
(No.2, 3) Junction
AC310325 AB block AC310327 AB
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
EARTH
70-15
EARTH
M1701000300704
10 11 12 13 14 15
AC310178AB
10 11 12 13 14 15 3
AC310179 AB
1 5
Centre
reinforcement
AC208862 AD AC504983AB
2 6
Door check
AC100190AC AC504985AB
Windshield
wiper arm
AC100191AD AC100195AH
3 <RHD> 7 <RHD>
Front deck
crossmember
Windshield
wiper arm
AC212332AC AC212321AC
4 BATTERY 8
Rear shelf
panel
AC208863 AC AC100196AD
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
EARTH
70-17
9 Rear shelf 13
panel
AC100197AD AC504984AB
10 14
SRS-ECU
Exhaust
manifold
cover AC208867AD AC208540 AE
11 15 Junction block
Rocker
cover
AC208868 AC AC208871AD
12 Relay box
AC208869AD
NOTES
90-1
GROUP 90
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> 90-234
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
<LH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-190 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> 90-236
90-4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/B
J/B
M1901000201447
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
FUSE
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (2)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (1)
DEFOG- BLOW-
GER ER
RELAY RELAY
REAR
FOG
NO LAMP
CONNECTION RELAY
NO
CONNECTION
NOTE:
CONNECTOR NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO THE CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAM (DASH PANEL) AND EACH CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/B
90-5
C-210 ETACS-ECU
Power C-225 C-212
window C-226
relay
C-214
Fuel pump
relay (1)
1 3 Blower
relay
C-223 2 4
No connection
1 3
Defogger
C-222 2 4 C-224 C-216 C-215 relay
1 3
Fuel pump C-221
2 4 Fuses
relay (2)
(No.1 to 20)
C-220
No connection
1 3
C-219
2 4
Rear fog C-217
lamp relay C-218
AC208362AL
90-6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
J/C
J/C <LH drive vehicles>
M1901014201718
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
·BRAKE WARNING AND LIGHTING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE MONITOR BUZZER
WARNING LAMP ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
AND FUEL HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WARNING LAMP ·WINDSHIELD WIPER
·METER AND GAUGE AND WASHER
·CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEYCYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP HEADLAMP
AND DOOR AJAR LEVELING DIAGNOSIS
WARNING LAMP SYSTEM CONNECTOR
SUPPLEMENTAL
REMOTE RESTRAINT
REAR FOG CONTROLLED SYSTEM (SRS)
LAMP MIRROR
J/C (6)
J/B
AUTOMATIC AIR (FUSE 5 )
CONDITIONER ETACS-ECU
POWER
WINDOWS ·HEADLAMP
·AUTOMATIC AIR ·REAR FOG LAMP
·ACD AND AYC ·TAIL LAMP,
·ANTI-SKID CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM POSITION LAMP,
BRAKING LICENCE PLATE LAMP
SYSTEM (ABS) ·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP AND LIGHTING
LEVELLING SYSTEM MONITOR BUZZER
·REAR FOG LAMP ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION AND HAZARD
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE WARNING LAMP
LAMP AND LIGHTING ·WINDSHIELD WIPER
MONITOR BUZZER AND WASHER
·TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
90-8 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
ENGINE OIL LAMP AND HAZARD ·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
·ACD AND AYC LEVEL WARNING
·ANTI-SKID WARNING LAMP WASHER
LAMP
BRAKING
ETACS-ECU SYSTEM (ABS)
TURN-SIGNAL HEADLAMP
LAMP AND LEVELLING REAR FOG
HAZARD SYSTEM LAMP
WARNING
LAMP
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·REAR WINDOW
CIGARETTE METER AND ACD AND AYC DEFOGGER AND
LIGHTER GAUGE DOOR MIROR HEATER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
90-9
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
BACK-UP
LAMP
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL ACD AND
WARNING LAMP ·HEADLAMP
AYC ·ACD AND AYC ·ENGINE OIL LEVEL ·REAR FOG LAMP
·ANTI-SKID WARNING LAMP ·TAIL LAMP,
BRAKING ·METER AND GAUGE POSITION LAMP,
SYSTEM (ABS) ·SUPPLEMENTAL LICENCE PLATE LAMP
·BRAKE WARNING RESTRAINT AND LIGHTING
LAMP, OIL SYSTEM (SRS) MONITOR BUZZER
PRESSURE ·TORANSMISSION ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
WARNING LAMP OIL TEMPERATURE AND HAZARD
AND FUEL WARNING LAMP WARNING LAMP
WARNING LAMP ·WINDSHIELD WIPER
·CHARGING SYSTEM AND WASHER
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
90-10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
·ACD AND
AYC
·ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
90-12 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·BRAKE WARNING ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
WARNING LAMP AND LAMP AND LIGHTING
FUEL WARNING LAMP MONITOR BUZZER
·METER AND GAUGE ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
METER AND J/B
ETACS-ECU GAUGE (FUSE 5 )
BACK-UP BACK-UP
POWER LAMP
WINDOWS LAMP
ETACS-ECU
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
90-14 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
METER AND
REAR GAUGE
FOG LAMP
CIGARETTE ACD AND AYC TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
HEADLAMP LIGHTER AND HAZARD WARNING
LEVELLING LAMP
SYSTEM
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
J/C
90-15
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
REMOTE
CONTROLLED RELAY BOX
MIRROR (FUSE 23 ) ETACS-ECU
J/B
(FUSE 11 ) CLOCK
J/B REAR
(FUSE 16 ) FOG LAMP
REAR DIAGNOSIS
FOG LAMP CONNECTOR HORN
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC ·ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ·IGNITION SYSTEM
·IGNITION SYSTEM ·METER AND GAUGE
J/C (4)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
ANTI-SKID ANTI ·ENGINE CONTROL
BRAKING -SKID SYSTEM
SYSTEM BRAKING ENGINE
(ABS SYSTEM CONTROL
(ABS) SYSTEM
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
M1901000301392
1 24
6 25 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 4
Front of vehicle
16 18 20
23 22 5
2 3 17 19 21
27
Front of vehicle 26
AC310556AB
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
90-21
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
No. Power supply circuit Name Rated Housing Load circuit
capacity (A) colour
1 Ignition switch (IG1) Fuse 10 Red Ignition coil <LH drive vehicles> and
ignition coil relay <RH drive vehicles>
2 7.5 Brown ACD mode changeover switch,
column switch, combination meter,
engine oil level relay, ETACS-ECU,
SRS-ECU, vehicle speed sensor and
4WD-ECU
3 7.5 Brown Back-up lamp switch, rear
combination lamp and SRS-ECU
4 7.5 Brown −
5 Ignition switch (IG2) 7.5 Brown A/C compressor relay, A/C-ECU,
blower relay, condenser fan relay,
defogger relay, front-ECU,
outside/inside air selection damper
control motor, steering wheel sensor
and 4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
6 Defogger relay 7.5 Brown Remote controlled mirror
7 Ignition switch (ACC) 20 Yellow Front-ECU and windshield wiper
motor
8 Ignition switch (IG1) 7.5 Brown Engine-ECU, fuel pump relay (1) and
fuel pump relay (2)
9 Ignition switch (ACC) 15 Blue Cigarette lighter
10 − − −
11 7.5 Brown Remote controlled mirror switch
12 Ignition switch (IG2) 7.5 Brown ABS-ECU, G-sensor and 4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
13 Ignition switch (ACC) − − −
14 15 Blue ETACS-ECU
15 Fusible link No.1 15 Blue Diagnosis connector
16 10 Red Combination meter, rear combination
lamp and rear fog lamp relay
17 − − −
18 − − −
19 30 Green Blower linear controller and blower
relay
20 30 Green Defogger and defogger relay
21 Fusible link No.5 20 Yellow −
22 − − − −
23 Ignition switch (IG2) 10 Red −
24 − − − −
90-22 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
7 8 9 10 11 12
21 22
13 14 15 16 17 18 20
23 24
7 8 9 10 11 12
21 22
13 14 15 16 17 18 20
23 24
AC310557AB
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
90-23
CENTRALIZED RELAY
Connector No. Name Connector No. Name
A-04X − B-06X Engine speed detection
connector
A-05X Horn relay B-07X −
A-06X Condenser fan relay (LO) B-08X −
A-07X Condenser fan relay (HI) B-09X −
A-08X − B-10X Ignition coil relay <RH drive
vehicles>
A-09X Fan control relay B-11X −
A-10X Front-ECU B-12X Engine control relay
A-11X Front-ECU B-13X A/C compressor relay
2 1 2 1 2 1
4 3 4 3 4 3
Front of vehicle
A-10X
A-11X
A-09X
AC208462 AU
AC208464 AO
NOTE: .
• The triangle mark on the relay housing should face that on the J/B and the relay box.
90-24 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
BATTERY
STARTING SYSTEM
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE
LINK
FRONT-ECU
·ACD AND AYC ·REAR FOG LAMP ·ACD AND AYC ·REAR WINDOW
·AUDIO SYSTEM ·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE ·AUDIO SYSTEM DEFOGGER AND
SPARE CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT LAMP, SPARE CONNECTOR DOOR MIRROR HEATER
·AUTOMATIC AIR IGNITION KEY ·AUTOMATIC AIR ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
CONDITIONER CYLINDER CONDITIONER LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
·BRAKE WARNING LAMP, ILLUMINATION LAMP ·CIGARETTE LIGHTER LAMP AND LIGHTING
OIL PRESSURE AND DOOR AJAR ·CLOCK MONITOR BUZZER
WARNING LAMP AND WARNING LAMP ·HEADLAMP LEVELLING ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
FUEL WARNING LAMP ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION SYSTEM AND HAZARD
·CENTRAL DOOR LAMP, LICENCE PLATE ·REAR FOG LAMP WARNING LAMP
LOCKING SYSTEM LAMP AND LIGHTING
·CLOCK MONITOR BUZZER
·HEADLAMP ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING AND HAZARD WARNING
SYSTEM LAMP
·METER AND GAUGE ·WINDSHIELD WIPER
·POWER WINDOWS AND WASHER
FUSIBLE LINK 4
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
SWITCH
·AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
·CLOCK
·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENTLAMP,
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND
DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
STARTING SYSTEM
NO
CONNECTION
BATTERY
STARTING SYSTEM
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE
LINK
FRONT-ECU
·ACD AND AYC ·REAR FOG LAMP ·ACD AND AYC ·REAR WINDOW
·AUDIO SYSTEM ·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE ·AUDIO SYSTEM DEFOGGER AND
SPARE CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT LAMP, SPARE CONNECTOR DOOR MIRROR HEATER
·AUTOMATIC AIR IGNITION KEY ·AUTOMATIC AIR ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
CINDITIONER CYLINDER CONDITIONER LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
·BRAKE WARNING LAMP, ILLUMINATION LAMP ·CIGARETTE LIGHTER LAMP AND LIGHTING
OIL PRESSURE AND DOOR AJAR ·CLOCK MONITOR BUZZER
WARNING LAMP WARNING LAMP ·HEADLAMP LEVELLING ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND FUEL WARNING ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION SYSTEM AND HAZARD
LAMP LAMP, LICENCE PLATE ·METER AND GAUGE WARNING LAMP
·CENTRAL DOOR LAMP AND LIGHTING ·REAR FOG LAMP
LOCKING SYSTEM MONITOR BUZZER
·CLOCK ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
·HEADLAMP AND HAZARD WARNING
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING LAMP
SYSTEM ·WINDSHIELD WIPER
·METER AND GAUGE AND WASHER
·POWER WINDOWS
FUSIBLE LINK 4
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
SWITCH
·AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE
CONNECTOR
·CLOCK
·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND
DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
STARTING SYSTEM
NO
CONNECTION
STARTING SYSTEM
M1901000501976
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (ST)
ENGINECONTROL
SYSTEM
STARTER
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
IGNITION IGNITION
COIL (1) COIL (2)
ENGINE-
ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
·BAROMETRIC ·EXHAUST ·INTAKE
PRESSURE CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT
SENSOR POSITION POSITION
·CRANK ANGLE SENSOR SENSOR
SENSOR ·IGNITION ·OXYGEN
·DETONATION SWITCH (ST) SENSOR
SENSOR ·INTAKE AIR ·THROTTLE
·ENGINE TEMPERATURE POSITION
COOLANT SENSOR SENSOR
TEMPERATURE ·VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR SENSOR ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
90-38 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
IGNITION
COIL RELAY
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
IGNITION SYSTEM
90-39
IGNITION IGNITION
COIL (1) COIL (2)
INPUT SIGNAL
·BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
SENSOR
·CRANK ANGLE SENSOR
·DETONATION SENSOR
·ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
·EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
·IGNITION SWITCH (ST)
·INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
·INTAKE CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
·OXYGEN SENSOR
·THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
·VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
SPARK PLUG
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION CONNECTOR
CHARGING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901000701914
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 26 BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE-ECU
COMBI-
NATION
METER
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP ENGINE
AND FUEL OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP WARNING
LAMP
ALTERNATOR
FIELD
COIL
STATOR
COIL
IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CHARGING SYSTEM
90-41
CHARGING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>
M1901000701925
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 26 BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
·ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
ENGINE-ECU WASHER
COMBI-
NATION
METER
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP ENGINE
AND FUEL OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP WARNING
LAMP
ALTERNATOR
FIELD
COIL
STATOR
COIL
IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
90-42 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 SWITCH (IG1)
FUEL FUEL
PUMP PUMP
RELAY (1) RELAY (2)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
90-43
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
POWER BATTERY
SOURCE BACK-UP
90-44 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE ENGINE
CONTROL CONTROL
RELAY RELAY J/C(6)
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
TRANSMISSION
DETONATION OIL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR WARNING LAMP
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
AIR
FLOW
SENSOR
BAROMETRIC
PRESSURE INTAKE AIR
SENSOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ACD
AND
AYC
J/C (6)
ENGINE THROTTLE
COOLANT POSITION
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR
STARTING
SYSTEM
FUEL WASTEGATE PURGE EGR
PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CONTROL
CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID SOLENOID
SOLENOID VALVE VALVE
VALVE
CHARGING IGNITION
SYSTEM SYSTEM
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
POWER
STEERING FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
90-47
ENGINE-
ECU
J/B
FUEL PUMP
RELAY (2)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (3)
J/C (6)
INJECTOR RESISTOR
ENGINE-ECU
FRONT
FRONT SIDE SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
90-49
ENGINE-
ECU
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
J/B
(FUSE 15 )
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
NOTE
FUSIBLE : ·ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING LAMP
IGNITION ·HEADLAMP
LINK 1 SWITCH (IG1) ·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
FUEL FUEL
PUMP PUMP
RELAY (1) RELAY (2)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
90-51
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
SYSTEM
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
·AUTOMATIC
AIR CONDITIONER
·COOLING
SYSTEM
POWER BATTERY
SOURCE BACK-UP
90-52 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE ENGINE
CONTROL CONTROL
RELAY RELAY J/C(6)
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
TRANSMISSION
DETONATION OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
SENSOR
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
AIR
FLOW
SENSOR
BAROMETRIC
PRESSURE INTAKE AIR
SENSOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ACD
AND
AYC
J/C (6)
ENGINE THROTTLE
COOLANT POSITION
TEMP- SENSOR
ERATURE
SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR(REAR)
STARTING
SYSTEM
FUEL WASTEGATE PURGE EGR
PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CONTROL
CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID SOLENOID
SOLENOID VALVE VALVE
VALVE
CHARGING IGNITION
SYSTEM SYSTEM
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
POWER
STEERING FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
90-55
ENGINE-
ECU
CLUTCH
·AUTOMATIC AIR SWITCH
·AUTOMATIC AIR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
CONDITIONER CONDITIONER ·COOLING
·COOLING SYSTEM SYSTEM
J/B
FUEL PUMP
RELAY (2)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (3)
J/C (6)
INJECTOR RESISTOR
ENGINE-ECU
ENGINE-
ECU
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
J/B
(FUSE 15 )
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901001001509
ENGINE
INPUT SIGNAL FUSIBLE CONTROL
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED LINK 2 RELAY
· ENGINE SENSOR
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE- ENGINE
CONTROL
ECU SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
COOLING SYSTEM
90-59
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
CONDENSER CONDENS- SYSTEM
FAN RELAY ER ·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
(HI) FAN RELAY LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
(LO) LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
INPUT SIGNAL FUSIBLE CONTROL
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED
LINK 2 RELAY
· ENGINE SENSOR
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE- ENGINE
CONTROL
ECU SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
INPUT SIGNAL TRANSISTOR RADIATOR
PROCESSING CIRCUIT FAN MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
COOLING SYSTEM
90-61
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
CONDENSER CONDENS- SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
FAN RELAY ER ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
(HI) FAN RELAY LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
(LO) LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901001501991
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO RELAY : HI
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
COLUMN-ECU
DIMMER · LIGHTING
PASSING SWITCH
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO RELAY : HI
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COLUMN-ECU
DIMMER · LIGHTING
PASSING SWITCH
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN
SWITCH FUSIBLE
J/C (1) FRONT-ECU LINK 1
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
COLUMN
SWITCH
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
NO
CONNECTION
FRONT
SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
HEADLAMP
90-69
NOTES
90-70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
J/C(1) SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
COMBINATION
METER LICENCE
REAR PLATE
COMBINATION LAMP
LAMP (LH) (RH)
(TAIL : LH)
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
<LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FRONT-ECU
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
FRONT
SIDE
J/B/ SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
90-73
COLUMN FUSIBLE
J/C(1) SWITCH FRONT-ECU LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
BUZZER
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR SWITCH
(LH)
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER <RH drive vehicles>
M1901001700806
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
COMBINATION
METER
REAR HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
COMBINATION ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
LAMP (POSITION (POSITION : LH)
(TAIL : RH) : RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
90-75
IGNITION
J/C (1) SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
POWER
SOURCE
LICENCE
REAR PLATE
COMBINATION LAMP
LAMP (LH) (RH)
(TAIL : LH)
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
<RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FRONT-ECU
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
FRONT
SIDE
J/B/ SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
90-77
COLUMN FUSIBLE
J/C (1) SWITCH FRONT-ECU LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
BUZZER
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR SWITCH
(RH)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1 BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY RELAY ETACS-
BOX ECU
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ETACS-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
90-79
IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
90-80 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
FUSIBLE
J/C (1) LINK 1
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
COLUMN
SWITCH
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
90-81
NOTES
90-82 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
FUSIBLE
LINK 1 BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY RELAY ETACS-
BOX ECU
·METER AND GAUGE
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE
PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ETACS-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
90-83
IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
POWER ·ACD AND AYC
SOURCE ·ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
·BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
·CHARGING SYSTEM
·ENGINE CONTROL
ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
90-84 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
FUSIBLE
J/C (1) LINK 1
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR FOG LAMP
90-85
NOTES
90-86 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
·AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
·CLOCK
ETACS-ECU
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
COMBINATION KEY REMINDER
METER SWITCH
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
90-87
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1) BATTERY
RELAY ·HEADLAMP
BOX ·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
KEEP RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
LUGGAGE
FRONT COMPARTMENT
ROOM LAMP
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
COMBINATION
METER
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
90-89
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
(WHEN
KEY IS
REMOVED)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
90-90 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
IGNITION
RELAY SWITCH (ACC)
BOX
ETACS-ECU
REAR
ROOM
COMBINATION LAMP
KEY REMINDER
METER SWITCH
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
90-91
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1) ·HEADLAMP
BATTERY
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP RELAY
AND HAZARD ·HEADLAMP
WARNING LAMP BOX ·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
·WINDSHIELD ·REAR FOG LAMP
WIPER AND ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
WASHER LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
KEEP RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
LUGGAGE
FRONT COMPARTMENT
ROOM LAMP
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
COMBINATION
METER
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
90-93
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
(WHEN
KEY IS
REMOVED)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
J/B SIDE
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING ·ACD AND AYC
MONITOR BUZZER ·AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE CONNECTOR
·AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
·BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
·CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
·CLOCK
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·POWER WINDOWS
HEADLAMP ·REAR FOG LAMP
LEVELLING ·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY
SWITCH CYLINDERILLUMINATION LAMP AND
DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·METER AND GAUGE
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH LAMP RELAY : RH
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
90-99
COMBINATION
METER
SIDE HEADLAMP
TURN-SIGNAL ASSEMBLY
LAMP (RH) (TURN : RH)
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING
SYSTEM
FRONT-
ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY POWER
SOURCE
RELAY
BOX
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
90-101
ETACS-ECU
POWER SOURCE
RELAY BOX
(FUSE 22 )
COLUMN-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL DIAGNOSIS
LAMP CONNECTOR
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
J/B SIDE
90-102 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH LAMP RELAY : RH
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
90-103
COMBINATION
HEADLAMP METER REAR
ASSEMBLY COMBINATION
(TURN : RH) LAMP
(TURN : RH)
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING
SYSTEM
FRONT-
ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY POWER
SOURCE
RELAY
BOX
·METER AND
GAUGE
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
90-105
ETACS-ECU
POWER SOURCE
COLUMN-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL DIAGNOSIS
LAMP CONNECTOR
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
J/B SIDE
90-106 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901011700120
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
BACK-UP
LAMP SWITCH
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(BACK : RH)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
BACK-UP
LAMP SWITCH
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(BACK : LH)
STOP LAMP
STOP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901003001710
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
REAR HIGH-
COMBINATION HIGH- MOUNTED
LAMP (STOP) MOUNTED STOP LAMP
(RH) (LH) STOP LAMP <REAR
<REAR SPOILER>
SHELF>
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
REAR HIGH-
COMBINATION HIGH- MOUNTED
LAMP (STOP) MOUNTED STOP LAMP
(LH) (RH) STOP LAMP <REAR
<REAR SPOILER>
SHELF>
HORN
HORN <LH drive vehicles>
M1901003301302
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
HORN
RELAY
CLOCK
SPRING
HORN
HORN HORN SWITCH
(LO) (HI)
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
HORN
RELAY
CLOCK
SPRING
HORN
HORN HORN SWITCH
(LO) (HI)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
CONTROL CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
FUEL
ENGINE GAUGE
COOLANT UNIT (SUB)
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE UNIT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
METER AND GAUGE
90-113
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
BATTERY RELAY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE TAIL LAMP,
LAMP AND LIGHTING POSITION
MONITOR BUZZER LAMP, LICENCE
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP PLATE LAMP
AND HAZARD AND LIGHTING
WARNING LAMP MONITOR
·WINDSHIELD WIPER BUZZER
AND WASHER
ENGINE-
ENGINE ECU
SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
90-114 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
METER AND GAUGE
FUSIBLE
J/B LINK 1
(FUSE 2 )
J/C (5)
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS
SPEED CONNECTOR
SENSOR
FRONT SIDE
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
COMBINATION
METER
CONTROL CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
ENGINE
COOLANT FUEL
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
GAUGE UNIT UNIT (SUB)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
METER AND GAUGE
90-117
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
BATTERY RELAY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING ·HEADLAMP
MONITOR BUZZER ·REAR FOG LAMP TAIL LAMP,
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION POSITION
AND HAZARD LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP, LICENCE
WARNING LAMP LAMP AND LIGHTING PLATE LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER MONITOR BUZZER AND LIGHTING
AND WASHER ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP MONITOR
AND HAZARD BUZZER
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ENGINE-
ENGINE ECU
SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
90-118 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
METER AND GAUGE
FUSIBLE
J/B LINK 1
(FUSE 2 )
J/C (2)
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS
SPEED CONNECTOR
SENSOR
FRONT SIDE
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION METER
·CHARGING SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
90-121
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
FUEL
CONTROL CIRCUIT GAUGE
UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING
LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901011801175
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
COMBINATION METER
·CHARGING SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH ·ACD AND AYC
·ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
90-123
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·HEADLAMP ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP AND HAZARD
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION WARNING LAMP
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE ·WINDSHIELD
LAMP AND LIGHTING WIPER AND WASHER
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
FUEL
GAUGE
CONTROL CIRCUIT UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER ACD AND AYC
CHARGING
SYSTEM
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
RELAY
DELAY CIRCUIT
ENGINE
OIL
LEVEL
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING LAMP
90-125
ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING LAMP
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901023500093
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
RELAY
DELAY CIRCUIT
ENGINE
OIL
LEVEL
SENSOR
90-126 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP
90-127
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901023900046
IGNITION
AWITCH (IG1)
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE-ECU
90-128 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS <LH drive vehicles>
M1901004601856
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
NOTE
: ·HEADLAMP
RELAY ·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
BOX ·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
90-129
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER
WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
CPU
HALL IC HALL IC
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR (FRONT : RH)
90-130 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
J/B
POWER
WINDOW
J/C (2) RELAY
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
LOCK
SWITCH FRONT
(RH)
CPU
FRONT
(LH)
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT : LH)
HALL IC HALL IC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
90-131
90-132 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
J/B
POWER POWER
WINDOW WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(REAR : RH)
CPU
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR : RH)
HALL IC HALL IC
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
NOTE
RELAY :·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
BOX ·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
90-135
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
: ·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG
LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD POWER
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WINDOW
WIPER AND SUB SWITCH
WASHER (FRONT)
CPU
HALL IC HALL IC
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR (FRONT : LH)
90-136 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
J/B
POWER
WINDOW
J/C (2) RELAY
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
LOCK
SWITCH FRONT
(RH)
CPU
FRONT
(LH)
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT : RH)
HALL IC HALL IC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
90-137
90-138 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
POWER WINDOWS
J/B
POWER POWER
WINDOW WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(REAR : RH)
CPU
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR : RH)
HALL IC HALL IC
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 ·HEADLAMP
BATTERY ·HEADLAMP SWITCH
(IG1)
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
RELAY MONITOR BUZZER
BOX ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : LH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-141
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
ETACS-
ECU
KEYLESS
ENTRY
RECEIVER
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH LAMP RELAY : RH
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-143
COMBINATION
METER
SIDE HEADLAMP
TURN-SIGNAL ASSEMBLY
LAMP (RH) (TURN : RH)
FRONT REAR
ROOM ROOM
LAMP LAMP
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
FRONT REAR
DOOR DOOR
SWITCH SWITCH
(LH) (LH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-145
SRS-
ECU
CRASH DETECTION
DOOR UNLOCK
SIGNAL PROCESS
CIRCUIT
DOOR
LOCK KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
(RH)
FRONT REAR
DOOR DOOR
SWITCH SWITCH
(RH) (RH)
J/B SIDE
FUSIBLE IGNITION
·HEADLAMP
LINK 1 BATTERY ·HEADLAMP SWITCH (IG1)
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
RELAY MONITOR BUZZER
BOX ·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : RH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-147
NOTE
: ·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP CONTROL
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER CIRCUIT
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ETACS-
ECU
KEYLESS
ENTRY
RECEIVER
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH LAMP RELAY : RH
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-149
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP REAR
ASSEMBLY COMBINATION
(TURN : RH) LAMP
(TURN : RH)
FRONT REAR
ROOM ROOM
LAMP LAMP
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
FRONT REAR
DOOR DOOR
SWITCH SWITCH
(RH) (RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
90-151
SRS-
ECU
CRASH DETECTION
DOOR UNLOCK
SIGNAL PROCESS
CIRCUIT
DOOR
LOCK KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
(LH)
FRONT REAR
DOOR DOOR
SWITCH SWITCH
(LH) (LH)
J/B SIDE
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
NOTE
: ·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOR LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP, AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
RELAY
BOX
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER LINER
CONTROLLER
A/C-ECU
BATTERY
BACK-UP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-153
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
OUTSIDE
THERMO
SENSOR
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE REAR WINDOW
LAMP AND LIGHTING DEFOGGER AND
MONITOR BUZZER DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
A/C-ECU
ILL
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE
INPUT SIGNAL FUSIBLE CONTROL
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED LINK 2 RELAY
· ENGINE SENSOR
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE
ENGINE- CONTROL
ECU SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
RADIATOR
FIELD EFFECT
INPUT SIGNAL TRANSISTOR FAN MOTOR
PROCESSING CIRCUIT
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-155
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
CONDENSER SYSTEM
CONDENSER ·REAR FOG LAMP
FAN RELAY FAN RELAY ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
(HI) (LO) LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEATER WATER
AIR MIXING DAMPER TEMPERATURE AIR THERMO
SENSOR SENSOR
CONTROL MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
A/C-ECU
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
J/C(2)
OUTSIDE/INSIDE
AIR SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-157
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRSUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PHOTO SENSOR
A/C-ECU
BATTERY J/C (2)
RELAY
BOX
HIGH-
PRESSURE
SIDE
A/C
COMPRESSOR
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
MAGNETIC ENGINE-
CLUTCH
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-159
NOTES
90-160 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 1 SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
NOTE
: ·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP, AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
RELAY
BOX
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER LINEAR
CONTROLLER
A/C-ECU
BATTERY
BACK-UP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-161
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
OUTSIDE
THERMO
SENSOR
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
AIR THERMO HEATER
SENSOR
A/C-ECU
ILL
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE
INPUT SIGNAL FUSIBLE CONTROL
· A/C SWITCH · VEHICLE SPEED LINK 2 RELAY
· ENGINE SENSOR
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE- ENGINE
ECU CONTROL
SYSTEM
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
RADIATOR
FIELD EFFECT
INPUT SIGNAL TRANSISTOR FAN MOTOR
PROCESSING CIRCUIT
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE CURRENT
DETECTION DETECTION
FAN CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-163
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING
CONDENSER CONDENSER SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
FAN RELAY FAN RELAY ·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
(HI) (LO) LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEATER WATER
AIR MIXING DAMPER TEMPERATURE AIR THERMO
CONTROL MOTOR AND SENSOR SENSOR
POTENTIOMETER
A/C-ECU
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
J/C(2)
OUTSIDE/INSIDE
AIR SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-165
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRSUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PHOT SENSOR
A/C-ECU
BATTERY J/C (2)
RELAY
BOX
HIGH-
PRESSURE
SIDE
A/C
COMPRESSOR
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
MAGNETIC ENGINE-
CLUTCH
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
90-167
NOTES
90-168 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
FRONT-ECU
J/B
(FUSE 7 )
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
CIRCUIT
WINDSHIELD BREAKER
WASHER MOTOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
90-169
IGNITION IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
·COOLING SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-
ETACS-ECU J/C(2) ECU
ETACS-
ECU
COLUMN-ECU
WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD
WASHER SWITCH INTERMITTENT
WINDSHIELD WIPER WIPER INTERVAL
SWITCH ADJUSTING KNOB
COLUMN SWITCH
90-170 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
90-171
NOTES
90-172 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
IGNITION
SWITCH(ACC)
FRONT-ECU
J/B
(FUSE 7 )
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDSHIELD
WASHER MOTOR
UPPER UPPER
SIDE SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
90-173
IGNITION IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2) SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-
ETACS-ECU J/C(2) ECU
ETACS-
ECU
COLUMN-ECU
WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD
WASHER SWITCH INTERMITTENT
WINDSHIELD WIPER WIPER INTERVAL
SWITCH ADJUSTING KNOB
COLUMN SWITCH
90-174 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
J/B
(FUSE 2 )
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
90-175
NOTES
90-176 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
SWITCH
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH) MIRROR (RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
90-177
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901006501491
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
SWITCH
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH) MIRROR (RH)
90-178 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP IGNITION FUSIBLE
RELAY SWITCH (IG2) LINK 1
RELAY
BOX
DEFOGGER
RELAY
A/C-ECU
DEFOGGER
SWITCH, ILL
DEFOGGER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER
90-179
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR
MIRROR MIRROR
MIRROR
HEATER (LH) HEATER (RH)
90-180 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER <RH drive vehicles>
M1901013500995
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP IGNITION FUSIBLE
RELAY SWITCH (IG2) LINK 1
RELAY
BOX
DEFOGGER
RELAY
A/C-ECU
DEFOGGER
SWITCH, ILL
DEFOGGER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER
90-181
REMOTE REMOTE
CONTROLLED CONTROLLED
MIRROR
MIRROR MIRROR MIRROR
HEATER (LH) HEATER (RH)
90-182 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE CONNECTOR
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIRE
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC) BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
·CLOCK AND WASHER
·ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND
DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO) SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
(LH) (RH)
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIRE
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC) BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO) SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
(LH) (RH)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901007801075
FRONT-ECU
IGNITION TAIL LAMP
SWITCH (ACC) RELAY
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
IGNITION TAIL LAMP
SWITCH (ACC) RELAY
RELAY
BOX
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER ·METER AND GAUGE
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
CLOCK
CLOCK <LH drive vehicles>
M1901007701056
FRONT-ECU
IGNITION TAIL LAMP
SWITCH (ACC) BATTERY RELAY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CLOCK
FRONT-ECU
IGNITION TAIL LAMP
SWITCH (ACC) BATTERY RELAY
RELAY
BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LICENCE PLATE LAMP
LAMP AND LIGHTING AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CLOCK
COMBINATION
METER
ABS-ECU
SOLENOID MOTOR POWER
VALVE POWER SOURCE
POWER SOURCE
SOURCE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-191
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
STOP LAMP
HYDRAULIC UNIT
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-193
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL) (LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-195
4WD-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-197
NOTES
90-198 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP COMBI-
AND HAZARD NATION
WARNING LAMP METER
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ABS-ECU
SOLENOID MOTOR POWER
VALVE POWER POWER SOURCE
SOURCE SOURCE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-199
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
STOP LAMP
HYDRAULIC UNIT
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-201
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL) (LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-203
90-204 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ABS-ECU
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
90-205
NOTES
90-206 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
POWER
BACK-UP D.C.-D.C. SOURCE FRONT AIR BAG
CAPACITOR CONVERTER CIRCUIT ANALOG G-SENSOR
MICROCOMPUTER
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK LOCK
SWITCH SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
CONNECTOR : CONNECTOR
COUPLED
LOCK SWITCH : ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED
: OFF
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK LOCK
SWITCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH LOCK SWITCH
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
M.U.T.-II/III
INTERFACE CIRCUIT INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
90-209
NOTES
90-210 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
IGNITION
·ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SWITCH (IG1) ·ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING
LAMP
·HEADLAMP
·METER AND GAUGE
·REAR FOG LAMP COMBINATION
·TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, METER
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
MICROCOMPUTER
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK LOCK
SWITCH SWITCH
CLOCK CONNECTOR
SPRING LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED
CONNECTOR : ON
LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED
: OFF
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK LOCK
SWITCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH LOCK SWITCH
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
M.U.T.-II/III
INTERFACE CIRCUIT INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
90-213
NOTES
90-214 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
RELAY RELAY
BOX BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER STOP
LAMP
SWITCH
STOP LAMP
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
4WD-
ECU
BATTERY POWER
BACK-UP SOURCE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-215
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL) (LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
90-216 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP IGNITION
RELAY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
COMBINA-
TION
DRIVE CIRCUIT METER
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-217
ACD AND AYC <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·TRANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
ABS-ECU
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-219
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
ELECTRIC
PUMP
RELAY
ELECTRIC
PUMP
PRESSURE
SENSOR
PRESSURE
UNIT
ASSEMBLY
4WD-ECU
PRESSURE
UNIT
PROPOR- PROPOR- DIRECTION DIRECTION ASSEMBLY
TIONING TIONING VALVE (LH) VALVE (RH)
VALVE VALVE
FOR ACD FOR AYC
CONTROL CONTROL
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
4WD-ECU
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-223
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2) BATTERY
RELAY RELAY
BOX BOX
·HEADLAMP
·HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER STOP
AND WASHER LAMP
SWITCH
·HEADLAMP
·REAR FOG LAMP
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP STOP LAMP
·WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
4WD-ECU
BATTERY POWER
BACK-UP SOURCE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-225
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL) (LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
90-226 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP IGNITION
RELAY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
·HEADLAMP
TAIL LAMP, ·METER AND GAUGE
POSITION LAMP, ·REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE ·TAIL LAMP,
LAMP AND POSITION LAMP,
LIGHTING LICENCE PLATE LAMP
MONITOR BUZZER AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
·TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
·WINDSHIELD
·METER AND GAUGE WIPER AND WASHER
·TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND
LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
COMBINA-
TION
DRIVE CIRCUIT METER
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-227
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
ABS-ECU
BRAKE
WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-229
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
4WD-ECU
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
·AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ACD AND AYC
90-233
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901013601995
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
ENGINE-
ECU
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
90-235
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ENGINE-
ECU
DIAGNOSIS
IMMOBILIZER- CONNECTOR
ECU
HIGH-FREQUENCY
CIRCUIT
IGNITION KEY
TRANSPONDER
ID
CODE
IGNITION KEY
RING ANTENNA
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901013602006
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
·ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
·IGNITION SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
ENGINE-
ECU
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
90-237
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ENGINE-
ECU
DIAGNOSIS
IMMOBILIZER- CONNECTOR
ECU
HIGH-FREQUENCY
CIRCUIT
IGNITION KEY
TRANSPONDER
ID
CODE
IGNITION KEY
RING ANTENNA
GROUP 80
CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
Front wiring
harness (RH)
Rear door
wiring harness*
Battery wiring Front wiring Front door Floor wiring Fuel wiring
harness harness (LH) wiring harness* harness (LH) harness
AC208864 AE
NOTE: .
1. This illustration shows only major wiring harnesses.
2. *: also equipped at the right side.
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM
80-3
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000101186
AC212063
Control wiring Instrument panel Roof wiring Floor wiring
harness wiring harness harness harness (RH)
Front wiring
harness (RH)
Rear door
wiring harness*
Battery wiring Front wiring Front door Floor wiring Fuel wiring
harness harness (LH) wiring harness* harness (LH) harness
AC310155AB
NOTE: .
1. This illustration shows only major wiring harnesses.
2. *: also equipped at the right side.
80-4 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000302213
Connector
symbol
A-01
A
A-27
A-25
Front wiring
harness (RH)
A-40
A-21
A-39
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
A-37 A-36 A-35 A-34
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500087AB
A-01 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (RH) A-12 (2-B) Front wiring harness (LH) and control
A-02 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (LH) wiring harness combination
A-03 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: LH) A-13 (8-B) Front wiring harness (LH) and control
A-05X (4) Horn relay wiring harness combination
A-06X (4) Condenser fan relay (LO) A-15 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: LH)
A-07X (4) Condenser fan relay (HI) A-17 (3-GR) Fan controller
A-09X (4) Fan control relay A-18 (1-B) Horn (HI)
A-10X (11) Front-ECU A-19 (1-B) Horn (LO)
A-11X (11) Front-ECU
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-5
A-02
A-03
A-05X
A-06X
A-07X
A-09X
A-10X
A-11X
Front wiring
harness (LH)
A-12
12
A-13
A-29
A-15
A-31
AC500088AB
A-21 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: RH) A-34 (2-B) Condenser fan motor
A-25 (2-BR) Dual pressure switch A-35 (2-GR) Condenser fan motor
A-27 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: RH) A-36 (1-B) A/C compressor
A-29 (8-B) Front wiring harness (LH) and control A-37 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (RH)
wiring harness combination A-39 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (RH)
A-31 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (LH) A-40 (1-B) Power steering fluid pressure switch
A-33 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (LH) A-44 (2-BR) Outside thermo sensor
80-6 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Connector
symbol
A-01 A-43
A A-27
A-25
A-42
Front wiring
harness (RH)
Connector colour
code A-39
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue A-21
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow A-36 A-40 A-37 A-35 A-34
AC500090AB
A-01 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (RH) A-11X (11) Front-ECU
A-02 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (LH) A-12 (2-B) Front wiring harness (LH) and control
A-03 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: LH) wiring harness combination
A-05X (4) Horn relay A-15 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: LH)
A-06X (4) Condenser fan relay (LO) A-17 (3-GR) Fan controller
A-07X (4) Condenser fan relay (HI) A-18 (1-B) Horn (HI)
A-09X (4) Fan control relay A-19 (1-B) Horn (LO)
A-10X (11) Front-ECU
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-7
A-02
Front wiring
harness (LH)
A-03
A-05X
A-06X
A-07X
A-09X
A-10X
A-11X
A-12
12
A-31
A-15
Connector
symbol
B -01
thru
-30
B-01 B-02
B-28
B-24
Connector colour
code
B : Black B-29
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey B-23 B-25 B-22 B-20
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500093AB
B-01 (5-GR) Windshield wiper motor B-12X (4) Engine control relay
B-02 (2-B) Purge control solenoid valve B-13X (4) A/C compressor relay
B-03 (4-B) Throttle position sensor B-14 (10-B) Control wiring harness and battery
B-04 (3-B) Vehicle speed sensor wiring harness combination
B-05 (2-GR) Brake fluid level switch B-17 (2-B) Injector (4)
B-06X (1) Engine speed detection connector
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
80-9
AC208204
Earth cable
B-18 B-17 B-03 B-05
Control wiring
harness
B-04
4 B-06X
B-12X
B-13X
B-14
11
Transmission
wiring harness
10
B-26
Battery wiring
harness
AC500094AB
Connector
symbol
B -101
thru
-124
B-118 B-119 B-122 B-120 B-121
B-117
B-123
B-114
B-113
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey B-108 B-101
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500093AC
B-101 (2-BR) EGR control solenoid valve B-106 (3-B) Exhaust camshaft position sensor
B-103 (3-GR) Ignition coil (1) B-107 (2-B) Engine coolant temperature sensor
B-104 (6-B) Idle speed control servo B-108 (2-GR) Detonation sensor
B-105 (7-B) Air flow sensor
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
80-11
AC208204
B-107
Transmission
11 wiring harness
B-111
10
Battery wiring
harness
AC500094AC
Connector
symbol
B -01
thru
-29
B-28 B-22 B-20
Control wiring
harness
B-02
B-24
Connector colour
code
B : Black
Battery wiring
BR : Brown harness
B-29
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue B-23 B-25
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500096AB
B-01 (5-GR) Windshield wiper motor B-12X (4) Engine control relay
B-02 (2-B) Purge control solenoid valve B-13X (4) A/C compressor relay
B-03 (4-B) Throttle position sensor B-14 (10-B) Control wiring harness and battery
B-04 (3-B) Vehicle speed sensor wiring harness combination
B-06X (1) Engine speed detection connector B-17 (2-B) Injector (4)
B-10X (4) Ignition coil relay
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
80-13
Earth cable
B-04
B-06X
4 B-10X
B-12X
B-13X
11
B-14
Transmission
wiring harness
10 B-26
AC500097AB
Connector
symbol
B -101
thru
-124
B-123 B-117
Earth cable
Control wiring
harness
B-114
B-113
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown Battery wiring
G : Green harness
GR : Grey
L : Blue B-108 B-101
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500096AC
B-101 (2-BR) EGR control solenoid valve B-106 (3-B) Exhaust camshaft position sensor
B-103 (3-GR) Ignition coil (1) B-107 (2-B) Engine coolant temperature sensor
B-104 (6-B) Idle speed control servo B-108 (2-GR) Detonation sensor
B-105 (7-B) Air flow sensor
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
80-15
B-118
Transmission
wiring harness
11
B-111
10
AC500097AC
DASH PANEL
DASH PANEL <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000601545
Connector
Instrument
symbol panel wiring
C-01 C-02 harness C-03 C-04 C-05 C-29
C -01
thru
-37
C-21
C-24
C-20
7
15 6
C-23 J/B 5
C-18 Y
C-17
Connector colour
code
B : Black C-28
14
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey C-37
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red C-36 C-27 C-15 C-14 C-13 C-12
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500099AB
C-01 (21) Combination meter C-07 (7) Outside/inside air selection damper
C-02 (21-L) Combination meter control motor
C-03 (4) Hazard warning switch C-10 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-04 (4) Clock A/C wiring harness combination
C-05 (22-GR) J/C (1) C-12 (20-Y) SRS-ECU
C-06 (22-GR) J/C (3) C-13 (22-Y) SRS-ECU
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-17
3
C-33
13
Control
wiring
harness
AC500100AB
Connector
symbol
C-101 C-102 C-141 C-142 C-103 C-104 C-105
C -101
thru
-145 C-132
C-135
C-130
15
C-145 7
J/B 6
C-129
5
C-134 Instrument
panel wiring
harness
Y
Connector colour
code
B : Black 14
C-127
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white C-126
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet C-124 C-123 C-122 C-138 C-137
Y : Yellow
AC500099AC
C-101 (22-L) J/C (2) C-111 (13) Front wiring harness (RH) and
C-102 (4) Stop lamp switch instrument panel wiring harness
C-103 (14) Spare connector (for audio) combination
C-104 (1) Roof antenna C-112 (9-GR) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-105 (33) J/C (6) floor wiring harness (RH) combination
C-106 (2-R) Air bag module (squib) <Passenger’s C-113 (25) Instrument panel wiring harness and
side> floor wiring harness (RH) combination
C-109 (2) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-117 (30-GR) Engine-ECU
tweeter wiring harness combination C-119 (28-GR) Engine-ECU
C-110 (16) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-121 (35-GR) Engine-ECU
front door wiring harness (RH) C-122 (22-L) Instrument panel wiring harness and
combination control wiring harness combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-19
C-136
C-109
C-110
13
C-113
Control
wiring
harness C-112
AC500100AC
C-123 (10-GR) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-135 (6) ACD mode changeover switch
control wiring harness combination C-136 (11-L) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-124 (25) Instrument panel wiring harness and control wiring harness combination
control wiring harness combination C-137 (4) Oxygen sensor (Rear)
C-126 (3) Front wiring harness (LH) and C-138 (1) Instrument panel wiring harness and
instrument panel wiring harness control wiring harness combination
combination C-141 (5) Photo sensor
C-127 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-142 (2-B) Interior temperature sensor
floor wiring harness (LH) combination C-143 (6) Mode selection damper control motor
C-129 (25) Front wiring harness (LH) and and potentiometer
instrument panel wiring harness C-144 (6) Air mixing damper control motor and
combination potentiometer
C-130 (2) Clutch switch C-145 (2) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-132 (11-B) Remote controlled mirror switch front wiring harness (LH) combination
C-134 (11-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and
instrument panel wiring harness
combination
80-20 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
Connector
symbol
C -201
thru
-230
Steering column
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Clock spring
C-201
C-203
AC208208AC
C-201 (2) Air bag module (squib) <Driver’s side> C-210 (14) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-203 (1) Horn switch J/B combination
C-204 (6) Clock spring C-211 (6) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-205 (4-Y) Clock spring J/B combination
C-206 (10) Column switch C-212 (1-B) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-207 (7) Key reminder switch J/B combination
C-208 (6) Ignition switch C-214 (28) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-209 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and J/B combination
J/B combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-21
J/B
(Front view) (Rear view)
C-209 C-211 C-226
C-225
C-212
C-224
C-210
C-223
C-222 C-214
C-215
C-221
C-216
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500713AB
Connector
symbol
C-07 C-10 C-21 C-32 C-05 C-27 C-03 C-04 C-37 C-29 C-36
C -01
thru
-37
Instrument panel
wiring harness
6
C-33
Y
13
15
C-01 (21) Combination meter C-07 (7) Outside/inside air selection damper
C-02 (21-L) Combination meter control motor
C-03 (4) Hazard warning switch C-10 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-04 (4) Clock A/C wiring harness combination
C-05 (22-GR) J/C (1) C-12 (20-Y) SRS-ECU
C-06 (22-GR) J/C (3) C-13 (22-Y) SRS-ECU
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-23
7
C-20
2 C-24
J/B
C-18
C-14 C-15
AC500104AB
C-14 (16-B) Diagnosis connector C-27 (6) Engine oil level relay
C-15 (12) Diagnosis connector C-29 (1-B) Spare connector (for audio)
C-17 (16) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-30 (1-GR) Control wiring harness and floor wiring
front door wiring harness (LH) harness (LH) combination
combination C-31 (16) Control wiring harness and front wiring
C-18 (6) Instrument panel wiring harness and harness (LH) combination
roof wiring harness combination C-32 (2) Heater water temperature sensor
C-20 (6) Fog lamp switch C-33 (2) No connection
C-21 (13) J/C (5) C-34 (6) Blower linear controller
C-23 (22-B) J/C (4) C-35 (2) Air thermo sensor
C-24 (6-GR) Headlamp levelling switch C-36 (20-B) A/C-ECU
C-25 (26-Y) 4WD-ECU C-37 (16-B) A/C-ECU
C-26 (22-Y) 4WD-ECU
80-24 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
Connector
symbol
C-106 C-144 C-143 C-104 C-103
C -101
thru
-144 Instrument panel
wiring harness
C-121
C-119
C-117
Y
3
13
15
C-101 (22-L) J/C (2) C-111 (25) Front wiring harness (RH) and
C-102 (4) Stop lamp switch instrument panel wiring harness
C-103 (14) Spare connector (for audio) combination
C-104 (1) Roof antenna C-112 (9-GR) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-105 (33) J/C (6) floor wiring harness (RH) combination
C-106 (2-R) Air bag module (squib) <Passenger’s C-113 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and
side> floor wiring harness (RH) combination
C-109 (2) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-117 (30-GR) Engine-ECU
tweeter wiring harness combination C-119 (28-GR) Engine-ECU
C-110 (20) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-121 (35-GR) Engine-ECU
front door wiring harness (RH) C-122 (22-L) Instrument panel wiring harness and
combination control wiring harness combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-25
C-132
7 C-135
J/B
C-110
C-111
C-112
C-113
AC500104 AC
C-123 (10-GR) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-134 (11-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and
control wiring harness combination instrument panel wiring harness
C-124 (25) Instrument panel wiring harness and combination
control wiring harness combination C-135 (6) ACD mode changeover switch
C-126 (3) Front wiring harness (LH) and C-137 (4) Oxygen sensor (Rear)
instrument panel wiring harness C-138 (11) Instrument panel wiring harness and
combination control wiring harness combination
C-127 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and C-140 (2) No connection
floor wiring harness (LH) combination C-141 (5) Photo sensor
C-129 (25) Front wiring harness (LH) and C-142 (2-B) Interior temperature sensor
instrument panel wiring harness C-143 (6) Mode selection damper control motor
combination and potentiometer
C-130 (2) Clutch switch C-144 (6) Air mixing damper control motor and
C-132 (11-B) Remote controlled mirror switch potentiometer
80-26 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
Connector
symbol
C -201
thru
-230
Steering column
Clock spring
Instrument panel C-201
wiring harness
Y C-203
C-205
C-201 (2) Air bag module (squib) <Driver’s side> C-210 (14) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-203 (1) Horn switch J/B combination
C-204 (6) Clock spring C-211 (6) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-205 (4-Y) Clock spring J/B combination
C-206 (10) Column switch C-212 (1-B) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-207 (7) Key reminder switch J/B combination
C-208 (6) Ignition switch C-214 (28) Instrument panel wiring harness and
C-209 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and J/B combination
J/B combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DASH PANEL
80-27
J/B
(Front view) (Rear view)
C-225 C-212
C-224
C-223 C-214
C-222 C-215
C-216
C-221
C-220
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
AC500714AB
AC208213
Connector
symbol Roof wiring
harness
D-30
D-29
D-28
Floor wiring Y
harness (RH)
Instrument panel
wiring harness
D-26
D-25
Console wiring
harness
AC310169AB
D-01 (3) Front door switch (RH) D-11 (3) Rear door switch (LH)
D-03 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH) D-12 (5-GR) Fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
D-04 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and rear D-13 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: LH)
door wiring harness (RH) combination D-15 (8) Floor wiring harness (LH) and rear
D-05 (2) Front room lamp door wiring harness (LH) combination
D-06 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: RH) D-16 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
D-07 (2-GR) Rear room lamp D-18 (3) Front door switch (LH)
D-08 (3) Rear door switch (RH) D-21 (4) Instrument panel wiring harness and
D-10 (2) Fuel gauge unit (sub) console wiring harness combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-29
AC208216
D-10
D-11
D-12
Y
D-13
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
Connector colour
code
B : Black
Fuel wiring BR : Brown
harness G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
D-16 D-18 D-15 O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow AC310170AE
D-23 (1) Cigarette lighter D-33 (1) Floor wiring harness (RH) and fuel
D-24 (1-B) Cigarette lighter wiring harness combination
D-25 (2-B) Ashtray illumination lamp D-34 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and fuel
D-26 (2-B) Cigarette lighter illumination lamp wiring harness combination
D-28 (1-B) Parking brake switch D-37 (3-B) G-sensor (lateral)
D-29 (2) Tweeter (LH) D-38 (3-B) G-sensor (longitudinal)
D-30 (2) Tweeter (RH) D-39 (6) No connection
80-30 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
FLOOR AND ROOF
AC211087
Connector
symbol
D-01 D-03 D-04 D-34 D-05 D-33 D-07
D
D-30
D-29
Y
Roof wiring Floor wiring
harness harness (RH)
D-28
Instrument panel
wiring harness
D-26
D-25
D-24
Console wiring
harness
D-23
D-01 (3) Front door switch (RH) D-11 (3) Rear door switch (LH)
D-03 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH) D-12 (5-GR) Fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
D-04 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and rear D-13 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: LH)
door wiring harness (RH) combination D-15 (8) Floor wiring harness (LH) and rear
D-05 (2) Front room lamp door wiring harness (LH) combination
D-06 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: RH) D-16 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
D-07 (2-GR) Rear room lamp D-18 (3) Front door switch (LH)
D-08 (3) Rear door switch (RH) D-21 (4) Instrument panel wiring harness and
D-10 (2) Fuel gauge unit (sub) console wiring harness combination
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-31
AC211088
D-11
D-12
Y
D-13
Connector colour
Floor wiring code
harness (LH) B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
Fuel wiring GR : Grey
harness L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
D-16 D-18 D-15 Y : Yellow
AC310177AD
D-23 (1) Cigarette lighter D-33 (1) Floor wiring harness (RH) and fuel
D-24 (1-B) Cigarette lighter wiring harness combination
D-25 (2-B) Ashtray illumination lamp D-34 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and fuel
D-26 (2-B) Cigarette lighter illumination lamp wiring harness combination
D-28 (1-B) Parking brake switch D-37 (3-B) G-sensor (lateral)
D-29 (2) Tweeter (LH) D-38 (3-B) G-sensor (longitudinal)
D-30 (2) Tweeter (RH) D-39 (6) No connection
80-32 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR <LH drive vehicles>
M1801001401276
Front
Rear
Rear door
wiring harness (LH)
E-02 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: LH) E-07 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: LH)
E-03 (7) Remote controlled mirror (LH) E-08 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: LH)
E-04 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: LH) E-09 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: LH)
E-05 (14) Power window main switch E-10 (7) Remote controlled mirror (RH)
E-06 (2) Door speaker (LH)
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR
80-33
Passenger's side
E-10 E-11 E-12
Front
Connector colour
Rear code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
Rear door L : Blue
wiring harness (RH) None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
E-16 E-17 E-18 Y : Yellow
AC208224AC
E-11 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: RH) E-15 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: RH)
E-12 (3-B) Door lock key cylinder switch E-16 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: RH)
E-13 (2) Door speaker (RH) E-17 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: RH)
E-14 (8) Power window sub switch (Front) E-18 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: RH)
80-34 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR
Front
Rear
Rear door
wiring harness (RH)
E-02 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: LH) E-07 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: LH)
E-03 (7) Remote controlled mirror (LH) E-08 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: LH)
E-04 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: LH) E-09 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: LH)
E-05 (14) Power window main switch E-10 (7) Remote controlled mirror (RH)
E-06 (2) Door speaker (LH)
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR
80-35
Passenger's side
E-12 E-02 E-03
Front
Connector colour
Rear code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
Rear door None : Milk white
wiring harness (LH) O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
E-07 E-08 E-09 Y : Yellow
AC310173 AD
E-11 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: RH) E-15 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: RH)
E-12 (3-B) Door lock key cylinder switch E-16 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: RH)
E-13 (2) Door speaker (RH) E-17 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: RH)
E-14 (8) Power window sub switch (Front) E-18 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: RH)
80-36 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
TRUNK (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT)
AC208225
Connector
symbol F-04
F-01 F-02 F-05 F-06 F-07
F Defogger
earth
F-18
F-16
F-17
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
F-14 F-10
Bumper
F-26 4WD wiring wiring
harness harness
F-11
AC310174 AB
F-01 (2) Rear speaker (LH) F-15 (2) High mounted stop lamp <rear
F-02 (2) Luggage compartment lamp spoiler>
F-04 (2-B) High mounted stop lamp <rear shelf> F-16 (1) Defogger (+)
F-05 (4) No connection F-17 (2-G) No connection
F-06 (1-B) Defogger (−) F-18 (2) Windshield washer motor
F-07 (2) Rear speaker (RH) F-20 (2-B) Electric pump
F-08 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (RH) F-21 (8-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and 4WD
F-09 (1-B) Luggage compartment lamp switch wiring harness combination
F-10 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (RH) F-22 (2-B) Direction valve (LH)
F-11 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (LH) F-23 (2-B) Direction valve (RH)
F-12 (2-GR) Floor wiring harness (LH) and bumper F-24 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for ACD control)
wiring harness combination F-25 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for AYC control)
F-14 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (LH) F-26 (3-B) Pressure sensor
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
TRUNK (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT)
80-37
TRUNK <RH drive vehicles>
M1801001500571
AC211091
Connector
symbol
F-02 F-04 F-05
F
F-07 F-16
F-06 F-18
F-01
F-17
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
F-14 F-10
Bumper
F-26 4WD wiring wiring
harness harness
F-11
F-01 (2) Rear speaker (LH) F-15 (2) High mounted stop lamp <rear
F-02 (2) Luggage compartment lamp spoiler>
F-04 (2-B) High mounted stop lamp <rear shelf> F-16 (1) Defogger (+)
F-05 (4) No connection F-17 (2-G) No connection
F-06 (1-B) Defogger (−) F-18 (2) Windshield washer motor
F-07 (2) Rear speaker (RH) F-20 (2-B) Electric pump
F-08 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (RH) F-21 (8-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and 4WD
F-09 (1) Luggage compartment lamp switch wiring harness combination
F-10 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (RH) F-22 (2-B) Direction valve (LH)
F-11 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (LH) F-23 (2-B) Direction valve (RH)
F-12 (2-GR) Floor wiring harness (LH) and bumper F-24 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for ACD control)
wiring harness combination F-25 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for AYC control)
F-14 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (LH) F-26 (3-B) Pressure sensor
NOTES
00E-1
GROUP 00E
GENERAL
<ELECTRICAL>
CONTENTS
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS 00E-2 HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . . . . 00E-4
COMPOSITION AND CONTENTS OF WIRING MARKINGS FOR CONNECTOR AND
DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-2 EARTHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-6
HOW TO READ CONFIGURATION WIRE COLOUR CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-9
DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-3 ABBREVIATION SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-9
00E-2 GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
A-19
Denotes earth point.
Same earth number is used throughout circuit
diagrams to facilitate search of earth point.
Refer to GROUP 70 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
- EARTH MOUNTING LOCATIONS 1
for details of earth points.
Front
wiring
harness
(RH)
Denotes harness name.
A-18
AC208446AQ
00E-4 GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 1 LINK 2
Indicates harness junction point
numbers for another system.
The number corresponds to the RELAY
BOX
junction point number indicated
on another circuit diagram.
DIODE
MOTOR
ECU
Indicates the power supply in
the control unit. If no voltage is
displayed, this indicates battery
positive voltage.
RELAY
Indicates the operating conditions Indicates shield wire. One-directional arrow indicates
of the engine coolant switch, etc. that current flows upwards.
AC502478 AB
GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
00E-5
SOLENOID SOLENOID
VALVE 1 VALVE 2
In case two or more connectors
are connected to the same de-
vice, the same connector are
shown by a broken line.
SENSOR
MOTOR Indicates intersections at
which the lead wires are
not connected.
Indicates intersections at
which the lead wires are
connected.
AC209124 AC
00E-6 GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
IGNITION FUSIBLE
SWITCH (IG1) LINK 1
SOLENOID
VALVE 5
1
8 ECU
4
SENSOR
MOTOR
INSPECTION
CONNECTOR
AC208460 AB
7
2
GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
00E-7
Item No. Connector/Earthing Symbol Contents
Connector 1 Male terminal The male and female terminals
and terminal Male connector are indicated as shown. The
marking connector with male terminal(s)
is called as male connector and
indicated by two connector
ACX01252AD
contour lines, while the
Male connector
connector with female
terminal(s) is called as female
connector and indicated by
Male terminal single connector contour line.
ACX01253 AI
ACX01251AE
Female terminal
Female connector
ACX01255AD
Female connector
Female terminal
ACX01256 AH
ACX01254 AD
ACX01256
ACX01816 AD
00E-8 GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
ACX01263
ACX01262 AD
5 Intermediate connector
ACX01265
ACX01264AD
AC208448AB ACX01274
7 Device earth
AC208449AB ACX01276
ACX01278
AC208450AB
GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
00E-9
WIRE COLOUR CODE
M1001008000195
Wire colours are identified by the following colour
codes.
Code Wire colour Code Wire colour Code Wire colour Code Wire colour
B Black L Blue PU Purple V Violet
BR Brown LG Light green R Red W White
G Green O Orange SB Sky blue Y Yellow
GR Grey P Pink SI Silver − −
If a cable has two colours, the first of the two colour
code characters indicates the basic colour (colour of
Example: <F> 1.25 G B
the cable coating) and the second indicates the
1 2 3 4 marking colour.
ACX01279 AE
No. Meaning
1 <F>: Flexible wire
<T>: Twisted wire
2 Wire size (mm2)*
3 Basic colour (colour of the cable coating)
4 Marking colour
NOTE:
*: No code indicates 0.5 mm2. Cable colour code in
parentheses indicates 0.3 mm2.
ABBREVIATION SYMBOLS
M1001008100255
The abbreviation symbols used in wiring diagrams are defined below.
1. For system name
Abbreviation Meaning Abbreviation Meaning
symbol symbol
ABS Anti-skid braking system J/C Joint connector
ACD Active centre differential M/T Manual transmission
AYC Active yaw control MPI Multi-point injection
DOHC Double overhead camshaft engine SRS Supplemental restraint system
J/B Junction block
00E-10 GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
4. For others
Abbreviation Meaning Abbreviation Meaning
symbol symbol
4WD 4 wheel-drive vehicles HI High
A/C Air conditioner IC Integrated circuit
CPU Central processing unit ILL Illumination lamp
ECU Electronic control unit LH Left hand
EGR Exhaust gas recirculation LHD LH drive vehicles
ETACS Electronic time and alarm control LO Low
system RH Right hand
GND Earth RHD RH drive vehicles
NOTES
11B-1
GROUP 11B
ENGINE OVERHAUL
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1113000100329
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
M1113000200597
Item Specification
Bore × stroke mm 85 × 88
Displacement mL 1,997
Combustion chamber Pentroof type
Number of cylinders 4
Valve mechanism Type Double overhead camshaft
Number of intake valves 2
Number of exhaust 2
valves
Lash adjusters Hydraulic
Rocker arms Roller cam followers
Compression ratio 8.8
Fuel injection system Electronically controlled multi-point injection (MPI)
system
Ignition system Electronically controlled two-coil system
Generator Alternator (with built-in IC regulator)
Starter motor Gear reduction drive type
ENGINE OVERHAUL
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
11B-3
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1113000301199
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
M1113023401421
Item N⋅m
ALTERNATOR AND IGNITION COIL
Oil level gauge guide bolt 13 ± 1
Auto-tensioner assembly bolt (M8) 22 ± 4
Auto-tensioner assembly bolt (M10) 44 ± 10
Water pump pulley bolts 8.8 ± 1.0
Alternator bracket bolt (flange bolt) 24 ± 4
Alternator bracket bolts (M8 × 22 washer assembled bolt) 22 ± 4
Alternator bracket bolts (M8 × 32 washer assembled bolt) 20 ± 2
Alternator nuts 44 ± 10
Crankshaft pulley bolts 25 ± 4
Centre cover bolts 3.0 ± 0.5
Ignition coil bolts 10 ± 2
Spark plugs 25 ± 5
SOLENOID AND VACUUM HOSE
Vacuum pipe and hose assembly bolts 11 ± 1
Solenoid valve assembly bolts 9.0 ± 1.0
TIMING BELT
Timing belt cover bolts (flange bolt) 11 ± 1
Timing belt cover bolt (washer-assembled bolt) 9.0 ± 1.0
Plug cap 32 ± 2
Power steering pump bracket bolts 49 ± 9
Tensioner pulley bolt 48 ± 5
Tensioner arm bolt 21 ± 4
Auto-tensioner bolts 23 ± 3
Idler pulley bolt 35 ± 6
Crankshaft angle sensor bolts 8.8 ± 1.0
11B-6 ENGINE OVERHAUL
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Item N⋅m
Oil pump sprocket nut 54 ± 5
Crankshaft bolt 167
Tensioner "B" bolt 19 ± 3
Counterbalance shaft sprocket bolt 45 ± 3
Rocker cover bolts 3.5 ± 0.5
Engine support bracket bolts 49 ± 5
V.V.T. sprocket bolt 65 ± 5
Camshaft sprocket bolt 88 ± 10
FUEL AND EMISSION SYSTEM
Throttle body bolts 19 ± 3
EGR valve bolts 20 ± 2
Fuel pressure regulator bolts 8.8 ± 2.0
Delivery pipe and injector assembly bolts 12 ± 1
INLET MANIFOLD
Engine hanger bolt 19 ± 3
Inlet manifold stay bolts 31 ± 3
Inlet manifold bolts (M8) 20 ± 2
Inlet manifold bolts and nuts (M10) 36 ± 6
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Engine hanger bolt 19 ± 3
Turbocharger heat protector bolts 23 ± 3
Oxygen sensor 44 ± 5
Exhaust fitting bracket bolts 35 ± 6
Exhaust fitting bolts 59 ± 5
Air outlet fitting bolts 19 ± 1
Oil return pipe bolts (oil pan side) 14 ± 1
Oil return pipe bolts (turbocharger side) 9.0 ± 1.0
Exhaust manifold heat protector bolts 23 ± 3
Turbocharger assembly and pipe assembly bolts, nuts 64 ± 5
Oil pipe bolt (flange bolt) 11 ± 1
Oil pipe bolt (eye bolt M10) 17 ± 2
Oil pipe bolt (eye bolt M12) 31 ± 2
Water pipe bolt (eye bolt M12) 42 ± 7
Water pipe bolt (flange bolt) 10 ± 1
Exhaust manifold nuts (M8) 33 ± 6
Exhaust manifold nuts (M10) 55 ± 5
ENGINE OVERHAUL
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
11B-7
Item N⋅m
WATER PUMP AND WATER HOSE
Engine coolant temperature sensor 29 ± 10
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit 11 ± 1
Water outlet fitting bolts 10 ± 1
Thermostat housing bolts 23 ± 4
Water inlet pipe bolt (M6) 10 ± 1
Water inlet pipe bolt (M8) 13 ± 2
Water pump bolts 14 ± 1
Detonation sensor 23 ± 2
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT
Camshaft position sensor bolt 11 ± 1
Cover bolts 10 ± 2
Camshaft position sensing cylinder bolt 22 ± 4
Camshaft position sensor support bolts 14 ± 1
Bearing cap bolts 20 ± 1
Oil delivery body bolts 11 ± 1
Oil feeder control valve bolt 11 ± 1
Check valve 30 ± 3
Eye bolt 42 ± 2
Oil pipe bolt 11 ± 1
Oil pipe joint 30 ± 3
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
Cylinder head bolts 78 ± 2 → 0 → 20 ± 2 → +90° → +90°
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
Drain plug 39 ± 5
Oil level sensor bolts 9.0 ± 1.0
Oil filter 14 ± 2
Oil pan bolts 9.0 ± 3.0
Oil screen bolts 19 ± 3
Baffle plate bolts 22 ± 4
Oil pressure switch 19 ± 3
Oil cooler by-pass valve 54 ± 5
Relief plug 44 ± 5
Oil filter bracket bolts 19 ± 3
Plug cap 23 ± 3
Flange bolt 36 ± 3
Oil pump case bolts 23 ± 3
Oil pump cover bolts 17 ± 1
Oil pump cover screw 10 ± 2
11B-8 ENGINE OVERHAUL
SEALANTS
Item N⋅m
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
Connecting rod cap nuts 20 ± 2 → +90° to 94°
CRANKSHAFT AND CYLINDER BLOCK
Flywheel bolts 132 ± 5
Rear plate bolt 11 ± 1
Bell housing cover bolts 9.0 ± 1.0
Rear oil seal case bolts 11 ± 1
Beam bearing cap bolts 25 ± 2 → +90°
Check valve 32 ± 2
SEALANTS
M1113000501007
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1113000601394
D998781
D998767
D998738
D998713
B991654
ENGINE OVERHAUL
SPECIAL TOOLS
11B-11
Tool Number Name Use
MD998772 Valve spring Compression of valve spring
compressor
D998727
D998285
D998776
CAUTION
Do not remove the ignition coil boot from the ignition coil except the replacement. When removing
the ignition coil boot, always replace it with the new one.
2 10 ± 2 N·m
12
3 11
13 ± 1 N·m
13
12
13 14
25 ± 5 N·m
20 ± 2 N·m 4
24 ± 4 N·m
22 ± 4 N·m
8 7
44 ± 10 N·m
5
6 8.8 ± 1.0 N·m
44 ± 10 N·m
9
24 ± 4 N·m
25 ± 4 N·m AK501687AB
11 ± 1 N·m
7
11 ± 1 N·m
3
8
9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AK501688AB
CAUTION
Never overhaul the V.V.T. sprocket.
8 13
11 ± 1 N·m
6 10
1 5
16 4
17 7
48 ± 5 N·m
11
2 21 ± 4 N·m
18 12
23 ± 3 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
36
23 37
22
31
167 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
49 ± 5 N·m
9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
15
33 45 ± 3 N·m
65 ± 5 N·m 27 28
35
19 ± 3 N·m
32 3
32 ± 2 N·m 25
14
38
34 30
20 49 ± 9 N·m
88 ± 10 N·m 29
26 8.8 ± 1.0 N·m
24
19 21
35 ± 6 N·m 54 ± 5 N·m AK501689 AB
AK304440AB
AK403832
CAUTION
Loosen the plug cap, holding the hexagonal portion Never remove the timing belt with any piston at
of the camshaft with a wrench. the top dead centre (TDC). If a piston is at TDC,
the exhaust valves of the cylinder are pushed by
<<B>> TIMING BELT REMOVAL the exhaust cams, compressing the valve
springs. If the belt is removed under this condi-
tion, the sprocket will be turned in the reverse
direction by the force of the springs, incurring
risk of injury.
2. Set the timing mark of the exhaust camshaft
sprocket to a point about one tooth before the
TDC of the No.1 cylinder piston on compression
stroke.
3. Loosen the lock nut of the tensioner pulley, then
AK501768
remove the timing belt.
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AK202825 AD
AK202738 AC
<<G>> COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
SPROCKET REMOVAL
1. Hold the drive plate with the special tool Flywheel
stopper (MD998781).
2. Remove the crankshaft bolt.
MD998778
AK202739AC
AK202740AC
AK304435
AK403834AC
Degrease
Front case AK301828AD
CAUTION
If the spacer is opposite in direction to that
shown in the drawing when installed, it will dam-
age the oil seal lip.
1. Smear slightly oil on the outer surface of the
spacer that comes into contact with the oil seal.
AK202743AB
2. Install the spacer with the chamfered end toward
the oil seal.
1. Remove thoroughly the old sealant remaining on
the indicated bolt and in its hole.
2. Coat the bolt with sealant, then install and tighten
it.
Specified sealant:
Mitsubishi Genuine Part No.MD970389 or
equivalent
11B-22 ENGINE OVERHAUL
TIMING BELT
MD998785
AK304436AB
Timing 5 – 7 mm
marks
Timing
marks
AK202920 AB
AK301074AD
AK300154
Tensioner
pulley hole AK300147 AE
Timing marks
Plug Crosspoint
screwdriver
AK202752 AD
AK304440AB
4. Align the timing mark on the oil pump sprocket
1. Bring the timing mark on the exhaust camshaft with that on the cylinder block.
sprocket to a point one sprocket tooth away from (1) Remove the plug from the cylinder block.
the timing mark on the rocker cover in the (2) Insert a crosspoint screwdriver with a shank
anti-clockwise direction. diameter of 8 mm through the plug hole. If it
NOTE: If the timing marks were aligned, the can be inserted 60 mm or more, the sprocket
exhaust camshaft would be turned anti-clockwise is in the correct phase. If the insertion depth is
by one sprocket tooth and stay there by the force up to 20 − 25 mm, the screwdriver is blocked
of the valve springs. by the counterbalancer shaft. Then turn the oil
pump sprocket one turn and realign the timing
Timing marks
marks. Then check that the screwdriver can
be inserted 60 mm or more. Keep the
screwdriver inserted until installation of timing
belt is finished.
Timing marks
AK501745 AB
aligned by the force of the valve springs and stay (3) Turn the oil pump sprocket anti-clockwise by
there. one sprocket tooth.
Timing marks
AK304563AB AK202771
3. Bring the timing mark on the crankshaft sprocket 5. Install the timing belt on the exhaust camshaft
to a point one sprocket tooth away from the sprocket, and hold it in place with a paper clip at
mating timing mark in the anti-clockwise direction the point indicated in the drawing.
like in the operation with the exhaust camshaft
sprocket.
ENGINE OVERHAUL
TIMING BELT
11B-25
V.V.T.
sprocket
Tensioner
pulley
AK501746 AK501748AB
6. Turn the intake camshaft sprocket anti-clockwise 9. Install the timing belt on the tensioner pulley.
to bring the timing mark on it one sprocket tooth NOTE: Turning slightly the intake camshaft
away from the mating timing mark in the sprocket anti-clockwise will facilitate installation of
anti-clockwise direction. Then install the timing the belt on the tensioner pulley.
belt on the sprocket and hold it in place with a
paper clip. Crankshaft
sprocket
NOTE: The timing marks will be aligned when the
belt is installed since the intake camshaft is turned
slightly clockwise by the force of the valve
springs.
Timing marks
AK202763AB
Crankshaft
sprocket
AK202764 AD
Oil pump
sprocket 12.Turn the tensioner pulley anti-clockwise using the
AK202762AE special tool Tension pulley socket wrench
(MD998767) to give tension to the belt and hold
8. Install the timing belt on the idler pulley, oil pump the tensioner in position by temporarily tightening
sprocket, and crankshaft sprocket, in this order. the tensioner lock bolt.
NOTE: There should be no slack in the installed NOTE: Take up the slack in the belt portion
portion of the belt. between the intake and exhaust camshaft sprock-
ets.
11B-26 ENGINE OVERHAUL
TIMING BELT
Extension
amount
MD998738
AK202829 AB
AK202860AB
INSPECTION
M1113002000500
TIMING BELT
10 mm
Check closely the entire timing belt.
Semicircular Replace it if any of the following conditions is found.
packing Cylinder head AK304411AB
AK304203AB
11B-28 ENGINE OVERHAUL
TIMING BELT
AUTO-TENSIONER
Cracks Cracks
12 mm
Peeling of canvas
Cracks in sides
AK301307AD
2. Cracks in back rubber surface.
3. Cracks in canvas. 1. Check the auto-tensioner for leaks from the
4. Cracks in tooth roots. sealed sections.
5. Cracks in belt sides. Replace it if leaky.
2. Check the rod end for wear and other damage.
Rounded edge
Replace the auto-tensioner if the rod is badly
worn or damaged.
3. Measure the extension length of the rod.
If it is not within the standard value range, replace
the auto-tensioner.
Standard value: 12 mm
Abnormal wear
(Fluffy strand) 98 to 196 N
AK202795 AB
12 ± 1 N·m 8
15
19 ± 3 N·m
5 10 1
13
14 2
12 3
11
7
8.8 ± 2.0 N·m 9
6 20 ± 2 N·m
AK203808 AE
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS 3. Check that the fuel pressure regulator turns
>>A<< INJECTOR INSTALLATION smoothly. If it does not, the O-ring may be
jamming, so remove the fuel pressure regulator
1. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to a new O-ring. and check the O-ring for damage. If the O-ring is
CAUTION intact, insert it into the delivery pipe and check it
Prevent engine oil from getting into the delivery for smooth rotation again.
pipe.
2. Insert the injector into the delivery pipe while >>C<< THROTTLE BODY GASKET
turning it in both directions carefully not to INSTALLATION
damage the O-ring.
3. Check that the injector turns smoothly. If it does
Tab
not, the O-ring may be jamming, so remove the
injector and check the O-ring for damage. If the
O-ring is intact, insert the injector into the delivery
pipe and check it for smooth rotation again.
CAUTION Install the throttle body gasket with its tab located as
Prevent engine oil from getting into the delivery shown in the drawing.
pipe.
2. Insert the fuel pressure regulator into the delivery
pipe while turning it in both directions carefully not
to damage the O-ring.
ENGINE OVERHAUL
INLET MANIFOLD
11B-31
INLET MANIFOLD
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1113026100211
19 ± 3 N·m
36 ± 6 N·m
1
3
20 ± 2 N·m 36 ± 6 N·m
36 ± 6 N·m
31 ± 3 N·m
AK501690AB
Inlet manifold
stay
AK202865 AD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1113004901007
23 ± 3 N·m
12
17 ± 2 N·m
1 64 ± 5 N·m
20
19 ± 3 N·m
19
11 ± 1 N·m
31 ± 2 N·m
33 ± 6 N·m 15
16
55 ± 10 N·m 14 10 ± 1 N·m
42 ± 7 N·m
13
17
10 ± 1 N·m
3
6
44 ± 5 N·m
18
23 ± 3 N·m 42 ± 7 N·m
10
8
59 ± 5 N·m 9 19 ± 1 N·m
2 11
4 9.0 ± 1.0 N·m 7
35 ± 6 N·m AK501691AB
14 ± 1 N·m
Install the oil return pipe gasket with its tab located
as shown in the drawing.
NOTE: The gasket on the turbocharger end of the
3 4 5 6
pipe does not require special alignment for installa-
tion.
1 7 9 8 2
>>C<< OUTLET FITTING GASKET
INSTALLATION
AK202866 AB
Install the air outlet fitting gasket with its tab located
as shown in the drawing.
11B-34 ENGINE OVERHAUL
WATER PUMP AND WATER HOSE
11 ± 1 N·m
4 10 ± 1 N·m
1
13
13 ± 2 N·m 7
23 ± 4 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
29 ± 10 N·m 8
11 5
10 ± 1 N·m
2 23 ± 4 N·m
6 11 ± 1 N·m
12 9 3
10
16
23 ± 2 N·m
15
14
14 ± 1 N·m AK501692AB
AK202799AB
CAUTION
When using a tool, avoid letting it touch the con-
nector portion which is made of plastic.
1. Remove all old sealant remaining on the threads
of the engine coolant temperature sensor and in
AK202800AB the threaded hole in the thermostat housing.
1. Remove all old sealant remaining on the threaded 2. Apply sealant to the engine coolant temperature
hole in the engine coolant temperature gauge unit sensor's threads indicated in the drawing.
and the thermostat housing. Specified sealant:
3M ATD Part No.8660 or equivalent
11B-36 ENGINE OVERHAUL
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT
11 ± 1 N·m
10 9
12
8
11 10 ± 2 N·m
7
14 ± 1 N·m
22 ± 4 N·m
14 3 10 ± 2 N·m
17 4
20 6
19 15
20 ± 1 N·m 18 14 ± 1 N·m
2
16 1
11 ± 1 N·m 22 ± 4 N·m
42 ± 2 N·m 30 ± 3 N·m 21 5
11 ± 1 N·m
28 29 27 11 ± 1 N·m
13 24
22
30 23
31
32
Apply engine oil to
30 ± 3 N·m all moving parts
25 before installation.
11 ± 1 N·m 26
AK403842AC
Eye bolt
Spanner
Oil pipe joint
AK403894AC
NOTE: When the oil pipe joint is rotated together with AK203979 AC
the eye bolt at the installation, the oil pump would be 1. Set each camshaft with its dowel pin at the top.
possibly damaged.
Holding the oil pipe joint with a spanner, tighten the
eye bolt to the specified torque of 42 ± 2 N⋅m.
4. Apply sealant to the surfaces indicated in the >>H<< CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSING
drawing. CYLINDER INSTALLATION
Specified sealant:
3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent Exhaust side Intake side
5. Install each bearing cap and tighten its bolts in two Paint
Vane (small)
or three passes.
6. Finally tighten the bolts to 20 ± 1 N⋅m.
7. Check that the rocker arms are correctly installed.
NOTE: Wipe off any squeezed out sealant com-
pletely.
Vane (big)
2. At the intake side, install the cover notch and the LASH ADJUSTERS
gasket projection in position indicated in the CAUTION
illustration, and then tighten them to the specified • The lash adjuster is a precision-engineered
torque of 14 ± 1 N⋅m. component. Do not allow dust or other for-
At the exhaust side, the cover and the gasket do eign matter to enter it.
not have the specified direction or angle of the • Do not disassemble lash adjusters.
installation. • Use only non-contaminated diesel fuel to
NOTE: The cover and the gasket have no differ- clean the lash adjuster.
ence between the front and the reverse sides.
For rough For finish For diesel
>>J<< CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR cleaning cleaning fuel filling
INSTALLATION
Paint
A B C
AK202836 AB
INSPECTION
M1113005500979
CAMSHAFT
Diesel fuel
AK300587AB
AK202797AB
11B-40 ENGINE OVERHAUL
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT
CAUTION CAUTION
The steel ball spring of the lash adjuster is The steel ball spring of the lash adjuster is
extremely weak. The lash adjuster's functionality extremely weak. The lash adjuster's functionality
may be badly affected if the special tool is may be badly affected if the special tool is
inserted too strongly. inserted too strongly.
3. While gently pushing the internal steel ball using 5. Soak the lash adjuster in the diesel fuel in
the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442), move container B. Move the plunger in and out 5 − 10
the plunger in and out 5 − 10 times to eliminate times by gently pushing the internal steel ball
stiffness in the plunger and expel contaminated using the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442)
oil. until the plunger moves smoothly to wash the lash
NOTE: The plunger must be free from jamming adjuster’s pressure chamber.
and any other abnormalities. If a defect is found in
plunger operation, replace the lash adjuster.
MD998442
Diesel fuel
MD998442
AK202841 AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT
11B-41
CAUTION
Do not use container C for cleaning. If cleaning is
performed in container C, foreign matter could
enter the pressure chamber when the chamber is
filled with diesel fuel.
7. Soak the lash adjuster in the diesel fuel in
container C. Gently push the internal steel ball
using the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442).
AK202843
78 ± 2 N·m 0 N·m
20 ± 2 N·m +90˚ +90˚
1
2
8
9
4
5 10
20 14
6
15
12
17
13
16
19
18 11
AK203813 AC
MB991654
AK304633
(3) Put a broken valves in the water-filled 4. Use the special tool Valve stem seal installer
container and quickly get away from the (MD998737) to install the stem seal on the valve
container at least 2 or 3 m. guide. Use the stem of the valve to guide the stem
(4) Keep fire away from the container during the seal.
neutralization. The resulting hydrogen gas is
highly explosive. Intake valve stem seal Exhaust valve stem seal
Colour: Gray Colour: Grayish green
NOTE: The reaction occurs when water enters
the cavity in he valve. Hydrogen gas may be
trapped inside the valve, temporarily blocking
the water passage. In such a case, wait until
hydrogen gas in released and remaining
sodium reacts with water.
(5) After the neutralization of sodium, water in the
container contains sodium hydroxide and is AK304538AB
highly alkaline. The water solution should be
disposed of according to local regulations. NOTE: Do not confuse the stem seals for intake
valves with those for exhaust valves.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< VALVE STEM SEAL INSTALLA- >>B<< VALVE SPRING INSTALLATION
TION
Small diameter
CAUTION
The special tool must always be used when
installing the valve stem seal. Improper installa-
tion could result in oil leaks past the valve guide.
1. Install the valve spring seat.
2. Install the valve.
3. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to a new valve stem
seal. AK305040AB
MD998735
MB991654
AK202723 AE
AK202873 AD
8 6 1 3 9
10 4 2 5 7
AK202806 AB
90˚
Shank length
90˚
Paint marks
AK300591AB AK202720 AB
CYLINDER HEAD
1. Before cleaning the cylinder head, check it for
traces of water and gas leakage and for cracks AK300593AB
and any other damage.
2. Thoroughly remove oils, scale, sealants, carbon 2. Measure the margin.
and other contamination. Clean the oil passages, Replace the valve if its margin is smaller than the
then check using compressed air that they are not limit.
blocked.
Standard values:
Intake 1.0 mm
Exhaust 1.5 mm
Limits:
Intake 0.5 mm
Exhaust 1.0 mm
AK202724
CAUTION
The thickness of the metal that can be removed
by grinding from both the cylinder head and the
mating cylinder block is limited to 0.2 mm in Total length
total. AK202876 AB
3. Check the cylinder head gasket surface for warp
using a straightedge and thickness gauge. 3. Measure the total length of the valve.
If the surface is warped beyond the limit, grind the Replace the valve if the length is less than the
surface for rectification. limit.
Gasket surface warp Standard values:
Standard value: Less than 0.05 mm Intake 109.5 mm
Limit: 0.2 mm Exhaust 109.7 mm
Grinding limit: 0.2 mm Limits:
Cylinder head height (standard value for new Intake 109.0 mm
part): 131.9 − 132.1 mm Exhaust 109.2 mm
VALVES
1. Check the valve face for correct contact with the
seat. Reface the valve if the contact is partial or
one sided.
ENGINE OVERHAUL
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
11B-47
VALVE SPRINGS VALVE SEATS
Valve stem
end
Out of square
Valve stem
projection
AK300594 AB AK202814 AB
1. Measure the free height of the spring. With the valve installed in position and its face
pressed against the valve seat, measure the valve
Replace the spring if its height is smaller than the stem projection (distance between the valve stem
limit. end and spring seating surface). If the measurement
Standard value: 50.4 mm exceeds the limit, replace the valve seat.
Limit: 49.4 mm Standard values:
2. Measure the squareness of the spring. Intake 49.2 mm
Exhaust 48.4 mm
Replace the spring if it is out of square beyond the
limit. Limits:
Standard value: 1.5° or smaller Intake 49.7 mm
Limit: 4° Exhaust 48.9 mm
Stem diameter
15˚ 25˚
Guide inside diameter AK300168 AE
Measure the valve guide inside diameter and valve 43.5˚ – 44˚
stem diameter to calculate the clearance between AK202850 AC
the valve guide and valve stem.
If the limit is exceeded, replace the valve guide or 2. Resurface the valve seat to the indicated width
valve, or both. and angles.
Standard values: 3. After resurfacing, lap the valve and valve seat
Intake 0.02 − 0.05 mm using lapping compound.
Exhaust 0.05 − 0.09 mm
Limits:
Intake 0.10 mm
Exhaust 0.15 mm
11B-48 ENGINE OVERHAUL
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
Valve seat
height
19.2 – 19.8 mm
Oversize hole diameter AK202877 AC
AK300720AB
3. Press-fit the valve guide until it remains protruded
2. Rebore the valve seat hole in the cylinder head to above the cylinder head by the amount indicated
a diameter matched to the diameter of the in the drawing.
selected oversize valve seat. Standard value: 19.2 − 19.8 mm
Intake valve seat hole diameters: NOTE: Press the valve guide from above the cyl-
0.3 oversize: 35.30 − 35.33 mm inder head.
0.6 oversize: 35.60 − 35.63 mm NOTE: The valve guides for the intake valves are
Exhaust valve seat hole diameters: different in length from those for the exhaust
0.3 oversize: 33.30 − 33.33 mm valves (45.5 mm for intake valves; 50.5 mm for
0.6 oversize: 33.60 − 33.63 mm exhaust valves)
3. Before fitting the valve seat, cool it in liquid 4. After installing the valve guide, insert a new valve
nitrogen to prevent damage to its hole in the in it to check for smooth movement.
cylinder head due to interference.
4. Resurface the valve seat. See the VALVE SEAT
RECONDITIONING section.
ENGINE OVERHAUL
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
11B-49
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1113008100464
19 ± 3 N·m
30 31
32
21
23 ± 3 N·m
22
26 20 29
54 ± 5 N·m
23 8
16 24
10 10 ± 2 N·m
25 17 ± 1 N·m 7
15
6
22 ± 4 N·m
19 5
27 19 ± 3 N·m
14 18 23 ± 3 N·m
13 17 36 ± 3 N·m
19 ± 3 N·m 12 23 ± 3 N·m 2
39 ± 5 N·m
11 9.0 ± 3.0 N·m
1
44 ± 5 N·m
9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
4 3
14 ± 2 N·m AK304531AB
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS Fit the teeth of the special tool in notches of the plug
as shown in the drawing and support the tool with the
<<A>> OIL PAN REMOVAL
special tool to loosen the plug.
1. Remove the oil pan bolts. • Plug wrench (MD998162)
• Plug wrench retainer (MD998783)
MD998727
<<D>> FLANGE BOLT REMOVAL
AK202574 AD
hammer.
1. Remove the plug on the left side of the cylinder
3. Remove the oil pan by tapping an edge of the block. Insert a cross point screwdriver (shank
special tool with a hammer to move it sideways. diameter 8 mm) into the plug hole more than 60
mm to prevent the left counterbalancer shaft from
<<B>> OIL PRESSURE SWITCH rotating.
REMOVAL
MD998012
AK304384
AK300617AC
2. Loosen and remove the flange bolt.
Using the special tool Oil pressure switch socket
wrench (MD998012) to removal the oil pressure <<E>> COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
switch
FRONT BEARING REMOVAL
<<C>> PLUG REMOVAL
MD998162
Front
bearing
MD998371
AK202633 AE
MD998783 AK202585 AC
ENGINE OVERHAUL
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
11B-51
CAUTION
Remove the front bearing first. Otherwise, the MB991603 MD998705
special tool cannot be used. (Stopper)
Use the special tool Silent shaft bearing puller
(MD998371) to remove the counterbalancer shaft
front bearing from the cylinder block.
MD998705
(Stopper)
AK202548 AC
AK300620AE
1. Install the special tool Silent shaft bearing installer
stopper (MB991603) on the cylinder block. 2. Set the bearing on the special tool with its oil hole
on the ratchet ball.
11B-52 ENGINE OVERHAUL
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
MD998705
(Stopper)
MD998705
(Guide pin)
MD998705
(Guide pin) AK304434AC AK304433AB
AK300622AF
MD998705
Rear bearing (Guide pin) AK304434AC
installing portion
AK300623AD
AK300624
AK301070AE AK202660 AB
Use an appropriate socket wrench to install the oil Apply engine oil generously to the gears and line up
pump oil seal. the alignment marks.
Socket wrench
Counterbalancer
Oil seal Front case MD998285 shaft, right
AK202577 AC
AK301071AE
1. Install the special tool crankshaft front oil seal
Use an appropriate socket wrench to install the coun- guide (MD998285) on the front end of crankshaft
terbalancer shaft oil seal. and apply a thin coat of engine oil to the outer
surface of the special tool. Be sure to use the
>>F<< CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL special tool when the front case is fitted with an oil
INSTALLATION seal.
2. Install the front case on the cylinder block with a
MD998375 new front case gasket in between and temporarily
tighten all the flange bolts except those that are
used for tightening the filter bracket.
3. Install the oil filter bracket on the front case with
the oil filter bracket gasket in between and
Oil seal
temporarily tighten the washer-assembled bolts.
Front case
AK301072AE
MD998285
AK202656 AC
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AK202641 AC
AK300616AB
1. Insert a correspond screwdriver (shank diameter
8 mm) into the hole in the left side of the cylinder CAUTION
block to prevent the counterbalancer shaft from Be careful not to block the oil passage with seal-
rotating. ant.
1. Apply sealant to the threaded portion.
Specified Sealant:
3M ATD Part No.8660 or equivalent
MD998012
AK304385
AK202693 AC
AK202556 AB
11B-56 ENGINE OVERHAUL
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
COUNTERBALANCE SHAFTS
L
1. Check that the oil holes are not blocked.
Clean if necessary.
Valve AK000032 AC
OIL PUMP
OIL LEVEL SENSOR
AK202831
AK304606AB
1. Install the drive and driven gears in the oil pump
case. Put the oil level sensor in oil, then move the float
2. Measure the gear side clearance using a straight up and down with the oil at a temperature either
edge and thickness gauge. lower than 40°C or higher than 80°C, and check
for continuity.
Standard values:
Drive gear 0.08 − 0.14 mm 40°C
Driven gear 0.06 − 0.12 mm Float position Switch ON/OFF
Condition when down ON (continuity)
Condition when up ON (continuity)
80°C
Float position Switch ON/OFF
Condition when down OFF (no continuity)
Condition when up ON (continuity)
ENGINE OVERHAUL
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
11B-57
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1113008401338
6
7
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts 8
before installation.
10
9 4
12
11
2
20 ± 2 N·m +90˚ to 94˚
1 AK501781AB
Guide A: 20.9 mm
AK202812 AB
Base
Mark the cylinder number on the side of the connect-
ing rod big end as a guide for reassembly.
Guide A: 21.9 mm
<<B>> PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
MB992010
AK301431AD
P Push rod
Crank pin
AK402310 AC
Front mark
1. Not to damage the crank pin, attach a special tool
Bolt guide (MB992010), to the connecting rod Front mark
bolt.
2. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly P
from the cylinder block.
Guide C
Base
AK501782AB
P
No.4
No.3 Guide A
No.2
No.1
Base
AK202923 AB
Guide B
1. When replacing a piston, check the cylinder bore
size mark stamped at the indicated location on the
cylinder block and select an appropriate
replacement piston using the following table.
Cylinder bore size mark Piston size mark AK501783AB
L
Oil ring
end gap
AK502373 AB
1. Fit the oil ring coil expander and oil ring into the
piston ring groove.
NOTE: Locate the oil ring and coil expander end
Guide B Guide A gaps as shown in the drawing.
AK304522AC
NOTE: New coil expander and oil ring are an
6. Insert Guide B into Guide A with having 1.25 mm identified by colour marks as follows:
of the clearance "L" between Guide A and B.
11B-60 ENGINE OVERHAUL
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
Size Colour mark Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings
with their identification marks facing up (toward the
Standard No mark piston crown).
0.50 mm oversize Red Identification marks:
1.00 mm oversize Yellow No.1 ring: 1R
No.2 ring: 2R
CAUTION
Use of ring expander to expand the oil ring end NOTE: Each of the available piston rings has a size
gap can break the oil ring, unlike other piston mark as follows:
rings. Size Size mark
Oil ring end Standard No. 1 ring No mark (white paint on
periphery)
No. 2 ring No mark
0.50 mm oversize 50
1.00 mm oversize 100
2. Align the end gaps of the piston rings and oil ring
(oil ring and coil expander) as shown in the
drawing.
Piston ring 3. Insert the piston and connecting rod assembly
expander
from the top of cylinder with the front mark on the
crown toward the camshaft sprocket.
AK202786 AC Bolt
Identification mark
Size marks
MB992010
No. 1
Connecting rod
No. 2
AK402300AC
Bearing
locating
No. 2 notches
No. 1 No. 3 AK202813 AB
Identification mark
AK203964AC
AK202821
11B-62 ENGINE OVERHAUL
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
Paint marks
90˚ to 94˚
Paint marks
11 ± 1 N·m
3
1
6
15 132 ± 5 N·m
4
5 9.0 ± 1.0 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m
12 11
14
13
32 ± 2 N·m
10
AK203816 AC
Install the two thrust bearings in the No. 3 bearing Diameter identification marks of
bore in the cylinder block. Each thrust bearing must bearing bores in cylinder block
be installed with the grooved end toward the crank-
No. 4
shaft web. No. 3
No. 1 No. 2 No. 5
NOTE: Applying engine oil to the bearings will help
facilitate holding them in position.
No. 2
No. 1 No. 3
AK304518AB
No. 4 No. 5 AK202908 AB
2. The diameter identification marks of the bearing
1. Location of crankshaft journal diameter marks bores in the cylinder block are stamped in the
location shown in the drawing.
Crankshaft journal diameter Cylinder block bearing Crankshaft bearing
bore
Identification mark Journal diameter Identification mark Identification mark
measurement mm
0 56.994 − 57.000 0 0
1 1
2 2
1 56.988 − 56.994 0 1
1 2
2 3
2 56.982 − 56.988 0 2
1 3
2 4
11B-66 ENGINE OVERHAUL
CRANKSHAFT AND CYLINDER BLOCK
8 4 1 5 9
7 3 2 6 10
Identification mark
3. The size mark of each crankshaft bearing is 4. Tighten the bolts to 25 ± 2 N⋅m in the indicated
indicated by ink in the location shown in the sequence.
drawing. 5. Make a paint mark on the head of the bolt.
6. Make a paint mark on the bearing cap at a point
90 to 100° away from the paint mark made on the
bolt head in the tightening direction.
Groove
For upper
For lower
AK301466AD
90˚ to 100˚
Shank length
AK301471AD
bolt before installation. If the measurement 8. After installing the beam bearing cap, measure
exceeds the limit, replace the bolt. the end play of the crankshaft. If the end play
Limit: 71.1 mm exceeds the limit, replace the crankshaft bearings.
3. Apply engine oil to the threads and bearing Standard value: 0.05 − 0.25 mm
surface of the bolt. Limit: 0.4 mm
ENGINE OVERHAUL
CRANKSHAFT AND CYLINDER BLOCK
11B-67
>>D<< REAR OIL SEAL INSTALLATION Measure the crankshaft oil clearance using a plasti-
gage as follows:
MB990938 1. Wipe off oil from the crankshaft journal surface
and the crankshaft bearing inner surface.
2. Install the crankshaft.
MD998776 Plastigage
AK202827 AC
AK202824AB
BORING CYLINDERS
1. Select an oversize of the pistons to be used
based on the largest of the cylinder bores.
AK401851
GROUP 11
ENGINE
CONTENTS
GROUP 52
INTERIOR AND
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM(SRS)
CONTENTS
INTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A
GROUP 52A
INTERIOR
CONTENTS
WARNING
• Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
• Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
• MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
52A-2 INTERIOR
SPECIAL TOOL
SPECIAL TOOL
M1521000600349
MB990784
d 5 × 12 -
ACX01283
ACX02229
f 5 × 20 -
AC005505
2 3
20 21
b a
18
1 e
e e
e 19
4 e
8 e 18
c
c e
e
13 e 16
5 a
a 15
b
10 11
12
a 14 17
6
7 9
c
AC309832 AC
C B
D
B A
A
D
G
H G
H
F F
I I
Note
(1) : Clip positions
(2) : Claw positions
Instrument panel
Claw assembly Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Section D – D Section E – E Section F – F
Clip Clip
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Section G – G Section H – H Section I – I
Clip Clip Instrument panel
Instrument panel assembly Clip
assembly
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
AC504401 AB
INTERIOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
52A-5
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT Insert the flat-tipped screwdriver into the position
shown in the illustration and pull up the screwdriver
<<A>> SRS PASSENGER’S (FRONT) AIR
to disengage the claws for removal of the passen-
BAG MODULE REMOVAL ger’s (front) air bag module.
CAUTION
• Do not damage the claws of the hinge when
removing the passenger’s (front) air bag mod-
ule.
• Store the removed passenger’s (front) air bag
module with the deployed side facing upward,
in a clean and dry place.
AC005174
52A-6 INTERIOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
13 12 14
d
2
d
d
2
d
4 3 13
d d d d
5
d
7 6 d d
d d
d 7
f
d f
10
d
16 d
d
15 9 8
d d
1 d
15
d
11
AC005175 AG
5
9
8 10 6 4
3
13
A
A
1
7
2
Note 12
: Clip positions
Section A – A
6
11
10
Clip
AC504404 AB
AC211586 AB
5
4 6
7
3 8
10
1
2
9 AC211588 AB
Rear floor
console Ashtray mounting
hole
A
View A
Hinges
MB990784
AC005508 AD
52A-10 INTERIOR
TRIMS
TRIMS
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1521001100499
22 ± 4 N·m
14
10 15
16
9 5 13
17 12
4
6 18 12
44 ± 10 N·m
11
8
20
21
2 3
1 7
19
22
AC309857AB
B B D
D GG H
E
E
B B B H
B
F
A F
A
I
C
I
C C
Note
: Clip positions
: Claw positions
Headlining
Clip
Clip
Rear pillar trim
Section G – G Section H – H Section I – I
Rear end trim
Rear shelf trim Rear shelf trim
Retractor
cover
Claw Clip
AC504405AB
52A-12 INTERIOR
DOOR TRIM
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT Release the clip by pulling in the direction shown in
the illustration and remove the front pillar trim.
<<A>> FRONT PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL
Section A - A
Front pillar
trim Front pillar
trim
A
A Instrument
panel
AC005511AB
DOOR TRIM
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1521006400213
2
3
AC210022 AB
AC208724
<Rear door trim>
6
1
2
5
AC210019 AB
C
B
D E E
F F F F
D
Section D – D Section E – E
Power window switch
panel assembly
Clip Front door trim
Section F – F Section G – G
Power window switch Cap
panel assembly Pull handle box
Front door trim
Note Claw
(1) : Clip positions Claw
(2) : Claw positions
AC210245 AE
INTERIOR
DOOR TRIM
52A-15
F E E
D F F F
Section F – F Section G – G
Power window switch
panel assembly Cap Pull handle box
Rear door trim
Note Claw
(1) : Clip positions Claw
(2) : Claw positions
AC211593 AF
52A-16 INTERIOR
DOOR TRIM
MB990784
Section A – A
Door inside
handle cover
AC100003AB
AC504658AB
4 2
3
1
4 5 AC304633 AB
MB990784
Sunvisor holder
AC304786 AB
52A-18 INTERIOR
INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT 1. Disengage claw A and lower the cover in the
arrow 1 direction.
3
Claw A 2. Push claw B in the arrow 2 direction to unlock,
2
and pull out the mirror in the arrow 3 direction.
Cover
Claw B
AC209066 AC
45 ± 10 N·m
30 ± 5 N·m
45 ± 10 N·m
1 AC310714 AB
Removal steps
1. Front seat anchor cover
>>A<< 2. Front seat assembly
INTERIOR
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY
52A-19
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Temporarily tighten the nuts and bolts in all mounting
locations shown in the illustration with no load
>>A<< FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY INSTAL-
applied to the front seat cushion, and check the
LATION operation of the seat slide.
1.
AC310736 AB
22 ± 3 N·m
6
1
5
44 ± 10 N·m
22 ± 3 N·m
9 7
2
4 22 ± 3 N·m
11
10 3
AC310735 AB
22 ± 3 N·m
52A-20 INTERIOR
REAR SEAT ASSEMBLY
1
5
1
22 ± 4 N·m
3
2
6 AC310031AB
Attachment wire
Rear seat hook
Hook
AC005521AB
AC005519AB
Press the rear seatback assembly in the direction Fit the rear seat cushion into the rear seat hook
shown in the illustration and fit the attachment wire securely.
into the hook securely to install the rear seatback
assembly.
4
7
4
6
5N
N 1 AC310045 AB
CAUTION
SRS: Before removing and installing the seat belts with pre-tensioner, refer to GROUP 52B, Seat Belts
with Pre-tensioner P.52B-120.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
• Turn the ignition key to the LOOK (OFF) position.
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
5
4
44 ± 10 N·m
1 44 ± 10 N·m
2
3
44 ± 10 N·m 44 ± 10 N·m
AC310727 AB
Outer seat belt removal steps Outer seat belt removal steps
1. Sash guide cover 4. Upper centre pillar trim (Refer to
• Lower centre pillar trim (refer to P.52A-10).
P.52A-10). 5. Adjustable seat belt anchor
2. Bracket Inner seat belt removal steps
3. Outer seat belt (refer to GROUP 52B, • Shield cover (refer to P.52A-19).
Seat Belts with Pre-tensioner 6. Inner seat belt
P.52B-120).
INTERIOR
REAR SEAT BELT
52A-23
REAR SEAT BELT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1523001600401
44 ± 10 N·m
4
44 ± 10 N·m
44 ± 10 N·m 3
2 AC211443 AB
GROUP 00
GENERAL
CONTENTS
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
GROUP 00
GENERAL
CONTENTS
Indicates the
Denotes tightening torque. section title.
For bolts and nuts which do
not have a tightening torque
listed, refer to the "Standard Indicates the Indicates the
Parts Tightening-torque Table" group title. group number.
Component diagram
A diagram of the component parts is pro-
vided near the front of each section in order
to give the reader a better understanding of
the installed condition of component parts.
AC311238 AD
00-4 GENERAL
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
AC311239 AD
GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
00-5
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE
POINTS
M1001000201143
CONTENTS OF TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting of electronic control systems for which the M.U.T.-II/III can be used follows the basic outline
described below. Even in systems for which the M.U.T.-II/III cannot be used, some of these systems still fol-
low this outline.
Gathering information
from the customer.
AC300864AE
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Indicates the inspection procedures corresponding to
each symptom classified in the Symptom Chart
(Refer to How to read inspection procedure P.00-10).
16-PIN
SERVICE DATA REFERENCE TABLE MB991911
Inspection items and normal judgment values have
been provided in this chart as reference information.
MB991824
When there are inspection procedures using an Connect the M.U.T.-III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-
oscilloscope, these are described here. nector, and read the diagnosis code.
NOTE: For details on how to use the M.U.T.-III, refer
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION to the "M.U.T.-III operation manual."
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE 1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the
CAUTION "LOCK" (OFF).
Before connecting or disconnecting the 2. Start up the personal computer.
M.U.T.-II/III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" 3. Connect M.U.T.-III USB cable MB991827 to
(OFF) position. special tool Vehicle Communication Interface
(V.C.I.) MB991824 and the personal compu-
<Using the M.U.T.-II> ter.
<Using the M.U.T.-II> 4. Connect M.U.T.-III main wiring harness B
Steering shaft MB991911 to the V.C.I.
5. Connect M.U.T.-III main wiring harness B to
the diagnosis connector.
6. Turn the V.C.I. power switch to the "ON" posi-
tion.
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energized, the V.C.I.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green
MB991502
AC304777AB
colour.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the PC and turn
Connect the M.U.T.-II to the diagnosis connector, the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
and read the diagnosis code.
8. Read the diagnosis code.
9. Disconnecting the M.U.T.-III is the reverse of
the connecting sequence, making sure that
the ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF).
GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
00-7
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp may flash when the ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE (BY USING
ignition switch is turned ON with the M.U.T.-II/III con- NO M.U.T.-II/III)
nected. This is because the diagnosis display func-
tion of the ABS warning lamp is activated by earthing CAUTION
the diagnosis connector terminal No.1, and is not Some diagnosis codes can not be erased accord-
detrimental in any way. ing to the procedure below. If you attempt to
erase a diagnosis code, refer to an applicable
GROUP.
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE (BY USING
1. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
THE M.U.T.-II/III) position.
CAUTION 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, wait for at
Before connecting or disconnecting the least 10 minutes, and then reconnect it.
M.U.T.-II/III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" 3. Start the engine and let it run at idle for 10
(OFF) position. minutes.
<Using the M.U.T.-II>
Steering shaft INPUT SIGNAL CHECK (WHEN USING
THE M.U.T.-II/III) <SWS>
CAUTION
Before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK"
(OFF) position.
MB991502 <Using the M.U.T.-II>
AC304777AB Steering shaft
MB991502
AC304777AB
MB991824
16-PIN
MB991911
MB991827 AC211686 AE
MB991824
Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis connector,
and erase the diagnosis code. The procedure is the
same as "HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE ".
MB991827 AC211686 AE
00-8 GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
1. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis 1. Use the special tool diagnosis code check
connector, and erase the diagnosis code. harness (MB991529) to connect the ETACS
2. If the M.U.T.-II/III buzzer sounds once when each terminal (terminal 9) and the earth terminals
switch is operated (ON/OFF), the input signal for (terminals 4 and 5) of the diagnosis connector to
that switch circuit system is normal. the voltage meter.
2. If the needle of the voltage meter flickers once
INPUT SIGNAL CHECK (WHEN USING A when each switch is operated (ON/OFF), the input
VOLTMETER) <SWS> signal for that switch circuit system is normal.
Steering
shaft
MB991529 AC304779AB
GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
00-9
HOW TO USE THE INSPECTION PROCE-
DURES
The causes of many of the problems occurring in
electric circuitry are generally the connectors, com-
ponents, the ECU, the wiring harnesses between
connectors, in that order. These inspection proce-
dures follow this order. They first try to discover a
problem with a connector or a defective component.
AC301964AB
00-10 GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
PROCEDURE
Explains about
technical details.
Describes the
conditions for that
diagnosis code being
set.
Describes possible
causes(s) for that
diagnosis code.
AC305342AD
MB991219
AC300881AD ACX00865AB
Be sure to use special tool harness connector Use the special tool inspection harness (MB991219)
(MD998459). Never insert a test probe from the har- (inspection harness for connector pin contact pres-
ness side, as this will reduce the waterproof perform- sure in the harness set for inspection). The inspec-
ance and result in corrosion. tion harness for connector pin contact pressure
should be used. The test bar should never be forcibly
inserted, as it may cause a defective contact.
<Ordinary (non-waterproof) Connectors>
MB992006
AC105598AH
Connector disconnected or
improperly connected
AC300898
CONNECTOR ENGAGEMENT
INSPECTION
MB991219
Battery
Fuse
Short-circuit
Load occurrence
switch section
Load
AC300900AB
• Gently shake the connector up, down and to the • Gently rock each sensor and relay, etc. by hand.
left and right. • Gently shake the wiring harness at suspensions
• Gently shake the wiring harness up, down and to and other moving parts.
the left and right.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
M1001000401329
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION CODE PLATE The vehicle information code plate is riveted to the
back of the engine hood.
Code plate The plate shows model code, engine model, trans-
1
mission model and body colour code.
No. Item Content
3
2 1 MODEL CT9ASJG CT9A: Vehicle model
FZL6 SJGFZL6: Model
series
2 ENGINE 4G63 Engine model
3 EXT A02A Exterior code
5 4 6 7
4 TRANS W6MAA Transmission model
Engine hood AXLE
5 COLOUR A02 Body colour code
6 INT 90J Interior code
7 OPT ZP3 Equipment code
For monotone colour vehicles, the body colour code
shall be indicated.
AC504461AD
GENERAL
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
00-15
MODELS
Model code Engine model Price class Transmission Fuel supply
model system
CT9A SJGFZL6 4G63-DOHC-intercoo GSR W6MAA MPI
SJGFZR6 ler turbocharger <4WD, 6M/T>
(1,997 mL)
AC310384
J M B S J CT 9 A 6 U 000001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
AC504317
ENGINE MODEL STAMPING The engine model is stamped on the cylinder block.
This engine model numbers is as shown as follow.
Engine model Engine displacement
4G63 1,997 mL
The engine serial number is stamped near the
engine model number.
AC310394
GENERAL
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
00-17
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
M1001000901045
7
1 3 4 5 9
2 6
AC505135AB
Items CT9A
SJGFZL6/R6
Vehicle Front track 1 1,515
dimensions mm Overall width 2 1,770
Front overhang 3 930
Wheel base 4 2,625
Rear overhang 5 935
Overall length 6 4,490
Ground clearance 7 140
(unladen)
Overall height (unladen) 8 1,450
Rear track 9 1,515
Vehicle weight kg Kerb weight 1,465
Max. gross vehicle weight 1,885
Max. axle weight rating-front 1,015
Max. axle weight rating-rear 900
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model code 4G63 DOHC-MIVEC with intercooler turbocharger
Total displacement mL 1,997
Maximum output kW/r/min 206/6,500
Maximum torque N⋅m/r/min 355/3,500
Transmission Model code W6MAA
Type 6-speed manual
Fuel system Fuel supply system MPI
Maximum speed km/h 250
Minimum turning radius m 5.9
00-18 GENERAL
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 8. Be sure to deploy the air bag before disposing
(SRS) of the air bag module or disposing of a vehicle
equipped with an air bag (Refer to GROUP
1. Items to review when servicing SRS:
52B − Air Bag Module Disposal Procedures
1. Be sure to read GROUP 52B − Supplemental
P.52B-120).
Restraint System (SRS). For safe operation,
please follow the directions and heed all 2. Observe the following when carrying out opera-
warnings. tions on places where SRS components are
installed, including operations not directly related
2. Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting
to the SRS air bag.
the battery cable before doing any further
work. The SRS system is designed to retain 1. When removing or installing parts, do not
enough voltage to deploy the air bag even allow any impact or shock to the SRS compo-
after the battery has been disconnected. Seri- nents.
ous injury may result from unintended air bag 2. If heat damage may occur during paint work,
deployment if work is done on the SRS sys- remove the SRS-ECU, the air bag module,
tem immediately after the battery cable is dis- clock spring, the front impact sensor, the side
connected. impact sensor, and the seat belt pre-ten-
3. Warning labels must be heeded when servic- sioner.
ing or handling SRS components. Warning • SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring,
labels can be found in the following locations. front impact sensor, the side impact sen-
• Front impact sensor sor: 93 °C or more
• Hood • Seat belt pre-tensioner: 90 °C or more
• Sun visor
• SRS-ECU LEARNING PROCEDURE FOR IDLING IN
• Steering wheel MPI ENGINE
• Clock spring PURPOSE
• Steering joint cover When the engine-ECU is replaced, or when the
• Air bag module (Driver's and front passen- learning value is initialized, the idling is not stabilized
ger's) because the learning value in MPI engine is not com-
• Side-airbag module (Driver's side and pleted. In this case, carry out the learning method for
front passenger's side) the idling through the following procedures.
• Curtain air bag module (Driver's side and
front passenger's side) LEARNING PROCEDURE
• Side impact sensor
1. Start the engine and carry out the warm-up for the
• Seat belt pre-tensioner
engine coolant temperature to reach 80°C or
• Instrument panel
more.
4. Always use the designated special tools and
test equipment. 2. When the engine coolant temperature is 80°C or
more, the warm-up is not needed if the ignition
5. Store components removed from the SRS in a
switch is in "ON" position once.
clean and dry place. The air bag module
should be stored on a flat surface and placed 3. Place the ignition switch in "LOCK" (OFF) position
so that the pad surface is facing upward. Do and stop the engine.
not place anything on top of it. 4. After 10 seconds or more, start the engine again.
6. Never attempt to disassemble or repair the 5. For 10 minutes, carry out the idling under the
SRS components (SRS-ECU, air bag module condition shown below and then confirm the
and clock spring). engine has the normal idling.
7. Whenever you finish servicing the SRS, • Transmission: Neutral
check the SRS warning lamp operation to • Operation in ignition-related, fan and attach-
make sure that the system functions properly. ments: Not to be operated
• Engine coolant temperature: 80°C or more
GENERAL
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE
00-19
NOTE: When the engine stalls during the idling, PRE-INSPECTION CONDITION
check the dirtiness (on the throttle valve) of the "Pre-inspection condition" refers to the condition that
throttle body and then perform the service from the vehicle must be in before proper engine inspec-
Procedure 1 again. tion can be carried out. If you see the words "Set the
vehicle to the pre-inspection condition". In this man-
SERVICING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ual, it means to set the vehicle to the following condi-
CAUTION tion.
Before connecting or disconnecting the negative • Engine coolant temperature 80 to 90°C
(−) cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch • Lamps, electric cooling fan and all accessories:
and the lighting switch (If this is not done, there OFF
is the possibility of semiconductor parts being • M/T: Neutral
damaged).
VEHICLE WASHING
Approximately 40 cm
AC300693
cal system and before undertaking any repair proce- If high-pressure car-washing equipment or steam
dures involving the electrical system, be sure to first car-washing equipment is used to wash the vehicle,
disconnect the negative (−) cable from the battery in be sure to note the following information in order to
order to avoid damage caused by short-circuiting. avoid damage to plastic components, etc.
• Spray nozzle distance: Approx. 40 cm or more
APPLICATION OF ANTI-CORROSION • Spray pressure: 3,900 kPa or less
AGENTS AND UNDERCOATS • Spray temperature: 82°C or less
• Time of concentrated spray to one point: within
If oil or grease gets onto the oxygen sensor, it will
30 sec.
cause a drop in the performance of the sensor.
Cover the oxygen sensor with a protective cover
when applying anti-corrosion agents and undercoats.
00-20 GENERAL
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE
Rom pack
AC300834AC
Vehicle communication interface (V.C.I.) M.U.T.-III USB cable M.U.T.-III main harness A
Do not used
AC502279AC
Diagnosis connector
Driver's air bag Passenger's (front)
module air bag module
Clock spring
SRS-ECU AC208855
AC304668
Front impact sensor
AC310783 AB
GENERAL
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
00-23
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1001006000229
DANGER CAUTION
In order to avoid injury to yourself or others
from accidental deployment of the air bag
SRS-ECU connector
during servicing, read and carefully follow all
the precautions and procedures described in
this manual.
CAUTION
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or
near SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-8.
AC300634 AB
CAUTION
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Compo- Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con-
nents: nectors of the SRS. If a defective wiring harness
is found, repair or replace it by referring to the
1. SRS air bag control unit (SRS-ECU)
table below.
2. Clock spring
3. Driver's and passenger's (front) air bag mod-
ules
4. Front impact sensor
5. Seat belt with pre-tensioner
NOTE: If any of these components are diagnosed as
faulty, they should only be replaced, in accordance
with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS SERVICE pro-
cedures in this manual, starting at page P.52B-105.
SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness Remedy
1, 2 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace each wiring
Front wiring harness (RH) → Front harness.
impact sensor (RH)
3, 4 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace each wiring
Front wiring harness (LH) → Front harness.
impact sensor (LH)
7 Instrument panel wiring harness→ Correct or replace the instrument
Earth panel wiring harness.
8 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace the instrument
SRS warning lamp panel wiring harness.
9, 10 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace the instrument
Passenger's (front) air bag module panel wiring harness.
11, 12 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace instrument panel
Clock spring → Driver's air bag wiring harness. Replace the clock
module spring.
13 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace the instrument
Junction block (fuse No.3) panel wiring harness.
16 Instrument panel wiring harness → Correct or replace the instrument
Junction block (fuse No.2) panel wiring harness.
00-24 GENERAL
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
MB992006
Battery cable
AC300580AB
AC310387
00-26 GENERAL
SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR LIFTING AND JACKING
AXLE STANDS
Notch Notch
Rubber
Rubber
SINGLE-POST LIFT
OR DOUBLE-POST LIFT
Notch Notch
Rubber
Rubber
AC310389AC
GENERAL
STANDARD PART/TIGHTENING-TORQUE TABLE
00-27
PLATE TYPE LIFT
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the side sill garnish, put a wooden block between the side sill and a lift.
Support the side sill flange with a lift.
GROUP 54
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
GROUP 54B
SMART WIRING
SYSTEM (SWS) NOT
USING SWS
MONITOR
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1549000100544
The exclusive signal lines for transmitting the
multi-distribution data are connected as follows
between the ETACS-ECU, column switch (incorpo-
rated inside the column-ECU), front-ECU, power win-
dow main switch (incorporated inside the power
window-ECU), and power window sub switches
(incorporated inside the power window-ECU) for
internal communication.
Power window
sub switch
ETACS-ECU
(Rear RH)
Power window
Column switch
main switch
driver's door is opened with turning ON the tail lamp When the front doors is locked (when the lock switch
or the headlamp, the buzzer sounds continuously to turns ON after turning OFF the unlock switch in the
alert the driver that the lamp is still ON. driver's door lock actuator or front passenger’s door
However, if the tail lamp or the headlamp is turned off lock key cylinder switch), ETACS-ECU turns ON the
by the headlamp automatic-shutdown function, the lock relay output for 0.25 second, and locks all doors.
buzzer does not sound. When the front doors is unlocked (when the unlock
switch turns ON after turning OFF the lock switch on
the driver's door lock actuator or front passenger’s
door lock key cylinder switch), ETACS-ECU turns ON
the unlock relay output for 0.25 second, and unlocks
all doors.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-3
Key reminder function
When the driver's door is opened with the ignition NOTE: The fail safe disables the operation under the
key inserted to the ignition cylinder and the door is following conditions (Diagnosis code No.31 or 32 is
locked (when the lock switch turns ON after turning set). Turn ON the ignition switch again after turning
OFF the unlock switch in the driver's door lock actua- the ignition switch to LOCK (OFF) to return from the
tor), after approximately 0.3 second, ETACS-ECU fail safe state.
turns ON the unlock relay output for 0.25 second to .
discourage the door lock operation so that the igni- • No.31: When the ignition switch is ON, and the
tion key left in the ignition cylinder is prevented. sensor shows under the short circuit voltage for
If the discouraging the door lock operation fails, the 2.5 second
current supply will be retried (The unlock relay output • No.32: When the ignition switch is ON, and the
is turned ON for 0.25 second up to five times with sensor shows over the closed circuit voltage for
one second interval). 0.4 second
NOTE: The broken line in the graph indicates the
current supply retry state if the discouraging door KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
lock operation fails. KEYLESS ENTRY HAZARD LAMP
DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION WITH THE ANSWERBACK FUNCTION (THE INITIAL
IMPACT DETECTION CONDITION: WITH FUNCTION OF
If the vehicle crashed with the ignition switch ON or LOCK/UNLOCK)
30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to LOCK
(OFF), and the impact sensor detects an impact LOCK
greater than the predetermined value, the impact Keyless entry
OFF
transmitter
sensor sends the signal to ETACS-ECU. Then, UNLOCK
within the 0.1 second, ETACS-ECU energizes the Lock relay output
ON
unlock relay for one second for releasing the door OFF
AC101500AB
54B-4 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
The hazard answerback function that allows check- KEYLESS ENTRY INTERIOR LAMP
ing the lock/unlock state of the door easily even in ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
the daytime is adopted. When the lock signal from
the keyless entry transmitter is received into LOCK
ETACS-ECU, all doors are locked, and the hazard Lock/unlock
signal by OFF
warning lamps blink twice. When the unlock signal is keyless entry
UNLOCK
received, all doors are unlocked, and the hazard
warning lamps blink once.
100 %
NOTE: The answerback blink time can be adjusted
Interior lamp 65 %
by the adjusting function. brightness
0%
15 seconds
AC304773 AB
ETACS-ECU calculates the intermittent time TI from NOTE: The vehicle speed-dependent wiper function
the windshield intermittent wiper volume of the col- can be invalidated by the adjusting function.
umn switch and the vehicle speed calculated from
the vehicle speed signals (vehicle speed sensor),
and sends it to the front ECU as SWS data.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-5
ON
Windshield wiper
auto stop signal
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper
drive signal OFF TI TI TI
The front ECU determines the intermittent time TI When the intermittent time TI is elapsed after being
from the input SWS data, and turns ON the wind- turned ON the windshield wiper drive signal, the
shield wiper drive signal. When the wiper comes to windshield wiper drive signal is turned ON again, and
the stop position, the windshield wiper auto-stop sig- the above-mentioned operation is repeated.
nal is turned OFF, and the windshield wiper drive sig-
nal turns OFF.
Windshield wiper ON
"MIST" switch OFF
Windshield wiper ON
auto stop signal OFF
Windshield wiper ON
drive signal OFF
TI TI
Windshield wiper (HI) ON
speed switching relay (LO) OFF
ON
Windshield wiper "LO" switch
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper "HI" switch
OFF
Windshield wiper ON
auto stop signal OFF
Windshield wiper ON
drive signal OFF
Windshield wiper low speed operation Windshield wiper high speed operation
AC300284AC
When the windshield low speed wiper switch of the When the windshield high speed wiper switch is
column switch is turned ON while the ignition switch turned ON, the windshield wiper drive signal turns
is ACC or ON, the column switch turns ON the wind- ON. Also, the wiper speed switching relay turns ON
shield wiper drive signal. Also, the wiper speed (HI), and the windshield wipers operate at the high
switching relay turns to OFF (LO), and the windshield speed.
wipers operate at the low speed.
Windshield wiper linked with washer function (initial condition: function available)
ON
Windshield washer switch
OFF
t t
ON
Windshield washer relay
OFF
Windshield wiper ON
auto stop signal OFF
ON
Windshield wiper relay
OFF
T T1 T T1
HEADLAMP
Headlamp automatic-shutdown function (the initial condition: function available)
ON
Tail lamp output
OFF
ON
Headlamp output
OFF
3 minutes 1 second
AC300449 AB
Even when the lighting switch (tail lamp switch or When the lighting switch is turned off and then on, or
headlamp) is ON, the headlamp (including the tail the ignition switch is turned ON while the headlamp
lamps) turns off automatically with any of the follow- automatic shutdown function is active, the head-
ing conditions to prevent the battery discharge lamps illuminate again.
caused by unattended operation. NOTE: For vehicles with the keyless entry system,
• If the ignition switch is turned OFF with the light- this function can be invalidated by the adjusting func-
ing switch ON, the lamp turns off automatically tion.
after 3 minutes. If the driver's door is opened dur-
ing the 3 minutes, the lamp turns off after one
second (One second before turning off, the lamp
reminder buzzer sounds).
54B-8 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
FOG LAMP
Rear Fog Lamp Control Function
Headlamp
Lighting switch
Tail lamp
OFF
Illuminated
Front fog lamps
Extinguished
ON
Rear fog lamp switch
OFF
ON
Rear fog lamps
OFF
AC212279 AB
If the rear fog lamp switch is turned ON when the If the headlamp and the front fog lamp are turned
headlamp or the front fog lamp is turned ON, the rear OFF, the rear fog lamp is turned OFF at the same
fog lamp is switched ON and OFF alternatively. time.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-9
Interior lamp
Dimmer interior lamp control function (the initial condition: function available)
ON
OFF
Key removed
100 %
65 %
Interior lamp brightness
0%
15 seconds 15 seconds
AC310770 AB
When the interior lamp switch is on the door position, 3. When all doors are closed, and the ignition key is
ETACS-ECU controls the interior lamp illuminates as removed:
follows. By removing the ignition key with all doors closed,
1. When the ignition switch is OFF: the lamp turns ON (100%), and turns off after 15
By opening any door, the lamp turns ON (100%), and seconds.
dims (65%) when the door is closed, then and By inserting the ignition key again or operating the
turns off after 15 seconds. door lock with the lamp lit, the lamps turns off.
However, when the ignition switch is turned ON or NOTE: For the vehicles with the keyless entry sys-
the door lock is operated, the lamps turn off at tem, the delayed interior lamp turning off duration
that time. can be changed by the adjusting function.
2. When the ignition switch is ON:
By opening any door, the lamp (100%) turns ON and
OFF when the door is closed.
54B-10 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
ON
Ignition switch ACC
OFF
(Illuminated) ON
Interior lamp
(Extinguished) OFF
T T t t t
T: 30 minutes
AC212552AB
t: Within 30 minutes
When the interior lamp such as the interior lamp [all After automatic-shutdown function, the interior lamp
interior lamps connecting to the interior lamp fuse turns ON when any of the following condition is met.
(the front interior lamp, the map lamp, the rear inte- • Open and close doors.
rior lamp)] is lit, but either one of the conditions is • Operate the keyless entry transmitter.
met, the interior lamp is turned off automatically for • Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON.
preventing the battery discharge caused by the unat- NOTE: .
tended operation or the door-ajar. 1. The interior lamp automatic-shutdown function
• After 30 minutes with the interior lamp lit while the can be disabled or enabled by the adjusting func-
ignition switch is OFF, the lamp turns off automat- tion.
ically.
2. After illuminating again, the lamp turns off after 30
• After 30 minutes with any door opened while the
minutes, when the interior lamp automatic-shut-
ignition switch is OFF, the lamp turns off automat-
down function is met.
ically.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SPECIAL TOOLS
54B-11
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1549000300775
B991502
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
54B-12 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SPECIAL TOOLS
MB991529
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-13
TROUBLESHOOTING
PRIOR TO TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagno-
M1549014700497 sis connector (black).
Before carrying out troubleshooting, check the fol-
NOTE: A diagnosis code can not be read when the
lowing two items.
ETACS-ECU is defective or the power supply voltage
• Make sure that the ETACS-ECU, the junction
has risen. In this case, refer to inspection procedure
block (J/B), the front-ECU and the engine com-
A-1 "Communication with the M.U.T.-II/III is not pos-
partment relay box are connected securely.
sible P.54B-38."
• Check that the system fuses and fusible links are
not burned out.
HOW TO CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC 1. Use the M.U.T.-II/III or a voltmeter to check input
TROUBLESHOOTING signals (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Trou-
M1549000500683 bleshooting/Inspection Service Points P.00-5).
Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshoot-
2. The input signals below can be checked by con-
ing/Inspection Service Points P.00-5.
necting the M.U.T.-II/III or a voltmeter to the diag-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION nosis connector.
M1549028900148 NOTE: If a fault is found at the input signal check,
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE refer to trouble symptom chart P.54B-36.
Use the M.U.T.-II/III to read diagnosis code (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspec-
tion Service Points P.00-5).
SWITCHES WHICH ARE APPLICABLE TO INPUT SIGNAL CHECK, AND THEIR CHECK
CONDITIONS
Input signal Requirements for sounding buzzer
Ignition switch (ACC) When turned from the LOCK (OFF) position to the
ACC position
Ignition switch (IG1) When turned from ACC to ON
Key reminder switch When the inserted ignition key is pulled out
Hazard warning lamp switch When the switch is turned from off to on
Rear fog lamp switch
Driver's door switch When the driver's door is opened
All of the door switches A door is opened when all the doors are closed
Driver's door lock actuator When the driver's key cylinder or inside lock knob is
unlocked or locked
Door lock key cylinder switch Turn the key to the lock or unlock position
Vehicle speed signal When the vehicle speed has reached 10 km/h or
more
54B-14 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
Diagnosis code 12: Trouble related to the column switch or improper connection to the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earthing circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
COLUMN
COLUMN-ECU SWITCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
AC310479AD
Harness side
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
AC301541HQ
AC310479AD
(2) Voltage between C-206 column switch connector
Connector: C-206 <RHD> terminal No.1 and body earth
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the column switch.
Harness side NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310481AD
C-05
AC310479AD
C-129
Harness side
AC310447AC
C-129
C-05
C-129
AC310455AB
Harness side
Harness side
AC310479AD
AC310479AD
Connector: C-206 <RHD>
Connector: C-206 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310481AD
5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
AC310452 AB
AC310506AK
AC310456 AB
AC310481AD
Harness side
Connector: C-228 <LHD>
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Junction block (rear view)
C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
54B-21
NOTE: Step 9. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Connector: C-101 <LHD>
reset.
C-101 (L) Replace the column switch, and then check that the
diagnosis code is not reset.
(1) Replace the column switch.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
(3) On completion, check that diagnosis code No.12
is not reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.12 set?
AC310446AW YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Connector: C-101 <RHD>
C-101 (L)
AC310456 AQ
Diagnosis code 13: Trouble related to the front-ECU or improper connection to the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earthing circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
Front-ECU Power Supply and SWS Communication Circuit
IGNITION
BATTERY SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
POWER NOTE
SOURCE : LHD
: RHD
ETACS-ECU
AC301541CT
Step 2. Connector check: A-10X front-ECU
connector (2) Voltage between A-10X front-ECU connector
terminal No.7 and body earth
Connector: A-10X
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
Battery YES : Replace the front-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310572AB
Step 5. Connector check: A-11X front-ECU Step 7. Check the wiring harness between A-11X
connector front-ECU connector terminal No.31 and the body
Connector: A-11X earth.
Connector: A-11X
Battery
Battery
31 30 29 2827 26 25 24 2322 21
Harness side
AC301541CU 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
(2) Resistance between A-11X front-ECU connector 74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
terminal No.31 and body earth
OK: 2 Ω or less Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair the defective connector.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
54B-25
Step 9. Check the wiring harness between C-228 NOTE:
Connector: C-101 <LHD>
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.59 and A-11X
front-ECU connector terminal No.22. C-101 (L)
Connector: A-11X
Battery
AC310446AW
Relay box side
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 Connector: C-101 <RHD>
AC310572AC
Harness side
AC310456 AQ
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Connector: C-129 <LHD>
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
AC310454 AV
Step 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is (3) On completion, check that diagnosis code No.13
reset. is not reset.
Replace the column switch, and then check that the Q: Is diagnosis code No.13 set?
diagnosis code is not reset. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(1) Replace the column switch. NO : The procedure is complete.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
communication circuit is normal.
FRONT-ECU ETACS-ECU
COLUMN POWER
COLUMN-ECU SWITCH CPU WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
Battery 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
AC310572AC
AC310479AD
AC310493 AG
Harness side
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
AC310481AD
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
54B-28 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
Step 2. Check the wiring harness from each of Connector: C-228 <RHD>
A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.22, C-206 Junction block (rear view)
column switch connector terminal No.3 and E-05
power window main switch connector terminal
No.4 to C-228 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
No.59.
Harness side
Connector: A-11X
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
Battery AC310461AC
AC310572AC
Harness side
Connector: C-206 <LHD> 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310484 AD
Harness side
Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH)
AC310479AD
Harness side
Connector: C-206 <RHD> 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493 AG
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
54B-29
NOTE: Step 3. Check the wiring harness between C-206
Connectors: C-17, C-101 <LHD>
column switch connector terminal No.2 and
C-101 (L) C-228 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.68.
Connector: C-206 <LHD>
C-17
Harness side
AC310479AD
C-17
Connector: C-206 <RHD>
C-101
Harness side
AC310447AF
C-101 (L)
Harness side
AC310456 AQ 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
Connector: C-110 <RHD> 74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
Harness side
AC310456 AH
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check joint 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
connector C-101 and intermediate connector C-17 74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
<LH drive vehicles> or C-110 <RH drive vehicles>,
• Check the communication lines for open circuit.
and repair if necessary.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
54B-30 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
Step 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is Step 6. Check that the hazard warning lamps
reset. illuminate.
When A-11X front-ECU connector is disconnected, When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
check that diagnosis code No.21 is not reset. How- (OFF) position, check if the hazard warning lamps
ever, diagnosis code No.13 will be set at this time. illuminate.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.21 set? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the front-ECU. YES : Refer to diagnosis code No.12 "Trouble
NO : Go to Step 5. related to the column switch or improper
connection to the ETACS-ECU P.54B-16."
NO : Refer to inspection procedure A-2 "Check
Step 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset. the battery power supply circuit to the
When E-05 power window main switch connector is ETACS-ECU P.54B-42."
disconnected, check that diagnosis code No.21 is
not reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.21 set?
YES : Replace the power window main switch.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Diagnosis code 31: Open circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (impact
detection signal)
Diagnosis code 32: Short circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (impact
detection signal)
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Harness side
Step 1. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code.
Check that the SRS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
Q: Is the check result normal? C-12 (Y)
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting
AC310454BB
Harness side
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310450AG
Harness side
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310461AF
Step 3. Check the wiring harness between C-227 Step 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.29 and C-12 reset.
SRS-ECU connector terminal No.14. Replace the SRS-ECU, and then check that the diag-
Connector: C-227 nosis code is not reset.
<LHD> Junction block (1) Replace the SRS-ECU.
(rear view) (2) Ignition switch: ON
(3) Check that diagnosis code No.31 or 32 is not
reset.
Harness side Q: Is diagnosis code No.31 or 32 set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 NO : The procedure is complete.
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310450AG
Harness side
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310461AF
Connector: C-12
<LHD>
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
AC310446AX
Connector: C-12
<RHD>
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
AC310454BB
<FUNCTION SYSTEM>
Symptom Inspection Reference
procedure page
number
Buzzer Lamp reminder buzzer function does not B-1 P.54B-46
work normally.
Central door locking Central door locking system does not work. C-1 P.54B-48
system <LH drive vehicles>
Central door locking system does not work. P.54B-51
<RH drive vehicles>
A door or a tailgate can not be locked or C-2 P.54B-54
unlocked by the central door locking
system. <LH drive vehicles>
A door or a tailgate can not be locked or P.54B-61
unlocked by the central door locking
system. <RH drive vehicles>
The central door locking system can not be C-3 P.54B-68
operated by means of the front
passenger's door lock key cylinder.
The ignition key reminder function does not C-4 P.54B-69
work normally.
The impact detection door unlock function C-5 P.54B-71
does not function.
54B-34 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
<PULSE CHECK>
If a problem is found in the Service Data inspection, observe the table below.
Symptom Inspection Reference
procedure page
number
The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received. L-1 P.54B-239
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. L-2 P.54B-242
The door switch (front: LH) signal is not received. <LH drive vehicles> L-3 P.54B-244
The door switch (front: RH) signal is not received. <RH drive vehicles> P.54B-246
Column switch (lighting and The tail lamp switch signal is not L-4 P.54B-248
turn-signal lamp switch) received.
The headlamp switch signal is not
received.
The dimmer switch signal is not
received.
The passing switch signal is not
received.
The turn-signal lamp switch (LH)
signal is not received.
The turn-signal lamp switch (RH)
signal is not received.
Column switch (windshield The windshield mist wiper switch L-5 P.54B-249
wiper/washer switch) signal is not received.
The windshield intermittent wiper
switch signal is not received.
The windshield low-speed wiper
switch signal is not received.
The windshield high-speed wiper
switch signal is not received.
The windshield washer switch signal
is not received.
The windshield intermittent wiper L-6 P.54B-250
volume signal is not received.
Power window main switch When the power window main switch L-7 P.54B-254
is operated, the switch signals are
not received.
The key reminder switch signal is not received. L-8 P.54B-257
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received. L-9 P.54B-261
All the door switch signals are not LH drive vehicles L-10 P.54B-265
received. RH drive vehicles P.54B-268
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
OPERATION AND FUNCTION QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE FOR INPUT SIGNAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES
54B-37
Symptom Inspection Reference
procedure page
number
The front door lock actuator (LH) switch signal is not received. <LH drive L-11 P.54B-272
vehicles>
The front door lock actuator (RH) switch signal is not received. <RH drive P.54B-275
vehicles>
The vehicle speed sensor signal is not received. L-12 P.54B-278
Each switch signal of the keyless entry transmitter is not received. L-13 P.54B-282
The rear fog lamp switch signal is not received. L-14 P.54B-283
The interior lamp loaded signal is not received. L-15 P.54B-287
The door lock key cylinder switch signal is not received. L-16 P.54B-292
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earthing circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
ETACS-
ECU
J/B SIDE
LHD RHD
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
Wire colour code FRONT SIDE
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue
W : White Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown
O : Orange GR : Gray R : Red P : Pink V : Violet
Connector C-228
Harness side (Harness side)
AC310506AB
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 (2) Resistance between C-228 ETACS-ECU
74 73 72 71 70 69 connector terminal No.56 and body earth
AC310450AC
OK: 2 Ω or less
Connector: C-228 <RHD> Q: Is the check result normal?
Junction block (rear view) YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
AC310446 AB
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
Front side
NOTE:
Connector: C-06 <LHD> C-14 (B)
C-06 (GR)
AC310456 AC
AC310452 AB
C-06 (GR)
AC310456 AB
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
C-23 (B) 74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
C-23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
54B-42 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: When the ignition switch is at the LOCK (OFF) position, the functions
do not work normally. Check the battery power supply circuit to the ETACS-ECU.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
power supply circuit and the earthing circuit are
normal.
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM • Reading diagnosis code and checking input sig-
If this circuit is defective and the ignition switch is at nal by M.U.T.-II/III.
the LOCK (OFF) position, the ETACS-ECU does not • Central door locking
work. In this case, the functions below will be sus- • Headlamp and tail lamp
pended. • Hazard warning lamp
• Lamp reminder function • Room lamps
• Keyless entry system
• Headlamp automatic shutdown function POSSIBLE CAUSES
However, when the ignition switch is at the ON posi- • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
tion, the functions below will work. • Damaged harness wires and connectors
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-43
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Step 2. Voltage measurement at the C-226
ETACS-ECU connector
Step 1. Connector check: C-226 ETACS-ECU Connector: C-226 <LHD>
connector Junction block (rear view)
Connector: C-226 <LHD>
Junction block (rear view)
AC310461AE
Junction block side
(1) Remove the ETACS-ECU, and measure at the
AC310461AE junction block side.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Connector C-226
(Junction block side)
2019 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
AC310507AB
Step 3. Check the wiring harness between C-226 Connectors: C-05, C-129 <RHD>
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.20 and
battery. C-05 (GR)
C-129
Junction block side
C-05
AC310450 AB
AC310455AB
NOTE:
Connectors: C-05, C-129 <LHD>
Harness side
C-05 (GR) 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310448AD
C-129
Connector: C-210 <RHD>
Junction block (front view)
C-05
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310458 AD
C-129
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check joint
connector C-05, intermediate connector C-129 and
junction block connector C-210, and repair if neces-
AC310447AC sary.
• Check the power supply line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-45
Step 4. Resistance measurement at the C-226 Step 5. Check the wiring harness between C-226
ETACS-ECU connector ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.3 and body
Connector: C-226 <LHD>
earth.
Junction block (rear view) Connector: C-226 <LHD>
Junction block (rear view)
AC310450 AB
AC310450 AB
Connector: C-226 <RHD>
Junction block Connector: C-226 <RHD>
(rear view) Junction block
(rear view)
Connector C-226
(Junction block side)
2019 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310448AE
AC310506AC
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310458 AE
BUZZER
INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Lamp reminder buzzer function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
· FRONT DOOR SWITCH (RH) <RHD>
· FRONT DOOR SWITCH (LH) <LHD>
· HEADLAMP SWITCH
· IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)
· TAIL LAMP SWITCH
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central door locking system does not work. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
DOOR DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK
RELAY RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: LH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC310484 AB
Step 1. Check the power supply circuit.
When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK Q: Is the check result normal?
(OFF) position, check if the hazard warning lamps YES : Go to Step 4.
illuminate. NO : Repair the defective connector.
AC310523AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-126 <LHD>
AC310446 AD
C-212 (B)
Harness side
AC310448 AF
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central door locking system does not work. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
DOOR DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK
RELAY RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: RH)
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Step 3. Connector check: E-15 front door lock
If the central door locking system does not work at actuator (RH) connector
all, the front door lock actuator (RH) or the
Connector: E-15 <RHD>
ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator (RH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Harness side E-15 (B)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC310493 AF
Step 1. Check the power supply circuit.
When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK Q: Is the check result normal?
(OFF) position, check if the hazard warning lamps YES : Go to Step 4.
illuminate. NO : Repair the defective connector.
AC310523AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-126 <RHD>
AC310454 AF
Harness side
AC310458 AF
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: A Door or a tailgate can not be locked or unlocked by the central door
locking system. <LH drive vehicles>
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
DOOR DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK
RELAY RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT:RH)
C-227
Step 2. Connector check: E-04 front door lock
actuator (LH) connector
Junction block side
Connector: E-04 <LHD> C-226
Front door (LH)
Harness side
Harness side C-227
E-04(B) 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310451AB
AC310484 AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 5.
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the defective connector.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
54B-56 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
AC310446 AE
C-226
Connector: C-214 <LHD>
Junction block (front view)
C-227
Harness side
Junction block side
C-226 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310448AE
Harness side
C-227 Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-17 and junction block connector
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
C-214, and repair if necessary.
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 • Check the input and output lines for open circuit.
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310451AB Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Connector: E-04 <LHD>
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Front door (LH) Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side
Step 6. Connector check: E-15 front door lock
E-04(B) actuator (RH) connector
Connector: E-15 <LHD> Front door (RH)
AC310484 AB
AC310488AB
AC310450 AB
AC310450 AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-110 <LHD>
AC310452 AC
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310448AE
AC310450 AB
AC310450 AB
AC310491AB
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-59
NOTE: Step 14. Connector check: E-07 rear door lock
Connector: C-112 <LHD>
actuator (LH) connector
Connector: E-07
Rear door (LH)
Harness side
C-112 (GR)
AC310452AD
E-07 (B)
Connector: C-214 <LHD> AC310486AC
Junction block (front view)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
Step 15. Check the rear door lock actuator (LH).
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Check that the rear door lock actuator (LH) is in good
condition. Refer to GROUP 42 − Door P.42-31.
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310448AE
Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: D-04 <LHD> YES : Go to Step 16.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (LH).
AC310463AB
AC310450 AB
Connector: E-07
Rear door (LH)
Harness side
E-07 (B)
AC310486AC
NOTE:
Connector: C-217 <LHD>
Junction block (front view)
Harness side
AC310448 AG
AC310465AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: A door or a tailgate can not be locked or unlocked by the central door
locking system. <RH drive vehicles>
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
DOOR DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK
RELAY RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT:RH)
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Step 3. Check the front door lock actuator (RH)
If a door can not be locked or unlocked by the central Check that the front door lock actuator (RH) works
door locking system, the door lock actuator may be normally. Refer to GROUP 42 − Door P.42-31.
defective.
Q: Is the check result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSES YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (RH).
• Malfunction of the door lock actuator
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
Step 4. Connector check: C-226, C-227
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ETACS-ECU connector
Connectors: C-226, C-227 <RHD>
Junction block (rear view)
Step 1. Confirm which door lock actuator is
defective.
C-226
Q: Which door fails to lock correctly?
Driver's door : Go to Step 2.
Front passenger's door : Go to Step 6.
Rear right door : Go to Step 10.
Rear left door : Go to Step 14.
C-227
Step 2. Connector check: E-15 front door lock Junction block side
actuator (RH) connector C-226
Connector: E-15 <RHD>
Harness side
C-227
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
Harness side E-15 (B) 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310462AB
AC310493 AF
Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 5.
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the defective connector.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-63
Step 5. Check the wiring harness from C-226 NOTE:
Connector: C-110 <RHD>
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.12 and C-227
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.22 to E-15
front door lock actuator (RH) connector terminal
Nos.4 and 6.
Connectors: C-226, C-227 <RHD>
Junction block (rear view)
C-226
AC310456 AH
C-227
Junction block side
C-226
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Harness side 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310458 AE
C-227
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 diate connector C-110 and junction block connector
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 C-214, and repair if necessary.
44 43 42 41 40 39
• Check the input and output lines for open circuit.
AC310462AB Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Connector: E-15 <RHD>
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310493 AF
Harness side
Step 7. Check the front door lock actuator (LH). Step 9. Check the wiring harness from C-226
Check that the front door lock actuator (RH) works ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.12 and 13 to
normally. Refer to GROUP 42 − Door P.42-31. E-04 front door lock actuator (LH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
terminal Nos.4 and 6.
YES : Go to Step 8. Connector: C-226 <RHD>
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (LH). Junction block
(rear view)
AC310461AE
NOTE:
Connector: C-17 <RHD>
AC310454 AH
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310458 AE
Connector: E-18
E-18 (B)
AC310495AE
Step 11. Check the rear door lock actuator (RH). E-18 (B)
Check that the rear door lock actuator (RH) is in AC310495AE
good condition. Refer to GROUP 42 − Door P.42-31.
NOTE:
Q: Is the check result normal? Connector: D-04 <RHD>
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (RH).
Step 14. Connector check: E-07 rear door lock Step 17. Check the wiring harness from C-226
actuator (LH) connector ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.12 and 13 to
Connector: E-07
E-07 rear door lock actuator (LH) connector
terminal Nos.4 and 6.
Connector: C-226 <RHD>
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
E-07 (B)
AC310500AB
Junction block side
Q: Is the check result normal? AC310461AE
YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Connector: E-07
AC310461AE
AC310454AI
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310458 AE
AC310473AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: The central door locking system can not be operated by means of the
front passenger's door lock key cylinder.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
Central Door Lock (Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cyilinder Switch) Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-ECU
DOOR DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK INPUT SIGNAL
RELAY RELAY FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR LOCK KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH
J/B SIDE
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: The ignition key reminder function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
DOOR DOOR · DRIVER'S DOOR
UNLOCK LOCK LOCK ACTUCTOR
RELAY RELAY SWITCH
· DRIVER'S DOOR
SWITCH
· KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
J/B SIDE
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: The impact detection door unlock function does not function.
POWER WINDOW
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
J/B SIDE
POWER WINDOW
Wire colour code MAIN SWITCH
B : Black CPU
LG : Light green
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Gray
R : Red
P : Pink
V : Violet
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-73
FUSIBLE LINK 5
J/B SIDE
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
Step 2. Connector check: C-224 power window Step 4. Connector check: E-05 power window
relay connector main switch connector
Connector: C-224 <LHD> Connector: E-05 <LHD>
Junction block (front view) Front door (LH)
AC310448AI AC310484 AD
AC310458AG AC310493 AG
AC310484 AD AC310448AI
AC310493 AG AC310458AG
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side. wiring junction block side.
Connector C-224
(Junction block side)
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Connector E-05
(Harness side)
AC303986AB AC310507AG
(2) Voltage between terminal 6 and body earth (2) Voltage between terminal 5 and body earth
OK: System voltage OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 13. YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6. NO : Go to Step 7.
54B-76 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Step 7. Check the wiring harness between C-224 Connector: C-126 <LHD>
power window relay connector terminal No.5 and
fusible link (5).
Connector: C-224 <LHD>
Junction block (front view)
AC310448AI
Harness side
AC310448AJ
Harness side
AC310458AI
AC310448AI
AC310448AI
Connector: C-224 <RHD>
Junction block (front view) Connector: C-224 <RHD>
Junction block (front view)
Junction block
side Junction block
side
AC310458AG
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
Connector C-223
AC310448AE
(Junction block side)
AC303984AB
Connector: C-214 <RHD>
(2) Resistance between terminal 3 and body earth Junction block (front view)
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Go to Step 9.
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
AC310458 AE
AC310448AI
AC310450 AB
AC310458AG
AC310461AE
AC310450 AB
AC310461AE
AC310446 AE
Junction block side
Connector: C-110 <RHD>
AC310448AI
AC310456 AH
Junction block
side Connector: C-211 <RHD>
Junction block (front view)
AC310458AG
AC310458AI
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Connector: C-211 <LHD>
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Junction block (front view)
AC310484 AD
AC310448AJ
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 intermediate connectors C-17 <LH drive vehicles>,
C-110 <RH drive vehicles> and junction block con-
AC310493 AG nector C-211, and repair if necessary.
• Check the power supply line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the harness wire.
54B-80 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Step 13. Resistance measurement at E-05 power Step 14. Check the wiring harness between E-05
window main switch connector power window main switch connector terminal
Connector: E-05 <LHD>
No.2 and body earth.
Front door (LH) Connector: E-05 <LHD>
Front door (LH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310484 AD
AC310484 AD
Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH) Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493 AG
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Connector E-05
(Harness side) AC310446 AE
AC310506 AD
Connector: C-110 <LHD>
(2) Resistance between terminal 2 and body earth
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Go to Step 14.
AC310452 AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Driver's power window does not work by means of the power window
main switch. <LH drive vehicles>
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
CPU
FRONT
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 3. Check the wiring harness from E-02 front
power window regulator motor (LH) connector
STEP 1. Check the power window main switch. terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-05 power window main
Check that all of the front passenger's and rear door switch connector terminal Nos.7 and 1.
power windows can operate by means of the power Connectors: E-02, E-05 <LHD>
window main switch.
Front door (LH)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure D-1 "Power
E-02 (GR)
windows do not work at all P.54B-72."
E-02 (GR)
Harness side
E-05
E-05 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310485AB
Harness side • Check the input and output lines for open or short
E-02 circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side
E-05 STEP 4. Retest the system.
6 5 4 3 2 1 After the power window main switch is replaced,
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
check that the driver's door power window can be
AC310485AB operated by the power window main switch.
(1) Replace the power window main switch.
Q: Are the check result normal? (2) Check that the driver's power window works by
YES : Go to Step 3.
means of the power window main switch.
NO : Repair the connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the front power window regulator
motor assembly (LH).
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-83
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Driver's power window does not work by means of the power window
main switch. <RH drive vehicles>
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
FRONT WINDOW
(RH) MAIN SWITCH
CPU
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT: RH)
STEP 2. Connector check: E-05 power window STEP 3. Check the wiring harness from E-11 front
main switch connector and E-11 front power power window regulator motor (RH) connector
window regulator motor (RH) connector terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-05 power window main
switch connector terminal Nos.7 and 1.
Connectors: E-05, E-11 <RHD>
Front door (RH) Connectors: E-05, E-11 <RHD>
Front door (RH)
E-11 (GR)
E-11 (GR)
E-05
E-05
Harness side
E-05 Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 E-05
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Harness side
E-11 Harness side
E-11
AC310494 AB
AC310494 AB
Q: Are the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3. • Check the input and output lines for open or short
NO : Repair the connector. circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Relevant power window(s) do not work by means of the front and
rear passenger's power window sub switches.
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
POWER
WINDOW SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
CPU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: RH)
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
POWER
WINDOW SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
CPU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
POWER POWER
WINDOW WINDOW
SUB SWITCH SUB SWITCH
(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
CPU CPU
POWER POWER
WINDOW WINDOW
MOTOR MOTOR
(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC310488AD
Front passenger's door <RH drive vehicles> : Go (2) Resistance between E-14 front power window
to Step 12. sub switch connector terminal No.1 and body
Rear right door : Go to Step 21. earth
Rear left door : Go to Step 30.
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
Step 3. Connector check: E-14 front power YES : Go to Step 6.
window sub switch connector NO : Go to Step 5.
Connector: E-14 <LHD> Front door (RH)
Harness side
AC310488AD
Harness side
Connector E-14
(Harness side)
AC303982AC
Harness side
AC310488AD
C-224
Harness side E-11 (GR)
Harness side
C-211
AC310488 AE
E-11 (GR)
AC310488AD
NOTE: E-14
Connector: C-110 <LHD>
Harness side
E-11
Harness side
E-14
AC310452 AC
C-211, and repair if necessary. • Check the input and output lines for open or short
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. circuit.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-91
Q: Is the check result normal?
Step 13. Resistance measurement at E-14 front
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
power window sub switch connector
Connector: E-14 <RHD>
Step 11. Retest the system. Front door (LH)
After the front power window sub switch is replaced,
check that the front passenger's door power window
Harness side
can be operated by the front power window sub
switch.
(1) Replace the front power window sub switch.
(2) Check that the front passenger's door power
window can be operated by the front power
window sub switch. AC310498AC
Step 14. Check the wiring harness from E-14 (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
front power window sub switch connector
terminal No.1 to body earth.
Connector: E-14 <RHD>
Harness side
Connector E-14
(Harness side) AC310507AD
Harness side
AC310498AC
Front door (LH) Step 18. Connector check: E-02 front power
window regulator motor (LH) connector
Harness side Connector: E-02 <RHD>
AC310498 AD
E-02 (GR)
AC310459AD
E-14
NOTE:
Connector: C-17 <RHD>
Harness side
E-02
Harness side
E-14
AC310454 AH
C-211, and repair if necessary. • Check the input and output lines for open or short
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. circuit.
54B-94 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
AC310491AC
Connector E-17
AC310463AB (Harness side)
AC310507AE
Step 25. Connector check: C-224 power window Connectors: C-211, C-224 <LHD>
relay connector Junction block (front view)
Harness side
AC310448AI
C-211
Connector: C-224 <RHD>
Junction block (front view)
Junction block
side
AC310449AD
Harness side
Junction block side
C-224
AC310491AC
AC310459AD
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-97
NOTE: Step 27. Connector check: E-16 rear power
Connector: C-112 <LHD>
window regulator motor (RH) connector
Connector: E-16 Rear door (RH)
AC310452AD
E-17
E-16 (GR)
AC310463AB
Harness side
E-17
AC310471AC
AC310492 AB
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
• Check the input and output lines for open or short
diate connectors C-112 <LH drive vehicles>, C-113
circuit.
<RH drive vehicles>, D-04 and junction block con-
nector C-211, and repair if necessary. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. YES : Go to Step 29.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
54B-98 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Step 29. Retest the system. Step 31. Resistance measurement at E-08 rear
After the rear power window sub switch (RH) is power window sub switch (LH) connector
replaced, check that the rear right door power win- Connector: E-08
dow can be operated by the rear power window sub Rear door (LH)
switch (RH).
(1) Replace the rear power window sub switch (RH).
(2) Check that the rear right door power window can
be operated by the rear power window sub switch Harness side
(RH).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to AC310486 AD
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
NO : Replace the rear power window regulator
wiring harness side.
motor assembly (RH).
Connector E-08
Harness side (Harness side)
AC303981AB
AC310486 AD
Harness side
NOTE:
Connector: D-15 <LHD>
AC310486 AD
AC310465AC
Connector E-08
(Harness side)
AC303982AB
Step 34. Connector check: C-224 power window Connectors: C-211, C-224 <LHD>
relay connector Junction block (front view)
Harness side
AC310448AI
C-211
Connector: C-224 <RHD>
Junction block (front view)
Junction block
side
AC310449AD
Harness side
Junction block side
C-224
AC310486 AD
AC310459AD
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-101
NOTE: Step 36. Connector check: E-09 rear power
Connector: C-127 <LHD>
window regulator motor (LH) connector
Connector: E-09
Rear door (LH)
Harness side
AC310446AO
E-09 (GR)
E-08
AC310465AC
Harness side
E-09
AC310473AD
AC310487AB
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
• Check the input and output lines for open or short
diate connectors C-127, D-15 and junction block
circuit.
connector C-211, and repair if necessary.
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 38.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
54B-102 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Front and/or rear passenger's power window(s) do not work by
means of the power window main switch.
CPU
REAR
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
CPU
REAR
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
YES : Go to Step 3. 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
the front and rear passenger's power Connector: E-14 <LHD> Front door (RH)
window sub switches P.54B-85."
Harness side
AC310488AD
NOTE:
Connector: C-17 <LHD>
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493 AG
AC310446 AE
Harness side
Connector: C-110 <LHD>
AC310498AC
Harness side
AC310498AC
NOTE:
Connector: C-17 <RHD>
AC310454 AH
AC310456 AH
Step 10. Connector check: E-05 power window Step 11. Check the wiring harness between E-05
main switch connector and E-17 rear power power window main switch connector terminal
window sub switch (RH) connector No.11 and E-17 rear power window sub switch
Connector: E-05 <LHD>
(RH) connector terminal No.6.
Front door (LH) Connector: E-05 <LHD>
Front door (LH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310484 AD
AC310484 AD
Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH) Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493 AG
AC310493 AG
Connector: E-17 Rear door (RH)
Connector: E-17 Rear door (RH)
Harness side
Harness side
AC310491AC
AC310491AC
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the connector.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-109
NOTE: Connector: D-04 <LHD>
Connector: C-17 <LHD>
AC310463AB
AC310446 AE
AC310471AC
AC310456 AH
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
Connector: C-113 <LHD> diate connectors C-113, C-17 <LH drive vehicles>,
C-110 <RH drive vehicles>, D-04, and repair if nec-
essary.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Step 13. Connector check: E-05 power window Step 14. Check the wiring harness between E-05
main switch connector and E-08 rear power power window main switch connector terminal
window sub switch (LH) connector No.11 and E-08 rear power window sub switch
Connector: E-05 <LHD>
(LH) connector terminal No.6.
Front door (LH) Connector: E-05 <LHD>
Front door (LH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310484 AD
AC310484 AD
Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH) Connector: E-05 <RHD>
Front door (RH)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493 AG
AC310493 AG
Connector: E-08 Rear door (LH)
Connector: E-08 Rear door (LH)
Harness side
Harness side
AC310486 AD
AC310486 AD
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 14.
NO : Repair the connector.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-111
NOTE: Connector: D-15 <LHD>
Connector: C-17 <LHD>
AC310465AC
AC310446 AE
Connector: D-15 <RHD>
Connector: C-110 <RHD>
AC310473AD
AC310456 AH Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
Connector: C-127 <LHD>
diate connectors C-17 <LH drive vehicles>, C-110
<RH drive vehicles>, C-127, D-15, and repair if nec-
essary.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: The window glass lowers automatically while it is rising.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-6: Power window anti-trap function does not work normally.
POWER WINDOW
POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH
MAIN SWITCH (FRONT)
(FRONT: LH)
CPU CPU
POWER POWER
WINDOW MOTOR WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH)
CPU CPU
POWER POWER
WINDOW MOTOR WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: RH) (FRONT: LH)
POWER POWER
WINDOW SUB WINDOW SUB
SWITCH (REAR: LH) SWITCH (REAR: RH)
CPU CPU
POWER POWER
WINDOW MOTOR WINDOW MOTOR
(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
Step 4. Connector check: E-05 power window Step 5. Check the wiring harness from E-05
main switch connector and E-02 front power power window main switch connector terminal
window regulator motor (LH) connector Nos.8, 9, 10 and 12 to E-02 front power window
regulator motor (RH) connector terminal Nos.5, 2,
Connectors: E-02, E-05 <LHD>
3 and 6.
Front door (LH)
Connectors: E-02, E-05 <LHD>
Front door (LH)
E-02 (GR)
E-02 (GR)
E-05
E-05
Harness side
E-02
Harness side
E-02
Harness side
E-05
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
E-05
AC310485AB 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
E-11 (GR)
E-11 (GR)
E-05
E-05
Harness side
E-05
6 5 4 3 2 1 Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 E-05
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Harness side
E-11
Harness side
E-11
AC310494 AB
Step 10. Connector check: E-11 front power Step 12. Check the wiring harness from E-11
window regulator motor (RH) connector front power window regulator motor (RH)
connector terminal No.5 to body earth.
Connector: E-11 <LHD> Front door (RH)
Connector: E-11 <LHD> Front door (RH)
AC310488 AE
AC310488 AE
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11. NOTE:
NO : Repair the defective connector. Connector: C-110 <LHD>
AC310452 AC
Harness side E-11 (GR)
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-110, and repair if necessary.
• Check the input and output lines to the revolution
detection sensor for open or short circuit.
AC310488 AE
Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the YES : Go to Step 13.
wiring harness side. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
E-11 (GR)
AC310498 AD
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to (2) Resistance between E-02 front power window
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). regulator motor (LH) connector terminal No.5 and
NO : Replace the front power window regulator body earth.
motor assembly (RH). OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 19.
NO : Go to Step 18.
54B-120 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Step 18. Check the wiring harness from E-02 Step 20. Check the wiring harness from E-14
front power window regulator motor (LH) front power window sub switch connector
connector terminal No.5 to body earth. terminal Nos.2, 8 and 3 to E-02 front power
Connector: E-02 <RHD>
window regulator motor (LH) connector terminal
Nos.2, 3 and 6.
Front door (LH)
Connectors: E-02, E-14 <RHD>
Front door (LH)
E-02 (GR)
AC310498 AD
E-14
NOTE:
Connector: C-17 <RHD>
Harness side
E-02
Harness side
E-14
AC310454 AH
Step 19. Connector check: E-14 front power Step 21. Retest the system.
window sub switch connector After the front power window sub switch is replaced,
check that the front passenger's anti-trap function
Connector: E-14 <RHD>
can be operated by the power window sub switch.
Front door (LH) (1) Replace the front power window sub switch.
(2) Check that the front passenger's power window
anti-trap function works.
Harness side
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
AC310498AC
NO : Replace the front power window regulator
motor assembly (LH).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 20.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-121
Step 22. Connector check: E-16 rear power Step 24. Check the wiring harness from E-16 rear
window regulator motor (RH) connector power window regulator motor (RH) connector
Connector: E-16
terminal No.5 to body earth.
Rear door (RH)
Connector: E-16 Rear door (RH)
AC310491AD
AC310491AD
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 23. NOTE:
NO : Repair the defective connector. Connector: D-04 <LHD>
AC310463AB
Harness side E-16 (GR)
Connector: D-04 <RHD>
AC310491AD
AC310471AC
Step 25. Connector check: E-17 rear power Step 27. Retest the system.
window sub switch (RH) connector After the rear power window sub switch (RH) is
Connector: E-17
replaced, check that the rear right door anti-trap
Rear door (RH)
function can be operated by the power window sub
switch.
(1) Replace the rear power window sub switch (RH).
(2) Check that the rear right power window anti-trap
Harness side function works.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
AC310491AC Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the rear power window regulator
Q: Is the check result normal? motor assembly (RH).
YES : Go to Step 26.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Step 28. Connector check: E-09 rear power
window regulator motor (LH) connector
Step 26. Check the wiring harness from E-17 rear
power window sub switch (RH) connector Connector: E-09
Rear door (LH)
terminal Nos.2, 8 and 3 to E-16 rear power
window regulator motor (RH) connector terminal
Nos.2, 3 and 6.
Connectors: E-16, E-17 Harness side
Rear door (RH)
E-09 (GR)
AC310486AB
E-17
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 29.
E-16 (GR)
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Harness side
E-16
Harness side
E-17
AC310492 AB
Harness side
Harness side
E-09 (GR)
AC310486AB
E-09 (GR)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the AC310486AB
Connector E-09
(Harness side) AC310465AC
AC310506 AI
(2) Resistance between E-09 rear power window Connector: D-15 <RHD>
regulator motor (LH) connector terminal No.5 and
body earth.
OK: 2Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 31.
NO : Go to Step 30.
AC310473AD
E-09 (GR)
E-08
Harness side
E-08
Harness side
E-09
AC310487AB
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
KEYLESS ENTRY
RECEIVER
INPUT SIGNAL
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless entry hazard warning lamp answerback function or the room
lamp answerback function does not work normally.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 3. Check the operation of the room lamps.
• Defective turn-signal lamp
Check that the room lamps illuminate normally.
• Malfunction of the room lamp
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure K-1 "The
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE front, rear room lamp and/or luggage
compartment lamp do not illuminate or
extinguish normally P.54B-225."
Step 1. Check the adjustment function.
Check that the keyless entry hazard warning lamp
answerback function has been enabled by using the Step 4. Retest the system.
adjustment function. Check that the keyless entry hazard warning lamp
answerback function or the room lamp answerback
Q: Is the check result normal? function work normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Enable the keyless entry hazard warning Q: Is the check result normal?
lamp answerback function by using the YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
adjustment function (Refer to P.54B-302). malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
54B-128 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-4: The timer lock function does not work after the doors have been
unlocked by the keyless entry system.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: The windshield wipers does not work at all.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD COLUMN
WIPER MOTOR SWITCH
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
COLUMN-
ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
AC310437AB
Step 1. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code.
When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK Connector: B-01 <RHD>
(OFF) position, check that the ETACS-ECU does not B-01 (GR)
set the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart P.54B-14. Harness side
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 5. Resistance measurement at the B-01 Step 6. Check the wiring harness between B-01
windshield wiper motor connector windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.5
and body earth.
Connector: B-01 <LHD>
B-01 (GR) Connector: B-01 <LHD>
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
Harness side
AC310437AB
AC310437AB
Connector: B-01 <RHD>
Connector: B-01 <RHD>
B-01 (GR)
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
Harness side
AC310477AD
wiring harness side. • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
3 2 1 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
5 4 Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310572AC
Battery
Battery
box side.
(2) Ignition switch: ACC
31 30 29 2827 26 25 24 2322 21
Connector A-11X
(Relay box side)
AC304768 AB
C-211
C-210
AC310446AI
Connector: C-129
Harness side <RHD>
C-210
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Harness side
C-211
2 1
6 5 4 3 AC310454AJ
AC310449AF Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the
junction block connectors C-210, C-211 and interme-
Connectors: C-210, C-211 <RHD>
Junction block (front view) C-211 diate connector C-129 and repair if necessary.
• Check the power supply line to the ignition switch
(ACC) for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
C-210 YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side
C-210
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Harness side
C-211
2 1
6 5 4 3
AC310459AF
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-135
Step 10. Connector check: C-206 column switch Step 11. Check the wiring harness between C-206
connector column switch connector terminal No.8 and
Connector: C-206 <LHD>
A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.26.
Connector: A-11X
AC310481AD
AC310479AD
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11. Connector: C-206 <RHD>
NO : Repair the connector.
Harness side
AC310481AD
54B-136 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
AC310446 AS
AC310454 AV
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: The windshield wipers do not work when the wiper switch is at "INT",
"Washer" or "Mist" position. However, the wipers work at low speed when the switch is at "Lo" and
"Hi" position.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: The windshield wipers do not stop at the specified park position
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
FRONT-ECU
WIPER
AUTOMATIC
STOP RELAY
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
Harness side
AC310437AB
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
Harness side
AC310477AD
Harness side
Harness side
C-210
AC310437AB
6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector: B-01 <RHD> 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
C-211
Harness side 2 1
6 5 4 3
AC310449AF
NOTE:
Connector: C-123 <LHD>
C-210
C-123 (GR)
Harness side
C-210
AC310446AT
6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector: C-123 <RHD> 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Harness side
C-211
2 1
6 5 4 3
AC310459AF
C-123 (GR)
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the
junction connectors C-210, C-211 and the intermedi-
AC310454 AX ate connector C-123 and repair if necessary.
• Check the power supply line to ignition switch
(ACC) for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
54B-142 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Step 5. Connector check: A-11X front-ECU Step 6. Check the wiring harness between B-01
connector windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.3
Connector: A-11X and A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.23.
Connector: B-01 <LHD>
B-01 (GR)
Battery
Harness side
AC310572AC
AC310437AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6. Connector: B-01 <RHD>
NO : Repair the connector.
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
AC310477AD
Connector: A-11X
Battery
AC310572AC
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-143
NOTE: Step 7. Retest the system.
Connector: A-13
<LHD>
Check that the windshield wipers stop at the speci-
fied park position.
A-13 (B)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the front-ECU.
AC303857AB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10111213141516
AC310454 AY
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: The windshield wipers does not work normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
Step 5. Connector check: A-11X front-ECU Step 6. Check the wiring harness between A-11X
connector front-ECU connector terminal No.27 and B-01
Connector: A-11X windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.1.
Connector: A-11X
Battery
Battery
Harness side
AC310437AB
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
AC310477AD
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-147
NOTE: Step 8. Connector check: B-01 windshield wiper
Connector: A-13 <LHD>
motor connector
Connector: B-01 <LHD>
B-01 (GR)
A-13 (B)
Harness side
AC310542 AC
B-01 (GR)
Harness side
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10111213141516
AC310454 AY
C-31 <RH drive vehicles>, and repair if necessary. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check the power supply line to front-ECU for YES : Go to Step 9.
open circuit. NO : Repair the defective connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7. Step 9. Check the windshield wiper motor
NO : Repair the wiring harness. assembly.
Refer to GROUP 51 − Windshield wiper P.51-21.
Step 7. Retest the system. Q: Is the check result normal?
Check that the windshield wipers work normally by YES : Go to Step 10
moving the switch to each position. NO : Replace the windshield wiper motor
Q: Is the check result normal? assembly.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Step 10. Connector check: A-11X front-ECU
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5). connector
NO : Replace the front-ECU.
Connector: A-11X
Battery
AC310572AC
A-13 (B)
Battery
AC310542 AC
Relay box side
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 Connector: C-31 <RHD>
AC310572AC
Harness side
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10111213141516
AC310454 AY
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-5: The intermittent wiper interval can not be adjusted by operating the
windshield intermittent wiper volume control.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
WINDSHIELD WIPER
INTERMITTENT VOLUME
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-6: The intermittent wiper interval is not changed according to the
vehicle speed.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD INPUT SIGNAL
WASHER
RELAY WINDSHIELD WASHER
WINDSHIELD
WASHER MOTOR
Step 5. Resistance measurement at the F-18 Step 6. Check the wiring harness between F-18
windshield washer motor connector windshield washer motor connector terminal
Connector: F-18 <LHD> No.1 and body earth.
Connector: F-18 <LHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310467AF
AC310467AF
Connector: F-18 <RHD>
Connector: F-18 <RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310469AF
wiring harness side. • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
1
2 Step 7. Connector check: A-11X front-ECU
connector
Connector F-18
(Harness side) Connector: A-11X
AC310506 AJ
AC310572AC
Battery
AC310452 AO
AC310572AC
AC310467AF
Harness side
AC310446 AS
AC310469AF
AC310454 AV
INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not
illuminate/extinguish normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
KEY
REMINDER SWITCH
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
LAMP
Step 5. Connector check: C-228 ETACS-ECU Step 6. Check the wiring harness from C-228
connector ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.69 and 71 to
Connector: C-228 <LHD>
C-207 ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
Junction block (rear view) connector terminal Nos.1 and 2.
Connector: C-207 <LHD>
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-228 (GR) 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310450AC
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 C-228 (GR)
74 73 72 71 70 69
AC310461AC
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-159
NOTE: Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-23 <LHD> YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side
AC310456AJ
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
All the signals are received normally. : Go to Step (1) Remove the front-ECU, and measure at the relay
3. box side.
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-2 "The
ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received
P.54B-242." Connector A-10X
The tail lamp switch signal is not received. : Refer (Relay box side)
to inspection procedure L-4 "The column
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp switch)
signal is not received P.54B-248."
Relay box side Step 5. Check the wiring harness between A-10X
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 front-ECU connector terminal No.5 and the
AC310572AB battery.
Connector: A-10X
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Battery
AC310572AB
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
BATTERY
HEADLAMP
RELAY: LO · HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN
· TAIL LAMP SWITCH
RELAY
BOX
All the signals are received normally. : Go to Step (1) Remove the front-ECU, and measure at the relay
3. box side.
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-2 "The
ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received
P.54B-242." Connector A-10X
The headlamp switch signal is not received. : (Relay box side)
Refer to inspection procedure L-4 "The
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
column switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp
switch) signal is not received P.54B-248."
Relay box side Step 5. Check the wiring harness between A-10X
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
front-ECU connector terminal Nos.3, 4 and the
AC310572AB battery.
Connector: A-10X
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
Battery
AC310572AB
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
BATTERY
TAIL LAMP
RELAY: HI · HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN
· TAIL LAMP SWITCH
RELAY
BOX
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: The high-beam and low-beam headlamps do not illuminate when the
passing switch is operated.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-5: The headlamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
· DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
· HEADLAMP SWITCH
· IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)
· TAIL LAMP SWITCH
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-6: Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence plate lamps does not
illuminate. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input
and output signal circuits are normal.
Taillamps, Position Lamps and License Plate Lamps Circuit <LHD>
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION)
(RH) (LH)
COMBINATION METER
LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
REAR
REAR COMBINATION
COMBINATION LAMP
LAMP (TAIL: LH)
(TAIL: RH)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Burned-out bulb
• Damaged harness wires and connectors A-39(B)
AC310431AE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Connector: C-02
<LHD> C-02 (L)
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <tail lamp LH> or
F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear combination lamp
connector, A-31 <position lamp LH> or A-39
<position lamp RH> headlamp assembly
connector, F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10
<licence plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp
Harness side
connector, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310446AK
F-11 F-14
Harness side Harness side
AC310468AD
Connectors: A-31
<LHD>
A-31
Harness side
A-31(B)
AC310542AD
54B-170 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
F-14(B) F-08(B)
Connector A-31, A-39
F-10(GR) (Harness side)
F-11(GR)
F-08 F-10
Harness side Harness side
AC301541HP
<LHD>
A-31(B)
AC310542AD
A-39(B)
AC310431AE
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-171
•
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
F-08 F-10
Harness side Harness side
F-11 F-14
AC301541HE
Harness side Harness side
Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector terminal No.48
and body earth AC310468AD
A-31(B)
AC310542AD
Connectors: A-39
<LHD>
A-39
Harness side
A-39(B)
AC310431AE
54B-172 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Connector: C-02
Q: Is the check result normal?
<LHD> YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
C-02 (L)
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
NOTE:
Connector: F-12 <LHD> Battery
AC310572AB
Battery
F-14(B) F-08(B)
AC310572AB
NOTE:
F-08 F-10 Connectors: C-129
Harness side Harness side <LHD>
F-11 F-14
Harness side Harness side
C-129
AC310468AD
Connectors: A-31
AC310446AP
<LHD>
Connector: C-113
A-31 <LHD>
Harness side
A-31(B)
AC310542AD
Connectors: A-39
AC310452AF
<LHD>
A-39
Harness side
A-39(B)
AC310431AE
54B-174 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
C-210 C-214
C-217
C-210 C-214
Harness side Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
C-217
Harness side
AC310449AE
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-6: Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence plate lamps does not
illuminate. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input
and output signal circuits are normal.
Taillamps, Position Lamps and License Plate Lamps Circuit <RHD>
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(RH) (LH)
REAR REAR
COMBINATION COMBINATION
LAMP (RH) LAMP (LH)
COMBINATION
METER LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Burned-out bulb
A-39(B)
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
AC310433AD
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Connector: C-02
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <tail lamp LH> or <RHD>
C-02 (L)
F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear combination lamp
connector, A-31 <position lamp LH> or A-39
<position lamp RH> headlamp assembly
connector, F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10
<licence plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp
connector, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Connectors: F-08, F-10, F-11, F-14
<RHD> AC310456AK
AC310470AD
Connectors: A-31
<RHD>
A-31
Harness side
A-31(B)
AC310475AB
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-177
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the F-14 <tail Connector: C-02
lamp LH> or F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear <RHD>
C-02 (L)
combination lamp connector, the A-31 <position
lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH> headlamp
assembly connector, the F-11 <licence plate lamp
LH> or F-10 <licence plate lamp RH> licence
plate lamp connector or C-02 <tail lamp
Harness side
indicator> combination meter connector
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
F-08 F-10
Harness side Harness side
AC301541HP
AC310475AB
AC310433AD
54B-178 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
•
2 1
F-14(B) F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
AC301541HO
F-11(GR)
Resistance between F-11 <licence plate lamp
LH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
• Resistance between F-10 <licence plate lamp F-08 F-10
Harness side Harness side
RH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
•
F-11 F-14
Connector C-02 Harness side Harness side
(Harness side)
AC310470AD
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Connectors: A-31
<RHD>
A-31
Harness side
AC301541HE
A-31(B)
Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector terminal No.48
and body earth
OK: 2 Ω or less AC310475AB
A-39
Step 4. Check the wiring harness from F-14 <tail Harness side
lamp LH> or F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear
combination lamp connector terminal No.5, A-31
<position lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH>
A-39(B)
headlamp assembly connector terminal No.7,
F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10 <licence AC310433AD
plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp connector
terminal No.1 or C-02 <tail lamp indicator> Connector: C-02
combination meter connector terminal No.48 to <RHD>
C-02 (L)
body earth.
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310456AK
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-179
NOTE: Step 5. Connector check: A-10X front-ECU
Connector: F-12 <RHD>
connector
Connector: A-10X
Battery
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from F-14 <tail Connector: C-02
lamp LH> or F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear <RHD>
C-02 (L)
combination lamp connector terminal No.3, A-31
<position lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH>
headlamp assembly connector terminal No.3,
F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10 <licence
plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp connector
terminal No.2, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector terminal No.38 to Harness side
A-10X front-ECU connector terminal No.8. 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Battery
F-14(B) F-08(B)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
F-08 F-10
Harness side Harness side
Battery
F-11 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-31(B)
AC310475AB
Connectors: A-39
<RHD>
A-39
Harness side
A-39(B)
AC310433AD
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-181
NOTE: Connectors: C-210, C-214, C-217
Connectors: C-127, C-129 <RHD> Junction block (front view)
<RHD>
C-210
C-214
C-210
Harness side C-217
C-129 C-127 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
C-127
C-214
Harness side
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C-129 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
C-217
Harness side
AC310459AE
AC310455AE
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
Connector: F-12 <RHD> diate connector C-129 <tail lamp, licence plate lamp
or tail lamp indicator>, C-127 <tail lamp LH or licence
plate lamp> or F-12 <licence plate lamp>, joint con-
nector C-05 <tail lamp RH, or tail lamp indicator>,
junction block connector C-210 <tail lamp RH, or tail
lamp indicator>, C-214 <tail lamp indicator> or C-217
<tail lamp RH> and repair if necessary.
• Check the output lines for open circuit.
F-12 (GR) Q: Is the check result normal?
AC310469AG
YES : Go to Step 7.
Connectors: C-05 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
<RHD>
C-05
Step 7. Retest the system.
Check that the tail lamps, the position lamps and the
C-05 licence plate lamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
The all lamps illuminate normally : The trouble can
be an intermittent malfunction (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
AC310454AZ
Malfunction P.00-5).
When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
the rear combination lamp socket assembly.
When the position lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the position lamp socket.
When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
When the tail lamp indicator do not illuminate :
Replace the combination meter assembly.
54B-182 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-7: The headlamp(s) do not illuminate. <including high-beam indicator>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
Headlamps Circuit
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
(LH) (LO) (RH) (LO) HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
(HI: RH) (HI: LH)
COMBINATION
METER
A-21
Harness side
A-15
A-31
A-39
Harness side
A-15
Harness side AC310432AC
AC310543AC
A-21
Harness side
A-31
A-15
A-39
Harness side
A-15
Harness side AC310434AC
A-31
Harness side
AC310476AC
54B-184 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Harness side
AC310446AM
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310456AL
A-21
Harness side
A-15
A-31
A-39
Harness side
A-15
Harness side
AC310432AC
AC310543AC
A-21
A-31 Harness side
A-15
A-39
Harness side
A-15
Harness side
AC310434AC
A-31
Harness side
AC310476AC
54B-186 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
•
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
Harness side
AC310446AM AC301541HK
Harness side
Connector C-01
(Harness side)
AC310456AL
AC301541HL
A-21
Harness side
A-15
A-31 A-39
Harness side
A-15
AC310432AC
Harness side
Connectors: A-21, A-39
A-31 <RHD>
Harness side
AC310543AC
A-21
Harness side
A-31
A-15 A-39
Harness side
A-15 AC310434AC
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
AC310476AC
54B-188 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Battery
Harness side
AC310456AL
A-21
Harness side
A-15 A-39
A-31 Harness side
A-15 AC310432AC
Harness side
Connectors: A-21, A-39
<RHD>
A-31
Harness side
AC310543AC
A-21
Connectors: A-15, A-31
<RHD> A-39
A-21
Harness side
A-31
A-39
A-15 Harness side
AC310434AC
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
AC310476AC
54B-190 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Connector: C-01
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
<LHD> diate connector C-129 <high-beam indicator>, and
repair if necessary.
• Check the output lines for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Harness side
Connector: A-10X
Battery
AC310572AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-129
<LHD>
AC310446AI
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AC310454AJ
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-191
FLASHER TIMER
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH LAMP RELAY: RH
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH LAMP RELAY: RH
AC310450AB AC310450AB
Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view) Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD> <RHD>
AC310461AB AC310461AB
Connector C-226
(Junction block side)
2019 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
AC301541HF
AC310446AI
Junction block side
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AC310450AB
AC310454AJ
Junction block side
Connector: C-210
<LHD>
AC310461AB
Junction block (front view)
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310448AK
Connector: C-210
Junction block (front view)
<RHD>
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310458AH
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH LAMP RELAY: RH HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP SWITCH
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-3: Any of the turn-signal lamps does not illuminate. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
Turn-Signal Lamps Circuit <LHD>
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH LAMP RELAY: RH
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310543AB
C-01
Harness side Connectors: F-08, F-14
<LHD>
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310447AE F-08
A-01 (GR)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310468AC
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310468AC
AC310432AB
A-31
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310543AB
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-201
(2) Measure the resistance between the defective
•
(Harness side)
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Connector A-31, A-39
(Harness side)
AC301541HE
AC301541HH
AC301541HI
Step 4. Check the wiring harness from A-39 Connectors: F-08, F-14
<front RH> or A-31 <front LH> headlamp <LHD>
assembly connector terminal No.7, A-01 <side
RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal lamp
connector terminal No.1, F-08 <rear RH> or F-14
<rear LH> rear combination lamp connector
terminal No.5, or C-02 <turn-signal indicator
lamp> combination meter connector terminal
No.48 to body earth.
Connectors: A-01, A-39 F-08
<LHD>
F-14
A-01 (GR)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310468AC
AC310432AB
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310543AB AC310450AB
A-01 (GR)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310468AC
AC310432AB
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
A-31
AC310447AE
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310543AB
54B-204 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
C-210 C-214
Junction block side
C-217
AC310450AB
NOTE:
C-210 C-214
Connectors: C-111, C-113
Harness side Harness side
<LHD>
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
C-217
Harness side
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-3: Any of the turn-signal lamps does not illuminate. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
Turn-Signal Lamps Circuit <RHD>
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
( TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH ) (TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310470 AC
C-01
AC310434AB
C-01
Harness side
C-02
A-31
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310457AB
A-01 (GR)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310470 AC
Connector: C-02
A-01 A-39 <RHD>
C-02 (L)
Harness side Harness side
Harness side
AC310434AB
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
A-31
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310476AB
54B-208 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
(Harness side)
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Connector A-31, A-39
(Harness side)
AC301541HE
AC301541HH
AC301541HI
F-08 F-14
A-39 Harness side Harness side
AC310470 AC
AC310434AB
Harness side
Connectors: A-02, A-31 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
<RHD>
A-02 (GR) AC310456AK
• Check the earth wires for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
A-31
Step 5. Connector check: C-226 ETACS-ECU
connector
Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD>
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310476AB AC310461AB
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from the A-39 Connectors: F-08, F-14
<front RH> or A-31 <front LH> headlamp <RHD>
assembly connector terminal No.2, the A-01
<side RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal
lamp connector terminal No.2, the F-08 <rear RH>
or F-14 <rear LH> rear combination lamp
connector terminal No.1, the C-02 <turn-signal
indicator lamp RH> combination meter connector
terminal No.49 or C-01 <turn-signal indicator
lamp LH> combination lamp connector terminal F-08
No.3 to C-226 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
No.9 <RH> or 14 <LH>. F-14
Connectors: A-01, A-39
<RHD>
A-01 (GR)
F-08 F-14
Harness side Harness side
A-39
AC310470 AC
AC310434AB
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
A-31
AC310457AB
A-02 A-31
Harness side Harness side
AC310476AB
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-211
Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view) Connectors: C-210, C-214, C-217
<RHD> <RHD> Junction block (front view)
C-210
C-214
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
C-217
Harness side
AC310459AE
C-129 C-127
C-127 Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-129 <front or side LH>, C-127
<rear LH> or C-111 <side RH> and junction block
connector C-210 <front, side or rear LH>, C-217
<rear RH> or C-214 <turn-signal indicator lamp>,
C-129
and repair if necessary.
• Check the output lines for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310455AE
FOG LAMP
INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: The rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
COMBINATION REAR
METER COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
REAR FOG
LAMP RELAY
ETACS- REAR
ECU COMBINATION
LAMP COMBINATION
(REAR FOG) METER
AC310448AN
C-209
Harness side
Connector: C-219 Junction block (front view)
<RHD> C-219
C-212 C-219
Harness side Junction block side
2 1
C-214 4 3
Junction block side
Harness side
2 1
4 3
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
AC310458AK
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
(1) Remove the rear fog lamp relay, and measure at AC310449AC
the junction block side.
Connectors: C-209, C-212, C-214, C-219
<RHD> Junction block (front view)
C-212(B)
Connector C-219 C-209
(Junction block side)
2 1
4 3 C-214
C-209
AC301541HC
Harness side C-219
YES : Go to Step 7. 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
NO : Go to Step 6. AC310459AC
54B-216 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310450AH
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
C-21
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
Junction block side C-126 74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
Harness side
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
54B-218 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: The rear fog lamp or the rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate
normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
COMBINATION REAR
METER COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
REAR FOG
LAMP RELAY
ETACS- REAR
ECU COMBINATION
LAMP COMBINATION
(REAR FOG) METER
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Step 2. Check the bulbs of the rear fog lamps or
the rear fog lamp indicator lamp.
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <LH drive Check the bulb(s) of the defective lamp.
vehicles>, F-08 <RH drive vehicles> rear fog lamp Q: Is the check result normal?
connector or C-02 <rear fog lamp indicator lamp> YES : Go to Step 3.
combination meter connector NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the defective lamp.
Connector: F-14
<LHD>
Harness side
AC310467AC
Connector: F-08
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310469AC
Connector: C-02
<LHD> C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310446AK
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310456AK
Harness side
AC301541HD
<RHD>
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310469AC
AC301541HE
Connector: C-02
<LHD> C-02 (L)
Resistance between C-02 <rear fog lamp indica-
tor lamp> combination meter connector termi-
nal No.48 and body earth
OK: 2 Ω or less
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Harness side NO : Go to Step 4.
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310446AK
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310456AK
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310446AK
Harness side
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
C-02 (L) AC310446AM
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
Harness side
AC310456AK
AC310448AN
Harness side
Connector: C-219 Junction block (front view)
<RHD>
AC310467AC
AC310469AC
Connector: C-02
<LHD> C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310446AK
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
C-02 (L)
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310456AK
54B-224 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
C-112(GR)
AC310456AM
Connector: C-209
<LHD>
Junction block (front view)
Harness side
AC310448 AO
Harness side
AC310458AL
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: The front, rear room lamp and/or luggage compartment lamp do not
illuminate or extinguish normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP
REAR FRONT
ROOM ROOM
LAMP LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM If this function does not work normally, these input
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accord- signal circuit(s), the interior lamp automatic shut-
ance with the input signals below. down function or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
• Ignition switch (IG1) The delay-off setting of this function can be changed
• Key reminder switch by the adjustment function (default setting; 15 sec-
• All of the door switches onds).
• Driver's door lock actuator
• Interior lamp loaded signal POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
• Malfunction of the door switches
• Malfunction of the driver's door lock actuator
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
54B-226 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
D-05
Harness side
D-07
Harness side AC310450AB
D-07
(GR)
Junction block side
AC310461AB
D-05
Harness side
D-07
Harness side
AC310472 AB
Step 8. Check the wiring harness from C-226 Connectors: D-05, D-07
ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.5 and 6 to <RHD> D-05
D-05 front room lamp connector terminal Nos.2
and 1 or D-07 rear room lamp connector terminal D-07
Nos.2 and 1. (GR)
Connector: C-226
<LHD>
Junction block (rear view)
AC310450AB
AC310472 AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-218
Junction block side <LHD>
Junction block (front view)
AC310461AB
D-05
Harness side Harness side
AC310458AJ
F-09 (B)
F-02
Harness side
F-09
Harness side
AC310468AB
F-02
F-09 (B)
F-02
Harness side
F-09
Harness side
AC310470AB
Step 11. Check the bulbs of the luggage Step 13. Check the wiring harness from F-02
compartment lamp. luggage compartment lamp connector terminal
Check that the luggage compartment lamp bulb are No.2 to F-09 luggage compartment lamp switch
not burned out. connector terminal No.1.
Q: Is the check result normal? Connectors: F-02, F-09
YES : Go to Step 12. <LHD>
NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
bulb.
F-09
Harness side
AC310468AB
F-02
F-09 (B)
F-02
Harness side
F-09
Harness side
AC310470AB
Harness side
AC310467AB
Connector: F-02
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310469AB
54B-232 SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
AC310448AC
Harness side
AC310458AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Interior lamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
RELAY BOX
(FUSE 22 )
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
· ALL DOOR
SWITCH KEEP RELAY
· DRIVER'S DOOR
SWITCH
· IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
LOAD
· IGNITION DETERMINATION LOAD
SWITCH (IG1) CIRCUIT DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
· INTERIOR LAMP
LOADED SIGNAL
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: The door-ajar warning lamp does not illuminate/extinguish normally.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
COMBINATION
METER · ALL DOOR SWITCH
· DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310447AE
C-01
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310457AB
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310450AH
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from C-228 Connectors: C-01, C-02
ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.53 and 71 to <RHD>
C-02 combination meter connector terminal C-02(L)
No.34 and C-01 combination meter connector
C-01
terminal No.8.
Connector: C-228
<LHD> Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60 C-01
74 7372 71 70 69 Harness side
AC310450AH
C-02
Connector: C-228 Junction block (rear view)
Harness side
<RHD>
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310457AB
Harness side • Check the input or output lines for open circuit.
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 Q: Is the check result normal?
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
AC310461AG
C-02
Harness side
51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
AC310447AE
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
54B-239
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
2019 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
AC301541GT
AC310461AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-211
<LHD>
Junction block (front view)
Harness side
2 1
6 5 4 3
AC310448AB
Harness side
AC310458AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Junction block side
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
AC310450AB
AC310461AB
AC310450AB
AC310450AB
Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD> Connector: C-226 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD>
Connector C-226
(Junction block side)
Harness side
2019 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
6 5 4 3
AC310448AB
AC310458AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: The door switch (front: LH) signal is not received. <LH drive
vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
Harness side
AC310465AB
AC310450AB
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3. Connector: D-18
NO : Repair the defective connector. <LHD>
AC310465AB
Step 4. Connector check: C-226 ETACS-ECU
NOTE:
connector Connector: C-217
Connector: C-226 <LHD>
<LHD> Junction block (front view)
Junction block (rear view)
Harness side
AC310448AC
AC310450AB
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check joint
Q: Is the check result normal? connector C-217, and repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 5. • Check the input line for open circuit.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: The door switch (front: RH) signal is not received. <RH drive
vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
DOOR SWITCH
(RH)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Step 2. Connector check: D-01 door switch (front:
Input signal from the door switch (front: RH) is used RH) connector
to operate the functions below. If the signal is abnor-
Connector: D-01
mal, these functions will not work normally. <RHD>
• Lamp reminder function
• Headlamp automatic shutdown function
• Room lamps
Harness side
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the door switch (front: RH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
AC310471AB
Harness side
AC310471AB
NOTE:
Connector: C-217 Junction block (front view)
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310458AC
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-4: The column switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp switch) signal is not
received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Step 2. Check the column switch (lighting switch
Input signal from the column switch (lighting and and switch body).
turn-signal lamp switch) is used to operate the func- Refer to GROUP 54A − Column switch P.54A-74.
tions below. If the signal is abnormal, these functions
Q: Is the check result normal?
will not work normally.
YES : Go to Step 3.
• Lamp reminder function
NO : Replace the column switch.
• Headlamp and tail lamp
• Fog lamp
• Turn signal lamp Step 3. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code.
Check that the ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of the column switch YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart P.54B-14.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Step 4. Retest the system.
Replace the column switch, and check if the column
Step 1. Check the column switch connector. switch (lighting, turn-signal lamp) sends signal.
Check that the wiper and washer switch connector, (1) Replace the column switch.
the lighting switch connector and the switch body (2) Check if the column switch (lighting and
connector are in good condition. turn-signal switch) sends signal.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2. YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
54B-249
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-5: The column switch (windshield wiper/washer) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
UPPER
SIDE
UPPER
SIDE
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
WINDSHIELD SWITCH
WIPER SWITCH
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-6: The windshield intermittent wiper volume signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-
ECU
COLUMN
SWITCH
UPPER
SIDE
UPPER
WINDSHIELD SIDE
INTERMITTENT
WIPER INTERVAL
ADJUSTING KNOB
Connector: C-206
<LHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310479AB
Connector: C-206
AC310479AB <RHD>
Connector: C-206
<RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310481AB
AC301541GV
Step 3. Connector check: C-228 ETACS-ECU Step 4. Check the wiring harness between C-206
connector column switch connector terminal No.6 and
C-228 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.66.
Connector: C-228
<LHD> Connector: C-228
Junction block (rear view) <LHD>
Junction block (rear view)
Harness side
Harness side
C-228(GR)
C-228(GR)
AC310450AE
AC310450AE
Connector: C-228 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD> Connector: C-228 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD>
C-228(GR)
Harness side C-228(GR)
Harness side
AC310461AD
AC310461AD
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4. Connector: C-206
NO : Repair the defective connector. <LHD>
Harness side
AC310479AB
Connector: C-206
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310481AB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-7: When the power window main switch is operated, the switch signals
are not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU POWER
WINDOW RELAY
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH CPU
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the power window main switch
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
AC310450AH
Step 1. Check the operation by using the power
Connector: C-228 Junction block (rear view)
window main switch.
<RHD>
Check if each window can be operated by means of
the power window main switch.
Q: Can each power window be operated by means of
the power window main switch?
YES : Go to Step 2. Harness side
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure D-1 "Power 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
windows do not work at all P.54B-72." 58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310484AC
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310493AC
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
Connector: C-110 <RHD>
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310450AH
AC310456 AE
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 Connector: C-101
58 5756 555453 52 51 60 <LHD>
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
AC310446AF
Connector: C-101
<RHD>
AC310484AC
Harness side
Connector: E-05 Front door (RH)
<RHD>
Harness side
6 5 4 3 2 1 AC310456AF
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connector C-17 <LH drive vehicles> or C-110
<RH drive vehicles> and joint connector C-101, and
AC310493AC
repair if necessary.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
54B-257
Step 4. Replace the power window main switch, (2) Check that the power window main switch signal
and then retest the system. is received.
Replace the power window main switch, and check Q: Is the check result normal?
that the power window main switch signal is YES : The procedure is complete.
received. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(1) Replace the power window main switch.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-8: The key reminder switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
Connector: C-207
<LHD>
Harness side
2 1
Harness side 7 6 5 4 3
2 1
7 6 5 4 3
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
AC310479AC <RHD>
Connector: C-207
<RHD> Harness side
Harness side
AC310481AC
2 1
Step 2. Check the key reminder switch. 7 6 5 4 3
Refer to GROUP 54A − Ignition switch P.54A-30.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the key reminder switch.
AC301541GY
AC310479AC
Harness side
Connector: C-207
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
<RHD> 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310481AC
AC310446AF
Connector: C-06
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310456AG
Step 6. Check the wiring harness between C-207 Step 7. Retest the system.
key reminder switch connector terminal No.6 and Check that the key reminder switch signal is received
C-227 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.30. normally.
Connector: C-207 Q: Is the check result normal?
<LHD> YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Harness side
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
2 1
7 6 5 4 3
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310481AC
Connector: C-227
<LHD> Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310450AG
Harness side
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30
44 43 42 41 40 39
AC310461AF
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-9: The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-
ECU
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP SWITCH
Connector: C-03
<LHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310446AG
Connector: C-03
AC310446AG <RHD>
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
Harness side
Harness side
AC310454AG
AC310446AG
Harness side
Connector: C-03
<RHD> 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310450AH
Harness side
Connector: C-228 Junction block (rear view)
<RHD>
AC310454AG
AC310452AE
Connector: C-06
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310456AG
Step 6. Check the wiring harness between C-228 Step 7. Retest the system.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.55 and C-03 Check that the hazard warning lamp switch signal is
hazard warning lamp switch connector terminal received normally.
No.1. Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector: C-03 YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
<LHD> malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Harness side
AC310446AG
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
Harness side
AC310454AG
Connector: C-228
<LHD> Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310450AH
Harness side
59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
58 5756 555453 52 51 60
74 7372 71 70 69
AC310461AG
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-10: All the door switch signals are not received. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input signal circuit is normal.
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
D-01 D-08
Harness side D-01
AC310450AB
AC310463AC
Connectors: D-01, D-08
<LHD>
Connectors: D-11, D-18
<LHD> D-01 D-08
Harness side D-01
D-11
Harness side
D-11 D-08
D-18 Harness side
Harness side
AC310463AC
D-18
AC310465AD Connectors: D-11, D-18
<